PROCEEDINGS OF THE California Academy of Sciences FOURTH SERIES Vol. XV printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy [ 1926-27 ] COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION George C. Edwards, Chairman C. E. Grunsky Barton Warren Evermann, Editor CONTENTS OF VOLUME XV Title-page i Contents iii-iv 1. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. I. Gen- eral Report. By G. Dallas Hanna. Published March 30, 1926.... 1 Plates 1-10. 2. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, IVIexico, in 1925. II. Miocene marine diatoms from Maria Madre Island, Mexico. By G. Dallas Hanna and William M. Grant. Published April 16, 1926 115 Plates 11-21. 3. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. III. Notes on a collection of reptiles and amphibians from the Tres Marias and Revillagigedo islands, and west coast of Mexico, with description of a new species of Tantilla. By Joseph R. Slevin. Published April 26, 1926 195 Plate 22. 4. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Afexico, in 1925. IV. A Pliocene fauna from Maria Madre Island, Mexico. By Eric Knight Jordan and Leo George Hertlein. Published April 26, 1926 209 Plate 23. 5. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. V. The Bembicini (Digger Wasps). By Charles L. Fox. Published April 26, 1926 : 219 6. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921. No. 34. Mollusca of the Family Triphoridse. By Fred Baker. Published April 26, 1926 _ 223 Plate 24. 7. Expedition to Guadalupe Island, Mexico, in 1922. No. 4. Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California. By Eric Knight Jordan. Published April 26, 1926 241 Plate 25. 8. New sharks from the Temblor Group in Kern County, California, collected by Charles Morrice. By David Starr Jordan. Pub- lished April 26, 1926 257 Plate 26. 9. The relation of foraminifera to the origin of California petroleum. By Thomas F. Stipp. Published April 26, 1926 263 10. Sources of material from which petroleum may have been derived. By Junius Henderson. Published April 26, 1926 269 11. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. VI. The birds and mammals. By M. E. McLellan. Published May 20, 1926 _ 279 12. The AntirrhinoidecE-Antirrhinese of the New World. By Philip A. Munz. Published June 3, 1926 323 alC^OS/ 13. Descriptions of seven Andrenids in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. By Henry L. Viereck. Published July 22, 1926 399 14. Expedition to the Revilligagedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. VII. Contribution to the geology and paleontology of the Tertiary of Cedros Island and adjacent parts of Lower California. By Eric Knight Jordan and Leo George Hertlein. Published July 22, 1926 409 Plates 27-34. 15. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. VIII. Land shells of the Revillagigedo and Tres Marias islands, Mexico. By William Healey Dall. Published July 22, 1926 467 Plates 35, 36. 16. A critical inspection of the Gnatcatchers of the Californias. By Joseph Grinnell. Published September 15, 1926 493 17. Report of the President of the Academy for the year 1926. By C. E. Grunsky. Published March 31, 1927 501 18. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year 1926. By Barton Warren Evermann. Published March 31, 1927 511 Report of the Treasurer for the year 1926. By M. Hall McAllister. Published March 31, 1927 540 Index - 547 PROCEEDINGS /^ OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 1, pp. 1-113, text figs. 1-7, plates 1-10 March 30, 1926 EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925 GENERAL REPORT BY G. DALLAS HANNA Curator, Department of Paleontology Introduction Early in January, 1925, at a conference of the Director and curators of the various departments of the Academy, it was decided that suitable and desirable field work for the ensuing season could be done on the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, if arrangements could be made to go there with a reasonable degree of economy. ^ A tentative plan of organization was drawn up which met the approval of all concerned and steps were taken to secure a suitable means of transportation. The Revillagigedo Islands lie about 840 miles a little east of south from San Diego, California, and 240 miles a little west of south from Cape San Lucas, Lower California. They are several degrees south of the Tropic of Cancer ; they extend in an east west line about 250 miles and close to the nineteenth parallel of north latitude. The group consists of four islands in order of size as follows : Socorro (with the small detached Oneal Rock) ; Clarion; San Benedicto; and Roca Partida. March 30, 1926 2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Obviously, to reach these far distant and widely separated islands and make a proper exploration of them, a very sub- stantial and reliable vessel would be needed. This, the Acad- emy does not possess, and all agreed that present charter rates for such a ship would more than exhaust the limited amount of funds which could be allotted each year to such purposes. Two possibilities \vere suggested as means for the provision of the necessary transportation. The first was to invite the interest of some friend of the Academy who possessed a suita- ble vessel. But in the absence of an}"- definite information re- garding such a proposition it was dismissed as offering little hope. Knowing the willingness of the Navy Department to co- operate in legitimate undertakings of scientific and public interest, it was thought possible that, if the situation were fully explained, a vessel might in that manner be secured for the proposed exploration. y\pplication was therefore formally made on January 15, 1925, to the Secretary of the Navy, Hon. Curtis D. Wilbur by Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Academy. The following letter gave the essential details of the proposition : San Francisco, California, January 15, 1925. Hon. Curtis D. Wilbur, Secretary of the Navy, Washington, D. C. My dear Mr. Secretary : The California Academy of Sciences has for many years been deeply interested in the fauna, flora, and geology of the islands oflf the coast of California, Mexico and South America. It has sent out in past years a number of expeditions to various ones of these islands. In 1905-6, nearly two years were devoted to a study of the Galapagos which added greatly to the knowledge of those classic islands. In 1920 another party studied the fauna and flora of the southern end of Lower California. In 1921 a study extending over several months was made of all the islands in the Gulf of California. In 1922, a similar expedition was sent to Guadalupe, Cedros and other islands off the Pacific coast of Lower California. The 1921 and 1922 expeditions were made possible by the very helpful co- operation of the Mexican Government, and did much toward establishing pleasant relations between the scientific men and local officials of that country and the scientific men of this country. The Academy is now ready to enter upon a study of the Revillagigedos, a group of four islands (Clarion, Socorro, San Benedicto and Roca Par- Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 3 tida), lying off the coast of Mexico, about 360 miles nearly due west from San Bias, or 240 miles southwest from Cape San Lucas, or about 840 miles south of San Diego. These islands are the most isolated group on the coast and a study of their fauna and flora and a comparison with the species found on the main- land, should enable us to arrive at the origin of the island fauna and flora, and their relationships to the mainland. The Academy is very anxious to send an expedition to these islands to make a comprehensive and thorough biological and geological survey of them. Special attention would be given to the botany, land mollusks, insects, reptiles, birds and mammals. The requirements for the expedition would be : 1. A suitable vessel. One of the Eagle boat type would be best. A vessel such as the Tanager or the Whippoorzvill recently detailed to the Bishop Museum at Honolulu for expeditions to various Pacific Islands would be ideal. As there is no water on any of these islands, the investigators would not be able to remain on shore longer than a day or two at a time, but would ordinarily have to return on board each evening. The vessel would therefore have to keep in daily touch with the shore party or parties. 2. It is estimated that the work on the various islands will require a total of six to eight weeks. 3. The best time would be from late in April to about June 30. 4. A scientific (civilian) staff of seven to nine men, two of whom, it is hoped, will be scientific men from the Museo Nacional de Mexico, who would virtually represent the Mexican Government. Knowing that it is the policy of our Government to assist public scien- tific and educational institutions such as the California Academy of Sciences in projects of this kind, by detailing vessels of the Navy for the purpose, I wish to ask, on behalf of the Trustees, Council, and members Academy of Sciences if the United States Navy would be disposed to assist the Academy in carrying on this proposed investigation by detailing a vessel suitable for the purpose. The Academy has no vessel suitable for such an expedition, nor has it funds for chartering a vessel. It is thought that one, of the boats now, or that may be, at the San Diego station might be available. It is also believed that such an expedi- tion would yield results not only of great scientific interest and value but of interest and value to the Navy, as there would be opportunity to do a great deal of hydrographic work, such as soundings, ocean temperatures, ocean currents, and plankton studies. While the income of the Academy is small, we would expect to meet such of the expenses of the expedition as can not properly be paid by the Navy. Hoping this suggestion may receive your early and favorable consider- ation, I have the honor to be, Very respectfully yours, (Signed) Barton Warren Evermann, Director. y ^ 4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. In due time and coincident with the taking of the necessary steps for the detail, Secretary Wilbur advised Dr. Evermann in the letter quoted below that the mine-sweeper, Ortolan, would be allotted to the work. Washington, D. C, March 2, 1925. Dear Sir: For the biological and geological survey of the Revillagigedo Islands the Navy Department will be able to provide a mine sweeper similar to that used in the surveys of islands south of the Hawaiian group. The Ortolan has been designated for this duty. The Commanding Officer of the Ortolan has been directed to report to the Commandant, Navy Yard, Mare Island, not later than April 16, for such preparation for the expedition as is deemed necessary. It will be necessary for the Navy Department to inform the Mexican Government through the State Department of the intended visit of the Ortolan to the Revillagigedo Islands ; but before doing this it is requested that you state definitely the number of scientific men you desire to have accompany the expedition from Mexico and whether or not you desire to limit the invitation to men from the Museo Nacional de Mexico. This information is desired in order that the invitation may be extended to them at the same time that authority is obtained for sending the expedition. Dr. Chas. D. Walcott, of the National Museum, has requested a set of the specimens collected for deposit in the National Museum at Washington, D. C. Will you please communicate with him on this question and the question of freight for shipment of specimens collected, as the Navy De- partment has no authority for payment of freight. However, the Navy Department could transport specimens from San Francisco to Hampton Roads via Naval transport, with the idea that the National Museum would pay the freight from that point and would defray the expenses of packing. For further details and for arrangements concerning the expedition you will please communicate with the Commandant, Navy Yard, Mare Island. The Ortolan may leave on the expedition as soon after April 16th as ready, and should arrive at Navy Yard, Mare Island, for scheduled overhaul on June 22. Respectfully, (Signed) Curtis D. Wilbur. Dr. Barton W. Evermann, Director of the Museum, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif. The actual organization of the exj^edition then proceeded rapidly under the guidance of Dr. Evermann and the essential details will be found in the pages following. Before proceed- ing, it is desired to express the great appreciation of the Acad- Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 5 emy and all of its integral departments for the fine spirit of cooperation shown by every one in the Navy Department di- rectly concerned. It is realized by all of us that considerable sacrifice was necessary in the withdrawal of the Ortolan from the proposed maneuvers in the Pacific and the detail of the vessel to other duty. Appreciation is also due to the hearty cooperation cf the representatives of the Government of Mexico who accom- panied the expedition. And lastly, it should be stated that the responsibility for the smooth-working, machine-like organization which left San Francisco on April 15, 1925, rests with Dr. Evermann, Cap- tain M. M. Nelson of the Ortolan, the members of his crew, and the scientific staff. I am sure that all participants will long cherish happy memories of the two months spent on virgin islands in a tropical sea. Purpose of this Report The purpose of this report is to give as briefly as possible the details pertaining to the organization of the expedition; an itinerary ; and a running narrative with general infonnation and facts of interest. The detailed studies based upon the large collections obtained will naturally follow in separate re- ports by various specialists. The reader is therefore referred to these latter for definite data pertaining to the species of animals and plants inhabiting the region. Organization The arranging of ^ the details of the expedition consisted largely of selecting a scientific personnel and the requisite equipment. The first was a relatively simple matter, and after due consideration of all conditions which could be foreseen the following persons were chosen to represent the various departments : 1. Botany. Mr. H. L. Mason, then Professor of Botany at Mills College, California. 2. Entomology: Mr. Hartford H. Keifer, Assistant Cura- tor, California Academy of Sciences. 5 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 3. Herpetology : Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, Assistant Curator, California Academy of Sciences. 4. Ornithology and Mammalogy: Mr. Frank Tose, Chief Taxidermist and Mr. John Wright, Assistant Taxidemiist; California Academy of Sciences. It was recognized that the collection and preparation of birds, eggs and mammals in the tropical climate would be one of the most difficult tasks of all. Therefore, not only were two men selected to do the work, but a large amount of special equipment was taken to lighten the labors and insure the making of a representative collection. Most important of this equipment was the installation on the after deck of the Ortolan by the Navy Department, of a spe- cial ice machine for the preservation of specimens which could not be immediately cared for. This machine was removed from a Destroyer in San Diego for the purpose, and proved to be a most valuable addition to the equipment. Numerous birds were brought back to San Francisco in a frozen condi- tion, there placed in cold storage, and finally prepared in the usual manner as opportunity offered. 5. Paleontology: Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator, and Mr. Eric K. Jordan, Assistant Curator, California Academy of Sci- ences. In addition to the regular collection of fossils and liv- ing shells, these two representatives were expected to make general collections of marine life including invertebrates and fishes. For the latter purpose two seines, a small beam-trawl, two dredges, two hoop-nets, hooks, lines, dii>nets and a liberal supply of nitrogelatin were taken along. Also four "live tanks" were installed on the deck of the Ortolan and there provided with facilities for circulating sea water in order that some fishes might be brought back alive for exhibition in the Steinhart Aquarium. The taking of a series of still camera pictures throughout the trip devolved upon one of us and for the purpose a 4x5 Graflex camera was used almost exclusively. As a result approximately 400 pictures suitable for reproduc- tion were obtained. 6. Motion Picture Photography : T^Ir. Raymond Duhem, of San Francisco. The desirability of securing a series of Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION "J motion pictures was apparent to all. Mr. Duhem was provided with two cameras and about 10,000 feet of excellent negative was produced. Lieutenant Neil B. Musser of the Construction Corps of the U. S. Navy, then stationed at the Mare Island Yard, took a very active part in the preparation and outfitting' of the Ortolan and was so impressed with the plans that he obtained leave and accompanied the ship during the cruise as a detached observer. He rendered valuable aid to the collectors in many ways and secured a large collection of still pictures which he has presented to the Academy for its records. The Academy has been engaged for many years in making explorations in Mexican territory chiefly among the western islands and has always enjoyed the heartiest cooperation from the authorities of that country. Whenever possible it has been the policy to invite scientific representatives from there to accoanpany its expeditions. Therefore, Dr. Alphonso Herrera, Director of the National Museum of Mexico was asked to name two or three men to join the Revillagigedo Islands Expe- dition and the following gentlemen joined the ship at San Diego : Professor Francisco Contreras, Assistant Director of the National Museum of Mexico; Professor Jose M. Gallegos, Explorer of the Department of Fomento and Agricultura ; and Sehor Octavio Solis, Director of the Botanical Garden of Chapultepec, Mexico. These men grasped the opportunity to secure large collec- tions of natural history from some of their least known terri- tory and proved to be- most delightful companions throughout the work. Through them the expedition was able to enjoy exceptional privileges at various places. Before departure Dr. Evermann drew up a set of instruc- tions which gave some further details of operation and organ- ization of the expedition. To this was appended some detailed plans and instructions prepared by the various curators. It was not expected that every condition to be encountered could be anticipated in advance and these thoughts were inspired by a desire to outline in general terms only the plans to be followed. g CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr. Instructions for Guidance on the Expedition San Francisco, California, April 11, 1925. Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. Dear Sir: Referring to the proposed expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Revillagigedo Islands, the following instructions are issued for your information and guidance: 1. Purpose of the Expedition: As comprehensive and thorough bio- logical and geological survey of the islands as time and equip-i ment permit. 2. Vessel: At the request of the California Academy of Sciences the Secretary of the Navy has detailed the U. S. S. mine-sweeper Ortolan, Lieutenant M. M. Nelson commanding, to the Academy for use on the expedition. 3. Personnel of scientific staff: [See above.] 4. Itinerary: a. The Ortolan will depart from Alare Island Navy Yard on April 15. The first stop will be at San Diego where certain supplies for the ship will be taken aboard. At that time a supply of bottles for water and plankton samples desired by the Scripps Institution will be received. From San Diego the expedition will proceed to Clarion Island, stopping en route at Guadalupe Island long enough to make a census of the elephant seal herd which is found there, and to do such collecting as at the time may seem desirable. If tide conditions are favorable a search should be made for fur seals, a few of which may still occur there. The survey of the Revillagigedos will begin with Clarion Island unless, perchance. Captain Nelson should, for ship's reasons, think best to begin elsewhere. The order in which the different islands will be visited will be determined by the Commanding Officer after consultation with you. The time that will be devoted to the work on and about each island and the sequence will be determined by you, always, of course, after conference with the Commanding Officer. It is of vital importance that as much time as possible be devoted to these islands that the survey may be final in its results so far as the Academy is concerned. It is expected that, during the time the expedition remains at these islands, the Commanding Officer will take advantage of the opportunity to do hydrographic work of importance to the Navy and to science. In this work you will, of course, render any assistance desired. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 9 b. Tres Marias Islands : Upon completion of the investigations at and about the Revillagigedos, if time permits, it is expected the vessel will visit Mazatlan, which will afford an opportunity to do some work at the Tres Marias Islands which will be of great importance to a proper interpretation of the fauna and flora of the Revillagigedos. c. Magdalena Bay, etc.: On the return northward it is hoped that time will permit stops at San Jose del Cabo, La Paz, Magdalena Bay, and elsewhere on the Lower California coast. It is believed some very valuable information can be secured at these places, especially at Magdalena Bay. d. The Ortolan is expected to be at the Mare Island Nav-y Yard on June 22. 5. Detailed collecting instructions: a. That the purposes of the expedition may be realized, it is essen- tial (1) that very large collections of specimens be obtained in all departments and (2) that full and carefully prepared notes be kept. It is suggested that the various members of the party confer with reference to this matter and that a uniform system be agreed upon, so far as the diversity of subjects permits. b. Birds: While ample collections will be made both of land and sea birds, special attention will be given to the land birds. As many specimens as possible should be secured of each species except in cases where the life of it would be endangered by so doing. A hundred specimens of a species is none too many. Mr. E. W. Gifford very much desires a few live Socorro doves and every effort should be made to get them. Full directions will be supplied by Mr. Gifford. Notes on the actual and rela- tive abundance of the different species, tlieir habits, behavior, food and feeding habits, breeding habits, nests and eggs, enemies, etc., should be made. The weights of the larger birds should be recorded. c. Nests and eggs: Collect in abundance. Prepare very carefully and make careful and complete records. d. Mammals: A few specimens of every species and many speci- mens of small land mammals if there be any. A very careful and thorough search should be made for fur seals of which it is believed a few still remain about those islands, particularly Socorro. The caves should be explored thoroughly. Search should be made for fur-seal skulls. This is one of the most im- portant investigations that can be made at these islands. Any data regarding whales and other cetaceans should be recorded in detail. e. Reptiles: As many specimens as possible of every species should be collected and very full and careful notes taken as to their abundance, habits, etc., etc. 2Q CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. f. Fishes: It is desired that large collections be made of every obtainable species, and that careful notes be made as to their abundance, distribution, habits, food value, etc. Any data that may be secured regarding the presence of tuna and other scom- broid fishes in the waters visited will prove of value. Every specimen should be carefully tagged or labeled. g. Mollusks and other marine invertebrates: These constitute im- portant desiderata ; very extensive collections should be made. h. Insects, spiders, scorpions, etc.: There is no limit to the number of specimens desired in each group. Field notes on distribution, habits, etc., should be carefully recorded. i. Botany: Ample series of specimens of each obtainable species of plant (including phanerogams, vascular cryptogams, algae (marine, freshwater and land), fungi, etc., should be preserved. Full ecological notes should be kept. j. Meteorology: Weather and climatic data — wind, rain, fog, tem- perature of air and water, ocean currents, etc., should be recorded. It is expected that Captain Nelson will arrange to have these observations made and properly recorded. k. Geology and paleontology: It is expected that you and Mr. Jordan will make a careful study in these fields on each island visited. 1. Photography: Photography of animals, plants and general scen- ery will constitute an important part of the results of the expedi- tion. These will include still and moving pictures of birds and other animals, plants, scenery, etc. Special attention should be given to the bird rookeries. m. Great care should be taken that the specimens of whatever kind collected shall be as perfectly prepared, preserved and authenti- cated as possible. In this matter every member of the staff should take special pride. n. Detailed collecting directions prepared by the respective curators are attached hereto. o. Finally, each and every member of the expedition must keep constantly in mind that the success of the expedition will depend largely upon observance of the following principles of conduct: (1) whole hearted interest in the success of the expedition as a whole, willingness and readiness to cooperate with and assist others, and patience and forbearance under difficult or trying circumstances; (2) courtesy and gentlemanly conduct at all times; (3) careful observance of rules of health; and (4) the taking of no unnecessary risks to life or limb, so that the expedi- tion may return without any serious accident having occurred and with every member in excellent health and spirits. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION \\ Detailed Departmental Directions For the Botanist, Mr. H. L. Mason Gjllect mosses, hepatics, fungi, and algfe according to directions from Dr. W. A. Setchell. If possible make six or more sets of each. In Phanerogams and vascular Cryptogams collect six sets or more when possible. Number each collection, keep record of date, place of collection, environmental conditions and notes of general appearances, color of flowers or any other noticeable peculiarities, so as to give a good general description in your report whereby the plant could be recognized in the field by an intelligent observer. Collect seeds for planting as well as for specimens. Dr. Rose of the National Aluseum wants good series of live specimens of every kind of cactus. (Signed) Alice Eastwood Curator. For the Entomologist, Hartford H. Keifer As representative of the Department of Entomology it will be your duty first to collect insects of all orders, then the spiders, scorpions and myriopods, when that can be done without prejudice to the work on the insects. In collecting insects it is of first importance to secure as many species as possible and second, to take series. In collecting, watch for the varying ecological conditions and endeavor to cover all as fully as cir- cumstances will permit. Where there are trees or bushes use the um- brella; if there be grass or suitable bushes use the sweep-net; where there are stones turn them or enough of them to secure their peculiar fauna ; dead cactus stems can be turned or opened and some interesting forms will be found there. Many insects hide among rubbish at the base of trees or under bushes and cactus and can be raked out; loose stones about the roots of trees and cacti yield some good beetles. If there are flowers use the butterfly-net for insects frequenting them. Some good things are to be found under kelp and other drift along the sea shore, and sandy areas will yield interesting Diptera, Coleoptera and Hymenop- tera, and possibly some Hemiptera. Should there be freshwater pools or streams look for aquatic insects of all orders. Dragonflies and grass- hoppers will usually be taken with the butterfly-net. Dead wood can be cut for boring beetles. At night, work with the lantern will secure in-' sects of many orders, and if practicable the trap-lantern and sugaring might be tried for moths. Your own judgment will tell you which method of collecting will be most productive in each locality. Notes on the food habits of the species can be placed in the boxes with the speci- mens or attached to their pins. Note in day-book or journal where work was done each day and any other items of interest regarding any species of insect taken. Be careful that correct locality, and especially date, be placed with each catch of specimens. In preparing material for shipment pin up all moths except the micros which may be placed in pill-boxes ; butterflies should be papered. 12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Diptera should be pinned in so far as possible, if large enough for No. 1 pins; those too small for these pins can be placed in pill-boxes for mount- ing on points. Place insects of other orders in pill-boxes, except certain beetles such as Tenebrionidae, Carabidse and some large smooth beetles and Staphalinidse which should be put into alcohol, as should all spiders, scorpions and myriopods. While collecting insects save for the other departments such land shells, lizards and snakes as you may capture without undue loss of time. In all your work take no unnecessary risks of accident by carelessness in climbing about cliffs or over rocks ; a moment's carelessness might seri- ously cripple the work under your charge and seriously affect the whole expedition. (Signed) E. P. Van Duzee, Curatof. For the Herpetologist, Mr. Joseph R. Slevin The following details are submitted as covering the work of the Department of Herpetology. Every effort will be made to collect a very large series of lizards and all the snakes possible from Clarion Island, as specimens from this island are very rare in collections and a sufficient series should be obtained for various exchanges. It is also important to discover whether there is more than one species of lizard as reported by the Webster-Harris Expedition. As the collection from Socorro Island is represented by only a small series of the one known lizard, it is important to increase this series in order to have sufficient material for comparison and exchange. As much night work as possible will be done in an effort to discover whether any of the nocturnal lizards and snakes found in the tropics inhabit the island. The higher elevations where so little work has been done will be given as much attention as possible. As the department has no material whatever from the Tres Marias Islands, as large a series as possible of all the species found there should be collected. Particular attention will be paid to the smaller islets which often prove to be the best collecting grounds. While all specimens possible will be collected on the stops made along the peninsula and adjacent islands, it is important to secure the species not in the Academy's collections at present and to secure larger series of some of the rarer lizards and snakes. Ample field notes for work with the collections will be kept. Records will be kept of the localities and abundance of sea turtles and a sharp lookout kept for sea snakes which have been reported as far north as La Paz. The policy of the department in general will be to secure sufficient material to have good series of all the species after a representative col- lection is donated to the United States National Museum and a sufficient number saved for exchange. (Signed) Joseph R. Slevin Assistant Curator. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION \^ For the Ornithologists and Mammalogists Mr. Frank Tose and Mr. J. T. Wright In addition to the general instructions for the work to be carried on during this expedition, the following detailed instructions are given : While collecting specimens, the fact must ever be borne in mind that the National Museum and the Mexican Government each expects to receive a set of duplicates, and also that specimens of insular forms will have a high exchange value. In consequence, it is especially desirable to obtain large series of such forms and of all the shearwaters, etc., as well. If heretofore unrecorded species are encountered every effort must be made to obtain specimens thereof. Juvenile and immature birds of any and all kinds are particularly desired, and a reasonably limited series of such should be secured when possible. A few of the stomachs and hearts of specimens collected should be preserved in formaldehyde solution, with each stomach and heart tied up in a piece of cheese cloth, with the field number of the specimen on an attached label. A few alcoholics of entire bodies should be made of as many species as space and opportunity may permit, but not, of course, at the expense of regularly prepared specimens. It is possible that well-preserved skeletons or skulls of various species of birds or mammals may be found along the shores where there are beaches, and such should be preserved. As far as can be done, birds and mammals secured should be made up into the usual study skins, but, when time will not permit of this, speci- mens that otherwise would be lost must be skinned and preserved with salt, with proper data attached, until the rush of work is over. Some skins of commoner species should be placed in a brine pickle, after being first well washed in freshwater to remove blood from feathers or hair. Especial care must be taken to see that labels with the proper data are attached to each bird and each mammal collected, whether made up or salted. The labels furnished have upon them the field numbers, in chronological order, of the collector, and in addition to this must have the date of taking, the sex, -the initial of the collecor, all of which must be entered fully in the regular note book. A reasonable number of sets of eggs of each species of bird should be collected. Examples of the food of the different species of seed-eating birds should be saved and, when possible, specimens should be obtained of the trees or bushes from which came seeds found in the stomachs of birds. This is additional to the matter of saving crops or stomachs as before mentioned in these instructions. Traps for mammals, on islands where such occur, should be kept set, and as many mammals obtained as opportunity permits; and, if time is pressing, these may be preserved in any manner that your judgment may suggest when it is impossible to make regular skins of them. 14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Some hearts of mammals should be preserved as well as those of birds. As alcoholics of the smaller rodents (bats, mice, etc.) admit of softening and making over into skins, this method of preservation may be used in some cases, if there is space for such in the containers in use. The bare parts of different species of freshly killed birds should be sketched in true colors by Mr. Tose. As full notes as time may permit should be made of all matters of importance concerning abundance, habits, peculiarities, food, as far as observed and the habitat of the birds and mammals met with, A thorough investigation should be made as to the presence of bats on islands favorable to the habits of these mammals, whether heretofore recorded from such islands or not. If present, every effort must be made to capture as many specimens as may be possible. When captured alive they may be kept in this condition for a number of days and prepared as specimens when time permits. (Signed) Joseph Mailliard, Curator. For the Paleontologists and Ichthyologists Dr. G. Dallas Hanna and Mr. Eric Knight Jordan The Department of Paleontology will be represented on the expedi- tion by G. Dallas Hanna and Eric K. Jordan. It is expected that at every stop where fossils of any kind are preserved, ample collections will be obtained. Since there are no known deposits of this character on Guada- lupe, Alijos Rocks or any of the Revillagigedo Islands and none will likely be found, special study should be given to other phases of geology, particularly the volcanism which has produced the islands and its bear- ing on adjacent bodies of land. The distribution of land animals and plants on oceanic islands is due, at least in part, to phenomena belonging in the province of geology and special study should be given to place yourselves in a position to be able to give expert advice on this problem to students in the other branches. Sufficient collections of rocks should be made so that identifications can be made of any which may be later discussed in detail. It is reported that there are deposits of fossils on the Tres Marias Islands which will be visited. If these are found, as complete collections as possible should be obtained. The same applies to any places on the peninsula or adjacent islands of Lower California. Since it is expected that stops will be made at several places on the way north, possibly enough of value will be obtained to offset the lack of fossils and it is expected that many species new to science will be brought to light. In the collection of marine mollusks many other invertebrates will inevitably be secured. These should be preserved with as great care as possible. It is expected that the members of this department will give consider- able attention to the collection of fishes wherever stops are made. These, Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION J 5 as well as the marine invertebrates, should shed much light on the former history of the islands and the currents of the waters surrounding them. Reasonable care must be exercised in the selection of specimens to be preserved. It is desired that a sufficient number should be kept of each species to determine the distribution and to enable the identification to be made; rarities should be obtained in quantity. Fishes too large to be preserved in the containers provided should be measured, weighed and photographs of them taken. In some cases fins, heads or other parts can be preserved for identification. Tanks have been provided for the transportation of live fishes for exhibition in the Steinhart Aquarium. These should be filled before departure from tropical waters and as many specimens as possible brought back alive. A good supply of sea horses in particular, is greatly desired. It is expected that Dr. Hanna will take most of the official photo- graphs on the expedition with still cameras. He should be prepared to photograph interesting or desirable specimens in all groups which may be needed for future illustration or which may be called to his attention by the other collectors. In the motion picture work he will be assisted by Mr. Raymond Duhem who accompanies the expedition for this particular purpose. Every possible opportunity should be afforded for Air. Duhem to secure a valuable and interesting series of films. Make stops and observations wherever and whenever you think results of interest may be obtained. No private collections are permitted. All specimens must be brought to the Museum from which distribution will be made. No interviews are to be given out except by or through you and the Captain. Very respectfuly, Barton Warren Evermann, Dircctor. j Itinerary It was contemplated that the expedition would be out a little over two months, April 15 to June 22. My own connection with the Geological Department of the Pacific and Associated Oil Companies as Microscopist was such that Mr. J. A. Taff, Chief Geologist permitted my absence for the period indicated. Practically nothing was known previous to our visit of the geology and oil possibilities of many of the places where we expected to call. Through the kindly interest taken in the work by Mr. F. B. Henderson, Vice President of the Asso- ciated Oil Company, a supply of gasoline for the small, detach- able boat engine was furnished without cost. 16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. The exceptional facilities afforded by the Ortolan and the willingness of the Navy Department to cooperate in every way possible made it seem desirable to visit a few other places than the Revillagigedo Islands. Full details and reasons will be found set forth in later pages and it will suffice here to enumerate the points visited. They are: Guadalupe Island; Alijos Rocks; Revillagigedo Islands; Tres Marias Islands; Mazatlan; Cape San Lucas; Magadena Bay; San Bartolome Bay; Cedros Island; and San Quintin Bay. Date April 15 17 18 19 22 24 26 1 2 2 12 12 13 14 15 May 19 19 22 22 23 24 24 25 27 28 29 30 June 1 3 3 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 Locality San Francisco San Diego San Diego Guadalupe Island. . . . Guadalupe Island. . . . Alijos Rocks Clarion Island Clarion Island Roca Partida Socorro Island Socorro Island San Benedicto Island. Maria Madre Island. Maria Madre Island. Maria Madre Island . Maria Madre Island. Magdalena Island. . . Magdalena Island . . . Maria Madre Island . Maria Madre Island . Maria Madre Island . Isabel Island Mazatlan Mazatlan Cape San Lucas Magdalena Bay Magdalena Bay San Bartolome Bay . . San Bartolome Bay . . Cedros Island Cedros Island Cedros Island San Quintin Bay .... San Quintin Bay .... San Martin Island. . . San Diego San Diego San Francisco Arrived 8. 00 am 2. 30 PM 8. 7, .00 AM .30 AM 8. 4 . 00 AM .00 PM 5, 6 30 AM OOpm 7. 30 AM 8. .30 PM 6 9 .00 AM .00 AM 2 11 .00 PM .00 AM 9. 30 AM 9 .30 am 3 . 00 am 7 8 .00 am .45 am Departed 1 . 00 PM 1 ,00 PM 10 11, .00 AM .00 AM 5 11. .00 PM ,00 am 2 5, .00 AM 00 PM 5, .30 am 6 . 30 PM 2 5, .00 AM 00 PM 7 4 .30 pm .30 PM 7 .00 PM 4 .00 am 1 .00 am 5 2 . 00 AM 00 PM Region Visited Northeast Anchorage and South end Various parts Various parts Established shore camp Ortolan left for San Diego at 9 . 30 AM Ortolan arrived from San Diego at 1 . 30 PM South side North side Bernstein's abalone camp Center of east side Across plain to Santo Domingo 7 . 00 AM 6.30 PM Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 17 Fig. 1. Sketch map of region west of Mexico visited by the expedition of 1925. March 30, 1926 18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. The general region visited is covered by the map herewith (fig. 1) and detailed island charts are found in appropriate places in the text. These have been taken from the charts published by the U. S. Hydrographic Office.^ The charts to which special reference is made in the work of the present expedition are as follows : Title Chart Number Cape San Lazaro to Cape San Lucas 621 Revillagigedo Islands 622 (Tres Marias Islands) 622 General West Coast Sailing Chart 1006 General West Coast Sailing Chart 1007 Mazatlan Harbor 1024 San Quintin Bay and approaches 1043 San Diego to San Quintin Bay 1149 San Martin Island to Cedros Island 1 193 San Bartolome Bay 1204 Abreojos Point to Cape San Lazaro 1493 Magdalena Bay 1636 Cape San Lazaro to Cape San Lucas 1664 San Lucas Bay 1666 Guadalupe Island 1681 Hassler Cove 1686 Roca Partida 1687 Alijos Rocks 1687 Socorro Island 1687 San Benedicto Island 1687 Clarion Island 1688 New Geographic Names During the progress of the expedition it was found that some physiographic features of considerable importance were without names. Some of these mil be referred to on later pages of this report and others will appear in the technical reports. In order that the new names which we proposed to bestow might receive official sanction before their adoption by us, Mr. C. E. Giamsky, President of the Academy, addressed the following letter to the Ambassador of Mexico at Washington. ' A full list of the charts published by the Hydrographic Office of Western Mexico and Central America may be found in the publication "H. O. No. 84 Mexico and Central America Pilot (West Coast)" sixth edition, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1920, and the supplement to the same published in 1923. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION ^9 San Francisco, Gvlifornia, November 14, 1925. Senor Don Manuel C. Tellez, 2829 Sixteenth Street, N. W., Washington, D. C My Dear Sir : In 1922 and 1925 the California Academy of Sciences sent expeditions out to explore certain islands off the west coast of Mexico. In each case most pleasant collaboration was enjoyed with scientific representa-* tives of your country. The islands had not previously been very well explored and in the preparation of the scientific reports on the collections obtained, we find we need names for a few important topographic fea- tures which have heretofore been without designation. The names which have been proposed for adoption by our scientists and which meet the approval of the Academy, are listed below with some information pertaining to each one. They have all been entered in red ink on copies of the U. S. Hydrographic Office charts which have been mailed to you today, under separate cover. Angulo Rock. — This name is proposed for a small, outlying, flat- topped rock immediately northeast of Asuncion Island, Lower California. It is named in honor of Captain Victor Angulo, in 1922 Commander of the Fisheries Patrol Boat Tecate, now Commander of the Mexican Na- tional Patrol Vessel Presidenie. Several species of insects entirely new to science were collected on this rock and a name for it is badly needed.^ Mount Gallegos. — This name is proposed for the highest mountain on Qarion Island of the Revillagigedo Group. Chart No. 1688 (U. S. Hydrographic Office) gives the elevation as 1100 feet. The name is proposed to honor the late Professor Jose M. Gallegos, an indefatigable explorer for the Government of Mexico, and whose recent death in British Honduras is sincerely mourned by all who knew him. Prof. Gallegos was a member of the party which, in 1925, explored the moun- tain for which his name is proposed. Mount Evermann. — This name is proposed for the central peak of Socorro Island of the Revillagigedo Group. It has been selected in honor of Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, the distinguished Director of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences and the organizer of so many expeditions in which this institution has actively cooperated with the Government of Mexico. Grayson's Cove. — This name is proposed for the little cove at the west end of Cornwallis Bay, Socorro Island, as shown on the U. S. Hydro- graphic Office Chart No. 1687. It was in this cove in 1867 that Colonel A. S. Grayson's sloop was wrecked and where the only known supply of fresh water on the island is found. It is suggested that beneath the name and in parenthesis the words "Fresh Water" be printed on United States' charts and "Aqua dulce" on those printed in Mexico. The account of the 2 See Hanna and Anthony, National Geographic Magazine, Vol. 44, July 1923, p. 95. Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, p. 261. Blaisdell, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 14, No. 14, 1925, pp. 321-343. 20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. wreck and discovery of the spring may be found in Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 14, 1871, pp. 288-290. Point Old Man of the Rocks. — This name was given by Colonel Gray- son to the point of rocks which formed the eastern boundary of the little cove herein proposed to be called "Grayson's Cove." Ash Heap. — This name is proposed for the highest elevation on San Benedicto Island. It is at the south end of the island, 975 feet high, and is composed almost entirely of soft volcanic ashes. It was explored by the expedition of 1925. Herrera Crater. — This name is proposed for the central peak of San Benedicto Island indicated on U. S. Hydrographic Office Chart No. 1687, as being 683 feet high. The name is selected in honor of Prof. Alphonso Herrera, the distinguished Director of the National Museum of Mexico who took a large part in the organization of the expedition of 1925 which explored the island. The crater is one of the most perfect the explorers had ever seen. Before the above names are adopted by the United States and used in our maps and in our scientific reports, it is very desirable that they receive the approval of the Government of Mexico. Our reports are almost ready to be printed ; therefore, it will be a great favor to the Academy if due consideration of the subject may be given by you at an early date and, if approved, you will be kind enough to advise The Secretary, U. S. Geographic Board, Washington, D. C. With sentiments of highest respect, I have the honor to be, my dear Sir, Your obedient servant, (Signed) C. E. Grunsky, President. In due time Senor Tellez advised by telegraph that his gov- ernment had approved the proposed names. C. E. Grunsky, President, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. Have received communication from Mexican Government approving the geographical names Revillagigedo Islands proposed in your letter of November 14. Manuel Tellez, Mexican Ambassador. Copies of the above correspondence having been furnished to the U. S. Geographic Board, the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, the National Geographic Society, and the U. S. Hy- drographic Office, it is expected that the proposed names will be incorporated in future issues of maps and charts of the region. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 21 Narrative April 75 to 77 — The Ortolan with all of the party, except Messrs. Contreras, Gallegos, Jordan, Solis and Hanna, left Mare Island Navy Yard in San Francisco Bay at one in the afternoon of April 15. Mr. Jordan and I reached San Diego the next evening. The ship arrived on the morning of the seventeenth at eight o'clock and immediately went to the Destroyer Base where the installation of a second refrigerator machine was begun at once. The placing of this machine on the ship was done at the suggestion of the Academy and was primarily for the benefit of the Department of Ornithology. It was foreseen by all that Messrs. Tose and Wright would have great difficulty in pre- paring all of the specimens of birds and eggs in standard museum manner which could be profitably taken on the cruise. To do so each specimen of sea bird would require at least one hour of straight taxidermy and it was believed that any ar- rangement which would lessen this time would enable a larger collection to be obtained. The officials of the Navy Department deserve the highest commendation for the readiness with which they undertook the installation of the refrigerator because it involved a very con- siderable amount of trouble. It was placed on the right side of the after deck and proved to be one of the greatest aids to bird collecting ever taken into the tropics. S^^ecimens in large numbers were taken in favorable places and with the excellent working facilities already provided for the purpose, prepara- tion of the specimens could proceed at any time, even days or weeks afterwards. As a matter of fact a large consignment of birds and eggs was sent to San Diego when the vessel had to replenish fuel on May 15, and was there transhipped to San Francisco in cold storage. Likewise on the final return of the Ortolan the refrigerator was filled with unprepared specimens. The equipment undoubtedly enabled the party to bring back some hundreds of specimens which could not have been col- lected at all had it been necessary to complete the taxidermy work in the field. So successful was the venture that it seems to me every expedition which can possibly do so should be equipped with cold storage facilities. L i g r A i^ V ; ::? 22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pkoc. 4th Ser. April ly — April 17 at San Diego was spent in assembling a few additional supplies such as nitrogelatin for use in the col- lection of fishes. An assortment of bottles, thermometers and nets was placed on board by the Scripps Institution for Bio- logical Research at La Jolla, California; these were to be used in the collection of a series of samples of water and surface plankton as was done by the Guadalupe Expedition of 1922.^ This work was continued until we reached Clarion Island, after which it was found impossible to detail any member of the party to it without unduly hampering other assigned duties. April i8 — On April 18, the installation of the refrigerator having been completed the previous evening, the ship was moved to La Playa, the Navy coal and oil station near Point Loma, San Diego Bay. All who were on shore joined the vessel there and at 1 p. m. departure was taken for Guadalupe Island. Before leaving Mr. Lawrence M. Huey of the San Diego Society of Natural History took a photograph of the party on the dock. (See plate 1.) April ig — The sea became very rough during the night of April 18 and a very uncomfortable time was spent by all ; many of the party were seasick. Our quarters on the bridge deck had been enclosed and covered with canvas by the Naval offi- cials at Mare Island, but even with the excellent facilities pro- vided some of the heavy seas broke over the top and wet some of the supplies. Fortunately the mine-sweepers of the Ortolan class are exceedingly seaworthy and many a larger vessel would have been more uncomfortable in the weather which prevailed. This first night out proved to be the worst of the entire cruise, and we were all glad to get in the lee of Guadalupe Island ; anchor was cast at 2 :30 p. m. under the towering lava cliffs at Northeast Anchorage. The object of our visit to Guadalupe Island was to obtain a census of the herd of elephant seals for comparison with counts of previous years and also to secure an additional series of motion pictures of these strange beasts of the sea. In 1922 we had visited the herd in July after all the animals except the males had left the beach, but by making this early trip we had • See Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., Vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, p. 226. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 23 hopes of getting some data on the breeding habits of the species. It was also expected that the collectors would be able to add greatly to the collections from this island by this early visit, particularly in the groups of plants, insects, fishes and birds, all of which could progress while the work on the ele- phant seal beach was being carried on. Therefore, we had planned to establish a camp on shore at Northeast Anchorage. Soon after we reached that place, a landing party went ashore for a short time. A fierce gale was blowing directly off shore and the high precipitous mountains and cliffs produced swirling eddies of wind of almost tornado violence. Clouds of spray were actually picked up from the surface of the sea and scattered hither and yon. When one of these sudden gusts of wind, known in the sailors' parlance as a "will-a-waw" the world over, would strike the ship it would surge violently against the anchor or swing suddenly from side to side. At this point a vessel must come in very close to shore in order to get "holding bottom" on account of the great steepness of the submarine slopes of the mountain. A projecting lava reef adds to the dangers of the place. Under the circumstances Captain Nelson very wisely considered the anchorage unsafe for the night and those who had landed were called back. With the wind which was blowing there was only one pos- sible place to stay at anchor at Guadalupe and this was at South Bay. Investigation showed that here the ship would be very safe and comfortable as long as the storm continued from the northwest, and the anchor was dropped late in the evening, too late for further shore work on the 19th. At Northeast Anchorage it was noticed that the goats were just as abundant as in 1922. The lowlands were quite green with new vegetation showing conclusively that some rain had fallen at no very distant date. However, as we sailed down the east side of the island the landscape became progressively more barren and at the south end it was as parched as any desert could be. Professor Gallegos told us that the soldiers who had been stationed at the Northeast Anchorage had been removed a few months prior to our visit owing to transportation diffi- culties, but that as soon as a vessel, for which negotiations were in progress, was secured it was expected that they would 24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser, be returned. It will be recalled that as a result of recom- mendations made by the members of the expedition of 1922 the President of Mexico declared Guadalupe Island a govern- ment reservation. The soldiers had been stationed there to enforce the regulations which had been prescribed and from all we could learn they have performed their duty well.* During the evening of April 19 three murrelets and a shear- water flew aboard the ship, attracted by the lights. And over the side, around a submerged light brought for the purpose, a very considerable number of fishes was taken for the collection. April 20 — The gale continued all night from the north- north-west with full force and there was no indication that it would cease soon. At daybreak it was evident that a landing on the elephant seal beach would be impossible at that time and other plans were made accordingly. Early in the morning Messrs. Slevin, Jordan and I visited the old South fur seal rookery but found no seals. We landed for a short time and collected some insects, shells and plants and on the way back across South Bay to the ship we made four successful dredge hauls from sandy bottom. At 10 a. m. we sailed for Northeast Anchorage again and landed Messrs. Tose, Mason, Wright and Keifer, equipped to spend the night on shore. They set out at once up the cafion back of the barracks for the top of the island, although the weather was very threatening and a fierce, cold wind was blowing. The rest of the party returned with the ship to South Bay for the night. The motor boat was launched upon arrival and about 20 men of the crew went ashore at the old rookery for "liberty." Messrs. Slevin, Jordan, Musser and some of the crew collected fishes on the lava reef but had poor success on account of the high surf which was breaking. Professor Gallegos secured a few birds and Sefior SoHs secured some plants, one being a cactus of the genus Mammillaria, the species being the same as I had found at the same place in 1922. Captain Nelson, Mr. Duhem and I went with the motor boat around Inner and Outer Islands. Some pictures were taken of these remarkable rocks. Inner Island is composed largely of 4 See Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, pp. 232-233. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION £5 a yellow volcanic sand with a cap of black lava and several dykes extending downward from it to the water line. The walls are sheer and landing is impossible. There is a little vegetation on top but with the field glasses we were not able to make out any species except a "cholla" similar to the one that grows on Guadalupe. Outer Island is composed wholly of lava and inside there is a bowl-shaped crater containing water. A shelf of rock on the west side affords a possible place to land in calm weather, and from it a person might climb over the rim to the inside; we could not attempt it with the sea running as it was that day. On a narrow shelf just above the surf on the south side of the island 34 California sea lions were found. Cows and bulls were present but no pups. We suspected that the water on the inside of the crater might be fresh because the slopes of the walls afford a considerable drainage area. These are composed of hard black lava weather-cracked all over, giving the appearance, suggested by Captain Nelson, of a railroad map of Illinois. At 5 :30 p. m. the Captain picked up all of the men who had landed except six who were inland away from the beach with- out water or food and poorly clad. Naturally we felt con- siderable anxiety for them and at 9 p. m. Captain Nelson and I with one member of the crew started with the "dinky" for the landing to see if they had arrived. When halfway there we saw the light of a fire they had started inside the walls of one of the old Russian sealer's houses but it took us nearly an hour to get there from the ship against the gale of wind. All of the men were safe>. They had captured a young black kid which they brought on board for a mascot. (Next day they tried to kill the fleas on it with creosote, and killed the goat also.) Many showers of rain fell during the afternoon and con- tinued in increased quantity into the night. During one squall we had a fine rainbow, the ends of which almost met in a circle in our boat. April 21 — I think fully half an inch of rain fell where the ship was anchored during the night, undoubtedly a very con- siderable amount for this section of the island. It is to be 25 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. regretted that two or three weeks later we might not have been able to make another visit for the benfit of the botanists — desert plants, as a rule, respond very quickly to showers and Guadalupe Island should be no exception in this respect. We had fully intended to get under way at 5 :30 a. m., but the north-north-west gale continued and we knew it was useless to try to land on the elephant beach. Therefore, we remained at anchor on good sand bottom at South Bay for most of the day. Messrs. Jordan, Duhem and I went with the skiff and de- mountable engine along the eastern shore where we could remain close in under the cliffs for protection from the wind. Our object was the collecting of fishes and we were very suc- cessful in this. Some taken were allied to genera found only in tropical waters although the water at Guadalupe Island was 61° F. We were on the way back to the anchorage when the Ortolan was seen coming around one of the headlands, so we joined her at sea and proceeded directly to Northeast Anchorage. There we found the shore party on the beach ready to come aboard. In rowing in for them I found it almost impossible to make headway when a "will-a-waw" struck us. Once the boat was spun around and headed in exactly the opposite direction I wished to go and that against a back- watered oar. Messrs. Tose, Mason, Wright and Keifer had a hard trip overland. They did not reach their objective, the cypress grove on top of the island, owing to fog and rain, but chased a dozen or more goats out of a lava cave and camped there for the night. One of the animals furnished food and fuel was secured from a nearby oak tree. Most of the night was spent cooking goat meat, drinking tea and recalling the com- forts of civilization, but they returned with an excellent col- lection of birds, insects and plants. Among the latter were some ferns and other species not previously recorded from the island. The anchor was dropped at Northeast Anchorage but it would not hold the ship in the violent wind eddies, so we re- turned to South Bay for the night. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 27 April 22 — The incessant wind continued unabated through- out the night and on the morning of April 22 we gave up all hope of being able to take the census of the elephant seals. Landings were so very difficult to make, even on the lee shore and travel to the highlands so nearly impossible that all of us thought we would better proceed to the main objective of the expedition, the Revillagigedo Islands. Therefore, at 10 a. m. the ship was headed in the direction of Clarion Island 660 miles distant and the westernmost of the group. Guadalupe Island was hardly out of sight when we entered calmer seas and less wind; this seemed to indicate what we had already come to suspect — that this huge volcanic mass rising from deep waters is its own storm center. April 2^ — We continued to take water and plankton samples throughout the day as the ship proceeded southward. The course was laid so that we would pass close by Alijos Rocks and we expected to sight them at noon, but a low-hanging haze prevented their being found before dark. The rocks themselves are not high and therefore are not visible from any great distance, but Captain Nelson was anxious to get a check on his instruments and we were likewise anxious to investigate the animal life about them. Therefore, after he had deter- mined the position of the ship by star sights, we steamed ahead slowly during the night. Very little life of any kind was seen during the day. Two blue-faced boobies, two petrels of some kind and some flying fish comprised the total. April 24 — Alijos Rocks were sighted at 6:30 a. m. and at 8 a.m. while the ship lay to, Messrs. Wright, Jordan and I rowed in as close as we could safely, to make collections. The group consists of three main rocks. North, South and East, all volcanic in origin. All are pinnacles with vertical or overhanging walls. North Rock is 72 feet high, slopes steeply to the eastward on top, like a roof and is about 25 feet in diameter. South Rock, the largest of the group, is 112 feet high and about 35 feet in diameter. It stands on five legs, the sea hav- ing eaten away the remainder of the base. On the south side 28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. there is a large rock, just awash on which a seal might land in calmer weather than we saw. Between North and South Rocks, a distance of about 150 yards, there is a reef, just awash. This forms a barrier over which the northwest swells broke with tremendous violence. Fig. 2. Alijos Rocks. East Rock is 60 feet high and about 30 feet in diameter. Its top is jagged and has two lava pinnacles. South of it but close by there is a rock just awash. The three main rocks form an approximately equilateral triangle with shallow water enclosed between. Shoals also extend about 100 feet to the south of East Rock. In this shallow water we succeeded in placing six shots of dynamite and got five species of fishes. All but one had tropi- cal Indo-Pacific affinities. One other species was taken on a line from the ship and ten miles to the north of the rocks we caught an ocean bonito. A few seaweeds which came up from the shots were collected. Mr. Wright succeeded in shooting and recovering 13 birds. East Rock had only sooty terns on it and it is probable that they nest there. South Rock had sooty terns and blue-faced Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 29 boobies. North Rock had red-billed tropic birds and blue-faced boobies. Both appeared to be nesting but positive proof could not be obtained. Not a plant of any kind could be seen on the rocks. It is not likely that seals ever stop at the place and except for the birds enumerated and a limited fauna and flora of marine animals and plants, they are excessively barren. Very un- fortunate indeed would be the ship which would run aground upon them; we could not find a single place where a man could scramble on shore, even in calm weather. We left the rocks at 11 a. m. on the course for Clarion Island and took water samples to 6 p. m. After leaving Alijos, the atmosphere suddenly became warmer, the sky cloudless and only a gentle tropical breeze was blowing. From Guadalupe to Alijos the water gradually became warmer from 61° to 67° and south of the latter it became warmer still. April 2^ — On the way to Clarion Island, all hands were busily engaged in making preparations for work immediately upon arrival. A final overhaul was given to equipment in general and everything possible was done in advance to facili- tate collecting operations the moment we arrived at this dis- tant, westernmost outpost of Mexico's possessions. April 26 — When we looked to the southward at dawn we could see directly ahead, the black forbidding cliffs on the north side of Clarion Island. Some little trouble with the machinery made it necessary for us to stop the engines and drift for a little while when we were still about three miles away and this gave us an opportunity to glimpse the wonderful array of marine life which swarmed all about. Man-o-war birds by hundreds sailed gracefully out to inspect us while boobies constantly passed back and forth from their feeding grounds and rookeries. In the sea, sharks, porix)ises, whales, and flying fishes were frequently seen. Soon after we started, a school of giant swordfish carried away all of the trolling gear we had out, with no more concern than if our lines had been spider webs. The anchor was dropped in Sulphur Bay on the south side of the island at 7 :30 a. m. and collecting began at once. No 30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. sooner had the ship come to rest than hand lines over the side began pulling in fishes of various kinds. A compliment must here be paid to the personnel of the Ortolan for the very efficient manner in which both ship and boats were handled throughout the cruise. On a great many occasions it was demonstrated that they were thorough masters of the machines they operated. For instance, it was very Hon*'*' Rocky feint C7 Sha<| RocH Pip«mi4HoeK CLARION JSLAND FromCkofi No. 1666 US-Htjare^raphu. Office. Fig. 3. Clarion Island. seldom indeed that more than two minutes would elapse after the anchor was dropped until motor boat and row boat were in the water and the engine of the former started and ready to go. Sulphur Bay is named for the British Survey ship Sulphur, which cruised in west Mexican waters at an early date. The landing place, marked on the Hydrographic office chart, is lo- cated on a lava wall in a narrow tongue-shaped indentation of the shore line just west of the coral beach about one-fourth mile. Except in favorable weather the beach is unsafe on account of the surf and, while we did land there many times before we left, our first party was put ashore at the indicated Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 3 J place. This was soon after we had anchored and the party- consisted of all of the scientific staff, except those to be men- tioned later, and some of the members of the crew of the Ortolan. Sr. Gallegos and I were very anxious to learn if there be any truth in the rumors we had received from time to time that fur seals were found on Clarion Island. It seemed desirable to investigate the matter as soon as possible after our arrival so that in case none was found, this could not be attributed to any disturbance caused by our presence. Therefore, we set out as soon as the landing party was on shore, with Captain Nelson, Chief Engineer Lot and Mr. Musser in the motor boat. We went completely around the island on the trip and ex- amined the shores from as close as it was feasible to go with the boat. We never saw a seal of any kind, and no shore line which appeared to be very favorable rookery ground exists on the island. In view of the fact that no seals were seen at all during our stay at Clarion, it seems safe to conclude that they are absent. It must not be assumed from this that our trip around the island was lacking in interest. Several humpback whales were seen at close range and hundreds of sharks and porpoises were noted. About 30 green sea turtles were observed, two males having been captured and put aboard the ship before we started. These were later used for food but it must be said that they did not appeal strongly to any of us. With a good supply of fresh meat in the refrigerator and excellent fish swarming all about, and to be had on a moment's notice, the turtles were not needed and we molested them no more on the trip. Much of the way around the island we passed over growing coral reefs and for several of us it was our first opportunity to witness this magnificent sight. As usual the chief objects to attract attention were the gaily colored fishes, moving jewels in an azure sea. The Captain and Messrs. Lot and Musser used the trolling lines until their hands were sore from pulling in the fishes. Those most in evidence in the catch were two species of caranx and a large speckled form allied to the bass. 32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. One of the caranx was a most brilliant blue trimmed with lemon-yellow/ Passing close under the northern cliffs the Clarion Island doves were often seen passing from point to point while high up on the crags man-o-war birds and boobies were resting com- placently. Occasionally a red-billed tropic bird would fly swiftly overhead, the long streaming tail feathers so resem- bling the ''marlin spike" that sailor-men call it ''bosun bird." When the party assembled that night on board ship there was much to be told of the experiences during the day. Those on shore had the pleasant (or unpleasant) task of cutting trails with machetes through the otherwise imj^enetrable thickets of cactus and vines. A species of Opuntia similar to the com- mon cactus known as "prickly pear" grows very luxuriantly in a broad zone around the shore line and more or less in patches to the top of the island. Intertwined in it everywhere are dense growths of vines. We had been forewarned of this condition, fortunately, and had provided long knives to aid in making trails. But even with the best that could be done in this line every one received many painful thorns before the work on the island was finished. Messrs. Mason and Solis returned to the landing heavily laden with plants. They had found collecting exceptionally good although it was very evident we were on hand during the dry season. Very few annuals were to be had and the most of the vegetation had the appearance of late fall in a temperate climate. This condition indicated that August to November would be the best months for a botanist to visit the island. Many of the perennial plants were in bloom, nevertheless. One of the most conspicuous was a brilliant, blue morning- glory which grew in greatest profusion. Three species of beans were collected, one of which seemed to do so well in spite of the dry season that it should prove a desirable addition to the list of agricultural products in those sections where there are pronounced wet and dry periods. Seeds of almost all 'At the time of writing, the collection of fishes has not been entirely identified; therefore, I am not able to give names of species found. The reader who may be interested in the subject is asked to consult the report on the fishes which is expected to follow this without great delay. Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 33 plants in fruit at the time of our visit were brought back for study and experimentation. Mr. Slevin found only two species of land reptiles on the island, a snake and a lizard. He proceeded to make his col- lection forthwith because, although both had been known be- fore from a very few specimens, they were practically un- represented in the museums of the world. He wished to se- cure enough to supply this deficiency, at least in part. One question every one asked but no one could answer was : "How did the snake and lizard ever get to Clarion in the first place?" The original stock could not possibly have gotten there by swimming the 500 or more miles of intervening water to the mainland. It seems equally incredible that they could have lived on a floating object long enough to have made the passage. That they were introduced by man is unthinkable; there is too much other life in the same category. No bird would be likely to carry these reptiles as passengers. The most plausible suggestion we heard made was that when they arrived there was intervening land where there is water now. This theory is not in conflict with the known geologic data. No mammals of any kind were found on the island. For- tunately, the place has never been inhabited, even by temporary residents; hence those curses of isles to the northward, mice, cats and goats, have not become established. In fact, Clarion Island is one of the few places remaining which has not been modified in some way through the agency of man. The ori- ginal "balance of nature" still obtains. We know of only one case of the introduction of any kind of life. In 1903 the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences sent an expedition to these islands and during the course of work on Socorro Island some paro- quets were captured alive. Mr. E. W. GifYord, a member of the expedition, told us that some of these birds were liberated on Clarion Island. We saw no sign of them during our stay and it is supposed that they perished through lack of fruit which constitutes their chief food on their native island. Mr. Keifer took a great many insects during the day on shore and there is little doubt that most of the species will be found to be new to science. He is the first entomologist ever to set foot on the island. March 30, 1926 34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Mr. Jordan worked along shore, about the lava cliffs and on the coral reef. A large collection of mollusks, some fishes and other life was the result. Messrs. Tose and Wright found many birds to interest them. The resident forms of land birds are a species of wren, a ground owl, a dove and a raven. Brewster's and blue-faced boobies nest in large numbers and red-billed tropic birds are present but not common. The man- o-war birds were found resting on the cliffs and in the canons in large numbers but no nests were observed during our stay. Turnstones, curlews and wandering tattlers, all migrants, were collected and Mr. Tose saw a single western gull. Huge ocean swells whipping around both ends of the island made disembarking from the rock wall very difficult and in getting aboard the skiff, Mr. Wright dropped his shotgun overboard. Efforts of Mr. Duheni to recover it by diving were unsuccessful and it was feared that this serious loss at the be- ginning of the trip would be a great handicap. But next day Captain Nelson, always resourceful, got out a diving apparatus which was carried aboard the Ortolan and the bosun's mate went down safely and recovered the gun. It apparently suf- fered no injury. April 2y — Most of the party worked on shore in spite of the fact that a greatly increased sea made landing very difficult. Mr. Mason covered the west end of the island pretty well and collected about 60 sj^ecies of plants. He went to the top of Mt. Gallegos, the highest point on the island (1100 feet), but found practically the same character of vegetation there as at sea level. There are evidently no altitude zones of life on Clarion. The island is about five miles long, two miles wide and is divided by passes into three separate hills. All rocks and cliffs seen are volcanic. The hills are rounded by erosion and there are few cafions worth noting. Over most of the island there is deep reddish brown soil, all indicating a very considerable geologic age. In gathering trash from beneath the bushes to be brought back to the museum for the purpose of picking out the land shells, a few fragments of fossil-bearing rock were unwittingly collected. The matrix has the appearance of a hard, calcareous clay-shale and it is believed from this and the Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITIOX 35 few fossils taken that the rocks are at least as old as Pliocene. The specimens were obtained on the sloping- land immediately back of the landing place where all exposed rocks are volcanic. The largest bushes are not over 15 feet high. Scattered among the cactus and vine-tangles there is a stiff bush with excessively strong, sharp, hooked spines. This gave consider- able difficulty in getting about. A species of Euphorbia grows in thickets and in these the Webster's boobies build their nests. Mr. Duhem and I visited one of these colonies and took a series of pictures. Some of the nests had fresh eggs, others young birds. One egg is a full set. The birds of the previous year were abundant on the rookery. The blue-faced booby was found in considerable numbers but does not colonize. The individual nests were found here and there on the ground and usually contained two eggs each. Many had hatched and a few of the birds were almost half grown. Mr. Tose assisted by Mr. Lot, the chief engineer, took about thirty sets of eggs of each of the species of booby. Doves were very abundant but showed no sign of nesting. Several of the birds w^ere captured alive. The wrens were rather scarce and the only nest found had four half-grown young. An open nest which was rather common in the bushes looked very much like that of a towhee or large sparrow. We know of no bird from Clarion which could possibly have made such a nest. The builders certainly must have migrated at the time. One of the most interesting birds studied was the little ground or burrowing owl. They were found in considerable numbers beneath the tangles of vines and cactus. Usually one or two or an entire family would be standing nonchalantly about the entrance to the burrow. The smallest ones were well able to fly, so the nesting season was evidently long since past. Several of the burrows were excavated for eggs but without success, much to our regret. The presence of this owl on this far distant island was the cause of considerable speculation. I believe it has l)een called the same species that lives in Lower California where the food normally is small mammals, in part at least. But here we saw no evidence that any thing but insects had been eaten. Ravens were common everywhere and their nests were found in the cliffs. Messrs. IMason, Keifer, and Musser the 35 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. next day succeeded in collecting one with one fresh tgg. The food of the birds was found to be land crabs and the fruit of the cactus. Possibly other articles may be eaten at times. Land crabs were not much in evidence, presumably be- cause this was the dry season. But remains of carapaces and the burrows they had made were common, Mr. Keifer added a large number of insects to the collection. Wasps, bumblebees, and grasshoppers were common. Some hawk moths and three species of butterflies were taken. Mr. Jordan and the chief machinist's mate collected fishes along the tide pools and secured about 30 species we had not previously taken. Many of these were close relatives of the gaily-colored coral reef fishes of the south seas and Hawaii. April 28 — Clarion Island is surrounded by a coral reef but this is not so well developed as those of the south seas. On the south side, at Sulphur Bay, there is a large area over which the heads of the coral project at low tide and in the caverns and interstices of this reef we found collecting excellent. Much of the coral has been pounded to pieces by the waves and at this point it is piled in great ridges back from the beach, white as snow in the sun. Marine shells of many kinds and sea urchins and starfishes have been washed up with the coral. When the ship was anchored in Sulphur Bay, Captain Nelson was able to determine that the bottom was sand. We therefore could not lose this opportunity to dredge the bottom and April 28 was largely given to this work by several of us. It is exceedingly difficult to use any kind of dragging ap- paratus on bottom which is composed of large rocks or grow- ing coral. Our method of procedure here was to take the dredge and a coil of rope in the motor boat out seaward, one end of the line having been made fast on the ship. When the line was all out the dredge was dropped. After a sufficient time had elapsed for it to reach bottom it was slowly hauled in with one of the winches on the ship. In this way it was possible to proceed slowly and not unduly strain the line or dredge bag. We used a dredge about two feet wide made of heavy band iron, sharpened on the edges so that it made no difTerence which side fell on the bottom. In addition, our little beam Vol. XV] HANNA—REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS EXPEDITION 37 trawl, about six feet wide, was used with excellent results. In the construction of this we departed radically from usual pro- cedure and built the frame of galvanized pipe entirely. This made an exceedingly strong frame, yet it was demountable and took up very little space. These pieces of apparatus brought up enormous quantities of broken coral, coral sand, and seaweeds. The latter belongs chiefly to one species which grows as long slender stalks, round in cross section and bright green in color. The sailors called it "spaghetti." All of this material contained large num- bers of shells, starfishes, sea urchins, crustaceans, and some fishes and octopuses. It was exceedingly interesting work for all hands because no one ever knew what strangers the next dredge haul would produce. With this equipment we could not work where the water was more than about 200 feet deep but we looked forward to much of such work about the Revil- lagigedos. In this we were disappointed because at no other place about the group did we find a suitable bottom for the use of the apparatus. On shore the various workers continued to add largely to the collection. Messrs. Tose, Wright and Gallegos seemed to have the most difficult task of all in trying to keep their col- lections of birds prepared up to date. In a short time in the field each day more specimens could be collected than could be prepared, even by working far into the night. In a full day of collecting in various parts of the island, Mr. Mason secured only two species of plants he had not previously found. He did collect about two pounds of beans of the species which grows so prolifically in the semi-desert climate. These have a hard shell, are about half an inch long and would be well worth cultivating if found palatable. Messrs. Keifer, Tose, Gallegos and Musser prepared to stay on shore overnight. It was especially desired that some of the night-flying moths be secured if possible and ]\Ir. Keifer took all the necessary apparatus with him for an attempt. April \.-^ ^y ^% _^o>' ^^_^ ft^'j,*.^' v7 -i , , i,, Nouches of the male man-of-war birds. When one of these flies would light on a man it would cling with utmost tenacity and could hardly be brushed off. No lizards or land shells were found on the island. i miU (rtf J ^2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Plate X Fig. 1. Curiously sculptured rocks on the west side of San Benedicto Island. Photograph by Neil B. Musser. Fig. 2. A landing on San Benedicto Island was made under considerable difficulty. Photograph by Neil B. Musser. Fig. 3. One of the steam vents near the top of Mt. Evermann on Socorro Island. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 1 « ;*•*; ^. ■■^^i^^4i^^-'^'Mmff' 'jif : r-' '-■ -iLi,. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 2, pp. 115-193, plates 11-21, 1 text figure April 16, 1926 II EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925, II MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS FROM MARIA MADRE ISLAND, MEXICO BY G. DALLAS HANNA AND WILLIAM M. GRANT The diatoms described in the following paper were collected in May, 1925, by G. Dallas Hanna and Eric K. Jordan, mem- bers of the expedition sent out by the California Academy of Sciences. The collection consists of many samples of diato- mite of high purity, obtained in the east bank of Arroyo Hondo, a large wash which empties into the sea on the north end of Maria Madre Island, one of the Tres Marias Group, off the west coast of Mexico. The exposures are about two to three miles inland from the shore. The diatomaceous shales outcrop here and there for a con- siderable distance along the creek and it was estimated that the thickness of the deposit was close to 1000 feet, the dips being from 15° to 30° and in general northerly direction. Above the diatomite. Pliocene sandstones and limestones with a thickness of approximately 400 feet have the same northerly April 16, 1926 J2^ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. dip but the angles are only 5° to 10°. The diatoniite rests directly upon a diorite base and this in turn upon massive granite. On account of its stratigraphic position and the organisms it contained, the diatomite is believed to be Miocene in age. Many of the diatoms belong to species which have previously been found only in Monterey Shale of California. Others are characteristic of the Miocene deposits of Maryland and Vir- ginia. This mingling of floras might be expected to occur in the Miocene when the Isthmus of Panama did not exist. The Maria Madre Island deposit has little in common with the famous beds of Barbados and Trinidad which have yielded so many strange forms. They are probably older. The collection of slides upon which this report is based has been prepared according to the methods used by Dr. Albert Mann of Washington, D. C. One species only is mounted uix)n a slide. All type material is segregated in the Type Col- lection of the Department of Paleontology, California Acade- my of Sciences. Other organisms found in the shales but which have not as yet been studied are fishes, radiolarians and silicoflagellates. An alphabetical arrangement of genera and species has been adopted, thus obviating the need of an index. Names of genera in common use among diatomists have been retained even though some of them might be replaced in accordance with the rule of priority adopted by many botanists and zoologists. Because of their refusal to foist this rule upon themselves it is believed that the generic nomenclature of the diatoms is more stable than in most other groups of organisms. We are under deep obligations to Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the California Academy of Sciences, for unremitting generosity in the provision of instruments and library facilities whereby this study has been made possible. The literature on the diatoms is extensive and much of it is rare and expensive; in spite of this the Academy has succeeded in securing all of the most important books and pa[)ers on the subject from a taxonomic standpoint. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS WJ 1. Actinocyclus allinearius Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 11, figure 1 Valve large, circular, regularly convex in the center ; border narrow; pseudonodule circular, hyaline and very distinct; surface markedly coscinodisciform, there being a small group of rather heavy closely-set beads in the center without definite arrangement ; remainder of disk covered with closely-set radial rows of beads the size being such that a fairly accurate quinqux arrangement is maintained ; close to the margin the radial lines of beads become strise, difficult to resolve because of the sloping surface of the valve ; a definite and accurate radial and quinqux arrangement of the beads is interrupted by pairs of rows extending outwardly varying distances and maintaining a considerably larger size to the termination, after which three rows of usual size continue outwardly ; this differ- ence in size of the beading and a small hyaline space left un- filled between the two rows immediately before they end pro- duce a pyrotechnic effect seen in the common and well known A. pyrotechnicus Deby^ from the Monterey Shale of Cali- fornia. Also under low magnifications and in oblique light the diatom presents a mottled effect, especially when slightly out of focus ; this appears to be due to irregularities of the inner surface of the valve; at least no outward structure could be detected from which it could be formed. Diameter .1131 mm. Type: No. 1871, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This species would seem to be little apt to be confused with any other although it bears a general resemblance to A. pyro- technicus Deby. It lacks the hyaline central pore of the latter, and the shape is decidedly distinct as shown by the figures here- with. Fortunately we have a perfect specimen of pyrotechni- cus from the Maria Madre Island deposit for comparison. 2. Actinocyclus canestrus Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 11, figure 2 Valve with wide margin composed of closely-crowded beads in diagonally curved rows running in two directions at angles 'In Rattray, Jouni. Quek. Micr. Clul>, ser. 2, Vol. 4, 1890, p. 144, pi. II. fig. l.v Jig CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. of about 60° to the radii ; the beads of this zone are very minute near the margin and increase gradually in size inwardly and without a definite boundary; disk with 17 radial rows of round, large, closely-set beads, a short spine being at the mar- ginal end of each row ; remainder of the disk uniformly dotted with beads the same size as those of the rows but not arranged in any definite formation; a very small central blank area; ocellus very distinct and set a considerable distance from the actual margin of the valve. Diameter .0690 mm. Type: No. 1872, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This species is definitely related to A. ralfsi but differs nota- bly in the uniform beading on the disk and the absence of a definite boundary, inwardly, of the marginal zone of small beading. 3. Actinocyclus cubitus Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 11, figure 3 Valve small, broadly but uniformly convex; surface divided into four parts ; each 90° sector with rows of heavy beads uni- formly spaced and parallel to those radii which bisect the sectors ; boundary of each sector with a conspicuous spine at the margin; the center of one of the sectors marked with an ocellus ; border wide and radiately striated. Diameter .030 mm. Type: No. 1873, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo^ Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This beautiful little species has no close relative that we have been able to find in the literature ; the above is a description of the type specimen which is figured. Another in the collection is exactly the same in all details except that it is divided into six sectors instead of four. Since variation in number of sectors is a common occurrence among the Actinocycli, no significance is assumed to be represented by this difference. \'0L. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \\() 4. Actinocyclus pyrotechnicus Deby Plate 11, figure 4 Actinocyclus pyrotechnicus Deby in Rattray, Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, ser. 2, Vol. 4, 1890, p. 144, pi. 11, fig. 15; "Santa Monica," Cali- fornia, from a piece of Miocene float. One perfect specimen of this common California Miocene species was found in the Maria Madre Island deposit. This is fortunate because it affords an opportunity to compare with it A. allinearius n. sp. Rattray stated that the pseudonodule was "inconspicuous or problematical" ; we can find no trace of the structure in our specimen. And this leads to speculation as to whether Schmidt's Coscinodiscus niicans- from Oamaru, New Zealand, may not be the same. His figures show no pseudonodule and the structure otherwise is very similar to A. pyrotechnicus. If they should be the same then micans must take precedence because it was published a year earlier. We are not inclined to unite the two names because Rattray must have had Schmidt's plate in hand when he was preparing his paper, and if they were the same it seems very unlikely that he would have overlooked it. It is believed that Rattray's figure was drawn from the Hungarian specimen mentioned in the description of pyrotechnicus because there is seen a de- cidedly distinct pseudonodule, and this is inconsistent with his statement that the structure is "inconspicuous or problem- atical." Diameter of specimen figured .2268 mm. (No. 1874, C.A.S. coll.) 5. Actinocyclus rosoleo Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 11, figure 5 Valve circular, flat, very slightly depressed around the mar- gin ; margin narrow, smooth, bordered inside with a beaded zone twice the width of the margin ; the beads are arranged in two rows as usual in this zone in many Actinocyclus such as ralfsi; from the beaded zone 62 rows of sparse set beads ex- tend toward the center, the beads decreasing in size as the dis- tance increases from the margin; in an indefinite central area « Atlas Diat., pi. 139, figs. 2, 3, 1889. 120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. the smallest beads become sparsely and irregularly arranged ; pseudonodule very distinct and almost as wide as the border beaded zone. Diameter .080 mm. Type: No. 1875, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The distinct and sparse radial rows of beads set this species off from any we have ever seen. The characters are so different from other foniis that, although the specimens found are not perfect, they are believed to be sufficiently im- portant to warrant description. 6. Actinoptychus gallegosi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 11, figure 6 Valve almost circular but very slightly flattened on three sides; border narrow and succeeded by an annular, beaded zone, in width almost equal to one-third the radius; sectors six, three being slightly wider than the others and these latter each have in one outer corner a short spine and in the other corner a hyaline area ; each of the larger group of three sectors has in each outer corner a large hyaline area, pointed toward the center and outwardlv forming the inner boundarv of the marginal, annular, beaded zone ; on the zone and radially very close to one of these hyaline areas is an ocellus similar to what is found in Actinocyclus; central area hyaline with border jagged ; markings consist of sharp beads set in rows at right angles to each other on the sectors ; beads of marginal annular zone slightly smaller than those of the sectors. Diameter .0928 mm. Type: No. 1876, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The species is exactly intermediate between A. grihidlen A. Schmidt^ and A. piitzcri Griindler.* Both of these species are described from California and presumably from the Monterey Shale at Monterey. It is possible all three forms are variations of a single species, but, in the absence of material to prove this, « Atlas Diat., pi. 1, fig. 22, 1874. ♦Op. cit., pi. 29, fig. 1, 1875. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \2\ its assumption is unwarranted. Schmidt devoted plate 90 of his Atlas to other modifications of the same group, but none of those figured approaches our specimens as closely as those named. In his form A. griindleri minor^ from "Santa Moni- ca'' Monterey Shale, he illustrates the fact that alternating segments even in the same diatom may bear one or two spines. The presence of the ocellus on the marginal zone is of impor- tant significance. We take pleasure in naming this diatom after the late Pro- fessor Jose M. Gallegos, a distinguished naturalist of Mexico and a member of the Academy expedition of 1925. 7. Actinoptychus glabratus Grunow Plate 11, figure 7 Actinoptychus glabratus Grunow, Van Heurck, Syn. Diat. Belg., PI. 120, fig. 6, 1881.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 153, figs. 7, 12, 1890. A complete frustule," divided and mounted on one slide was found in the material from Maria Madre Island. We have hesitated somewhat in referring it to the above species al- though it is very close to Schmidt's figure 12, cited above, of a specimen from Guano in Peru ; he made the identification questionably. The specimens bear a decided resemblance to A. janischii Grunow, (Van Heurck Syn. Diat. Belg., pi. 122, fig. 6. 1881 ; Schmidt, Atlas Diat. pi. 153, figs. 8-10, 21, 1890) and there seems no reason why they might not very properly come under that name if it be valid. We doubt the validity if janischii and glabratus has precedence; therefore we have used the latter name. Tlie species from the Monterey Shale of California, originally figured under three varietal names by Grunow, is believed to be distinct. Dr. Mann,^ in 1907 recog- nized janischii as distinct and put glabratus as a synonym under A. splendens, but all available figures of the latter which he cited seem to be distinct from the other two names. Diame- ter of specimen figured, No. 1877 (C.A.S. coll.), .1376 mm. '>Op. cit.. pi. 100, 1886, figs. 3, 4. ' The splitting of this frustule gives us an opportunity to state that the two valves are identical and there was no trace of an internal accessory plate. 'Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, pp. 270, 271. ? L I R ^ /ft *s J22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES IPkoc. 4th Seg. 8. Actinoptychus maculatus Grove & Sturt Plate 11, figures 8, 9 Actinoptychus vulgaris Schumann var. maculata Grove & Sturt, Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, Ser. 2, Vol. 3, 1887, p. 64, pi. 5, fig. 5; Oamaru, New Zealand.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 132, fig. 17, 1888. Individuals of this species are not unconmion in the Maria Madre Island dei>osit. They have the heavy secondary bead- ing, large spines as shown by Schmidt and ten sectors. He figures two other specimens from Oamaru, New Zealand (the tyi>e locality), one with eight rays and a much larger one with fourteen. Our specimen figured, No. 1878 (C.A.S. coll.), is .0338 mm. in diameter ; another is .0368 mm. The photo- graph on plate 11 was taken with the focus so adjusted that the large maculations on the out-of-focus sectors do not show. Therefore the drawing has been added to indicate this feature. 9. Actinoptychus perplexus Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 11, figures 10, 11 Valve circular, divided into six equal segments and a he.xa- gonal hyaline area in the center ; under moderate magnification the divisions between the segments appear as black bars and the disk is covered with an irregular mottling of black on light ground; with immersion objectives of N. A. 1.20 or more the disk is found to be covered uniformly with two layers of beads ; one of these, the uppermost in the type specimen, con- sists of comparatively large rounded beads, rather indefinitely arranged in two sets of rows set diagonally to the radii ; in the other set the beads are about half as coarse and are much more crowded, being poorly arranged in rows parallel to the radii; the outer margin of each seginent bears a short spine in the center and one of the segments has a comparatively large ocellus. Diameter .0622 mm. Type: No. 1879, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. The photographs show the markings of this si>ecies well and they appear to be thoroughly diagnostic ; they require con- siderable manipulation of the microscope for pro[)er study. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS 123 10. Actinoptychus solisi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 12, figures 1-3 Valve circular with 14 to 18 sectors, each alternating one being provided with a short spine at the outer end; central area blank ; markings in two series ; first a set of large rounded protuberances, too massive to be called beads, arranged ap- parently in no very definite form and scattered uniformly but sparsely throughout the valve, the smooth central area ex- cepted ; the other set of markings consists of a series of small but distinct, round beads set in two series of rows at angles of about 50° with the radii and uniformly distributed over the ornamented area; outer ends of non-spine bearing sectors raised out of the plane of the remainder and therefore appear- ing as blank spaces in photographs. Diameter of type .1352 mm.; of paratype No. 1881 .0654 mm. ; of paratype No. 1882 .190 mm. Type: No. 1880; paratypes Nos. 1881, 1882, Mus. CaUf. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The species belongs to a group of which A. incisa Grunow is the fonn most familiar to western students, on account of its being a common species in the upper part of the Monterey Shale. But in no specimen of that species we have seen has there been more than a faint indication of the system of large secondary markings so evident on A. solisi. Moreover. A. iiicisa invariably has blank spaces of greater or less extent fol- lowing the median lines of alternating sectors from the central hyaline area; A. solisi has none.* The species is large and very handsome and we take pleas- ure in naming it for Sr. Ing. Octavio Solis, Director of the botanical garden of Chapulte[>ec and a member of the Academy expedition of 1925. 'See Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 154, figs. 2, 3, (1890)— Hann.\ & Gaylord. Bull. Am. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 9, No. 2, 192S, pi. 4, fig. 1, (A. incisa.) 124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 11. Actinoptychus undulatus (Bailey) Plate 12, figure 4 Actinocyclus undulatus Bailey, Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1842, pi. 2, fig. 11. Richmond, Virginia. — Kutzing, Kieselshaligen Bacillarien, 1844, p. 132, pi. 1, fig. 24. Actinoptychus undulatus Ralfs in Pritciiard, Hist. Infusoria, 1861, 4th ed., p. 839, pi. 5, fig. 88.— Schm;dt, Atlas Diat., pi. 1, figs. 1-6, 1874. The most common diatom in the Maria Madre Island de- posit is an Actinoptychus which we have considered to be nndiilatus. The specimen figured is characteristic of the forms, and, although great variation was noted, this average-sized one is .0553 mm. in diameter. It is No. 1883 (C.A.S. coll.). 12. Amphora crassa Gregory Plate 12, figure 5 Amphora crassa Gregory, Diat. Clyde, p. 524, pi. 14, fig. 94. — Schmidt, Atlas, Diat., pi. 28, fig. 16, 1875. Our specimens from Maria Madre Island Miocene do not seem to differ from the above sufficiently to warrant specific separation. The one figured, No. 1884 (C.A.S. coll.), is .1174 mm. in length and .0192 mm. in breadth. 13. Amphora maria Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 12, figure 6 Valve asymmetrical, cresentic, ends rounded knob-like; concave margin gently convex in the region of the central nodule; convex side with a zone of heavy, transverse, costae, easily resolvable into beads under proper illumination ; between this zone and the raphe there is a blank space followed by a row of coarse beads close to the raphe ; on the concave side a row of heavy transverse costae starts with each end but these decrease in length to finer and finer beads toward the central nodule which they do not reach. The type is .1080 mm. in length and .020 mm. in breadth. Type: Xo. 1885, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARIXE DIATOMS 125 The only species with which this striking fonn needs com- parison is one illustrated by Schmidt^ from Campeche Bay, Gulf of Mexico, and which he stated was "perhaps a new spe- cies," but he did not name it. His figure 14, in particular, is very close to the specimen figured herewith. He compared these figures with A. egregia Ehrenberg,^" but an examination of the original figure of that species shows a hopelessly inde- terminate diatom in zonal view. Wolle,^^ however, copied Schmidt's figures and referred them unconditionally to A. egregia. Under such circumstances no course is possible for us but to give our fossil a new name and recommend that the name A. egregia be put in the list of indeterminates. 14. Arachnoidiscus manni Hanna & Grant, new name Plate 12, figures 7-9 Arachnoidiscus ornatus montcreiana Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 7Z, figs. 7-9, Jan. 28, 1882; type loc. "Monterey," California, Miocene. Not A. ehrenbergii montereyana Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 68, fig. 2, July 20, 1881 ; type loc. "Monterey," California, probably living. Arachnoidiscus ornatus montcrcianns Hanna & Gaylord,. Bull. Am. Assoc. Petrol Geol., Vol. 9, No. 2, 1925, pi. 5, fig. 2. This is a common fossil diatom in the Miocene Monterey Shale of California and has often been referred to as A. ornatus. Schmidt detected the differences and named it but unfortunately the name he gave had been used for a different form on an earlier plate and montereiana must pass into synonymy. Since it is a very important species and will un- questionably be often referred to we take pleasure in naming it after Dr. Albert Mann, the foremost diatomist of the United States. It is believed that the photographs reproduced herewith give a better picture of this fossil form than any previous illustra- tions w'ith the possible exception of those of Schmidt. As usual in the genus there is considerable variation but the min- uteness of the beads is a distinguishing feature. The speci- mens figured from Arroyo Hondo. Maria Madre Island (Tres 'Atlas Diat., pi. 28, 1875. figs. 13-15. '• Abhand. Kon. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1872, fig. 20. " Diat. N. Amer., pi. 3, figs. 20, 21, pi. 4, fig. 1. 126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Marias Group) are as follows: No. 1886 (type) diam. .1720 mm.; No. 1887, diam. .1840 mm.; No. 1888, diam. .100 mm.; (C.A.S. coll.). 15. Asterolampra marylandica Ehrenberg Plate 13, figure 1 Asterolampra marylandica Ehrenberg, Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1845, p. 76, f. 10.— Bailey, Amer. Journ. Sci., Vol. 48, 1845, pi. 4, fig. B.— Greville, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, n. s. Vol. 8, 1860, p. 108, pi. 3, figs. 1-4; Vol. 10, 1862, p. 44, pi. 7, figs. 1-3.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 273. Individuals of what appears from the published figures to be this variable species occur not infrequently in the Maria Madre Island deposit. A few minor differences have been noted, but they do not appear to be of sufficient importance to warrant specific separation. A. marylandica originally was described from the Miocene deposit at Nottingham, Mary- land, but has since been found widely distributed. The speci- men figured, No. 1889 (C.A.S. coll.), is .0790 mm. in diameter. . 16. Asteromphalus dubius Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 13, figure 2 Valve divided into ten equal sectors with division ribs ap- proximately equal in size; beaded zone equal to one-half the radius ; the beads of each sector arranged in three rows 60° apart; rosette divided into 10 parts with heavy ribs between; these ribs are not radially straight and near the outer ends there are angular turns in various directions ; two divisions of the rosette are larger than the others and these two meet in the center of the valve. Diameter .060 mm. Type: No. 1890, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The species is distinct from all others known to us although closely approaching A. moroncnsis Greville,^- from a deposit in Spain. That species has nine sectors, one of the dividing ribs '= Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 38. fig. 24, 1876. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \2J being narrower than the others, and the parts of the rosette are differently arranged. But the similarity of the rosette of both these and some other species to typical asymmetrical Astcromphalus has led us to include ours in that genus. It was unquestionably such intermediate forms as these that caused Greville to unite Astcromphalus and Astcrolampra in one genus. 17. Aulacodiscus margaritaceus Ralfs Plate 13, figures 3, 4 Aulacodiscus margaritaceus Ralfs, Pritchard, Infusoria, 4th ed. 1861, p. 844; type locality, Patos Island guano, Gulf of California. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 37, 1876, figs. 1-8; pi. 105, 1886, figs. 1, 4, 5.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 82, figs. 1-2.— Edwards, Trans. San Francisco, Micr. Soc. pt. 1, 1893, p. 13, 14; "Santa Monica," California, Miocene. This species has been listed from the Miocene shales of California more than once; in fact, Schmidt's first figures (pi. 37, figs. 1-4) are from "California" and were published in 1876. We cannot find that Ralfs illustrated the species, and, if not, California should be considered the type locality be- cause, without figures, the best descriptions of diatoms are almost worthless. At the date the Atlas was published European workers had received comparatively little material from California other than fossil and it seems fairly safe to assume that Schmidt's was the latter. Therefore, we are in- clined to consider Monterey Shale as the original type material of this species, rather than that of Ralfs from the Gulf of California. We have two perfect specimens from the Miocene deposit of Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island. One has eleven spines and the other three, yet they seem to be the same; the number of spines in this genus is a dangerous criterion for the separation of species. The smaller specimen with three spines has practically no umbilicus, but specimens similar in this respect have been figured heretofore. The species is very con- vex in the center. The specimen with three spines. No. 1891 (C.A.S. coll.), is .1114 mm. in diameter; the one with 11 spines. No. 1892, is .1476 mm. in diameter. J28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 18. Aulacodiscus rellae Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 13, figures 5, 6 Valve circular, typically with five spines ; each spine set in a hyaline area and this surrounded by a raised, convex ridge on which there are ridges, radial from the spine ; central area circular and hyaline, with narrow, hyaline, radial areas to each spine; disk uniformly dotted with fine closely-set beads. The area enclosed by the spines and a narrow marginal zone be- tween the spines have sparsely, irregularly, arranged beads about twice as large as those covering the disk ; neither more nor fewer than five spines have been seen. Diameter .0539 mm. Type: No. 1893, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. Only three species are known to us with which this strange diatom needs comparison; A. barbadensis Ralfs^^ is closest, but it has four spines only, the large, secondary beads are uni- formly distributed over the disk and the spaces around the spines are radially marked only on the outer sides; in A. rcllce these spaces are marked completely around. A. circumdatus Schmidt,^* from the Monterey Shale of California, likewise has four spines, large secondary beads only in the center of the disk, and the marginal zone is marked with some heavy dark spine-like projections of silica. Another similar species is A. notatus Grove & Sturt,^° from the fossil deposit at Oamaru. New Zealand ; this has four hyaline spaces, each with a spine and, like A. rellce, with radial markings all around; some heavier beading is found in the central area but not elsewhere. All three of the above mentioned species and A. petersi Ehrenberg, form a group in Aulacodiscus, set apart by the presence of large secondary beads on the disk. The species is named for Mrs. Rella Grant in recognition of much assistance rendered in the preparation of the illustrations of this and other papers. " Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 146, fig. 5, 1890. "Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 35, fig. 5, 1876. "Tourn. Quek. Micr. Club. Ser. 2. Vol. 3. 1887, p. 9, pi. 3, fig. 11. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRAKT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS 129 19. Auliscus caballi Schmidt Plate 13, figure 7 Auliscus caballi Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 32, figs. 1, 2, 1875; Puerto Cabello. We have picked out several valves of an Auliscus with three ocelli each and these are certainly very close to the form named by Schmidt. No differences which would warrant specific separation can be detected. This form appears to differ chiefly from A. elaboratus Ralfs^** in the presence of spines between the ocelli in A. caballi which are lacking in Ralfs' species from Barbados. Otherwise they are very similar indeed. The speci- men figured, No. 1894 (C.A.S. coll.), is .0366 mm. in diameter. 20. Auliscus caelatus Bailey Plate 13, figure 8 Auliscus ccelatus Bailey, Smith. Contr. Knowl., Vol. 7, 1854, p. 6, pi. 1, fig. 3-4.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 32, 1875, fig. 15; "Monterey."— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 282. Individuals which agree in almost every detail with the figure, cited above, by Schmidt and which he stated was typical ccelatus of Bailey, are numerous in the Maria Madre Island deposit. Others tend to show some of the great variability described by Dr. Mann. The specimen figured, No. 1895 (C.A.S. coll.), is .10 mm. in greatest diameter; .0908 mm. in least diameter. 21. Auliscus grunovii Schmidt Plate 13, figure 9 Auliscus grunovii Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 30, 1875, fig. 14.— Wolle, Diat. N. Am., 1893, pi. 79, fig. 11. This coarsely-marked species is present in considerable num- bers in the Maria Madre Island deposit. The original locality given by Schmidt is "Rio, Brasil." On a later plate" he listed as a subspecies of it, "Californica" Grunow and in the index " Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 67, 1881, fig. 4. " Schmidt, Atlas, pi. 89, 1886. fig. 8. 130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. to the atlas Fricke says to compare both with A. elegans Greville, but it seems to us that Schmidt's original figure represents a distinct species. Our specimens could hardly be expected to agree more closely than they do, yet none of them indicates intergradation with either elegans Greville or cali- fornica Grunow or calif ornieus Brun. The specimen figured, No. 1896 (C.A.S. coll.) is .0660 mm. in diameter and prac- tically circular. 22. Auliscus pruinosus Bailey Plate 13, figure 10 Auliscus pruinosus Bailey, Smith. Cont. Knowl., Vol. 7, 1854, p. 5, pi. 1, fig. 5-8.— Schmidt, Atlas, Diat., pi. 31, 1875, figs. 6, 7, 11, 13-15; pi. 32, 1875, fig. 5, pi. 108, fig. 10.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 283. Auliscus punctatus Bailey, Smith. Gjnt. Knowl., Vol. 7, 1854, p. 5, pi. 1, fig. 9.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 31, 1875, figs. 8, 9; pi. 67, 1881, figs. 7-8; pi. 89, 1886, figs. 14-17. The figures cited above show considerable variation but, as Dr. Mann has pointed out, there seems to be no useful purpose served in attempting to divide them as Bailey did. So many intergradations occur that numerous specimens cannot be as- signed to either form, pruinosus or punctatus, and under such circumstances union seems to be the logical course to take. The species in comtnon in the deposit at Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island. The specimen figured, No. 1897 (C. A. S. Coll.) is .0932 mm. in greatest diameter and .0860 mm. in least diameter. 23. Biddulphia consimile (Grunow) Plate 13, figures 11, 12 Triceratium (Odontella) consimile Grunow, Van Heurck, Syn. Diat. Belg. 1885, pi. 108, fig. 2; "Santa Monica," California; from a piece of Miocene float. — Edwards, Trans. San Francisco Micro. Soc. pt. 1, 1893, p. 16, "Santa Monica." Triceratium consimile Grunow, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 84, 1885, figs. 13, 14; "Campeche Bay," Gulf of Mexico. — Wolle, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 106, fig. 6; "Santa Monica," California. We have one beautiful specimen and saw several others, somewhat fragmentary in the Miocene material from Arroyo Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \T^\ Hondo, Maria Madre Island. These agree fairly well with this species, originally described from the Miocene of Califor- nia. The presence of the large spines at the corners makes it necessary to place it in the genus Biddulphia. In Grunow's original figure the cells are larger than in our specimens and the sides are a very little straighten Each cell or bead is sur- rounded by a row of minute dots as Grunow showed. The specimen figured, No. 1899 (C. A. S. Coll.) is .1236 mm. long on each side. 24. Biddulphia deodora Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figures 1, 2 Valve quadrangular, sides concave, corners acutely rounded ; border narrow and marked by numerous short spines; spin- ous corner processes marked with about six coarse dots ; sur- face with numerous large square beads arranged in radial rows ; a central circular area having a much fewer number. Length of each side of type .0340 mm. Type: No. 1900, paratype No. 1901, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. The above is a description of the type specimen. A para- type containing five points and smaller marginal spines has been selected because the two appear to be the same species. These come closest to a small pentagonal form figured by Schmidt^* as Triceratium antillarum Cleve, but we do not find the definitely bounded circular space indicated for it. 25. Biddulphia jordani Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figure 3 Valve very small, triangular, margins almost straight, angles bluntly rounded; border zone very heavy as in B. montereyi (Brightwell)^"; surface with sparse, very heavy beads, irregu- larly arranged except over the border zone where there are rows of three, each pointing toward center of valve : corners "Atlas Diat., pi. 99. 1886, fig. 14. " Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 94, figs, 1-3, 1886. April 16, 1926 ]^32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. without spines and ornamented with beads similar to the valve but growing progressively smaller, outwardly. Length along one margin, .0337 mm. Type: No. 1898, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The species is apparently closest to B. montereyi but is much smaller and has far fewer markings on the valve. It is named for the late Mr. Eric Knight Jordan, at the time of his death assistant curator of paleontology, California Academy of Sciences, and a member of the Academy's expedition of 1925. 26. Biddulphia penitens Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figures 4, 5 Valve quadrangular, apices rounded, sides gently concave; margin narrow, hyaline; markings consist of rows of beads radiating from margin toward center, the rows being widely spaced and beads decreasing in size on the corners; about 15 rows of beads of uniform size on each side; the beads become much scarcer in the center of the valve where they form an indistinct rosette. Length of one side of type .0435 mm. ; of paratype .070 mm. Type: No. 1902, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The species is marked similarly to B. parallela (Greville) and its triangular forms, ^° but that species has convex mar- gins instead of concave. The form named B. parallela coloni- ensis (Grunow), by Schmidt"^ from Colon, Panama, comes closest to our specimens but the latter have much heavier beads and there is a decided break between the beading of the central zone and the remainder of the valve ; such a division does not appear in Schmidt's figure. 27. Biddulphia riedyi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figure 6 Valve, triangular, sides straight, angles acutely pointed; each corner is occupied by a blunt projection, densely but •• See Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 75, 1882, figs. 3-S and 11-12. =" Atlas, pi. 81, 1885, fig. 1. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS J33 minutely beaded on top; border zone of each side with several dense, siliceous bars, irregular in shape, projecting inwardly; surface of valve sparsely covered with round, heavy beads; from the center of each side, a rounded elevated ridge projects inwardly, all three meeting in the center. Length of each side .140 mm. Type: No. 1904, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This large and handsome species is related to few others that we can find. Biddiilphia tahellaria (Brightwell) and the sub- species diplosticta Grunow^^ are similarly constructed but differ greatly in details, particularly in the fine beading found on the surface of the valve and the lack of the three radiating ridges mentioned above at the end of the description. The two fos- sils, B. dobreana novcB-seelandicB (Grove & Sturt) and B. majus (G. & S.^^) from the deposit at Oamaru, New Zealand, are likewise similar in general construction but differ even more in detail. The species is named for Messrs. Charles and Frank Riedy of San Francisco, in recognition of their long continued inter- est in microscopy and the former San Francisco Microscopical Society. 28. Biddiilphia tuomeyii (Bailey) Plate 14, figure 7 Zygoccros tuomeyii Bailey, Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, Vol. 46, 1843, p. 138, pi. 3, figs. 3-9. Biddulphia tuomeyii (Bailey) Ralfs in Pritchard, Hist. Infus. 4th ed. 1861, p. 848, pi. 6, fig. 10.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 118, figs. 1-7; pi. 119, figs. 1-7, 15-17, 1888. If all of the various forms figured by Schmidt as B. tuomeyii are that species, then our Maria Madre Island ones are also, unquestionably. And since ours resemble those he gives from eastern north America, the type locality, more than any others, it is very likely that our identification is correct even though the assemblage be broken up into several species, ultimately. ^''Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 77, 1882, figs. 1-S. =» Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 168, figs. 2, 5, 1891. y 134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. The specimen figured, No. 1905 (C.A.S. coll.) . is .080 mm. in length, and .040 mm. in width when in the position in which it was placed when the photograph was taken. 29. Campylodiscus prentissi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figure 8 Valve broad, almost circular in vertical view ; deeply saddle- shaped; divided on each side of a median section into 10 wide compartments separated by simple bars of silica, curved toward each end of the valve and each one bifurcate on the outer end ; median section with parallel sides formed by breaks in the transverse bars, which, however, continue across the middle; between each pair of bars at the side of the median section there is an oblong bead ; no fine markings could be discovered with a numerical aperture up to .95. Length along median line of type .0426 mm. ; breadth at right angles to median line .0422 mm. Type: No. 1906, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This coarsely marked species is not recorded in any of the literature at our command, and is not closely approached by any other. It has been named for Mr. Charles W. Prentiss of San Francisco, California, an enthusiastic preparer of diatoms. 30. Cerataulus imperator Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figure 9 Valve broadly oval, very convex, border narrow ; horns long cylindrical, blunt and hyaline on top; spines absent; disk covered with heavy beading arranged radially near the mar- gin but irregularly elsewhere; the beads over the greater por- tion are grouped in such a manner that the valve has a dis- orderly reticulate network-appearance under low magnifica- tion, markings similar in many ways to those of Eupodiscus rogersii. Length .1264 mm.; breadth .0936 mm. Type: No. 1907, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS 135 Individuals of this huge, coarsely-marked species were rarely found in the Maria Madre Island deposit ; they seem to require no close comparison with other forms for recognition. 31. Cocconeis contrerasi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figure 10 Valve broadly oval with raphe greatly sigmoid ; central and terminal nodules minute ; densely and uniformly beaded over the disk, the beads arranged in somewhat radial rows ; border narrow. Length .0391 mm. ; breadth .0340 mm. Type: No. 1908, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This beautiful species belongs to the group of which C. dirupta Gregory is perhaps the most common representative, but the differences are very evident upon comparison with such figures as Schmidt's.^* The species is named in honor of Professor Francisco Con- treras, a distinguished naturalist of Mexico and a member of the Academy's expedition of 1925. 32. Cocconeis triumphis Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 14, figures 11-13 Valve broadly ovate with narrow hyaline border; raphe, a narrow lanceolate blank area reaching to the ends and crossed at the center with a transverse and narrower blank strip; otherwise the disk is covered with fine beads uniformly distributed in rows, radiating irregularly from the median area toward the margin, but, before reaching the latter, the beads assume positions in diagonal rows of various angles and directions producing chiefly a wavy appearance. Length of type specimen .0620 mm. ; breadth .0461 mm. ; length of para- type (No. 1910) .0347; breadth .0270 mm. Type: No. 1909, paratypes Nos. 1910, 1911, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. "Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 197. figs. 31-34, 1895. 136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. The characters in general are the same as those of a fossil from Sendai, Japan, called C. formosa Brun by Schmidt,-^ but the beading of the Maria Madre Island species is very much finer and the rows radiate from the central area only part way to the border ; the outer zone has the beads in rows which t^ke various diagonal directions. 33. Coscinodiscus curvatulus Grunow Plate 15, figure 1 Coscinodiscus curvatulus Grunow; Schmidt, Atlas, Diat., pi. 57, 1877, Fig. 33; "Monterey," California; probably from a Miocene fossil deposit. Apparently the fossil deposit at Monterey, California, is the type locality of this species and our specimens from the Mio- cene of Maria Madre Island could hardly come closer to perfect agreement with the figure in Schmidt's Atlas than they do, although his figures from other localities are not so close. The curved radial rows of beads dividing the disk into sectors and the additional rows in each sector parallel to the division row are very characteristic features, possessed by no other diatom than this group. Differences in living specimens from other localities pertain to width of border and size of beads, both characters of relatively little value in this group. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1912, C.A.S. coll.) .0658 mm. 34. Coscinodiscus elegantulus Greville Plate 15, figure 2 Coscinodiscus elegantulus Greville, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, Vol. 9, n. s. 1861, p. 42, pi. 4, fig. 8.— Schmipt, Atlas Diat., pi. 58, 1877, figs. 3-5 ; Barbados. This remarkable diatom is not uncommon in the Miocene deposit on Maria Madre Island. Its chief distinguishing feature is the excentrically placed central area. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1913, C.A.S. coll.) .0558 mm. " Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 193, fig. 47, 1894. Vol. XV] MANX A &■ GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS ^37 35. Coscinodiscus evermanni Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 15, figure 3 Valve circular, large and heavy; central area depressed below a huge rounded marginal zone the diagrammatic cross section being as shown in figure 1 ; there is no suture between Fig. 1. Diagrammatic cross section of Coscinodiscus evermanni, n. sp. central and marginal areas as in Craspedodisciis and no break in the arrangement of the markings as in Creszvellia; coarse markings arranged essentially as in C. radiatus, these being a group of slightly larger beads in the center but no central pore ; each bead on the marginal zone has a circle of fine punc- tag or secondary markings as in C. aster omphalns and many other species, but no such structures could be found on the beads of the central area with a 4 mm. (N. A. .95) objective; the hoop connecting the valves is marked with beads of uni- form size set in diagonal rows, at 90°. Diameter of type .1556 mm.; width of central area about .10 mm.; diameter of largest paratype .1564 mm.; diameter of smallest paratype .1176 mm. Type: No. 1914, paratypcs Nos. 1915, 1916, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This robust species is very common in the deposit on Maria Madre Island but perfect specimens are hard to find ; the large size causes most of the valves to be broken, either in the bed- ding or in the cleaning processes. Hoops are abundant but almost always detached from the valves. The species is a con- necting link between Coscinodiscus and Craspedodisciis and is much like Craspedodiscus coscinodiscus Ehrenberg^" but the central zone in that form is much narrower. We have in- cluded it in Coscinodiscus because of the lack of a definite "Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 66, 1881, figs. i. 4. 138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. suture between central and marginal zones which is typically developed in Craspcdodiscus. The edge of the valve is turned down at right angles to the disk as in Endyctia; thus a com- plex of characters is displayed which makes a correct generic assignment almost impossible. The type slide contains three fairly complete specimens, which show approximately the variation in size. The species is named for Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the California Academy of Sciences, who was responsible for the organization and despatch of the expedition of 1925 to West Mexican Islands. 36. Coscinodiscus fasciculatus Schmidt Plate 15, figure 4 Coscinodiscus fasciculatus Schmidt, Atlas Diat.. pi. 57, 1877, figs. 9, 10; "Cuxhaven." This species, according to Schmidt's figures, has the bead- ing arranged in radial rows and also there is produced a "watch ca.se milled" effect similar to C radiatus; in addition, there are some radial "pyrotechnical" markings as in Actino- cyclus pyrotechnicns, thus making an exceedingly beautiful diatom. The species appears to be rare in the Maria Madre Island deposit. Diameter of specimen figured. No. 1917 (C.A.S. coll.), .0687 mm. 37. Coscinodiscus hertleini Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 15, figure 5 Coscinodiscus concavus Ehrenberg, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 59, 1877, fig. 16; "Monterey," California; probably from a Miocene fossil deposit. This figure, Dr. Mann stated, does not belong to C. con- cavus of Ehrenberg (Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 248). Valve flat, coar.sely marked with a network of hexagons, the size of these decreasing slightly at the margin; the disk is roughly divided into sectors by a few almost straight radial rows, the remaining rows in the sector being approximately parallel to the central radial; this makes a secondary series of rows of beads in parallel arcs which cut the margin of the Vol. X\"] HANNA &■ GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \y) valve ; border narrow and transversely marked. Diameter of type .0480 mm. Type: No. 1918, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. In the arrangement of the details of markings this species falls in with C. denarius Schmidt"^ from the fossil deposit of Barbados, West Indies. The markings of that form, how- ever, are much finer and no described species in the same group can be found which is so coarse as the Maria Madre Island one. The markings of the new species are as coarse as in C. heteroporus or C. radiatus, but these appear never to have the peculiar arrangement of beads of the C. denarius group. The species is named for Mr. Leo G. Hertlein, of the De- partment of Paleontology, California Academy of Sciences. 38. Coscinodiscus lineatus Ehrenberg Plate 15, figure 6 Coscinodiscus lineatus Ehrenberg, Phys. Abhl. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1838, p. 129 [1840].— Ehrenberg Microg. 1854, pi. 18, fig. Z2>; pi. 22, fig. 6 a-b; pi. 35 A, group 16, fig. 7. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 59, 1877, figs. 26-32.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 87, fig. 10.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, p. 253. This species is found frequently in the Miocene deposit on Maria Madre Island, but the valves are so delicate that perfect specimens can hardly be found. The width of the border and the development of the marginal spines in the species is sub- ject to considerable variation as Dr. Mann has pointed out. Diameter of specimen figured, No. 1919 (C.A.S. coll.), .100 mm. 39. Coscinodiscus marginatus Ehrenberg Plate 15, figure 7 Coscinodiscus marginatus Ehrenberg, Phys. Abhl. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841, p. 142 (1843).— Ehrenberg, Microg. 1854, pi. 18, fig. 44; pi. 13, group 12, fig. 13; pi. 38 B, group 22, fig. 8. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 62, 1877, figs. 1-5, 9, 11, 12.— Wolle, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 94, fig. 21; pi. 112, fig. 8.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 253, pi. 49. fig. 2. =' Atlas Diat., pi. 57, 1877. 140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Ser. Although some of our specimens from the Miocene deposit of Maria Madre Island have narrower borders than Schmidt and others have usually shown in their figures, agreement otherwise is so close that we feel justified in making the iden- tification. This is particularly true in view of the confusion so often pointed out in this group of Coscinodiscus. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1920, C.A.S. coll. smaller than aver- age) .0357 mm. 40. Coscinodiscus masoni Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 15, figure 8 Valve circular, very convex, margin rather broad ; markings consist of small, closel)''-set beads arranged in 13 sectors; each sector has a central radial row of beads extending from the center of the valve to the margin ; all the other rows of beads in each sector are parallel to this central one; in the center of each sector and just inside of the border there is a blunt spine, shown as a white spot in the photograph. Diameter .1 154 mm. Type: No. 1930, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This strange species does not seem to resemble very closely any other that has been found. The arrangement of the beads in definite sectors is a very striking feature and so is the great convexity of the valves. The species is named for Mr. H. L. Mason, the botanist of the Academy's Expedition of 1925. 41. Coscinodiscus nitidus Gregory Plate 15, figure 9 Coscinodiscus nitidus Gregory, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. 21, 1857, p. 27, pi. 2, fig. 45.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 58, 1877, figs. 17-19; Campeche Bay, Gulf of Mexico. We have a beautiful specimen from the Maria Madre Island deposit that appears to be this coarsely-marked species from the Gulf of Mexico. It is hardly to be confused with any other Coscinodiscus except the one Rattray has named C. sub- Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \^\ nitidus^^ from the Barbados fossil deposit. This latter does not appear to deserve separation from C. nitidus. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1921, C.A.S. coll.) .0314 mm. 42. Coscinodiscus nitidulus Grunow Plate 15, figure 10 Coscinodiscus nitidulus Grunow, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 58, 1877, fig. 20; "Campeche Bay," Gulf of Mexico. A single specimen of this delicate diatom was found in the Maria Madre Island Miocene material. It differs from Schmidt's figure only in having the beads roughly arranged in radial rows while in his they are more or less in zones, there being three radial rows in each. But since the arrange- ment is not well marked in either form it is believed to be un- important. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1922, C.A.S. coll.) .0475 mm. 43. Coscinodiscus oculus-iridis Ehrenberg Plate 15, figure 11 Coscinodiscus oculus-iridis Ehrenberg, Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839, p. 147 (1841).— Ehrenberg, Microgeologie 1854, pi. 18, fig. 42, pi. 19, fig. 2.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat, pi. 60, 1877, fig. 17; pi. 63, 1877, figs. 4, 6-9; pi. 113, 1888. figs. 1, 3-5, 20.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10 No. 5, 1907, p. 256. A few typical specimens of this widely-spread species were found in the Maria Madre Island Miocene deposit. They appear to be identical with the form Grunow called C. oculus- iridis niorsiana^^ but for which there seems to be little reason for acceptance. The subspecies originally came from Miocene material from Santa Monica, California. Diameter of speci- men figured, No. 1923 (C.A.S. coll.), .1454 mm. 2* See Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 58, 1877. fig. 16, and Fricke's Index to same, 1902, p. 7. » Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 60, 1877, fig. 7; see Fricke, Index to Atlas, 1902, p. 7. 242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th Ser. 44. Coscinodiscus pacificus Grunow Plate 16, figure 1 Coscinodiscus pacificus Grunow, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 60, 1877, fig. 13; the identification of this figure from Barbados is by Fricke in the Index to the Atlas, 1902, p. 7. Si)ecimens from the deposit on Maria Madre Island agree perfectly with Schmidt's fignre named above by Fricke. Four rather large beads form a slight rosette in the center and this seems to be the only distinguishing feature between C. pacificus and C. radiatus Ehrenberg. This group of Coscinodiscus is difficult to understand and there can be no doubt but that too many names have been and are still being used. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1924, C.A.S. coll.) .1296 mm. 45. Coscinodiscus radiatus Ehrenberg Plate 15, figure 12 This and various other so-called species of this section of the genus are very difficult to decipher, but under C. radiatus w^e have placed those coarsely-marked specimens from Maria Madre Island with radial rows of beads, a "watch case milled" effect, and no central pore or rosette of large beads in the center. When this rosette is present and the "milling" still perfect the diatoms appear to have been placed under C. oculus- iridis; C. pacificus appears to differ from the latter only in the imperfect "milling" arrangement of the markings. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1924, C.A.S. coll.) .0628 mm. 46. Dicladia pylea Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 16, figures 4, 5 Valve view of frustule a regular, elongated oval, with one conical projection in the center of one valve, this projection being rounded on the tip; the other valve has two conical pro- jections equal in size and with some irregular branches of silica at the tops. Major diameter .0678 mm. Type: No. 1928, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS I43 The species occurs frequently in the Maria Madre Island deposit ; all other members of the genus known to us are much longer in zonal view than this one. Mangin^** has stated that the various forms of Dicladia are only sfatospores of diatoms, normally belonging to other gen- era. In a fossil deposit, however, the determination of the parent species becomes problematical and it seems best, for the present at least, to record the Dichdia as distinct. 47. Dictyoneis marginata (Lewis) Plate 16, figure 8 Navkula marginata Lewis, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, 1861, p. 64, pi. 2, fig. 1. Dictyoneis marginata (Lewis), Cleve, Le Diatomiste, Vol. 1, 1890, p. 16. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 160, 1890, fig. 1.— Cleve, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand., Vol. 26, 1894, p. 30.— Van Heurck, Treat. Diat. 1896, p. 157, fig. 29. Several specimens of this elegant diatom were found in the Maria Madre Island deposit. They are very similar in every way to what Cleve and Schmidt have called "form typica." Cleve placed nine species in the genus Dictyoneis and under marginata he placed seven named subspecies ; the species must therefore be very variable although our specimens do not indicate this. For typica he gives the following widely separ- ated localities: Mediterranean Sea; Levant; Delaware (type locality) ; Florida ; West Indies ; Colon ; Gulf of Mexico ; Java ; all living; and fossil at Szakal, Hungary. Other named forms were listed from the fossil deposits of New Zealand and Japan, but this is apparently the first record of any member of the genus from the eastern Pacific. Although the general dismem- berment of the genus Navicula as proposed by Cleve is not acceptable to most diatomists, Dictyoneis is so different from the usual fomi that the retention of that name seems to be justified. Length of specimen figured (No. 1929, C.A.S. coll.) .1240 mm. ; breadth .030 mm. "Rev. Sci. 1912, pp. 481-487. 144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 48. Endyctia robustus (Greville) Plate 16, figures 2, 3 Coscinodiscus robustus Greville, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, n. s., Vol. 14, 1866, p. 3, pi. 1, fig. 8.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 62, 1877, figs. 16, 17.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 258, pi. 48, fig. 4.— Mann, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, Vol. 6, pt. 1, 1925, pp. 67, 68. Dr. Mann has stated in his 1925 paper on Phihppine Dia- toms that this species belongs to Endyctia and not Coscinodis- cus. A study of specimens from the Miocene fossil deposit at Monterey, California, the type locality, leaves little room for doubt as to the correctness of this disposition. Our specimens from Maria Madre Island Miocene are unquestionably the same as those from Monterey in our collection. Great vari- ation in size is shown. The smaller specimen figured (No. 1926, C.A.S. coll.) is .0974 mm. in diameter; the larger (No. 1927) is .100 mm. in diameter. 49. Eupodiscus rogersii (Bailey) Plate 16, figures 6, 7 Podiscus rogersii Bailey ; Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, Vol. 46, Dec. 1843, p. 138, fig. 12. Eupodiscus rogersii (Bailey), Ehrenberg, Abh., Berlin Akad., 1844, p. 81.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 92, 1886, figs. 2-6.— Wolle, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 76, fig. 3. Individuals of a species we believe to be this are common in the Maria Madre Island deposit and have four to six spines. The form was originally described from the Nottingham, Maryland, fossil deposit. Diameter of specimen figured with four spines (No. 1931, C.A.S. coll.) .1242 mm.; diameter of specimen figured with six spines (No. 1932) .1646 mm. 50. Glyphodesmus driveri Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 16, figure 9 Valve elongate, naviculoid in shape, rounded terminally and gently convex medially; terminal and central nodules rounded knobs, the latter being the larger; two rows of large quad- rangular beads on each side of the pseudo-raphe ; these may Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS I45 be considered as transverse costae divided in two parts longi- tudinally, with three or four on each side of the central nodule divided into three parts (in another specimen the longitudinal rows number three through the valve on each side of the cen- tral area) ; pseudo-raphe very distinct and almost equal in width throughout. Length of type .0962 mm. ; breadth .0117 mm. Type: No. 1933, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This elegant species is similar to only one known to us, G. marinuni (Ralfs), which has the transverse costse broken into four beads, is more pointed terminally and less convex medially. The species is named for Mr. Hershel L. Driver, of Los Angeles, California, an enthusiastic student of micro- organisms. 51. Glyphodesmus sigmoideus Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 16, figure 10 Valve slightly asymmetrical, swollen at each end and slightly convex in the center; central and terminal nodules distinct; pseudo-raphe distinct and sigmoid in shape cor- responding to the asymmetry of the valve; markings consist of about 50 heavy transverse costae on each side of the pseudo- raphe, each one being broken irregularly into beads. Length of type .0520 mm. ; breadth at end .0079 mm. ; at center .0061 mm. Type: No. 1934, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. G. williamsoni W. Smith^^ ap])ears to be the closest related species to this, but that fonn is much less swollen terminally, is not convex in the center, and lacks the slight but constant sigmoid outline of the form being described. Very few valves were found, but probably most of them were lost in the clean- ing operations due to their small size. « WoUe, Dial. N. Am., 1894, pi. 45, figs. 23, 24. 146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 52. Grammatophora merletta Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 16, figures 11, 12, 14 Valve elongate, sides approximately parallel, very slightly swollen in center; ends expanded, somewhat capitate; border heavy, and greatly thickened at each end; central area oval with the long axis parallel to the sides; markings consist of parallel, horizontal rows of dots, 35 in .01 mm., on each side of an exceedingly thin median line; the dots are also arranged in quinqux ; these markings are exceedingly minute and diffi- cult to resolve, the best optical equipment and monochromatic green or blue light being required to bring them well into view in styrax mounts; in girdle view the long bars of silica are straight throughout most of their length, there being one slight curve at each end. Length of type .0763 mm. ; breadth .1010 mm. Type: No. 1935, paratype No. 1970a, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This species is abundant in the Maria Madre deposit and retains its distinctive characters constantly. These consist chiefly in the capitate ends and the excessively fine beading. It is undoubtedly closely related to G. macilenfa and G. maxinm^^ but neither of these have capitate ends. Of all species of the genus known to us only macilcnta or its relative subtilissima has such excessively fine markings. 53. Hemidiscus niveus Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 17, figure 1 Valve very large, thin and delicate, broadly cuneiform ; ends bluntly rounded ; median portion of short margin convex, space between this and ends slightly concave ; girdle very thick on one side in zonal view ; disk uniformly marked with small beads arranged like the milling on a watch case but with ir- regular separation into radial sectors from the center ; a dis- tinct ocellus near the center of the short margin and with a •»Sec Van Heurck, Syn. Diat. Belg., 1881, pis. 53, 53 bis. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS J47 row of small spines on each side extending to the ends but not around the long, rounded margin. Length of type .1516 mm. ; breadth .1030 mm. Type: No. 1936, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This huge species is exceedingly abundant in the Maria Madre Island deposit but the valves are so delicate that per- fect specimens are very difficult to secure. It belongs to the group once named P aimer ia Greville,^^ but which is not be- lieved to be separable from Heniidiscus proper. 34 54. Hemidiscus simplicissimus Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 16, figure 13 Valve with margin convex throughout, greatly thickened on one (dorsal) side; ends not produced; ventral side regu- larly rounded, with an ocellus near the margin but no spines ; disk covered with close-set beading, which is largest in the center and decreases in size gradually to the margins; beads not arranged in radial rows but somewhat like watch case milling; border zone narrow and crossed by fine radial lines. Length of type .050 mm. ; breadth .0366 mm. Type: No. 1937, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. In the absence of radial rows of beads and projecting (gib- bous) ends this species differs from the well-known Euodia gibba Bailey (H. cuneiformis Wallich) ; it is found commonly in the Maria Madre Island deposit. A species found in the Monterey Shale of California is very similar to this and may be the same ; it has been referred to H. gibba or H. cuneiformis in the past, but an examination of the original figures of these^" shows that, while they are probably one and the same as most authors^® have contended, they can hardly be the same as these fossils unless an enormous amount of variation from the type be admitted. "Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1865, p. 2, figs. 1-4. " For a discussion of the relationship of this group see Mann, Cent. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. S, 1907, p. 316. "Bailey in Pritchard, Hist. Infus. ed. 4, 1861, p. 852, pi. 8, fig. 22; Wallich, Trans. Mic. Soc. London, 1860, p. 42, pi. 2, figs. 3, 4. "See Mann, Cent. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, pp. 316, 317. April 16, 1926 148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 55. Melosira sulcata Kutzing Plate 17, figure 2 There appears to be no adequate means for the separation of the many variations of Melosira which center around the name sulcata. No two valves ever appear to be exactly aHke and it has been said that even in the same chain of individuals there are differences. Our Maria Madre Island specimens are exceedingly beautiful and differ from the published figures in certain details, but they differ among themselves just as much. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1938, C.A.S. coll.) .0856 mm. 56. Navicula ardua Mann Naa>icnla ardua Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 336, pi. 53, figs. 2, 3; 864 fms. off Central California. Our specimens agree precisely with the description and figures of this species from Cami)eche Bay, Gulf of Mexico, we can find no other described form with which it can be united. As he pointed out, the costae are strictly unbeaded and therefore the specimens are not admissible with such as N. pcnnata or A^. longa. One of our Maria Madre Island specimens is .0529 mm. long and .010 mm. wide. 57. Navicula californica Greville Plate 17, figures 3, 4 Navicula californica Greville, Edinburgh New Phil. Journ., Vol. 10 n. $., 1859, p. 29, pi. 4, fig. 5.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat.. pi. 3, 1874. fig. 16.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 14, fig. 17. Si>ecimens which agree in general with the above figures are not rare in the Maria Madre Island deposit. The zones of beading shown in our figure are there represented as lines, but this may perhaps have been due to imperfections in the early objectives. Also the figures cited show the hyaline area stip- pled with dots; we do not see structures subject to such inter- pretation on specimens mounted in styrax. In spite of these differences it seems that our si>ecimens are very probably californica. Length of specimen figured (No. 1939. C.A.S. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS 149 coll.) .0856 mm.; breadth .0548 mm.; (No. 1949) length .0732 mm. ; breadth .0488 mm. The original material described by Grcville was reported as from "California Guano." This could hardly mean other than from some of the islands of the Gulf of California or off the west coast of Lower California. 58. Navicula campylodiscus Grunow Plate 17, figures 5, 6 Navicula campylodiscus Grunow, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 70, 1881, figs. .64, 65 ; "Campeche Bay," Gulf of Mexico. — Wolle, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 12, fig. IS. Our specimens are believed to be identical with this coarsely- marked form. A feature not shown by Schmidt or Wolle is the depressed central area below the level of the ends : this fortunately is well illustrated in our photograph of a si>ecimen which became accidentally dislodged in mounting. Length of specimen figured (No. 1940. C.A.S. coll.) .0459 mm.; breadth .0285 mm. 59. Navicula clavata Gregory Plate 17, figure 7 Navicula clavata Gregory, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s., Vol. 4, 1856, p. 46, pi. 5, fig. 17.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 3, 1874, fig. 13; pi. 70, 1881, fig. 50; pi. 129, 1888, fig. 16.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 340. Navicula hennedyi W. Smith, Van Heurck, Treat. Diat. 1896, p. 204. Navicula lyra Ehrenberg, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 70, 1881, fig. 47. Dr. Mann stated in 1907 that this species stands inter- mediate between A'', lyra and A^. hennedyi. The specimens from the deposit on Maria Madre Island, as shown by the figure herewith, fully confimi this view. His specimens from near the Galapagos Islands had the space between marginal and median striations strongly granulated ; ours appear to be entirely hyaline. In the deix)sit concerned the species is very constant in its characters, showing no tendency toward inter- gradation with others. Length of specimen figured (No. 1941, C.A.S. coll.) .050 mm. ; breadth .0315 mm. 150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 60. Navicula dcnsistriata Schmidt Plate 17, figures 8-10 Navicula bombus var. densistriata Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 13, 1875, figs. 11, 12; "California." Specimens from the Maria Madre Island deposit are very- similar to the figures cited above which were drawn from dia- toms, presumably from the Monterey Shale some place in California. If the bars with cross lines represented in the figures may be interpreted to be beads the identity is assured and this seems to be a justifiable assumption because we have numerous sf>ecimens from various Monterey Shale localities and all are beaded. It does not seem that there is certain in- tergradation of these fossils with A^. bombus Ehrenberg and the form appears to be entitled to specific rank. Measurements Specimen Number Length Breadth 1942 .0820 mm. .0364 mm. Not figured .0660 mm. .0278 mm. 1943 .090 mm. .0348 mm. 1944 .0688 mm. .0288 mm. 61. Navicula eastwoodi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 17, figure 11 Valve lanceolate, attenuate at the ends, very convex ; raphe narrow and straight with slight flexure at each end ; surface marked with transverse rows of small beads, not arranged in longitudinal or diagonal rows; central nodule very small, cir- cular, the valve not uniformly convex but with a median area higher than the sides, this area being widest at each end. Length of type .1082 mm. ; width .0326 mm. Type: No. 1945, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. No species of i\hn'{cula close to this has been found after an extensive search of the literature. Unfortunately the only complete valve found was slightly broken, but it hardly de- tracts from the remarkable beauty of the specimen. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \C,l The species is named for Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator of Botany of the California Academy of Sciences, in recognition of much assistance rendered in securing necessary literature of Diatomaceae. 62. Navicula hennedyi W. Smith Plate 18, figure 1 Navicula hennedyi W. Smith, Syn. Brit. Diat., Vol. 2, 1853, p. 93. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 3, 1874, figs. 17, 18. — Wolle, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 14, fig. 30.— Van Heurck, Treat. Diat. 1896, p. 204, pi. 4, fig. 160, pi. 27, fig. 755.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 345. The Maria Madre Island fossils agree almost exactly with Schmidt's fig. 17 (Wolle's fig. 30) cited above. Schmidt called his fig. 17 "Var. manca" and fig. 18 "typical," but the differences seem insufficient for segregation. If, however, they should be, ours would take the name manca. Length of spe- cimen figured (No. 1950, C.A.S. coll.) .100 mm.; breadth .0468 mm. 63. Navicula impressa Grunow Plate 18, figure 2 Navicula impressa Grunow in Schmidt, Atlas Diat. pi. 6, 1875, figs. 17, 18, 35, 36, 39.— aEVE, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Vol. 26, 1894, p. 50.— VVoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 14, figs. 25, 26.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, p. 345. The specimens from the Maria Madre Island deposit agree so well with those in the Atlas, cited above, that no adequate basis for separation can be found. The name impressa was originally intended to cover the coarsely-beaded forms (figs. 17, 18), which ours resemble closest, because Schmidt called figs. 35, 36, 39 a "n. sp." Dr. Mann stated, however, that the differences in the figures were not sufficient to admit maintain- ing two species. Length of specimen figured (No. 1946, C.A.S. coll.) .0888 mm.; width .060 mm.; number of trans- verse rows of beads in .01 mm. in center of valve 7. 152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th Ser. 64. Navicula longa (Gregory) Plate 18, figures 3, 4 Pinmilaria l-onga Gregory, Trans. Mic. Sci. London, Vol. 4, 1856, p. 47, pi. 5, fig. 18. Navicula longa (Gregory), Donkin, British Diatoms, 1871-72, p. 55, pi. 8, 3a, 3b.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 47, 1876, figs. 8-10.— Wolle, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 12, fig. 22,. Navicula directa W. Smith, Cleve, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand., Vol. 27, No. 3, 1895, p. 27. Individuals of this coarsely-marked species are common in the Maria Madre Island deposit. The number of short trans- verse ribs at the stauros varies from two to four. Cleve placed this form under N. directa questionably and stated that he had not seen such a diatom as Gregory figured with radial striae. Length of specimen figured (No. 1951, C.A.S. coll.) .1018 mm.; width .0178 mm. 65. Navicula lyra Ehrenberg Plate 18, figure 5 Numerous specimens of this protean and widely distributed species occur in the Maria Madre Island deposit. The range of variation is much more circumscribed in the series studied than is the rule among living specimens. The specimen figured is representative of the series and corresponds very closely with what Schmidt called "subtypical."^^ Numerous variations have been named, based on differences of shape and sculpture, but it appears that our specimens may remain satisfactorily under the species name.^® Length of specimen figured (No. 1952, C.A.S. coll.) .1170 mm.; width .040 mm. 66. Navicula madrae Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 18, figure 6 Valve elongate, indented on the sides with a gentle concave curve ; roundly pointed terminally ; heavily marked through- out ; raphe spindle shaped, rounded at both ends and with a row of 15 beads on each side: margins with 35 heavy costae, »' Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 2, fig. 25, 1874. " See in this connection, Mann. Cont. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, pt. S, 1907, pp. 347-348. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS 153 each tenninating inwardly in a knob ; each rib is marked with a double row of faint beads. Length .080 mm. ; width .0270 mm. Type: No. 1953, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. The species is similar to the one figured by Schmidt from the Moron Deposit of Spain^" ; that form, however, has a greater number of beads along the raphe, more ribs along the margins and more secondary beads on each rib. The Maria Madre species is common in the deposit and does not agree in detail with several allied forms from the Monterey Shale of California, such as N. vagahiinda Brun, N. sideralis Brun, etc. 67. Navicula ortolanae Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 18, figure 7 Valve broadly oblong, rounded on the ends, sides almost straight; raphe narrow and straight; central nodule circular; surface marked with slightly radiating lines of beads, those nearest the margin being largest ; in the center of the valve the dots are also so arranged as to make arcs of circles, the convex sides outermost ; the valve is decidedly convex but unevenly so. Length .0743 mm. ; width .0379 mm. Type: No. 1954, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene, A search of the literature has failed to disclose any species comparable to this. It is very rare, and long search failed to disclose a more perfect specimen than the figured type, but it is believed to be worth describing since all the essential characters are preserved. "9 Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 70, 1881, fig. 74; Fricke, in the index to the Atlas, 1902. stated that this Moron diatom was Naiiciila gemmata fosilis Pantocsck. 154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skk. 68. Navicula pandura Brebisson Plate 18, figure 8 Navicula pandura Brebisson, Schmidt, Atlas, pi. 11, 1875, figs. 1, 2, 4, 8, 9. Coarsely-marked diatoms with double rows of mimite beads on the costae are common in the Maria Madre Island deposit. They agree in shape and sculpture with the figures cited, but it must be said that some uncertainty attends the identification of any diatom belonging to this group. Cleve*" was not able to make satisfactory distinctions and united a great many names, including pandura, as "varieties" under A'^. crabro. Length of specimen figured (No. 1948. C.A.S. coll.) .1280 mm. ; width .040 mm. 69. Navicula pelagi Schmidt Plate 18, figure 9 Navicula pelagi Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 7, 1875, figs. 25, 26. D. (iploneis) fusca var. pelagi A. S., Cleve, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand., Vol. 26, No. 2, 1894, p. 93. Si:>ecimens which agree almost exactly with the original figures of this species from Campeche Bay, Gulf of Mexico, are common in the Maria Madre Island fossil deposit. They show no indication of intergradation with A^. smithii in the same deposit. 70. Navicula praetexta Ehrenberg Plate 18, figures 10-12 Navicula prcetcxta Ehrenberg, Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840 (1841), p. 214.— Ehrenberg, Microgeologie, 1854. pi. 19, fig. 28.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 3, 1874, figs. 30-34; pi. 129, 1888, figs. 7-8.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 352. This beautiful diatom is one of the most common of the naviculoid forms in the Maria Madre Island deposit. Cleve recognized two fossil subspecies, abundans Schmidt*' from "Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Vol. 26, 1894, p. 100. "Atlas Diat., pi. 129, 18B8, fig. 8. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS ^55 Monterey and Santa Monica, California, fossil deposits, and haytiana Truan & Witt, from Hayti. The value of these names seems problematic. Measurements Specimen number Length Width 1956 .0910 mm. .0584 mm, 1957 .0910 mm. .0496 mm 1958 .0886 mm. .0550 mm, 71. Navicula regata Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 18, figure 13 Valve small, slightly constricted in the middle, roundly pointed at each end ; marked with a double row of transversely elongated beads or bars on each side of the median area, the latter with a faint row of dots on each side of the raphe which is not placed on a heavy bar of silica. Length .0418 mm. ; width .020 mm. Type: No. 1959, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This minute species seems to be closest to one from Cam- peche Bay, Gulf of Mexico, figured by Schmidt*- and ques- tionably referred to N. donkini Schmidt. But the latter and all other constricted diatoms of this section of Navicula ap- pear to have the raphe placed on a heavy rounded bar of silica ; details of markings are likewise very different in the new species. 72. Navicula smithii Brebisson Plate 19, figure 1 Navicula smithii Brebisson in W. Smith, Brit. Diat., Vol. 2, 1856, p. 92. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat.. pi. 7. 1875, fig. 19.— Cleve, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Vol. 26, No. 2, 1894, p. 96. Schmidt said that his figure, cited above, was a typical valve of the highly variable N. smithii and our Maria Madre Island fossils are closer to it than any other we have found. The "Atlas Diat., pi. 12, 1875, fig. 63. 156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. identification is, therefore, reasonably certain to be correct. Length of specimen figured (No. 1960, C.A.S. coll.) .090 mm. ; width .0476 mm. 72). Navicula spectabilis Gregory Plate 19, figure 2 Navicida spectabilis Gregory, Trans. Royl. Soc. Edinb., Vol. 21, 1857, p. 481, pi. 9, fig. 10.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 2, 1874, fig. 31, pi. 3, figs. 20-21, 29.— Van Heurck, Treat. Diat. 1896, p. 202, pi. 27, fig. 757.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 16, fig. 3 (very poor).— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 356. This species approaches both A'', lyra and A^. hennedyi, the Maria Madre Island fossils agreeing almost exactly with Schliiidt's fig. 20, pi. 3, cited above. Length of specimen figured (No. 1961, C.A.S. coll.) .0636 mm.; width .0384 mm. 74. Navicula splendida Gregory Plate 19, figure 4 Navicula splendida Gregory, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, Vol. 4, p. 44, pi. 5, fig. 14. — Van Heurck, Syn. Diat. Belg., pi. 9, fig. 4. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 13, 1875, figs. 31-34. Like A^. pandura, there are a great many coarsely-marked, constricted diatoms in the Maria Madre Island deposit which have the costse divided into single beads by longitudinal fur- rows. Many variations have been named which have this general form of sculpture, but it appears that for the present it would be best to follow Cleve*^ as nearly as possible and group them under A^. splendida. Length of specimen figured (No. 1948a, C.A.S. coll.) .1216 mm. ; width .0334 mm. 75. Navicula stippi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 17, figure 12 Valve ovate, flat, almost twice as long as broad ; raphe straight, narrow, bordered on each side almost to the central nodule by a band of fine transverse striae ; margin bounded by a narrow zone of fine radial strire of uniform length; remain- « Naviculoid Diatoms, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Vol. 26. 1894, pp. 85-86. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS J 57 der of disk sparsely covered with beads irregularly arranged except for a short space near the center of each side where they seem to be in short radial rows. Length .0859 mm. ; width .0474 mm. ; width of zone of striae bordering raphe .0038 mm. ; width of zone of striae at margin and in the center of the valve .0034 mm. Type: No. 1947, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This delicate species partakes of the characters of A^. cali- fornica in shape and arrangement of border and raphe zones but the striae are very much finer, in fact an oil immersion lens is required to resolve them into beads. It also has scattered beads over the disk somewhat as in A^. prcetexta but is like- wise much more delicate than that species. The species is named for Mr. Thomas F. Stipp of San Francisco, California, in recognition of his interest in mi- croscopy. 76. Navicula subspectabilis Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 19, figure 3 Valve broadly ovate, rounded at the ends, similar to N. spectabilis; zone of beading at the margin with only 50 trans- verse rows of beads (spectabilis has 70 to 80 rows) ; large lyri- form blank space, unmarked, broad, and with only a faint indi- cation of projections medially of the marginal beaded zones. Length .0445 mm. ; width .0267 mm. Type: No. 1962, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. We regret the necessity of adding a new name to the over- burdened group of which A'^. spectabilis is a member, but we have been unable to find a figure or description which appears to be sufficiently close to these small specimens to include them. Besides the small size, the sparseness of the bead-rows is the chief distinguishing feature. 158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 77. Navicula vidovichii Grunow Plate 19, figure 5 Navicula vidovichii Grunow, Verh. K. K. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wein 1863, p. 150, pi. 4 (13), fig. 4; Adriatic Sea. Caloneis poivellii vidovichii (Grunow), Cleve Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Vol. 26, No. 2, 1894, p. 63. Ostrupia powellii vidovichi (Grunow), Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 264, 1906, figs. 8, 9; "Hafen von Pola (Adria)." Our specimen, which agrees in minute detail with the ori- ginal figure of Grunow as well as the one in Schmidt's Atlas, was picked out of the Maria Madre Island deposit and others were seen. It would seem to have very little in common with N. powellii Lewis,** although Cleve united it subspecifically. Likewise, there appears to us to be no substantial reason for placing the species in a new genus as Heiden has done in Schmidt's Atlas. It is a striking sj^ecies of Navicula but does not seem to differ basically from many others of that genus. Length of specimen figured (No. 1963, C.A.S. coll.) .1140 mm. ; width .0190 mm. 78. Nitzschia hondoensis Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 21, figure 5 Valve slightly sigmoid in outline; with a longitudinal row of heavy quadrangular beads near but not adjacent to the superior margin ; surface otherwise covered with minute dots in transverse rows and at the same time in irregular, diagonal rows toward the inferior margin. Length .1522 mm.; width .010 mm. Type: No. 1964, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The species belongs to a group of which A^ sigum Smith is the most familiar,*'^ but the Maria Madre Island fossil is broader, and the row of coarse beading is set away from the margin a f>erceptible distance, not adjacent to the margin as in "Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861. p. 65, pi. 2, fig. 6. "Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 336, 1921, fi«s. 1-6. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS 159 A^. sigma. Moreover, the beading of N. hondoensis fonns wavy diagonal lines toward the inferior margin as well as transverse lines; A^. sigtna only has the latter. 79. Nitzschia nclsoni Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 21, figures 6, 7 Valve long and slender, straight on one side, curved on the other ; ends bluntly rounded ; markings consisting solely of two rows of heavy, elongated bars, largest in the center of the valve and tapering gradually to each end. Length of type .1162 mm.; width .0135 mm.; length of paratype .1336 mm.; width .0127 mm. Type: No. 1965, paratype No. 1966, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This diatom has excessively robust markings for a Nitzschia and in this respect does not resemble closely any other form known to us. It is named for Captain M. M. Nelson of the U. S. S. Ortolan, whose cooperation in 1925 was largely responsible for the success of the Academy's expedition to west Mexican islands. 80. Nitzschia princeps Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 21, figure 8 Valve large, robust, elongated, constricted in the middle on both sides; superior margin greatly thickened and bearing about 70 large costae ; surface marked with transverse rows of minute beads, close-set except in the center of the valve where they are ''patchy." Length .1384 mm. ; width .0328 mm. Type: No. 1967, Mus. Calif. Acad, Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This species resembles A'', hilobata Smith and A^. panduri- formis Gregory in general, bilobed form, but the beading on L\ t^\C4^ " >:^ .^^ ^t fJt <:>-*■•"■ '^ Lift 4» 150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. the surface is not broken irregularly in patches in those species as in this. A'^. plana Smith*® does have irregular beading somewhat similar to princeps in a general way but is entirely different in shape. The new species occurs frequently in the Maria Madre Island deposit. 81. Orthoneis splendida (Gregory) Plate 19, figure 6 Cocconeis splendida Gregory, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. 21, 1857, p. 493, pi. 9, fig. 29.— Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, pt. 5, 1907, p. 332. Orthoneis splendida Van Heurck, Treat. Diat. 1896, p. 283, fig. 62. Specimens of this species from the Maria Madre Island de- posit agree in minute detail with the figure of Van Heurck, cited above. The one figured (No. 1968, C.A.S. coll.) is .0468 mm. long and .0368 mm. wide. 82. Plagiogramma fascinatum Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 19, figure 7 Valve regularly oval, a little more than twice as long as broad ; ends rounded ; terminal spaces almost circular, central area transversely oval, all hyaline; between the central area and each terminal area there are four transverse rows of huge circular beads, six in each row and close set. Length .040 mm. ; width .0127 mm. Type: No. 1969, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. In outline the species is much like Glyphodesmis exima Greville,*" but the Maria Madre Island form is a true Plagi- ogramma, having a large central stauros and not merely a central nodule as in Glyphodesmis. No other species of Plagi- ogramma is known to us which has beads so large and heavy in proportion to the size of the valve. *• Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 330, 1921, fig. 3. *' Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 210, 1897, figs. 13-17. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS {^l 83. Plagiogramma hymenoptera Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 19, figure 8 Valve deeply constricted in the center, swollen on each side of this constriction and again between this and the ends, thus making three constrictions on each valve; central stauros broad and square with a pyriform central nodule; surface covered with rounded beads, sparsely but uniformly arranged in trans- verse and longitudinal rows except at the ends where the beads are still sparse but irregularly arranged ; a spatula-shaped pro- jection at each end, in place of a spine or stauros. Length .1009 mm. ; width .0162 mm. Type: No. 1970, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. Schmidt** has figured some specimens from Macassar Strait which resemble the present species in general form ; he referred these questionably to P. constrictum Greville, a heavily-ribbed species which they hardly resemble at all ; our si^ecimens have a larger stauros than those of Schmidt, whicli also lack the spatula-shaped terminal stauros. 84. Plagiogramma insolito Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 19, figure 9 Valve small, broad, sides straight, ends pointed ; central area oval, terminal areas pointed; no internal septae; beads roundly rectangular, in horizontal and longitudinal rows; terminal areas marked with fine radial striations. Length of type .0675 mm. ; width .020 mm. Type: No. 1971, paratype No. 1972, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This heavily-marked species appears to have no close rela- tive except P. tesselatum, a comparison with which shows the distinction at once. " Atlas Diat., pi. 210, 1897, fi?s. 28-30. 152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 85. Plagiogramma tcssclatum Greville Plate 19, figure 10 Plagiogramma tesselatum Greville, Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci., Vol. 7, 1859, p. 208, pi. 10, fig. 7.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 45, figs. 18, 19.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 209, 1897, figs. 42-50. Except for the slight constriction medially (and this is not constant), the fossils referred to this species are typical tes- selatum as figured by Schmidt (fig. 48). It is the most com- mon form of the genus in the deposit on Maria Madre Island and, from the published records, seems to be almost wholly confined to the east coast of North America, and especially the Caribbean region. Dr. Mann,*^ however, lists it from the Galapagos Islands, although he stated that the central area was round in the specimens instead of rectangular as usual. In our specimens the area is rectangular as are, likewise, the coarse beads. Length of specimen figured (No. 1973, C.A.S. coll.) .1160 mm. ; width .0180 mm. 86. Pleurosigma manni Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 19, figure 11 ; plate 20, figure 1 Valve narrowly lanceolate, not siginoid, very thin and deli- cate ; raphe almost straight ; rows of beads in two series set at about 120° to each other; dots heavy, easily seen with an eight millimeter apochromatic objective and 15x ocular. Length .2272 mm. ; width .0454. Type: No. 1974, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. A few other straight diatoms belonging to Pleurosigma are known, but apparently none combines the characters of this one. Although fragments are very abundant in the Maria Madre Island deposit, this diatom is so excessively delicate that it is almost impossible to secure perfect examples. Some have even been deformed by pressure in the bedded material. The species is named for the distinguished diatomist. Dr. Albert Mann of Washington, D. C. *» Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 32«. \'0L. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS ^53 87. Podosira adriatica (Kiitzing) Plate 20, figure 2 Specimens which agree with Van Heurck's'^'' figure of this species are not rare in the Maria Madre Island deposit. The California fossil, P. febigerii Grunow, is similar in structure but appears from the figures to be more heavily marked and uniformly convex. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1975, C.A.S. coll.) .060 mm. 88. Podosira clarki Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 20, figure 3 Valve minute, strongly convex; border wide and radiately striated ; surface except central zone marked by numerous ele- vated protuberances ; also a series of minute beads uniformly dispersed in a series of imperfectly radiating sectors ; these beads also have an imperfect "watch case milling" arrange- ment; central rosette small but distinct. Diameter .0360 mm. Type: No. 1976, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This minute species is so distinct from other Podosira with its many large protuberances that comparison can hardly be made with any. A lens with high numerical aperture is neces- sary properly to resolve the beautiful markings. The species is named for Dr. Bruce L. Clark, Professor of Paleontology, University of California, who has often aided in work with the diatomacese of California. 89. Podosira ovoidea Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 20, figure 4 Valve oval very convex, apparently hyaline throughout ; central area less elongate ovate than the valve and bordered by a single row of long, sharp spines ; margin narrow and crenulated. Length .0247 mm.; width .0171 mm. '"Treat. Diat., 1896, p. 447, fig. 171. April 16, 1926 154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Type: No. 1977, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. So far as we can determine no ovate Podosira has hereto- fore been described, yet in the absence of characters which would ally this little diatom with any other genus, we prefer to leave it here for the present. Possibly it belongs to a group which has not been generically segregated, yet warrants such disposition. Specimens of the species are rare in the deposit. 90. Podosira polita Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 20, figure 5 Valve circular, convex, densely covered with minute bead- ing except for a ragged, rugose, area in the center; the beads have an imperfect watch case milled arrangement and are in radial rows which form distinct zones, the rows of each zone set at an acute angle to those adjacent. Diameter .0362 mm. Type: No. 1978, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925; Miocene. This beautiful species seems to be related to P. subfilis (Bailey) but has much coarser beading than that species. Moreover, sitbtilis has a perfect watch case milled arrange- ment of beads, this has not. 91. Porpeia quadriceps Bailey Plate 20, figures 6, 7 Individuals of this protean species are common in the Maria Madre Island deposit. Several variations have received names such as quadrata, ornata, rohusta, and inflexa, but, as Mann^-' has pointed out, they have little to distinguish them and may best all be united under the earliest name, quadriceps. Dr. Mann also gave numerous references to the literature where "Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, pt. 5, 1907, p. 315. Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS I55 figures of the various forms may be found. The specimens figured herewith are mounted on one slide, No. 1979, C.A.S. coll. ; height in side view .0256 mm. ; length in end view .070 mm. ; width in end view .0169 mm. 92. Rhaphoneis amphiceros Ehrenberg Plate 20, figure 8 Rhaphoneis amphiceros Ehrenberg, Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 269, 1911, figs. 45, 46, 50-55.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 2,7, figs. 18-22. Typical specimens of this variable species are not uncom- mon in the Maria Madre Island deposit. Length of specimen figured (No. 1980, C.A.S. coll.) .050 mm.; width .0248 mm. 93. Rhaphoneis cocconeiformis (Schmidt) Plate 20, figure 9 Coscinodiscus cocconeiformis Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 58, 1877, figs. 23, 28; Monterey [California, type locality, probably Miocene deposit.]. Our specimens from the Maria Madre Island Miocene de- posit are identical with the figures Schmidt drew from speci- mens from ''Monterey." These are circular forms with mark- ings precisely as in Rhaphoneis and wholly unlike any other Coscinodiscus; therefore it seems inconsistent to retain them in the latter genus. The total absence of raphe or pseudo- raphe definitely excludes them from Cocconeis. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1981, C.A.S. coll.) .0730 mm. 94. Rhabdonema adriaticum Ktitzing Rhahdonema adriaticum KiJTZiNG, Bacill. 1844, p. 127, pi. 18, fig. 7. — Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 217, 1899, figs. 17-29; pi. 221, 1900, fig. 14._Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, pt. 5, 1907, p. 321. A single group of valves firmly attached was found in the Maria Madre Island deposit. In side view, all that can be seen, the specimen resembles the figures of adriaticum more than any other species. 156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 95. Stephanogonia pretiosa Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 20, figure 10 Valve circular, pyramidal with 1 1 slightly unequal and un- marked facets ; top truncate and this portion with a very few irregularly scattered dots of minute size; the flat angular faces bordering the central area are separated by heavy bars of silica. Diameter .0214 mm. Type: No. 1982, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. Van Heurck'"'- stated that the genus Stephanogonia com- prised a very few species, all fossil. We have examined figures of apparently all that have been described but find nothing very closely approaching the form here treated. It is possibly closest to S. octinoptychiis Ehrenberg as figured by Van Heurck,^^ but that species is ovate in shape and heavily spinose around the margin ; moreover it is punctate throughout the valval area. 96. Stephanopyxis corona (Ehrenberg) Plate 20, figure 11 Systephania corona Ehrenberg, Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844, p. 272. — Ehrenberg, Microg., pi. 33, group 15, fig. 22. Stephanopyxis corona (Ehrenberg), Grunow in Van Heurck, Syn. Diat. Belg., pi. 83 ten, figs. 10, 17, 1881.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 123, 1888, figs. 10-17, 19, 20; pi. 130, 1888, figs. 13, 16, 17, 36.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1893, pi. 62, figs. 1, 6; pi. 67, fig. 20. A very few specimens which seem to be referable to the above species were found in the fossil material from Alaria Madre Island. The one figured, No. 1983 (C.A.S. coll), is .0565 mm. in diameter. "Treat. Diat.. 1896, p. 437. "Ibid., fig. 163. Vol. X\'] HANNA &■ GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS I57 97. Stictodiscus californicus Greville Plate 20, figure 12 Stictodiscus californicus Greville, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, n. s., Vol. 9, 1861, p. 79, pi. 10, fig. 1.— Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 74, 1882, figs. 4, 5.— WoLLE, Diat. N. Am. 1894, pi. 75, figs. 5-8 (not well drawn). This common west American species, first described from the Miocene Monterey Shale, is also common in the deposit on Maria Madre Island. It has not, apparently, been found living on the west coast, but has been considered to be one of the best markers of the widespread Miocene diatomaceous shale. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1984, C.A.S. coll.) .0908 mm. 98. Surirella newmani Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 21, figure 1 Valve ovate, narrowly rounded on the ends with a narrow lanceolate median hyaline area bordered by 10 heavy, radiat- ing, flat-topped ribs ; each of these in the median section bears two or three bars parallel to the rib ; border undulating, very heavy and with some transverse striations ; with a lens of 2 mm. equivalent focus and N. A. 1.32 it was barely possible to resolve the beads on the bars mentioned. Length .060 mm. ; width .030 mm. Type: No. 1985, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. This species comes close to an unnamed figure of Schmidt^* from Campeche Bay, Gulf of Mexico, and which Fricke^** stated was a doubtful "variety" of S. comis Schmidt. We cannot agree to that identification and, even if correct, our specimens dififer sufficiently to be recorded as distinct. It is not uncommon in the deposit on Maria Madre Island. The species is named for Mr. P. E. Newman, a micro- scopist of great skill of San Francisco, California. '■* Atlas Diat., pi. 4, 1874, fig. 7. "Index to .Atlas, 1902, p. 61. /' 158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | Proc. 4th Ser. 99. Surirella patens Schmidt Plate 21, figure 2 Surirella patens Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 4, 1874, figs. 16, 17; "Carpen- teria Bai." Specimens which agree essentially with those of Schmidt are common in the Miocene deposit on Maria Madre Island. The central hyaline space in his figures is bordered on each side with a longitudinal row of dots which extend from end to end; in our specimens these rows are not continuous, there being a blank space in the center. This would hardly seem sufficient difference to warrant specific separation. Each of the large transverse bars of silica has three rows of minute beads, which, except under proper magnification and illumina- tion, appear as striae. Our photograph shows the true charac- ter of these markings. Length of specimen figured (No. 1986, C.A.S. coll.) .0946 mm.; width .0375 mm. 100. Synedra duhemi Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 21, figure 3 Valve long and slender, subrostrate truncate at the ends ; very convex, the cross section being as shown at a in figure 3 ; longitudinally the valve is also very convex in the center ; markings consist of heavy transverse rows of beads which leave a narrow longitudinal hyaline line through the center; this line, however, does not reach to the ends of the valve but tapers out to nothing at about .01 mm. from the ends; the rows of beads are not uniformly placed as in S. ulna (Nitzsch) but they often bifurcate. Length .2236 mm. ; width .01492 mm. ; number of rows of beads in .01 mm. at center of valve, 8. Type: No. 1987, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. The great convexity of the valve in cross and longitudinal sections and the coarse, close-set lines of beads separate this Vol. XV] HANNA & GRANT— MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS \(y() species from any other known to us. Its outline is similar to 6^. ulna, but that species is almost flat, has fine rows of dots and usually a stauros in the center. The species is named for Mr. Raymond Duhem, the pho- tographer of the Academy's expedition to West Mexican islands in 1925. 101. Trachyneis aspera (Ehrenberg) Plate 21, figure 4 Navicula aspera (Ehrenberg), Schmidt, Atlas Diat., pi. 48, 1876, figs. 2-6. Individuals which we have referred to this species occur frequently in the Maria Madre Island deposit ; they show some variation in the size of the valves but in details of markings they are very close to those Schmidt figured. Many diatom- ists have placed this distinctive group in Navicula.^^ Cleve^^ separated it under Trachyneis, and Van Heurck in 1896°® recognized its distinctness but kept the species, which he treated, under Navicula in order to conform with a previous publication. It would seem to us that the group is sufficiently distinct to be separated in almost if not all cases. Length of specimen figured (No. 1988, C.A.S. coll.) .0878 mm.; width .0276 mm. 102. Xanthiopyxis cingulata Ehrenberg Plate 21, figure 9 Xanthiopyxis cingulata Ehrenberg, Microgeologie, 1854, pi. ZZ, group 17, fig. 18 ; Rappahannock, Virginia. This species is circular and has spines uniformly distributed over the disk and projecting outwardly from the margin. The species occurs abundantly in Maria Madre Island deposit. The ^ See Mann, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb., Vol. 10, No. 5, 1907, p. 337. " Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand., Vol. 26, 1894, p. 191, pi. 3, fig. 37. "Treat. Diat., 1896, p. 205. ■' ' 170 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. common species of the genus in the Monterey Shale of Cali- fornia, X. iimboyiata Greville, lacks the marginal spines. Van Heurck'"* stated that the genus contains 12 "curious species." all fossil. It was at one time believed by some diatomists that members of the group were sporangial cases of species belong- ing to the genus Chcctoccros, but if that be admitted it is dif- ficult to explain the great abundance of Xanthiopyxis in some deposits where a trace of Chcetoccros cannot be found. Our experience in dealing with fossil forms leads us to believe that Xanthiopyxis is probably a valid generic assemblage of species. Diameter of specimen figured (No. 1989, C.A.S. coll.) is .0418 mm. 103. Xanthiopyxis hirsuta Hanna & Grant, new species Plate 21, figure 10 Valve broadly ovate, convex, border narrow ; densely cov- ered with a series of short, sharp spines ; spines even cover the border and project outwardly therefrom ; with dry lenses the surface has an irregularly stippled effect, but with the greater numerical aperture of immersion objectives the dots are resolved into spines. Length .0298 mm. ; width .020 mm. Type: No. 1990, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island (Tres Marias Group), Mexico; collected by Hanna & Jordan, May, 1925 ; Miocene. Some difticulty was experienced in the assignment of this species to a suitable genus and even now we are somewhat undecided if it should be placed in Xanthiopyxis. Certainly all other members of that group with which we are familiar have much heavier and fewer spines than this one. The species is very common in the deposit on Maria Madre Island. 104. Xanthiopyxis oblonga Ehrenberg Plate 21, figure 11 Xanthiopyxis oblonga Ehrenberg, Microgeologie, 1854, pi. 33, group 17, fig. 17.; Rappahannock, Virginia. — Ci-EVe, Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, ser. 2, Vol. 2, 1885, p. 175, pi. 13, fig. 18; Brun Tegel (Marl) Moravia. •» Treat. Diat., 1896, p. 512. Vol. X\] HAXXA & GRAXT—MIOCEXE MARIXE DIATOMS {Jl Cleve remarked that there was a possibiHty of this l:)eini;- an anxospore stage of some diatom Hke HeniiaUis. l)ut. in view of the great abundance of it in the Maria Madre Island deposit and the rarity of Hemialus, this interpretation seems doubtful. Cleve also stated that tlie species was closely related to Stc- pliaiiopy.vis liiiibafa Ehrenberg."" The specimen figured (Xo. 1991, C.A.S. Coll.) is .035 mm. long. .0183 mm. wide, ex- clusive of spines and in no important manner seems to differ from tlie figures cited above. ""Van Heurck, Syn. Diat. Beig., 188M885, pi. 83, ter. figs. 13-14. April 16, 1926 J "2 CALI FORMA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4tii SicR. Pl.ATK 11 Fig. 1. Actiiwcyclus alliiiearius 11. & C, n. sp. x 380.'''. Type, Nn. 1871. C.A.S. coll. P. 117. Fig. 2. Actiuocychis ciDicslrus J I. & G., n. sp. x 400. Type, No. 1872, C.A.S. coll. P. 117. Fig. 3. Actiiwcyclus cubitus II. & G., n. sp. x 1200. Type, No. 1873, C.A.S. coll. P. 118. Fig. 4. .Ictiiiocyclus pyrofcchnicus Deby. x 450. Plesioty])e, Xo. 1874, C.A.S. coll. P. 119. Fig. 5. Actiiwcyclus rosolco H. & G., n. sp. x 400. Type, No. 1875, C.A.S. coll. P. 119. Fig. 6. Actiiwptychus yallcgosi H. i!i: G., n. sp. x 540. Tyi)e. No. 1876. C.A.S. coll. P. 120. Fig. 7. Actiiwptychus ghtliratus Gninow. Plesiotype, No. 1877, C.A.S. Coll. P. 121. Fig. 8. Actiiioptychus iiidculatus Grove & Sturt. x 1200. Plcsiolypc, No. 1878, C.A.S. coll. P. 122. Fig. 9. Actiiioptychus inaculatits, G. & S. Diagram of same specimen as fig. 8, to show maculations when the diatom is in a slightly different focns. P. 122. Fig. 10. Actiiwptychus prrplcxus H. & G., n. sp. x 840. Type, No. 1879. C.A.S. coll. P. 122. Fig. 11. Actiiwptyclius pcrplc.vus. Portion of same specimen as fig. 10 enlarged x 1600 to show details of scnlpture. P. 122. "' The magnifications indicated in the explanations of the plates are only ap- proximately correct due to certain processes of lithography; the reader is referred to the descriptions for actual dimensions of the objects. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 2 [HANNA&GRANT] Plate 11 174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Pkoc. 4th Skk. Plate 12 Fig. 1. Actiiioptyclnis solisi U. & G., n. sp. x 420. Type, No. 1880, C.A.S. coll. P. 123. Fig. 2. Actiiioptyclnis solisi H. & G.. ii. sp. x 570. Paratype, No. 1881, C.A.S. coll. P. 123. Fig. 3. Actiiioptyclnis solisi H. & G., n. sp. x 380. Paratype, No. 1882, C.A.S. coll. P. 123. Fig. 4. Actinoptycliiis undulatns (Bailey.) x 960. Plesiotype, No. 1883, C.A.S. coll. P. 124. Fig. 5. Amphora crassa Gregorj'. x 630. Plesiotype, No. 1884, C.A.S. coll. P. 124. Fig. 6. Amphora maria H. & G., n. sp. x 600. Type, No. 1885, C.A.S. coll. P. 124. Fig. 7. Arachiioidisciis iiunnii II. & G., n. sp. x 315. Type, No. 1886, C.A.S. coll. P. 125. Fig. 8. Arachiioidisciis maiiiii H. & G., n. sp. x 300. Paratype, No. 1887, C.A.S. coll. P. 125. Fig. 9. Arachiioidisciis inaiiiii II. & G., n. sp. x 600. Paratype, No. 1888. C.A.S. coll. P. 125. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 2 HANNA& GRANT] Plate 12 IJfj CALIFORXH ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Si;r. Plate 13 Fig. 1. .Isicrolampra iiiaryloiidica Ehrcnbcrg. x 540. Plesiotype, No. 1889, C.A.S. coll. P. 126. Fig. 2. Atcrompholus dubhts H. & G., ii. .sp.. x 8(K). Type. No. 1890, C.A.S. coll. P. 126. Fig. ,1. Aulacodisciis margaritacctis Ralfs. x 400. Plesiotype, No. 1891, C.A.S. coll. P. 127. Fig. 4. Aiilacodiscus manjaritaccus Ralfs. x 300. Plesiotyj^e, No. 1892, C.A.S. coll. P. 127. Fig. 5. Aiilacodiscus rcllcc H. & G., n. sp. x 720. Type, No. 1893, C.A.S. coll. P. 128. Fig. 6. Aiilacodiscus rclkc H. & G., n. sp. x 800. Same specimen as fig. 5 but under slightly altered focus to show secondary markings. Fig. 7. AuUscus caballi Schmidt, x 1000. Plesiotype, No. 1894, C.A.S. coll. P. 129. Fig. 8. Auliscus c IgO CALIFOHXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [ I'koc. 4th Skr. Pl.ATK 15 Fig. 1. Cosciiiodiscits curzuitiilus Grunow. x 090. PIcsiolypc, Xo. 1912, C.A.S. coll. l\ 136. Fig. 2. Cosciiiodisnts ('Ici/aittnliis Grevillc. x 800. IMosiotypc. No. 1913, C.A.S. coll. P. 136. Fig. 3. Cosciiiodiscus rvcnmiiiui 11. & G., n. sp. x 270. Typo, No. 1914, C.A.S. coll. P. 137. Fig. 4. Ccsciiiudisnis Jasciculatiis Schmidt, x 690. Plesiotypc, No. 1917, C.A.S. coll. P. 138. Fig. 5. C(>iiSLiiipdisnis licrtlriiii H. & G., n. .sp. x 800. Type, No. 1918, C.A.S. coll. P. 138. Fig. 6. Cosciiiodiscux liiiratiis Elircniierg. x 270. IMcsiotyiio, No. 1919, C.A.S. coll. P. 139. Fig. 7. i'osciiiodiscus iiuiri/iiuitus Ehrenhcrg. x 400. Plcsioly])e, No. 1920, C.A.S. coll. P. 139. Fig. 8. Cnsciiiudiscus iinisoiii H. & (i., ii. sp. x 350. Type, Xo. 1930, C.A.S. coll. P. 140. Fig. 9. Coscinodisctis )iitidits Gregory, x 800. Plesiotype, No. 1921, C.A.S. coll. P. 140. Fig. 10. Ciisciiiodisciis iiitidiilus Grunow. x 800. Plesiotype, No. 1922, C.A.S. coll. P. 141. Fig. 11. Cosciiiodiscus ociilus-iridis Ehrenherg. x 400. Plesiotype, No. 1923, C.A.S. coll. P. 141. Fig. 12. Coscittodiscus radiatits Ehrenherg. x 4^0. Plesiotype, No. 1925, C.A.S. coll. P. 142. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 2 [HANNA&GRANT] Plate 15 Jg2 CALI FORMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES L I'k"c. 4th Ser. Plate 16 Fig. 1. Ciisciiindisnts pacificiis Grunow. x -100. PIcsiotype, Nn. 1924, C.A.S. coll. P. 142. Fi^. 2. F.iidyclia rnbusta Grcville. x 375. PIcsiotype, No. 1926, C..\.S. coll. P. 144. Fig. 3. Endyclia robiisfa Grevillc. x 400. Plesiotype, No. 1927, C.A.S. coll. P. 144. Fig. 4. Dicladia j^ylea H. & G.. n. .sp., x 565. Type, No. 1928, C.A.S. coll. P. 142. Fig. 5. Dicladia pylca H. & (j., n. s\>. x 565. Side view of type. No. 1928, C.A.S. coll. P. 142. Fig. 6. Dictyoticis margiiiata (Lewis.) x 570. Plesiotype, No. 1929, C.A.S. coll. P. 143. Fig. 7. Rupodiscus rogcrsii (Bailey.) x 350. Plesiotype, No. 1931, C.A.S. coll. P. 144. Fig. 8. Eiipodiscus rugcrsii (Bailey.) x 330. Plesiotype, No. 1932, C.A.S. coll. P. 144. Fig. 9. Glypliodcsiiiits drivcri H. & G., n. sp. x 6U0. Type, No. 1933, C.A.S. coll. P. 144. Fig. 10. Glyplwdcsiinis si(/)noidcits H. & G., n. sp. x 1100. Type, No. 1934, C.A.S. coll. P. 145. Fig. 11. irraiiniialophora incrlctta H. & G., n. sp. x 930. T\i)e, Xo. 1935, C.A.S. coll.; focused so as to show beading. P. 146. Fig. 12. Graiiniiafdpliora iiicrlclta- H. & G., n. sp. x 930. Same specimen as f\g. 11 luit in slightly differenl focus and with diagram of side view of interim- silica-bars. Fig. 13. Hciiiidisciis siinplicissiinus II. & G., n. sp. x 960. Type, No. 1937, C.A.S. coll. P. 147 Fig. 14. Grainmatophora })ierh'tta TI. & G., n. sp. x 2100. .\ ixirtion of paratype No. 1970a, C.A..S. coll. highly niagniiied to show sculpture. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 2 HANNA&GRANT] Plate 16 J^4 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Skr. Plate 17 Fig. 1. Ilciiiidiscits iiiz'cus H. & G., n. sp. x 400. Type, No. 1936, C.A.S. coll. P. 146. Fig. 2. Mclosira salcata KiJtzing. x 485. Plesiolypc, No. 1938, C.A.S. coll. P. 148. Figs. 3, 4. Xaz'iciila calif oniica Grcville. x 790. Plcsiotypes Nos. 19.39. 1949, C.A.S. coll. P. 148. Fig. 5. N^aviciila cainpylodisciis Grunovv. x 540. Plesiotype, No. 1940. C.A.S. coll. P. 149. Fig. 6. Naviciila campylodiscus Grunow. x 540. Another specimen monnted on same slide as No. 1940, C.A.S. coll. Fig. 7. Xavicula clavata Gregory, x 1275. Plesiotype, No. 1941, CA.S. coll. P. 149. Fig. 8. Navicitia dciisistriata Schmidt, x 600. Plesiotype, No. 1942, C.A.S. coll. P. 150. Fig. 9. Ncu'tciihi dciisisfriata Schmidt, x 600. Plesiotype, No. 1943, C.A.S. coll. P. 150. Fig. 10. Naviciila dciisistriata Schmidt, x 630. Plesiotype, No. 1944, C.A.S. coll. P. 150. Fig. 11. Naviciila castwoodi H. & G., n. sp. x 400. Type, No. 1945, C.A.S. coll. P. 150. Fig. 12. Xavicula stippi H. & G., n. sp. x 630. Type, No. 1947. CAS coll. P. 156. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 2 HANNA&GRANT] Plate 17 185 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCtllNCES | Pk-» v> LIBRA! J95 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. I REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS 1. Uta clarionensis Townsend An abundant species about the lowlands and rocky ridges in the vicinity of Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. This lizard was found among the outcroppings of lava in the brushy areas and seemed to be confined strictly to the lower levels as none were observed on the plateau or higher parts of the island. A male (No. 58190) was colored in life as follows: Body with irregular dorsal and lateral black markings; tail and limbs cross-barred with black; ground color a rich cobalt green. Females are brown above, show less of the black mark- ings of the male, and have a yellowish lateral stripe extend- ing from the ear opening to the hind limb. Under surfaces are whitish. Both Van Denburgh^ and Townsend" si>eak of the coloring as bluish, similar to Uta auricitlata from Socorro Island, but these descriptions are evidently from alcoholic specimens as all those now in the Academy's series have lost the green coloring and have changed to a light blue. The femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from ten to fourteen; being 10 four times, 11 ten times, 12 sixteen times. 13 eight times, and 14 once. Males have enlarged postanal plates. 2. Coluber anthonyi (Stejneger) A common species about the sea bird colonies and cactus patches in the vicinity of Sulphur Bay. Clarion Island. It was found mostly in the dense thickets and apj^eared to be confined chiefly to the area close to and encircling the sand beach. Of the sixteen specimens taken none were found to contain any food. •The Reptiles of Western North America, Vol. I, 1922, p. 196. = Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 13, 1890, p. 143. Vol. XV] SLEVIN— REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 197 The color above in living specimens varies from pale to dark brown, and sometimes shows a reddish tinge ; a few scat- tered black dots on top of the head ; under surfaces yellowish or whitish, with gular region sometimes clouded or marbled with black. The scale counts are given below. All have 17 scale rows. Gastro- Uro- Supra- Infra- Pre- Post- Number Sex steges steges labials labials oculars oculars Loreal Temporals 58173 9 186 98 + 8-8 8-8 2-2 2-2 1 1 2+2-2+2 58174 9 188 90 + 8-8 8-8 2-2 2-2 1 —1 2+2-2+2 58175 & 191 100 + 8-8 8-8 2-2 2-2 1 —1 2+2-2+2 58176 & 190 54 + 8-8 8-8 2-2 2-2 1—1 2+2-2+2 58177 9 189 94 + 8-8 8-8 2-2 2-2 1—1 2+2-2+3 58178 er surfaces grayish, with four regular rows of black oval blotches between the limbs ; limbs barred with black ; a yellow streak along the side of the head from the snout to the fore limb; throat light blue; belly blue with obscure black spots. The femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from ten to thirteen; being 10 eight times, 11 nineteen times, 12 seven times, and 13 six times. Males have enlarged postanal plates. Vol. XV] SLEVIN— REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 199 4. Sceloporus boulengeri Stejneger Abundant on Isabel Island and found mostly on the small trees back of the landing place. It is strictly an arboreal species and in habits resembles Sceloporus clarkii, its northern relative. An adult male (No. 59083) was colored in life as follows: Light gray above with scattered scales of pale blue; lower front and hind limbs cross-barred with black; gular region blue, edged anteriorly with black ; a large black shoulder patch extending on to the throat and connecting on the median line. The belly is blue with a central streak of black two to three scales wide. The ear opening is large protected by very small scales. Dorsal scale rows in twenty specimens vary from 22 to 26, femoral pores from eight to eleven ; being 8 ten times, 9 seven- teen times, 10 twelve times, and eleven once. 5. Cnemidophorus mariarum Giinther A very abundant species about the lower levels of Maria Madre Island, where it was found along the roads, trails, and in the brush thickets. This species was found to be rare on Maria Magdalena Island, where it was also taken. A large male (No. 58846) was colored in life as follows: Grayish above, with two longitudinal rows of black blotches on the sides ; top of head light olive ; top of limbs grayish with small yellowish dots; belly bluish black with some scales of light blue along the edges : lower surfaces of limbs bluish black; lower surface of tail salmon; gular region salmon, clouded with black. Femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from nineteen to twenty-four; being 19 three times, 20 twelve times, 21 nine times, 22 ten times, 23 five times, and 24 once. 6. Cnemidophorus gularis mexicanus (Peters) Found very abundant on the beach at Isabel Island. Hun- dreds of them were observed feeding on the insects gathered about an immense pile of dead sharks left on the sand beach by Mexican fishermen. 200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. A typical specimen (No. 59259) was colored in life as fol- lows: Brownish above, with three longitudinal yellowish lines on each side. The ground color between these lines is marked with a series of small yellowish spots. The top of the head is brown ; upper surfaces of the limbs spotted with black and yellow ; lower surfaces whitish, spotted with black ; gular region reddish. In some specimens the belly is nearly uniform black with a few white spots. The femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from eighteen to twenty-three: being 18 two times, 19 seven times, 20 seven- teen times, 21 five times, 22 eight times, and 23 once. 7. Ctenosaura teres (Harlan) A very abundant species on Maria Madre. Maria Magda- lena. and Isabel islands. On Maria Madre where it was found most abundantly it lived among the rock piles, and in the hol- low tree stumps. They were noticed feeding on the leaves of the various trees and plants, and seemed to be particularly fond of the fruit of the cactus. They were so tame that they would sometimes take the cactus fruit from one's hand when it was ofifered to them. The ground color of adult si:)ecimens is black, marbled or mottled with reddish or yello\vish; throat black or whitish, with black reticulations ; belly whitish, clouded or spotted with black. Very young specimens are a light green with black markings. Intermediates are sometimes cross-barred with greenish or reddish between the limbs. The femoral pores in twenty specimens vary from two to seven ; being 2 once, 3 once, 5 seven times, 6 twenty-one times, and 7 ten times. 8. Tantilla nelsoni Slevin, new species Diag)iosis. — Rostral small, a little broader than deep, scarcely visible from above; frontal large, a little longer than broad ; nostril in a single nasal ; symphyseal in contact with anterior genials ; anterior genials twice as long as posterior. Scales smooth, in 15 rows, gastrosteges 130, urosteges 39c, anal single, supralabials 7 — 6, infralabials 8 — 8, preoculars Vol,. XV] SLEVIN— REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 201 1 — 1, postoculars 2 — 2, temporals l-{-2 — 1+2. Color black, with eleven complete white bands four to five scales wide en- circling the body; three encircling the tail; tip of tail white; a narrow white band crosses the back of the head touching the posterior tips of the parietals ; snout and top of head, uniform black; anterior labials black, edged with white; posterior la- bials white; throat white. Type: No. 58680, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, collected by a native, May 18, 1925. Named for Lieutenant M. M. Nelson, U. S. Navy, com- manding officer of the U. S. S. Ortolan. 9. Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied) A male of this species (No. 58682) was taken on Maria Madre Island, May 23, 1925. It has 17 scale rows, gastro- steges 190, urosteges 195c, anal divided, supralabials 8—8, in- fralabials 11 — 10, preoculars 1 — 1, postoculars 2 — 2, loreal absent, temporals 1+2 and 1+2. Color grayish above, with a few scales black-edged, and a few small scattered black spots ; under surfaces grayish. 10. Drymobius boddaertii (Seetzen) Found to be the most common of any of the snakes collected on the Tres Marias. Specimens Nos. 58676-58679 from Maria Madre Island, and Nos. 58990-58991 from Maria Mag- dalena Island have the following scale counts : Scale Gastro- Uro- Supra- Infra- Pre- Post- Number Se.T rows steges steges labials labials oculars oculars Loreal Temporals 58676 9 198 117c 8-8 8-8 \ J 2-2 J J 2+2-2+2 58677 cf 195 114 + 8-8 9-9 1 —1 2-2 1 — 1 2+3-2+3 58678 9 196 105c 8-8 9-9 1—1 1 —■> 1—1 2+2-2+2 58679 cf 185 110c 8-8 10-10 1—1 2 —2 1—1 2+2-2+2 58990 9 202 80 + 8-8 10-9 1—1 7 _T 1—1 2+2-2+3 58991 9 194 131c x-8 10-9 1—1 x-2 1—1 x-2+2 .^■^ 1 i. I fi R 4 202 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 11. Drymarchon corais melanurus (Dumeril & Bibron) An adult male (No. 58993) was taken late in the afternoon. May 21, 1925, in the bottom of a creek bed on Maria Magda- lena Island. It has 17 scale rows, gastrosteges 201, urosteges 78+, anal 1, supralabials x — 8, infralabials 7 — 6, preoculars 1 — 1, postoculars 2 — 2, loreal 1 — 1, temporals 2+2 and 2+2. Color above black ; a few scattered scales brownish, mottled with black: top of head uniform black; 58 posterior gastro- steges and under surface of tail black ; anterior gastrosteges white, spotted or edged with black; gular region white. 12. Boa imperator Daudin A male of this species (No. 58681) taken on Maria Madre Island May 21, 1925, has the following scale counts: Scale rows 77, gastrosteges 258, urosteges 66c, anal 1, supralabials 19—20, infralabials 23—24. This species was also collected on Maria Magdalena Island. 13. Pelamydrus platurus (Linnaeus) A dead specimen (No. 58992) was picked up on the beach at Maria Magdalena Island, May 21, 1925. 14. Kinosternon integrum Leconte A single specimen (No. 58675) was found half buried in the mud under an old stump in the creek bottom at Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island, May 17, 1925. Length of carapace 290 mm. Length of plastron 270 mm. Width of carapace 192 mm. Width of plastron 161 mm. Vol. XV] SLEVIN— REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 203 III PENINSULA OF LOWER CALIFORNIA AND ADJACENT ISLANDS The reptiles and amphibians of this region have been studied at length by Van Denburgh/ but inasmuch as there are now new records to be added to the fauna, tlie following data are given in order to bring the list of the known species to date, and to complete the report on the herpetology of the expedition. \. Hyla regilla Baird & Girard Fifty-two specimens (Nos. 59626-59677) were collected on Cerros Island, June 3, 1925. This little tree-toad was found to be abundant along a small stream at the southeast end of the island. 2. Coleonyx variegatus (Baird) One specimen (No. 59625) was found under a large stone in the bottom of a dry wash on Cerros Island, June 4. 1925. 3. Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird & Girard One specimen was taken on Cerros Island, June 4, 1925. This species was also taken on previous expeditions of the Academy to Cerros Island but was found to be very rare. 4. Callisaurus crinitus Cope One hundred and sixty-one specimens (Nos. 59396-59556) were collected at Turtle Bay, June 1, 1925. This lizard was found to be very abundant along the sand beaches at the south end of the bay. It was found mostly about the piles of debris just at the high tide line, where it was seen feeding on the swarms of kelp flies about the dead seaweed. 5. Callisaurus draconoides draconoides (Blainville) Twelve specimens (Nos. 59296-59307) were collected at Cabo San Lucas, May 28, 1925. This lizard is common in the brushy areas back of the sand beach. iProc. Cal. Acad. Sci.. Ser. 4, Vol. IV, 1914. The Reptiles of Western North America, Vols. MI, 1922. 204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th See. 6. Uta martinensis Van Denburgh Twenty-one specimens were taken in the vicinity of Hass- ler's Cove, San Martin Island, June 8, 1925. Found sparingly among the low-growing shrubs at the back of a small sand beach. 7. Uta nigricauda Cope Thirteen specimens (Nos. 59331-59343) were collected on Magdalena Island, May 29-30, 1925. Found most commonly upon the large rocks in the bottoms of the dry washes. 8. Uta stansburiana elegans (Yarrow) Nine specimens (Nos. 59344-59352) were taken on Mag- dalena Island, May 29, 1925, three (Nos. 59393-59395) at Turtle Bay, June 1, 1925, three (Nos. 59560-59562) at San Bartolome Bay, June 2, 1925, and thirty-seven specimens on Cerros Island, June 3-4, 1925. Generally an abundant species when met with. 9. Sceloporus rufidorsum Yarrow Nine specimens (Nos. 59569-59577) were collected on Cerros Island. June 3-5, 1925. Found sparingly among the dense brash thickets in the bottoms of the dry washes. 10. Sceloporus zosteromus Cope Fourteen specimens were taken on Magdalena Island, May 29, 1925, and one specimen (No. 59392) was taken at Turtle Bay, June 1, 1925. A very shy but common species among the cactus patches and brush thickets. 11. Phrynosoma coronatum Blainville A single specimen (No. 59703) was taken at San Quintin, June 7, 1925. 12. Gerrhonotus scincicauda webbii (Baird) Two specimens were collected on Cerros Island, June 3-S, 1925, and two specimens on San Martin Island, June 8. 1925. Of the two from Cerros Island, both have the temporals feebly Vol. XV] SLEVIN— REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS 205 keeled and the longitudinal dorsal series of scales in 14 2/2 rows. This species was found to be very rare on Cerros Island. On a previous expedition of the Academy a specimen was caught in a mouse trap. 13. Verticaria hyperythra beldingi (Stejneger) Twenty-one specimens (Nos. 59310-59330) were collected on Magdalena Island, May 29-30, 1925. All these specimens have the four supraocular plates and the large collar scales. Eighteen are typical V. h. beldingi having the double dorsal line, while only three (Nos. 59317, 59318, and 59323) have the single dorsal line characteristic of V. h. schinidti. 14. Cnemidophorus bartolomas Dickerson Two specimens (Nos. 59558-59559) were collected at San Bartolome Bay, June 2, 1925. Neither of these specimens agree with the description of the type^ in dorsal coloration, showing none of the alternating of the spots in the dorsal rows. Van Denburgh^ was doubtful as to the distinctness of this species from C. rubidus. Of the two specimens before me the dorsal coloration of No. 59558 resembles that of C. t. stejne- geri, while that of No. 59559 resembles C. rubidus. The gular region of the former shows less of the black markings cliarac- teristic of C. t. stejnegeri, while the latter has the black throat markings found in specimens of C. rubidus from Magdalena Island. More material and further study may prove this species to be an intergrade between C. rubidus and C. t. stejnegeri. 15. Cnemidophorus multiscutatus (Cope) Eight specimens were taken on Cerros Island, June 4-5, 1925. All show the black spotting on the lower surface of the tail. 16. Cnemidophorus rubidus (Cope) A single specimen (No. 59389) was taken on Magdalena Island, May 30, 1925. It has the black throat markings of specimens from this locality. >Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XLI, Art. X. p. 476. ' Th€ Reptiles of Western North America, Vol. 1, 1922, p. 525. 206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 17. Coluber flagellum piceus (Cope) A male of this species (No. 59391) from Magdalena Island, collected on May 30, 1925, has 17 scale rows, g-astrosteges 199. urosteges 121c, anal divided, supralahials 8 — 8, infralabials 10 — 10, preociilars 2 — 2, postoculars 2 — 2, loreal 1 — 1, tem- porals 2+3 — 2+3. 18. Pituophis catenifer annectens (Baird & Girard) Specimens Nos. 59390 from Magdalena Island, May 29, 1925, 59568 from Cerros Island, June 4, 1925, and 59678- 59679 from San Martin Island have the following scale counts : Number Sex Scale rows Gastro- steges Uro- steges Supra- labials Infra- labials Pre- oculars Post- oculars Loreal Temporals 59390 59568 59678 59679 33 31 33 33 245 231 234 227 61c 61c ^5 + 71c 9-9 9-9 8-9 9-8 12-12 12-12 12-12 12-12 1-1 2-2 1-1 1-1 3-3 3-4 4-4 4-4 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 3-3 4-5 4-4 4-4 19. Crotalus exsul Garman A male of this species (No. 59557) was taken at San Bar- tolome Bay, June 2, 1925. It has 27 scale rows, gastrosteges 191, urosteges 24c, anal 1, supralahials 15 — 16, infralabials 16 — 16, preoculars 2 — 2, postoculars 3 — 3, loreal 1 — 1. Five specimens (Nos. 59563-59567) taken on Cerros Island, June 3-4, 1925, have the following scale counts : Number Sex Scale rows Gastro- steges Uro- steges Supra- labials Infra- labials Pre- oculars Post- oculars Loreal 59563 59564 59565 59566 59567 27 27 27 27 27 195 194 191 190 189 19c 17c 21c 22c 23c 17-17 16-16 15-14 16-16 17-17 16-17 16-16 15-15 x-16 16-16 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 1-1 20. Eretmochelys squamosa (Girard) A small female (No. 59704) was secured. This specimen was caught by some Japanese fishermen close to Cabo San Lucas, May 27, 1925. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 3 SLEVIN] Plate 22 Photo, bv G. Dallas Haima Photo, liy (i. Dallas Haiina Fii;. 1. I'ta (luriciilala Grajson's Cove, Socorro Island, Rcvillagigedo Islands, Mexico, May 11,1925. Fig. 2. Cti'iiosaura teres }v[aria Madre Ishuul, Tres Marias Islands, McxictJ, May 15, 1925. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 4, pp. 209-217, plate 23 April 26, 1926 IV EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925, IV A PLIOCENE FAUNA FROM MARIA MADRE ISLAND, MEXICO^ BY ERIC KNIGHT JORDAN and LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN Department of Paleontology 111 the course of the expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Revillagigedo and Tres Marias islands, Mexico, a marine Pliocene formation was found on the island of Maria Madre, of the Tres Marias group, and from it a small fauna was obtained. The collection was made by Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, curator of Paleontology, and the present senior author. The limited time available permitted only rather superficial collecting, and observation of no more than the most general geologic relations. Maria Madre Island lies off the west coast of Mexico in approximately 21° 35' north latitude, almost directly west of San Bias. It is about 55 miles from the nearest point on the mainland. The island is the largest of the Tres Marias group, which forms a chain having a general northwest and south- east trend. Maria Madre Island consists essentially of a core of igneous ^ rocks, chiefly granite, with some diorite and rhyolite, over- y/^'Qx\CA/ ■ /^'' 'This paper is No. 4 of the Revillagigedo Islands Expedition of 1925. No. 1 con tains the General Report; No. 2 gives an account of the Diatoms collected; and No 3 is devoted to the Reptiles obtained. See pages 1-208 of this volume. April 26, 1926 i 210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. lain unconformably by marine Tertiary sediments in which both Miocene and PHocene are definitely recognized. A con- siderable development of Marine Pleistocene is found at the southern end of the island. Miocene beds, according to Dr. Hanna, are well exposed in the Arroyo Hondo several miles upstream from its mouth near the northeast corner of the island. According to his statement, the section consists of about 1000 feet of soft white diatomite. almost pure, and sui)erficially in every way similar to the Miocene diatomites of California. Fish remains are abundant in these beds, but no other megascopic fossils were found. Pliocene beds apparently cap the greater part of the island. Along the eastern shore these attain a thickness of possibly 300 to 500 feet. In the central, higher regions the older rocks are commonly exposed in the caiions, but thin residual masses of Pliocene remain on the mountain tops. The beds appear to be moderately folded, with a general dip away from the central mountain core. According to Dr. Hanna, an angular unconformity exists between the Miocene and Pliocene beds in the Arroyo Hondo; the dip of the Miocene beds is about 30°. and that of the Plio- cene beds about 15°. Lithologically, the Pliocene rocks exhibit considerable vari- ation. They are most commonly represented by a loosely con- solidated calcareous rock composed of a mixture of coarse sand and pebbles, and excessively abundant tests of foramini- fera. Fossils are generally distributed in these beds, but the preservation is rarely very good. Finer grained sandstones and shales are found in lesser amounts, which are likewise rich in foraminifera but contain few larger fossils. Large blocks of reef coral are irregularly distributed in the formation. The general character of the Pliocene sediments indicates that they were, in greater part, deposited in distinctly shallow water, possibly under truly littoral conditions. Pleistocene sediments apparently compose the low flat near the salt works at the southern end of the island. These con- sist of beds of calcareous, very fossiliferous sandstone. The beds are nearly flat-lying and in vertical section are about one hundred feet thick. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— PLIOCENE FAUNA 211 Pliocene fossils were collected at the following points. The numbers refer to the catalogue of localities of the department of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. Loc. 937 — Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias, Arroyo Hondo, near northeast corner of island ; first exposure in stream bed upstream from mouth. Loc. 938 — Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias. Beach cliffs 200 yards south of mouth of Arroyo Hondo; dark gray shales. Loc. 939 — Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias. Cliffs about one mile south of and above village. Loc. 940 — Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias. Lighthouse Point, on shore about one mile southeast of village. Loc. 941 — Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias. Float in arroyo, three quarters of a mile north of village. Loc. 942 — Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias. Miscellaneous collections frotn Pliocene. The following fauna was recognized from the above localities : Fomniinifera Numerous species. All localities. Anthozoa Solenastrea sp., Loc. 941. ^ Brachiopoda Terehratalia sp., Loc. 941. MoUusca Led a sp.. Loc. 938. Ostrea chilensis Philippi, Locs. 939 ; 940. Ostrea conchaphila Carpenter, Locs. 939; 940. 212 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Ostrea cumuigiana Dunker, Locs. 937; 939; 942. Ostrea megodon Hanley, Locs. 939; 942. Ostrea vespertina Conrad, Locs. 937 ; 939. Pecten (Pec ten) stearnsii Dall, Loc. 937. Pecten (Chlamys) dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Loc. 937. Pecten (Patinopecten) near caurinus Gould, Loc. 939. Pecten (Lyropecten) subnodosns Sowerby, Locs.'937; 939. Pecten (Plagioctenium) circularis Sowerby, Loc. 937. Pecten (Plagioctenium) abietis Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Locs. 937; 939. Pecten (Plagioctenium) invalid us Hanna, Locs. 937; 939; 942. Placuanomia cumingii Broderip, Locs. 939; 942. Cirripedia Coronula cf. diadema Linnaeus This faunal list, while not large and unquestionably not complete for the fonnation, is extremely important, since its affinities are western North American, and Maria Madre Island is the southernmost point from which such a fauna has yet been reported. A large majority of the species occur in the Pliocene of Southern or of Lower California. None shows relations with either the Caribbean,^ Panamanian, or Peru- vian provinces. The composition of the fauna indicates an upper Pliocene age, certainly no older than the Pliocene of Cedros Lsland, Lower California, and the San Diego formation of Southern ' O. megodon of the present fauna has been rei)ort€d from the Tertiary of the Caribbean region. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— PLIOCENE FAUNA 213 California. The beds are not far removed in age from the upper Pliocene of Loreto, San Antonio Point, San Jose Island, and San Marcos Island, in the Gulf of California region, al- though the exact stratigraphic position of those beds is not yet known. By far the greater part of the fauna is composed of Pectens, which, as a whole, indicate a warm temperate climate at the time of deposition of these beds. 1. Pecten (Chlamys) dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, new species Plate XXIII, figures 2, 5, 6, 8 Shell of medium size, moderately thick, in several specimens with strong lines of restricted growth; valves mildly arched, and slightly extended posteriorly; hinge line a little over half the total length of the disk. Right valve ornamented by about 15 to 19 almost flat-topped radiating ribs, separated by slightly rounded interspaces almost as wide as the ribs, the summit of the ribs smooth, the sides and interspaces sculp- tured by fine, sharp, subecjual radiating ridges and grooves, the shoulder of each rib on either side marked by a deeper groove; anterior dorsal and posterior dorsal areas of disk smooth; ears unequal, the anterior with a well developed bys- sal notch and sculpture consisting of about six radiating rib- lets crossed by concentric lines of growth; posterior ear ob- liquely truncated behind, and ornamented by four or five radi- ating riblets between which the interspaces bear fine incised radiating lines. Left valve sculptured much as right ; anterior dorsal and posterior dorsal margins of disk sloping more abruptly to base of ears than on right valve : anterior ear in- dented by a rounded byssal notch and ornamented by five radiating riblets between which are minute sharp radiating grooves; posterior ear obliquely truncated and sculptured much as anterior, the radiating riblets. however, much more subdued and less prominent. Height 42 mm. ; length 43 mm. ; diameter 13 mm.; apical angle approximately 105°. Type: No. 1862, paratypes Nos. 2072, 2073, 2074, 2075, 2076, and 2077, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 795 (C.A.S. coll.), Canons one or two miles from San Antonio Point, east coast of Lower California; upper Pliocene; Fred Baker col- 214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. lector; also No. 2078, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 937 (C.A.S. coll.), Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island, Mexico; upper Pliocene ; G. Dallas Hanna and Eric K. Jordan collectors. Pecten dallasi is easily recognized by the peculiar minor radiating sculpture superimposed on the major ribs and inter- spaces. The number of ribs varies considerably, as does the obliquity of the valves. This species is abundant in the upper Pliocene of the Gulf of California region, and, as we have specimens from there in better state of preservation than those from Maria Madre Island, the type is selected out of a lot from Lower California. The collection from Maria Madre contains three specimens of the species. The writers wish to express their obligation to Dr. Fred Baker, who collected the type specimen. The si^ecies is named in honor of Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, whose work on the Pliocene of Imperial County, California, and on Lower California has added to our knowledge of the region. 2. Pecten (Plagioctenium) circularis Sowerby Plate XXIII, figure 9 A specimen of this species, from the Pliocene of Maria Madre Island, is illustrated to show the characteristic narrow ribs with broad interspaces, in contrast with the ribbing of P. abictis. 3. Pecten (Plagioctenium) abietis Jordan & Hertlein, new species Plate XXIII, figures 1, 3, 7 Shell averaging about 45 millimeters in altitude, about as long as high, fairly thick and solid, somewhat produced pos- teriorly. Right valve ornamented by 19 — 21 subtriangular ribs, in adults becoming flattened toward the margin, separated by sharp, narrow-bottomed interspaces, the sides of the ribs and interspaces decorated by sharp, close-set fringing lamellae; hinge line about two-thirds the length of disk ; ears about equal in length, rather large, the anterior ear ornamented by about four rather faint radial ribs crossed by concentric lines of growth, the byssal notch well defined; posterior ear faintly Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— PLIOCENE FAUNA 215 radially and concentrically sculptured. Left valve with the ribs more pronouncedly triangular in cross-section, the sides densely fringed with lamellse; ears similar to those of right valve, but the byssal notch on anterior ear less developed ; hinge strong; cardinal crura well developed. Altitude 45 mm. ; longitude 46 mm. ; diameter of left valve about 32 mm. ; apical angle about 100°. Type: Left valve. No. 2079, paratypes Nos. 2080, 2081, 2082, and 2083, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 937 (C.A.S. coll.), Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island, Mexico; upper Pliocene ; Hanna & Jordan, collectors. This species is closely related to P. circularis, but is dis- tinguisliable by the character of the ribbing. The ribs of P. ahietis are wide at the base, and are triangular or subtriangu- lar in cross-section. The interspaces are very narrow, and the sides of the ribs and interspaces are covered by a dense fringe of concentric lamell?e. The ribs of P. circularis are distinctly rounder and much narrower in cross section, and the inter- spaces are much wider. Examination of a large series of specimens from Maria Madre Island, where this species is very abundant, and also from various localities in the upper Pliocene of the Gulf of California region, shows the angularity of the ribs to be a constant characteristic. The writers realize that intergradation with P. circularis proper may ultimately be proved, but as yet the present species is known only from the subtropical Pliocene. The name (abictis, — of the fir) refers to the dense fringes of lamellse, like needles of a conifer. 4. Placuanomia cumingii Broderip Plate XXIII, figure 4 Placuauouiia cumitigii Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 29. — Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 11, 1859, Placuanomia, pi. 1, figs. 3a, 3b. This species has never previously been figured in any gen- erally accessible publication. It has not heretofore been re- ported from the Pliocene. P. plicata Tuomey & Holmes, from the Pliocene of South Carolina, is hardly distinguishable from this species. 215 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Plate XXIII Fig. 1. Pecten (Plag'wclenium) abictis Jordan & Hcrtlein, new species; natural size; type, left valve, No. 2079, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fig. 2. Pecten (Chlamys) dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, new species ; natural size; paratype, right valve, No. 2072, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fig. 3. Pecten (Playioctenium) abietis Jordan & Hertlein, new species ; natural size; paratype, right valve. No. 2080, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fig. 4. Placnanomia cumingii Broderip; natural size; plesiotype, No. 2084, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 939 (C.A.S. coll.). Cliffs about one mile south of and above village, Maria Madre Island, Mexico ; upper Pliocene. Fig. 5. Pecten (Chlamys) dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, new species ; natural size; type, right valve. No. 1862, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.. Fig. 6. Pecten (Chlamys) dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, new species ; natural size; type, left valve. Same specimen as Fig. 5. Fig. 7. Pecten (Plagioctenium) abietis Jordan & Hertlein, new species ; natural size; paratype, left valve, No. 2081, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fig. 8. Pecten (Chlamys) dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, new species ; natural size; paratype, right valve. No. 2073, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fig. 9. Pecten (Plagioctenium) circularis Sowerby ; natural size; plesio- type, left valve. No. 2085, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 937 (C.A.S. coll.), Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island, Mexico ; upper Pliocene. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No 4 [JORDAN &HERTLEIN1 Plate 23 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 5, pp. 219-222, 8 text figures April 26, 1926 B i^. A i% y i V EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925 THE BEMBICINI (Digger Wasps) BY CHARLES L. FOX San Francisco, California Report on the bembicine wasps taken by Mr. H. H. Keifer while with the 1925 Expedition of the CaHfornia Academy of Sciences to the Revillagigedo Islands. 1. Steniolia duplicata Provancher Cedros Island, Lower California, June 3, 1925. One male. 2. Stictia signata Linnaeus Arroyo Hondo, Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, May 17, four females. 3. Stictiella bifurcata, var. albicera C. L. Fox Cedros Island. Lower California, June 3, two males and three females. Female : In general appearance similar to the male except that the clypeus is not entirely yellow, the basal half being black divided by a narrow yellow medial streak; dorsum of tergites j'ellow, not soiled white. April 26, 1926 220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Pkoc. 4th Ser. 4. Bembix magdalenae C. L. Fox, new species A short and robust species ; labrum unusually long and narrow; clypeus large; ocelli not obliterated; ultimate tergite with lateral notches, its dorsal surface strongly rugose apically ; sixth sternite with a square process apically bituberculate. Length 15-17 mm. Male : Mandibles long and narrow, having an inconspicuous tooth on inner margin; labrum (fig. 1) extremely long and slender, sometimes reaching half way between anterior and intermediate coxa;; clypeus (fig. 1) three-quarters as long as wide, prominent, its anterior margin trun- cate at apex, behind which is a slightly flattened area: scape (fig. 4) short, strongly widened towards apex, hirsute ; segment II of flagellum (fig. 3) slender, its width increasing perceptibly towards apex; segments 8-11 with inner apical angles slightly produced; 9-11 bearing elongated glabrous excavations ; apical segment curved and somewhat compressed. Inner margins of compound eyes almost parallel, slightly divergent at clypeus and at vertex. Ocelli peculiar in that they are well developed, probably functional ( a character not uncommon in Mexican species of this genus) ; posterior pair almost round, anterior ocellus transversely oval. Anterior femora (fig. 8) much narrowed apically, becoming terete; intermediate femora unarmed below. Ultimate tergite (fig. 2) with basal half broad, abruptly notched on either side at base of the triangularly produced apical portion ; basal half finely, closely punctured, these punc- tures becoming coarser and wider until drawn out into conspicuous longitudinal rugae and apically into submarginal carinae ; margins at notches armed with few short bristles. Second sternite bearing a promi- nent median process (fig. 7), laterally compressed, rounded and very slightly hooked; sixth bearing a nearly square process occupying apical two-thirds of sternite, and elevated posteriorly into two blunt tubercles with a slight depression between them; seventh with a shallow abbrevi- ated median groove ; eighth ending in a single long, slender, decurved spine. Pubescence on head, thorax, median segment base of abdomen, and basal joints of legs, long, dense and white, somewhat shorter on dorsum of thorax, elsewhere on abdomen very short, rather dense and semi-erect. Wings hyaline; nervures brown, costa fulvous towards base; first cubital cross vein (fig. 6) less strongly bent near its posterior end than in most species of this genus. Genital stipites (fig. 5) long, narrow, arcuately converging at apex, more or less hirsute. Gjlor black with the following soiled white, or yellow maculations : labrum; mandibles except apex; clypeus, except pair of small black (sometimes orange) spots on basal third below antennae; scape below. Vol. XV] FOX— DIGGER ii''ASPS 221 first and second segments of flagellum below ; lower part of frons ; incon- spicuous spot in front of anterior ocellus ; broad anterior orbits reach- ing line of anterior ocellus; broad posterior orbits, gradually narrowing to a point at vertex ; narrow irregular band on posterior margin and de- flexed sides of prothorax, the latter enclosing a large black spot on and before tubercles ; tegulae almost entirely ; lateral margin on scutum above the tegulse, sometimes produced anteriorly ; two small medial approxi- mated spots on posterior border of scutum (wanting in six specimens) ; fascia on border of scutellum; sides of median segment almost entirely; metapleurae ; irregular broad stripe on mesopleurae, extending from tegu-- lae to base of intermediate coxae, and anterior spots, variable in size ; broad continuous fascise on tergites 1-6, reaching the posterior margin on 5-6 and on 1-4 separated only by extremely narrow black line; fasciae on 1-5 bi-emarginate, medially notched and sinuate laterally on anterior border, sixth almost triangular with medial notch on anterior border, apical half of seventh tergite as in fig. 2; first sternite entirely except lateral black spots ; second and third with broad continuous fasciae, un- dulate and narrowed more or less medially on the anterior border ; fourth with large square lateral spots ; apex of sixth and seventh ; coxae and trochanters in part ; femora except a more or less broad black stripe above, not reaching the apex ; tibiae except inconspicuous narrow stripe below (wanting in four specimens), and tarsi entirely. Fasciae on ter- gites soiled white over black, other markings more or less yellow (in places reddened by cyanide). Segments 3-12 of flagellum fusco-piceous, lighter below. Described from twelve males. Type: Male, No. 1829, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected May 30, 1925, at Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Paratypes, same data in the collections of the Academy, U. S. National Musetmi, Washington, D. C, and of the author. 5. Microbembex monodonta Say Cape San Lucas, Lower California, May 28, 1925. One male. 222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. C. L. Fox del. Explanation of Figures Clypeus and labrum. Fig. 5. Genital stipites. Fig. 6. Second cubital cell, showing bend in first cubital cross Fig.l Fig. 2. Outline of ultimate tergite, dotted line to show base of apical maculation. Fig. 3. Flagellum. Fig. 4. Scape, viewed from below. vem. Fig. 7. Process on second sternite. Fig. 8. Anterior femora. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 6, pp. 223-239, plate 24 April 26, 1926 VI* EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GULF OF CALI- FORNIA IN 1921 MOLLUSCA OF THE FAMILY TRIPHORID^ BY FRED BAKER Owing to the inability of Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences, to ac- company this Expedition, the writer was chosen to take charge of the collecting of mollusks. He joined the party on the S. S. Mazatlan at San Pedro, California, and left it over three months later at Yuma, Arizona. For the itinerary of the Expedition reference should be made to the General Ac- count^ by Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, in charge of the Expedition. Dr. Hanna has already reported on the land and fresh water mollusks taken by the Expedition.^ The Polyplacophora were referred to Dr. S. Stillman Berry for study and report and it is expected that his papers will appear in due time. . It was originally planned to make a single report on the marine mollusks, but unavoidable delay has made it seem bet- ter to treat one or more famiHes in separate papers in order to get the results in the hands of specialists as early as possi- ble. The present paper is the first of this series. * No. 34 of the Gulf of California Expedition papers. ' Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th scr., \'ol. XII, pp. 55-72. ■ L. c. pp. 483-527. April 26, 1926 224 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. This Expedition visited more of the islands of the Gulf than had been visited by any previous scientific expedition. As some of the visits were rather hurried, and as most of them could not be timed to correspond with the lowest tides, the collections are somewhat irregular in quality and character. The tidal movement of the southern part of the Gulf of Cali- fornia is moderate in degree, while in the northern part the variation between lowest low tide and highest high tide ex- ceeds thirty-one feet in certain seasons. At such times the water rushes through the mouth of the Colorado River in a great bore which is dangerous to small boats for some distance up. As a result of this greater tidal movement, collections made in the more northern localities were rather more repre- sentative than those made farther south, although the fauna is not so varied. Certain islands were visited only at the time of high tide so that only worn and weathered beach shells were taken at these points. On the whole, dredging was unsatisfactory, although the total result of this part of the work is considerable. No prep- aration was made for deep dredging and the launch Silver Gate could not be slowed down sufficiently to yield satisfactory results in shallow water. Therefore, practically all dredging was done from rowboats or by carrying the dredge to a dis- tance from the larger vessel at anchor and hauling in. Just at the time the Expedition was in the field most of the bottom in shallow water was closely covered by a broad-leaved ma- rine alga commonly known as "sea lettuce." The growth was sufficiently heavy to prevent the dredge reaching the sea bot- tom satisfactorily and it filled the dredge completely in a very short haul. Only on the rare occasions when it was possible to locate patches of clear bottom with the water telescope was dredging really satisfactory. Unfortunately, it was not until just about the time the Expedition left the Gulf that this marine growth matured and began breaking away from the sea and bay bottoms. The writer's sincere acknowledgments are due to Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the California Acad- emy of Sciences, who placed him in charge of the mollusk collecting of the Expedition; to all the members of the Expe- dition for many courtesies and for much help in collecting Vol. XV] BAKER— MOLLUSC A 225 whenever their own work could be so arranged as to make it possible ; and in very large measure to Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, who not only photographed the shells here figured, but also aided in planning and formulating this report, Triphora (Deshayes) Blainville, 1828 Five species have been reported from the Gulf of California and from Cape St. Lucas, under the generic name Triphoris, three originally described by C. B. Adams,^ alternatus, incon- spicuus and infrequens, and two by Bartsch,* excolpus and stearnsi. Of these, Triphoris infrequens is a dextral shell, therefore not to be considered in this group. None of the re- maining four species was taken by the Expedition. The eight species and two subspecies described in this paper seem to be new. 1. Triphora hannai Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 1 Shell sinistral, elongate-conic, large and robust for the genus, shining, everywhere marked by minute growth lines and spiral strise; tubercles and spiral keels, except the basal keels, light, grayish-brown, the intervening channels, sutures, basal keels and columellar region dark chocolate-brown; first one or two nuclear whorls decollated, the next one and a half globose, with very fine retractive axial threads only, followed by two with two rather widely separated spiral cords rendered tuberculate by the crossing of numerous fine, retractive axial threads, of which there are about twenty-six on the last nu- clear whorl ; transition to postnuclear whorl not well-defined, the two spiral cords continuing and the retractive axial threads being replaced irregularly by protractive series of tubercles, of which there are about fourteen on the first postnuclear whorl, about twenty-two on the sixth, and about twenty-four on the penultimate ; postnuclear whorls eleven and three-quarters, the first four with two very distinct spiral keels separated by a shallow channel nearly twice as wide as the deeply channeled sutures ; median spiral keel appearing on the fifth whorl, closer ' Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist.. Vol. 5, pp. 382, 383. « Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 33, pp. 254-255, pi. 16, figures 2 and 8. 226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4x11 Skk. to the posterior than the anterior keel, and enlarging regularly to fully the size of the anterior keel on the last two or three turns ; posterior keel larger than the others, the tubercles being elongate axially into distinct ovals on all but the first three or four postnuclear whorls and becoming twice as long as broad on the last half turn; tubercles of the posterior and middle keels largely subtruncate posteriorly, those of the anterior and peripheral keels mostly truncate ; spiral keels much heavier than the axial riblets, their crossing producing rather excep- tionally well-defined, rectangular pits which are generally spirally elongate; tubercles markedly clean-cut and defined; anterior channels between the keels about equal to the sutures in width and about double the width of the posterior channels ; tw^o very distinct tuberculate keels beginning on the last half turn, one on each side of the anterior keel ; peripheral keel strongly tuberculate, the tubercles sharply truncate posteriorly, nearly equaling the anterior keel in size, separated from it by a channel about two-thirds as wide as the one preceding it. and continuing in the preceding sutures as a minute tubercu- late cord faintly discernible for eight or nine turns ; base well- rounded, subcarinate on the last half turn ; basal keels two, the first lying entirely on the base, irregularly tuberculate, the tubercles not well-defined, the second entirely on the columel- lar region, broader than the first, tending to become double, roughened, but nowhere distinctly tuberculate ; aperture sub- rhomboidal, with a well-rounded posterior notch; outer lip moderately sharp, slightly reflexed and effuse at its junction with the basal lip. conforming to the external sculpture, and showing the alternating colors of the spiral keels and channels by transmitted light; anterior canal nearly closed, nearly ver- tical; columella nearly straight, slightly revolute below, with a heavy, dark brown callus extending over the parietal wall. Length. 8.17 mm. ; diameter. 2.43 mm. Type: No. 21v'?5, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, in shallow water; a well preserved paratype, No. 2136, with two-and-a-half nuclear whorls and nine-and-a-half postnuclear whorls, was taken at San Marcos Island, Gulf of California. An immature and weathered speci- men from San Francisquito Bay, Lower California, probably belongs here. Vol. XV] BAKER— MOLLUSC A 227 This species more closely resembles Triphora panamensis (Bartsch) than any other from this coast, but it is a strikingly marked species, differing from panamensis in the number of nuclear whorls, in the distinctness and greater width of the spiral channels and sutures, in the very definite variegation of the spiral keels and channels, in the occurrence of the inter- calated keels on the last turn, and in the extension of the peri- pheral keelsi into the preceding sutures. The species is named for Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of Paleontology of the California Academy of Sciences. 2. Triphora evermanni Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 9 Shell sinistral, small, elongate-conic above, tending to be- come spindle-shaped ; nuclear whorls light brown, postnuclear whorls dull yellowish white; nuclear whorls four, increasing rapidly, the first eroded, the second rounded, nearly smooth, the others with two closely spaced spiral cords, the posterior near the middle of the whorl, the other close to the suture, crossed by many discrete, rather sharp, slightly retractive axial threads, of which there are about 26 on the last whorl, producing indistinct tubercles at the points of intersection and enclosing shallow, squarish depressions; transition to post- nuclear whorls rather abrupt, the two nuclear spiral cords forming the anterior keel and a posterior keel beginning almost at once near the preceding suture; postnuclear whorls eight and a quarter, the first four with two moderately sharp spiral keels, the anterior the larger, rather widely spaced, crossed by strong, but narrow, axial ribs, producing small, prominent tubercles at their intersections, which are quite generally sub- cuspidate, especially on the anterior keel, which is subtruncate posteriorly, and enclosing proportionately large, irregular pits which tend to become squarish on the lower whorls ; beginning rather abruptly on the fifth postnuclear whorl a median keel separates from the anterior keel, soon taking a median posi- tion which it maintains to the aperture, becoming nearly equal to the other two keels in about two turns, all the keels from that point, with slight variations, continuing nearly equal; axial ribs slightly protractive, varying little in number from L 228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. about 16 on the first postnuclear whorl to about 20 on the penultimate turn ; sutures very broadly channeled, crossed very conspicuously by the axial riblets, which decrease in size below the peripheral keel and terminate abruptly on the last basal keel; peripheral keel about two-thirds the width of, and less distinctly tuberculate than, the anterior keel, separated from it by a channel nearly equal to the one preceding it, and show- ing for two turns in the preceding sutures as a narrow band adnate to the posterior keel ; aperture subrhomboidal, the outer and basal lips confomiing to the external sculpture, with a well-rounded posterior canal and a broad anterior canal which is rather more nearly vertical than transverse; base shortly rounded, with two strong basal keels beginning rather close together at the callus of the parietal wall, but finally separated from each other and from the peripheral keel by rather broad, deep channels; posterior basal keel distinctly tuberculate, the anterior nearly smooth; columella strong, sharply revolute. Length, 2.77 mm.; diameter, 1.20 mm. Type: No. 2137, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of California, in about two fathoms ; a paratype. No. 2138, was taken in another dredge haul in the same general locality. In this specimen the sub- cuspidation of the tubercles is even more marked than in the type. This species differs from all others described from this coast in the small, discrete, subcuspidate tubercles with proportion- ately wide interspaces. It is somewhat similar in shape to Triphora galapagensis (Bartsch), but differs from that species in most other respects. The species is named for Dr. Barton Warren Evermann. Director of the California Academy of Sciences. 3. Triphora vanduzeei Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 8 Shell sinistral, elongate-conic above, becoming cylindrical below, faded, dull yellowish-white, showing a slight tendency to a reddish-brown color on the posterior keels and base ; nu- clear whorls decollated ; postnuclear whorls eight and a half, the first four with two tuberculate spiral keels widely separated Vol. XV] BAKER— MOLLUSC A 2'^9 by a rather shallow channel, an intercalated keel beginning nearly in the center of this channel on the fifth whorl which never quite reaches the size of the other two ; axial riblets nar- rower than the spiral keels, about twelve on the first post- nuclear whorl, eighteen on the sixth, and twenty-three on the last, nearly vertical, crossing the broadly channeled sutures, the channels separating the peripheral and basal keels and be- coming obsolete on the anterior basal keel; tubercles of the anterior spiral keel subtruncate posteriorly, rendering that keel less prominent than the posterior one which is armed with fully rounded tubercles; pits enclosed by the axial riblets and spiral keels generally squarish and exceptionally large; last half turn with distinct keels intercalated between the posterior and middle, the middle and anterior, and the anterior and peri- pheral keels; peripheral keel markedly tuberculate, nearly equaling the preceding keel in size, and extending prominently for nearly four turns in the preceding sutures as a narrow, sharp, tuberculate ridge; basal keels four ; the first nearly equal to the peripheral keel, the others decreasing in size towards the umbilical region, the peripheral and first three basal keels being broadly spaced, the last two lying close together; base roundly shouldered at the periphery, rather elongate ; aperture elongate, subrhomboidal, with a well marked posterior canal- notch and a long, broad, open anterior canal, which is more vertical than transverse; outer lip sharp, conforming to the external sculpture ; columella very strong, slightly revolute below, with a heavy callus reflexed on the right side and ex- tending over the parietal wall. Length, 5.10 mm.; diameter. 1.80 mm. Type: No. 2139, Mus. ^Calif. Acad. Sci., from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of California, in about four fath- oms ; paratype, No. 2140, from La Paz, Lower California, in about four fathoms. This species somewhat resembles Triphora evermanni in general appearance and in the wide separation of the spiral keels, but the tubercles show no tendency to cuspidation, the median spiral keel is persistently small. The shape of the base is very different, having four keels instead of two, and the in- tercalation of spiral keels on the last turn is a distinctive character which shows also on the paratype. In the combina- 230 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. tion of these criteria with the wide interspaces and the per- sistence of the peripheral keel in the preceding sutures it differs from all other species described from this coast. The species is named for Mr. E. P. Van Duzee, Curator of Entomology of the California Academy of Sciences and a member of the Academy Expedition of 1921, 4. Triphora contrerasi Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 7 Shell sinistral, large, elongate-conic, shining, everywhere covered with minute growth lines and spiral striae ; posterior, peripheral and basal keels, sutures and columella dark brown, the rest of the shell glistening white; nuclear whorls decol- lated ; remaining postnuclear whorls thirteen, separated by rather narrow, deeply channeled sutures, with two moderately spaced tuberculate spiral keels on the earlier turns; beginning on the third remaining whorl, a thin tuberculate middle keel, increasing rapidly, soon equals and finally exceeds the size of the anterior keel ; posterior keel much more prominent than the others, especially on the last two or three turns ; axial ribs very strongly protractive, the riblets narrower, but more prominent than the spiral keels, producing prominent tuber- cles at their intersections, dipping into all sutures and reaching nearly to the umbilical region ; about twenty on the first and sixth whorl and twenty-six on the penultimate; axial ribs and spiral keels enclosing deep, subrhomboidal pits; tubercles prominent, shining, those on the posterior and middle keels sloping gradually anteriorly and subtruncate posteriorly, those of the anterior keels rather sharply truncate iX)steriorly ; last half turn showing a tuberculate keel intercalated on each side of the middle keel and between the anterior and peripheral keel ; peripheral keel nearly equal to the anterior one. separated from it by a channel about equal to the one preceding it, and extending into the preceding sutures for several turns as a narrow, brown tuberculate band; base rounded, marked by two broadly spaced, prominent, narrow basal keels rendered tuber- culate by the crossing of the radial riblets, the posterior chan- nel narrower than the anterior; ai)erture subpyriform, entire, outer lip sinuous, basal lip rounded, both conforming to the \'oL. XV] BAKER— -MOLLUSC A 231 external sculpture ; posterior canal well marked, anterior canal entirely closed, nearly vertical; columella stout, revolute, heavily calloused, the callus extending over the parietal wall. Length, 8.00 mm. ; diameter, 2.13 mm. Type: No. 2141, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from San Evaristo Bay, Lower California; paratype, No. 2142, dredged in Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, Lower California. Four much weathered and worn specimens taken at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California, and a young specimen dredged in Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of California, seem to be the same but are too worn for positive identification. The distribution of color in this species is somewhat like that on Triphora alteniata (C. B. Adams), but it is almost double in size in all dimensions, the axial ribs are strongly protractive, the base is proportionately shorter and the general appearance of the shell is different. The species is named for Professor Francisco Contreras, Director of the National Museum of Natural History of the City of Mexico, who was detailed by the Mexican Govern- ment to accompany the Academy Expedition of 1921. 5. Triphora slevini Fred. Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 5 Shell sinistral, very small, very broadly elongate-conic, every- where marked by minute growth lines and spiral striae, dark brown and shining throughout except the first nuclear whorl which is whitish, the posterior and peripheral spiral keels being slightly darker than the others ; nuclear whorls five, the first nearly smooth, the others with two delicate convex cords close together on the most prominent portion of the whorls, crossed by nearly vertical, discrete, radial threads of which there are about thirty-two on the fourth whorl, producing minute tuber- cles at the points of crossing and enclosing shallow, squarish pits; postnuclear whorls five and a half: change from nuclear to postnuclear whorls gradual, beginning with the enlarging of occasional axial threads and tubercles and the separation of the spiral cords so that the first postnuclear whorl comes to be marked by two distinct, coarsely tuberculate spiral keels ; beginning on the third postnuclear whorl, a median spiral keel 232 CAl.IFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. appears about in the middle of the channel, enlarging gradu- ally to about the size of the other keels on the last two turns only; tubercles on all postnuclear whorls joined by axial rib- lets and spiral keels of about equal size, the former very pro- tractive, these enclosing series of irregular shallow pits which are indefinitely marked but tend to be more squarish than round ; axial ribs about fourteen on the second postnuclear turn and about twenty-two on the last ; periphery subcarinated by the anterior keel ; peripheral keel lying on the basal edge, tuberculate, about half the width of the preceding one, the in- tervening channel being crossed by the radial riblets ; base nearly flat or slightly concave, marked by distinct growth lines and fine spiral threads which become obsolete on the colu- mellar region ; distinct basal keels wanting ; sutures channeled, but broken by the prominent axial riblets ; aperture broadly and irregularly subovate, the outer and basal lips conforming to the external sculpture ; anterior canal short ; columella short, stout, slightly revolute and calloused, nearly vertical. Length, 2.14 mm.; diameter, .955 mm. Type: No. 2143, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., dredged in shallow water at Northeast Anchorage, Monserrate Island, Gulf of California. This species is shaped somewhat like Triphora chathamensis (Bartsch), but varies in color, in having a much wider apical angle, in a slight truncation of the tubercles posteriorly, in its smaller size, and in the later and more limited development of the middle spiral keel. The species is named for Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, Assistant Curator of Herpetology of the California Academy of Sciences, who was in charge of the Expedition of 1921. 6. Triphora oweni Fred Baker, new^ species Plate 24, figure 10 Shell sinistral, of medium size, rudely spindle-shaped, rather stout, everywhere marked by close growth lines, especially on the base, slightly shining, the first whorl and the posterior spiral keels white, median, anterior, peripheral and basal keels very light brown ; nuclear whorls decollated : remaining post- nuclear whorls eight and a half, separated by moderately chan- Vol. XV] BAKER— MOLLUSCA 233 neled sutures; first five postnuclear whorls marked by two tu- berculate spiral keels of approximately the same size, rather narrowly spaced, with an intercalated median keel beginning feebly on the sixth turn and increasing in size v^ery gradually until it equals the anterior keel on the last half turn, partly because that keel narrows slightly on the last two turns; all tubercles rather large, with broad bases, those on the median keel being subtruncate posteriorly on the lower turns ; axial ribs protractive, about fourteen on the first whorl, sixteen on the fifth and twenty on the penultimate ; periphery of the last whorl marked by a narrow, tuberculate keel about half as wide as the one preceding it ; base rather long, rounded, marked by two rather narrow, indefinitely tuberculate spiral keels begin- ning together on the edge of the parietal callus, but separating until they are about equally separated from the peripheral keel and from each other; outer and basal lips broken; aperture probably suboval ; anterior canal large, nearly vertical ; colu- mella stout, revolute, covered by a heavy callus which extends over the parietal wall. Length, 4.55 mm. ; diameter, 1.69 mm. Type: No. 2144, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., dredged in Puerto Escondido, LrOwer California, in three to six fathoms. The general color pattern of this species resembles that of Triphora inconspiciia hicolor (Bartsch) but the shell seems to differ from that species and from all others described from this coast. It is a much stouter shell than T. inconspicua, with coarser tubercles and fewer axial ribs, these being more pro- tractive than is shown in Bartsch's figure. The space between the initial keels is much less and there are two basal keels in- stead of three. The species is named for Mr. Virgil Owen, Ornithologist and Mammalogist of the Expedition of 1921. 7. Triphora johnstoni Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figures 3, 4 Shell sinistral, rather stout, elongate-conic, shining, every- where marked by minute growth lines and spiral striae, light brown; type with one nuclear and ten and a half postnuclear whorls, about two-fifths of a turn being broken from the aper- ture; change from nuclear to postnuclear whorls very abrupt. 234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. the two spiral cords being replaced by two tuberculate spiral keels of about equal size at first, the tubercles arranged in pro- tractive series, the keels rapidly diverging until the channel between them is double the wadtli of the channeled sutures, with a very indistinct intercalated median keel dividing from the posterior keel on the sixth or seventh turn, continuing close to it throughout its course, enlarging gradually, but always narrow and showing a tendency to doubling on the last turn and to an elongation of the tubercles spirally; tubercles of the posterior keel becoming larger than those of the anterior after the third postnuclear whorl and finally twice as large ; all tuber- cles united spirally by rather strong keels and by less distinct axial riblets, these enclosing irregular, but generally roundish pits; first postnuclear whorl with about fourteen, sixth with about sixteen and penultimate with about twenty-two axial ribs, the tubercles quite generally subtruncate posteriorly ; peri- pheral keel narrow, about as wide as the median one, w^ith in- distinct tubercles elongated spirally; base very slightly con- cave, with no basal keels on the type; aperture badly fractured but probably subquadrate ; anterior canal very transverse ; colu- mella very stout, nearly vertical, slightly revolute below. An immature paratype shows the following characters of the nucleus : First nuclear whorl papillaeform, smooth, followed by four- and-a-half globose, double-carinated w^iorls, the carinse close together on the most prominent part of the whorls, slopingly shouldered posteriorly, more abruptly anteriorly, the posterior carina slightly heavier and nearer the middle of the whorl ; whorls separated by rather deep, channeled sutures, the chan- nels betW'Cen the carinae being about equal in width to the sutures; whorls everywhere crossed by very fine, sinuous, nearly vertical axial threads, of w^hich about twenty-eight ap- pear on the last nuclear whorl ; carinae rendered tubercular by the crossing of the axial threads which enclose rather deep, squarish pits. Other partly grown paratypes show under high power two very narrow, slightly squamose basal keels. Length of type, 4.81 mm. ; diameter, 2.00 mm. Length of im- mature paratype, 2.36 mm.; diameter, L19 mm. Type: No. 2145, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., and three immature paratyes, Nos. 2146, 2147, and 2148, dredged in Amortajada Vol. X\'] BAKER— MOLLUSCA 235 Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of California. A worn specimen taken at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia, seems to be the same. This species is shaped like Tripliora catalinensis (Bartsch), but differs from that species in the markedly protractive ar- rangement of the tubercles, in coloration, and especially in the wider spaces between the spiral keels, this feature being very marked in the paratypes and being more pronounced than in any species described from the coast. The species is named for Mr. I. M. Johnston, Botanist of the Expedition of 1921. 8. Triphora johnstoni pazensis Fred Baker, new subspecies Plate 24, figure 6 Type: No. 2149, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., dredged near the main wharf at La Paz, Lower California, in about four fath- oms. It has remaining two-and-a-half nuclear and six-and-a- half postnuclear whorls. It accentuates the broad channels between the spiral keels as in the type, but varies in the earlier incidence of the median keel and its more rapid enlargement, and in having a small basal keel near the peripheral keel. Length, 2.75 mm.; diameter, 1.40 mm. 9. Triphora chamberlini Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 2 Shell sinistral, large, elongate-conic, shining, everywhere marked by minute growth lines and spiral stride, dark wax- yellow, variegated irregularly with white; nuclear whorls de- collated ; remaining postnuclear whorls ten-and-a-lialf, the first four-and-a-half marked by two tubercular spiral keels only moderately separated, the tubercles large, low. with broad bases; a narrow, tuberculate keel beginning on the fifth whorl. se])arating from the posterior keel and enlarging very slowly, only equals the anterior keel on the last half turn; axial riblets and spiral keels low and ill-defined, enclosing irregular pits which are generally squarish on the lower turns; axial ribs definitely protractive. about sixteen on the third remaining whorl and about twenty on the penultimate; tubercles of the 236 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. anterior and posterior keels not varying- greatly in size until the last whorl where those of the posterior keel are nearly double the size of those of the anterior; sutures rather broad, with a very narrow channel at the bottom which is nowhere distinctly crossed by the axial riblets ; tubercles on the summits of the whorls subtruncate, fonning- a narrow, rounded shoul- der most marked on the lower whorls ; peripheral keel overlaid at first by the parietal callus but soon enlarging to equal the anterior keel, its tubercles rather distinctly truncate posteriorly, separated from the preceding keel by a channel almost as wide as the one preceding it, and persisting for several turns in the sutures as a very thin band adnate to the posterior keel; rib- lets from the peripheral keel dipping into, but not crossing the next basal channel ; base moderately rounded, with two nearly smooth, broad, rounded keels beginning at the edge of the parietal callus, nearly parallel throughout, separated by a chan- nel narrower than the keels themselves ; columella stout, revo- lute, covered by a very heavy callus extending over the parie- tal wall and a small portion of the peripheral keel ; aperture ? fractured, anterior canal large, rather vertical than trans- verse. Length, 7.45 mm. ; diameter, 2.40 mm. Type: No. 2150, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., dredged at the Northeast Anchorage, Monserrate Island, Gulf of California, in about two fathoms ; no other specimens found. The species more closely resembles Triphora panamensis (Bartsch) than any other described from this coast, but it is a more robust shell, wider in proportion to its length and with proportionately wider whorls. The lighter color and irregu- lar variegation also distinguish it from that species. The species is named for Mr. Joseph C. Chamberlin, who accompanied the Expedition of 1921 as Assistant in Entomology. 10. Triphora escondidensis Fred Baker, new species Plate 24, figure 11 Shell sinistral, rather slender, elongate-conic, everywhere marked by minute growth lines, shining, very light brown ; nuclear whorls decollated : remaining ix)stnuclear whorls nine, Vol. XV] BAKER— MOLLUSCA 237 separated by moderately channeled sutures, the first four marked by two tuberculate keels divided by a rather broad channel ; a very slender tuberculate, median keel appearing on the fifth turn, lying slightly closer to the posterior than the anterior keel, and attaining the size of the anterior keel on the eighth and succeeding turns; tubercles of the posterior keel slightly larger than those of the other keels after the third turn; axial ribs slightly protractive, the riblets crossing the sutures indistinctly and continuing as far as the first basal keel; axial riblets and spiral keels enclosing moderate pits which are generally squarish; second whorl with about sixteen axial ribs, penultimate with about twenty- four; peripheral keel well developed, tuberculate, about three-fourths as large as the one preceding it; base moderately elongate, marked by two tuberculate basal keels nearly equaling the peripheral one; peripheral and basal keels commencing close together near the parietal callus, separating rather rapidly at first, then slowly to the end of the turn; aperture? outer and basal lips fractured; anterior canal large, rather vertical than transverse; columella stout, revolute, heavily calloused, the callus extending over the parietal wall. Length, 4.50 mm.; diameter, 1.62 mm. Type: No. 2151, Mus. CaHf. Acad. Sci., dredged in Puerto Escondido, Lower California, in three to five fathoms. As this shell somewhat resembles Triphora hemphilli (Bartsch), from the opposite side of the Peninsula of Lower California, it is probable that more material will show it to be only a subspecies of that sj^ecies. 11. Triphora peninsularis (Bartsch) Triphoris peninsularis Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 33, p. 255, pi. 16, fig. 2. Type locality. Point Abreojos, Lower California, Henry Hemphill, coll. A single specimen dredged near the main wharf at La Paz, Lower California, differing somewhat in size, but correspond- ing with Bartsch's figure and very exactly with his description, seems to represent this species, taken by Hemphill on the op- posite side of the Peninsula of Lower California. Tt is too worn for positive diagnosis. 238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Plate 24 Fig. 1. Triphora haitnai, new species; type, No. 2135 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from San Francisco Island, Gulf of California; length, 8.17 mm. ; diameter, 2.43 mm. ; p. 225. Fig. 2. Triphora chambcrlitn, new species; type. No. 2150 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Northeast Anchorage, Monserrate Island, Gulf of California; length, 7.45 mm.; diameter, 2.40 mm.; p. 235. Fig. 3. Triphora johnstoni, new species; type. No. 2145 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia; length, 2.36 mm.; diameter, 1.19 mm.; p. 233. Fig. 4. Triphora joh)istoni, new species; immature paratype, No. 2146 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from same locality; length, 2.36 mm.; diameter, 1.19 mm.; p. 233. Fig. 5. Triphora slcvini, new species; type. No. 2143 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Northeast Anchorage, Monserrate Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia; length, 2.14 mm.; diameter, .955 mm.; p. 231. Fig. 6. Triphora johnstoni pazcnsis, new subspecies; type. No. 2149 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from La Paz, Lower California; length, 2.75 mm.; diameter, 1.40 mm.; p. 235. Fig. 7. Triphora contrerasi, new species; type, No. 2141 (CA.S. Type Coll.) from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia; length, 8.00 mm.; diameter, 2.13 mm.; p. 230. Fig. 8. Triphora vanduseei, new species; type. No. 2139 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia; length, 5.10 mm.; diameter, 1.80 mm.; p. 228. Fig. 9. Triphora cvcrmanni, new species; type, No. 2137 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, Gulf of Cali- fornia; length, 2.77 mm.; diameter, 1.20 mm.; p. 227. Fig. 10. Triphora ourni, new species; type, No. 2144 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Puerto Escondido, Lower California; length, 4.55 mm.; diameter, 1.69 mm.; p. 232. Fig. 11. Triphora cscondidcnsis, new species; type. No. 2152 (C.A.S. Type Coll.) from Puerto Escondido, Lower California; length, 4.50 mm.; diameter, 1.62 mm.; p. 236. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 6 [FRED BAKER] Plate 24 PROCEEX>INGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 7, pp. 241-255, 1 text figure, plate 25 April 26, 1926 VII EXPEDITION TO GUADALUPE ISLAND, MEXICO, IN 1922— No. 4^ MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF THE PLEISTOCENE OF SAN QUINTIN BAY, LOWER CALIFORNIA BY ERIC KNIGHT JORDAN Assistant Curator, Department of Paleontology A large Pleistocene fauna from northern Lower California, at a considerable distance to the south of the well-known de- posits of San Pedro and San Diego, is of interest inasmuch as it forms a step in the southward extension of our knowledge of the Tertiary and Quaternary of the west coast. In the fol- lowing paper it is intended to present a list, as complete as possible, of the known Mollusca of the marine Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, together with a discussion of the strati- graphic relations of the assemblage. Four new species are described. The material which forms the basis of this report was se- cured by Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of Paleontology in the California Academy of Sciences, as a member of the 1922 ex- pedition to Guadalupe Island. Four days were spent by him * The preceding numbers of this series are: No. 1. General Report, by G. Dallas Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, pp. 217-275. No. 2. Birds and Mammals, by A. W. Anthony, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 13, 1925, pp. 277-320. No. 3. The Coleoptera, by Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 14, 1925, pp. 321-343. April 26, 1926 242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [P«oc. 4th Ser. in collecting. The locality has since been briefly visited by the writer, but the list of species is founded solely on the collection made by Dr. Hanna. The writer is greatly indebted to Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, of Stanford University, for aid in the identification of species, and to Dr. J. P. Smith, Professor of Paleontology in that in- stitution, for free access to the University's collections and library. Acknowledgment is due to Dr. Hanna for the col- lection of the material, for preparation of the figures, and for other assistance. Finally, the writer wishes to thank Mr. Leo G. Hertlein, of the Department of Paleontology, California Academy of Sciences, for helpful criticism of the manuscript. San Quintin Bay is a shallow and tortuous inlet on the west coast of Lower California about 150 miles south of San Diego. It is surrounded by level plains, elevated but a few feet above the sea, and extending for several miles inland to the foot of the mountains. It is protected from the ocean on the west side by a chain of low hills. The geology of the immediate vicinity of the bay has been briefly outlined by Hanna^ in the general report on the expedition to Guadalupe Island. The following statements are quoted from his account : 'T found it profitable to visit some low cliffs, not over 20 feet high, on the east side of the bay and just south of the village. Here I succeeded in getting a very large collection of fossil shells consisting of several thousand specimens. "The geology in the vicinity of San Quintin is comparatively simple. In late Pleistocene the present bay was a broad inden- tation of the sea and ocean-living species were very abundant. Subsequent elevation raised the bottom on the east side in a broad fold. The preservation of the fossil shells is excellent, many of them retaining some of the original coloration. How far back toward the foothills this emba}anent extended cannot be detennined but probably it went to the first terrace, the be- ginning of a long series of rolling hills or mesa. This terrace is said also to contain fossils, but none were secured. It is prob- ably much older than the outcrops on the bay. The mountain- ous country to the east of this terrace is metamorphic, the age not having been determined. ^'Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser.. Vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, pp. 246-247. Vol. XVI JORDAN— MOLLUSCAN FAUNA 243 "On the west side of the bay there is a chain of low volcanic cones not over 300 feet high. Lava has spread outward from these as far as the bay shore, and on top of a broad shelf of this there are other Pleistocene marine sediments, but with a different set of fossils. Among those collected were some huge Schizotherous clams, fully eight inches long." The only discussion of the paleontology of these deposits, previous to this, is found in a report by DalP on collections made at San Quintin Bay by C. R. Orcutt. The species recog- nized were listed, several new species were described, and brief notes were included by Orcutt on geologic and other conditions at San Quintin. While the number of species listed was rela- tively small, some were noted by Dall that are not recognized in the present collection ; these, however, are added to the fol- lowing list for the sake of completeness. With one exception, the species obtained by Hanna were taken from a series of low cliffs of soft, fossiliferous sand on the east shore of the bay immediately to the south of the vil- lage of San Quintin (Loc. 910, Calif. Acad. Sci. coll.). The specimens of Schizothcenis nuttallii were found at Loc. 929 (C.A.S. coll.), on the west side of the bay, directly opposite the village. Those species recorded by Dall, but not recognized in the present collection are included in the list in brackets. They were apparently taken from several points about the bay, but as all the collecting; stations are very close together, and as all belong without question to one horizon, the exact localities are not here differentiated in the listing of species. The list, while large and as con:plete as can be made with the material at hand, is known not entirely to exhaust the fauna, for in the collection there are a number of species that can not be posi- tively identified, and doubtless more extensive work about the bay would discover a few more fonns not yet noted. Mere generic determinations of fragmentary material are omitted from the list. In addition to the Mollusca the deposits contain a few species of Bryozoa, Echinodermata, and Crustacea; also Foraminifera of many species which have not as yet been identified. 'West American Scientist, Vol. 19. 1921, pp. 17-24. 244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. List of Species of Mollusca from the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, L. C. Pelecvpoda Nucula exlgua Sowerby Leda acuta Conrad [Lcda oxia Dall] Leda penderi Dall Leda taphria Dall [Glycymeris corteziana Dall] [Glycymeris multicostata Sowerby] Area multicostata Sowerby Ostrea hirida Carpenter [Ostrea megodon Hanley] Pecten cataractes Dall Pecten circularis Sowerby Pecten latiauritus Conrad Hinnites giganteus Gray [Lima defuse ens Conrad] Anomia peruviana Orbigny Pododesmus macroschisma Deshayes Mytihis calif ornianus Conrad Modiolus modiolus Linnaeus Modiolus rectus Conrad Periplonm planiuscula Sowerby Periploma sulcata Dall [Thracia quentinensis Dall] [Cyathodonta dubiosa Dall] Pandora punctata Conrad Lyonsia calif ornica Conrad Crassinella branneri Arnold Cardita subquadrata Carpenter Chama buddiana C. B. Adams Chama pellucida Sowerby Diplodonta subquadrata Carpenter [Phacoides annulatus Reeve] Phacoides approximatus Dall Phacoides calif amicus Conrad Phacoides nuttallii Conrad Phacoides richthofeni Gabb [Kellia laperousii Deshayes] Aligena cerritensis Arnold Rochefortia tumida Carpenter [Lascra rubra Montagu] Cardium biangulatum Sowerby Cardium procerum Sowerby Cardium quadrigenarium Conrad Cardium substriatum Conrad Dosinia ponderosa Gray Tivela stultorum Mawe [Transcnella tantilla Gould] Amiantis callosa Conrad [Macrocallista aurantiaca Sowerby] Pitaria newcombiana Gabb Saxidomus nuttallii Conrad Chionc succincta Valenciennes Paphia staminea Conrad Paphia staminea laciniata Carpenter Paphia tenerrima Carpenter Pscphidia cymata Dall [Cooperella subdiaphana Carpenter] Tellina bodegensis Hinds Tellina buttoni Dall Tellina carpentcri Dall [Tellina id(e Dall] Metis alta Conrad [Macoma acolasta Dall] Macoma indcntata Carpenter Macoma nasuta Conrad Macoma secta Conrad Macoma yoldiformis Carpenter Semele decisa Conrad Semele pulchra Sowerby [Semele quentinensis Dall] Semele rubropicta Dall Cumingia densilineata Dall Donax calif ornica Conrad [Donax gouldii Dall] Sanguinolaria orcutti Dall Heterodonax binujculata Linnaeus Tagclus subteres Conrad Solen rosaceus Carpenter Solen sicarius Gould [Siliqua lucida Conrad] Mactra californica Conrad Mantra dolabriformis Conrad [Spisula camaronis Dall] [Spisula catilliformis Conrad] [Spisula longa Dall] Vol. XV] JORDAN— MOLLUSCAN FAUNA 245 Spisula planulata Conrad Schizotharus nuttallii Conrad Cryptoviya calif ornica Conrad [Cryptomya magna Dall] Corbula hiteola Carpenter Panopc generosa Gould Saxicava arctica Linnaeus [Zirfcea gabbi Try on] Dentalium neohcxago)inm Pilsbry & Sharp Den talium semipolitu m SCAPHOPODA Broderip & Sowerby Cadulus tohnei Dall Gastropoda Acteon punctococlata Carpenter Acteon traski Stearns Actcocina carinata Carpenter Actcocina culcitella Gould Cylichnella diegensis Dall Bullaria gotildiava Pilsbry Melampus oUvaceus Carpenter Tcrcbra pedroana Dall Terebra pedroana phillippiana Dall Conns californicus Hinds Cryptoconus trempcrianus Dall Elceocyma arbela Dall Elceocyma hemphilli Stearns [Clathrodriliia halcyonis Dall] Clathrodrillia incisa ophioderma Dall Pseudomelatonva moesta Carpenter MangUia arteaga roperi Dall Mangilia barbareiisis Oldroyd CytharcUa branneri Arnold Cytfiarelh densilineata Dall [CytharcUa quentenensis Dall] Olivella biplicata Sowerby OlivcUa boctica Carpenter Olivella pedroana Conrad Olivella portcri Dall Marginclla calif ornica Tomlin Marginella jeivettii Carpenter Marginclla oldroydce Jordan, n. sp. Marginella regitlaris Carpenter Cyprccolina pyriformis Carpenter Strigatella catalince Dall Mitromorpha aspera Carpenter Mitromorpha filosa Carpenter Kcllcttia kellettii Forbes Marcron athiops Reeve Alectrion calif orniana Conrad Alectrion ccrrifensis Arnold Alectrion cooperi Forbes Alectrion fossata Gould Alectrion mendica Gould Alectrion pcrpingiiis Hinds Alectrion tegula Reeve Coliimbella gausapata Gould ColiimbcUa tnberosa Carpenter Amphissa versicolor Dall Murex festivus Hinds [Murex gemma Sowerby] Purpura nuttallii Conrad Tritonalia foveolata Hinds Tritonalia inter fossa Carpenter Tritonalia hirida munda Carpenter Tritonalia poulsoni Carpenter {Tritonalia squamulifera Carpenter] [Acanthina lugubris Sowerby] Forreria belcheri Hinds Epitonium acrostcphanum Dall Epitonium fallaciosum- Dall Epitonium tinctum Carpenter Melon el I a berry i Bartsch Melanclla draconis Bartsch Melanclla lastra Bartsch Mclanella lolcta Jordan, n. sp. Melanclla micans Carpenter Melanclla oldroydi Bartsch Melanclla rutila Carpenter Melanclla thersites Carpenter Turbonilla (Turbonilla) gilli Dall & Bartsch 246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Turbonilla (StrioturhoniUa) asser Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (StrioturhoniUa) attrita Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) stylina Carpenter Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) gloriosa Bartsch Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) gouldi Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) alma Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) antestriata Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) hertleini Jordan, n. sp. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) tenuicula Gould Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) vexativa Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (Mormula) catalinensis Dall & Bartsch Turbonilla (Bartschella) laminata Carpenter Odostomia (Chrysallida) dallasi Jordan, n. sp. Odostomia (Ividella) navisa del- montensis Dall & Bartsch. Odostomia (Ividella) pcdroana Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (lolcea) eucosmia Dall & Bartsch Odostomia (Evalea) minutissima Dall & Bartsch [Trivia calif orniana Gray] Erato columbella Menke Bursa calif ornica Hinds {Cymatium vestitum Hinds] Triphora catalinensis Bartsch Triphora pedroana Bartsch Triphora stearnsi Bartsch Cerithiopsis alcima Bartsch Cerithiopsis antefilosa Bartsch Cerithiopsis diegensis Bartsch Cerithiopsis grippi Bartsch Cerithiopsis halia Bartsch Cerithiopsis montereyensis Bartsch Seila montereyensis Bartsch Bittium interfossa Carpenter Bittium rugatum Carpenter Cerithidca calif ornica Haldeman Ccecum calif ornicum Dall Ccecutn dalli Bartsch Micranellum crebricinctum Carpenter Micranellum pedro'ense Bartsch Fartulum bakeri Bartsch Fartulum hemphilli Bartsch Fartulum occidentale Bartsch Aletcs squamigcnis Carpenter Vermiculum anellum Morch Petaloconchus complicatus Dall [Turritclla coo peri Carpenter] Turritclla jcivctti Carpenter Turritellopsis acicula stimpsoni Dall Tachyrhynchus lacteolus snbplana- tus Carpenter Littorina scutulata Gould Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter Alaba catalinensis Bartsch Alaba jcancttce Bartsch Barlecia bentlcyi, Bartsch Barleeia dalli Bartsch Alvania cequisculpta Keep Alvania pcdroana Bartsch Alvania purpurea Dall Truncatella calif ornica Pfeiffer Truncatella stimpsoni Stearns Syncera transluccns Carpenter Hipponix tumens Carpenter Crepidula excavata Broderip Crepidula lessoni Broderip Crepidula lingulata Gould Crepidula nummaria Gould Crucibulum spinosum Sowerby Polinices lewisii Gould Poliniccs recluziana Deshayes Phasianclla compta Gould Phasianclla pulloides Carpenter Phasianclla substriata Carpenter Phasianclla typica Dall Astrcea undosa Wood Leptothyra carpenteri Pilsbry Leptothyra paucicostata Dall Norrisia norrisii Sowerby Tegula aurcotincta Forbes Vol. XV] JORDAN— MOLLUSCAN FAUNA 247 Tegula gallina Forbes [Turcica caffea Gabb] Tegula ligulata Menke Vitrinella eshnauri Bartsch [Tegula regina Stearns] Vitrinella stearnsi Bartsch Calliostoma canaliculatiim Martyn Cyclostremella calif ornica Bartsch Calliostoma gloriosum Dall Megatebcnnus bimaculatus Dall [Calliostoma lima Philippi] Diadora aspera Eschscholtz Calliostoma tricolor Gabb Amphineura Callistochiton dccoratus Carpenter Callistochiton palmiilatus mirabilis Pilsbry The composition of the above fauna indicates that it is of upper Pleistocene age. It cannot be lower Pleistocene or upper Pliocene as suggested by Dall.* Of the 255 species in the list, only 13, or about 5 per cent, are not known to be living today. Several of these are closely allied to recent fonns, and our knowledge of the present day fauna of Lower California is not sufficiently complete to assume that a few others will not eventually be found in the living state. While the assemblage is essentially similar to the recent fauna of southern California and of Lower California north of Cedros Island, there are in the list a number of characteristically tropical types that do not now live in the waters about San Quintin, but are found living only in considerably warmer regions. Such species as Glycyrneris multicostata Sby. ; Ostrea megodon Hani. ; Pecten cataractes Dall ; Cardium proceriim Sby. ; Macrocallista auran- tiaca Sby.; Macron cethiops Rve. ; Cymatiiiui vestituni Hds., and certain of the smaller gastropods are true residents of the Gulf of California, and of Lower California to the south of Cedros Island. Their appearance in the fauna indicates that the climate during the time of deposition of the beds at San Quintin was notably warmer than it is at present in the region. It has been proved by Arnold,^ and again brought out by J. P. Smith," that, on the basis of contrasting faunas depen- dent upon climatic changes, two distinct horizons may be rec- ognized in the Pleistocene of San Pedro. The older, known as the Lower San Pedro, contains a coldwater fauna, of which •West American Scientist, Vol. 19, 1921, pp. 17 and 21. » Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 3, 1903, pp. 20 and 29. •Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 9, No. 4. 1919, pp. 136-137. 248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. many species now live only to the north of that district. The younger, or Upper San Pedro, contains a subtropical fauna, of which many species are today confined to the coast of Lower California, and to the Gulf. During the lower Pleistocene, then, as likewise in the uppermost Pliocene,^ the climate of western North America was distinctly cooler than it is at present, while later in the Pleistocene it became wamier than today. The deposits at San Quintin, containing a fauna with sev- eral warmwater elements in a latitude where quite such a fauna no longer exists, are, therefore, to be placed in the Upper Pleistocene, as an approximate though more southern equiva- lent of the Upper San Pedro. In addition to the evidence de- duced from climatic relations, there remains in support of such correlation the fact that, with a few exceptions, the species occurring at San Quintin are also common to the Upper San Pedro, and far fewer of them are found in older formations. 1. Cumingia densilineata Dall Plate XXV, figures 1, 3, 5 Cumingia densilineata Dall, West American Scientist, Vol. 19, 1921, p. 22; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 66, 1925, p. 15, pi. 8, fig. 5 ; pi. 11, fig. 2. The original description is as follows : "Shell subtriangular, equivalve, nearly equilateral, intiated, rounded in front, acutely rostrate behind ; beaks inconspicuous, nearly central ; surface regularly closely concentrically, min- utely lamellose, the wider interspaces faintly radially striated ; hinge normal, well developed ; pallial sinus deep, low, almost entirely coalescent with the pallial line below; length. 29; height, 20 ; diameter, 1 2 mm. "This differs from all the figured s^jecies, and especially the Californian recent species, by its close and regular sculpture and the straightness with which the upper and lower margins converge toward the posterior end." The species was described from the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay. 'See Arnold, loc. cit., p. 16; Smith, loc. cit., p. 151. Vol. XV] JORDAN— MOLLUSCAN FAUNA 249 There are nine specimens in the collection agreeing with the above description, and differing from the living Cumingia lamellosa Sowerby in the characters enumerated by Dall. These also have a thinner and more delicate shell than any other specimens examined of the recent species. Fig. 1. Sangiiinolaria orcutti Dall; dorsal view. 2. Sanguinolaria orcutti Dall Text figure 1 Sanguinolaria (NuttaUia) orcutti Dall, West American Scien- tist, Vol. 19, 1921, p. 17; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 66. 1925, p. 26, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2. The original description is as follows : "Shell large, thin, inequivalve. inequilateral, externally smooth except for incremental lines; left valve inflated, the 250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. LlOlOl right valve flattish ; hinge formula t^ ^ . ^ ^ ^ ; ligament long and strong on prominent nymphs; anterior adductor scar elongate, narrow; posterior scar reniform, large; pallial sinus subtriangular, reaching slightly in front of the vertical from the beaks, almost wholly coalescent with the pallial line below ; valve margins thin, smooth, the valves slightly patulous be- hind. Length of shell, 130; height, 95 ; diameter of left valve, 22; of right valve, 13; beaks behind the anterior end, 47 mm. "This shell is undoubtedly the ancestor of the much smaller 5". nuttallii Conrad, which, except in size and minor details of hinge, outline and pallial sinus, it closely resembles. The an- terior cardinal in the fossil is very feeble, in the recent species it has vanished altogether." The species was described from the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay. This large clam is exceedingly abundant throughout the deposit. Young examples can hardly be discriminated from 6". nuttallii, but the living species never approaches the fossil in size. 3. Marginella oldroydae E. K. Jordan, new species Plate XXV, figure 7 Shell minute, smooth and polished, evenly egg-shaped, not pyriform, the greatest width only slightly posterior to the middle ; spire of about two and one-half whorls, low and broad, but evident and not covered by enamel ; nucleus very small ; suture appressed, not distinct ; outer lip evenly rounded, not flattened, slightly thickened in the middle, internally smooth ; inner lip with five rather sharp plaits including that at edge of pillar, these regularly decreasing in size posteriorly. Length, 3.21 mm. ; maximum width, 2.00 mm. Type: No. 1846, paratypes Nos. 1847 and 1848, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California, Pleistocene; G. D. Hanna, collector. This Vol. XV] JORDAN— MOLLUSCAN FAUNA 251 little shell is not identical with any of the figured MarginellidcB from western America, and apparently cannot be identified with any of the species recently described, without illustra- tion, by Dall. The evenly egg-shaped form, the low but un- covered spire, and the presence of five plaits on the inner lip are distinguishing characters. The species is named in honor of Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, to to whom the writer is much indebted. 4. Melanella loleta E. K. Jordan, new species Plate XXV, figure 6 Shell small, rather broadly conic, smooth, brilliantly pol- ished ; spire of about eight, slightly inflated and rounded post- nuclear whorls that enlarge rapidly anteriorly ; sutures slightly impressed; periphery of last whorl moderately inflated, smoothly rounded ; base very short, rounded ; aperture broadly ovate; outer lip thick but sharp-edged, shallowly sinuate close to junction with preceding whorl, slightly protracted just an- terior to periphery, and again slightly retracted at junction with basal lip; junction of basal and inner lips slightly pro- tracted ; inner lip short, nearly straight, strongly reflected and appressed to the base posteriorly ; parietal wall covered by a rather thin callus. Length, 3.69 mm.; width, 1.77 mm. Type: No. 1849, paratypcs Nos. 1850 and 1851, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California, Pleistocene ; G. D. Hanna, collector. Another specimen was also examined from the same locality. The more broadly conic form, slightly inflated whorls, and shorter base of this species distinguish it from other west American Melanellas. In outline it recalls certain species of Sabinella Monterosato, but the inner lip is not of the character common to the latter genus. 25? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 5. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) hertleini E. K. Jordan, new species Plate XXV, figure 2 Shell elongate conic ; fairly thick and solid ; nuclear whorls and all but last nine-and-one-half post-nuclear whorls decol- lated ; remaining- post-nuclear whorls flattened in the middle, forming a straight-sided spire ; sutures moderately constricted, rather sharply marked ; axial ribs 20 on the last whorl, strong, slightly protractively slanting, regular, well rounded, and nearly equal to the intercostal spaces in width ; intercostal spaces well marked, crossed by about 13 unequal and unequally spaced incised spiral grooves, of which the second, fifth, and eighth are much the strongest, forming deep squarish pits, and the first, and the tenth to thirteenth are the weakest ; periphery of last whorl well rounded, crossed by feeble continuations of the axial ribs which evanesce before they reach the middle of the base, and marked by a spiral row of deep squarish pits, that, however, do not quite appear on the anterior portion of the whorls of the spire ; bottoms of peripheral pits very deli- cately spirally striate ; base rather short, well rounded, sculi> tured by continuations of the axial ribs, and by seven subequal and subequally spaced lightly impressed spiral lines, the first of which is considerably anterior to the peripheral row of pits ; aperture broadly oval ; outer lip thick, not showing the exter- nal sculpture within, broken in type specimen ; inner lip with a feeble oblique fold a little anterior to its intersection ; parietal wall covered by a thin callus. Length, 6.40 mm. ; width, 1.74 mm. Type: No. 1852, paratypes Nos. 1853, 1854, and 1855, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California, Pleistocene ; G. D. Hanna, collector. Nine other specimens were also examined from the same locality. TurhoniUa\ hertleini is closely related to a number of previ- ously described forms, but minor details of sculpture, constant in all the specimens examined, differentiate it. This species is named for Mr. Leo G. Hertlein, whose work has contributed greatly to knowledge of the paleontology of Lower California. Vol. XV] JORDAN— MOLLUSC AN FAUNA 253 6. Odostomia (Chrysallida) dallasi E. K. Jordan, new species Plate XXV, fi&iire 4 Shell elongate ovate, fairly solid ; nuclear whorls of moder- ate size, obliquely immersed in the first of the succeeding turns ; post-nuclear whorls six, rather flat, considerably contracted at the sutures and narrowly shouldered at the summit, crossed by retractive axial ribs, of which 20 occur on the penultimate turn; spiral sculpture of four sharp keels, about equal to the axial ribs in strength, and rendering them strongly nodulous at their intersection ; axial ribs and spiral keels enclosing deep, nearly round pits ; periphery of last whorl marked by a groove equal in strength to those separating the spiral keels between the sutures, and crossed by continuations of the axial ribs which terminate at the posterior edge of the first basal cord and render it slightly nodulous; base of last whorl well rounded, marked by six or seven unequal and unequally spaced spiral cords, of which the first, second, and fourth are the strongest ; the third is very weak, or practically obsolete, leav- ing a broad, flat channel between the second and fourth, and the cords anterior to the fourth rapidly decrease in strength toward the umbilical area; spaces between the basal cords crossed by numerous slender axial threads; aperture oval; outer lip showing the external sculpture within ; columella de- cidedly reflected anteriorly, provided with a strong fold at its intersection. Length, 3.72 mm.; width, 1.67 mm. Type: No. 1856, paratypesi Nos. 1857, 1858, 1859, and 1860, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California, Pleistocene; G. D. Hanna, collector. Nine other specimens were examined from the same locality. Odostomia dallasi is close to O. nodosa Carpenter, and to several other related si^ecies, but it is distinguished by the sculpture of the base, which is constant in all of the specimens examined, and which is different from that of any previously described form. ^^^ Named for Dr. G. Dallas Hanna. X^^^'^'W^ 4 [zc 1 L i S •:>» ''■: ^. ^ ! 254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Paoc. 4th Ser. Plate 25 Fig. 1. Cumingia densilineata Dall; length 23.0 mm.; plesiotype, right valve, No. 1845, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California. Pleistocene. Fig. 2. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) hertleini E. K. Jordan, new species ; length 6.40 mm.; type, No. 1852, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California. Pleisto- cene. Fig. 3. Cumingia densilineata Dall ; plesiotype, left valve, same specimen as fig. 1. Fig. 4. Odostomia (ChrysaUida) dallasi E. K. Jordan, new species; length Z.72 mm.; type. No. 1856, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California. Pleisto-^ cene. Fig. 5. Cumingia densilineata Dall ; plesiotype, right valve, same speci- men as Fig. 1. Fig. 6. Melanella loleta E. K. Jordan, new species ; length 3.69 mm. ; type. No. 1849, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California. Pleistocene. Fig. 7. Marginella oldroydce E. K. Jordan, new species; length 3.21 mm.; type, No. 1846, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 910 (C.A.S. coll.), San Quintin Bay, Lower California. Pleistocene. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI.. 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 7 [JORDAN] Plate 25 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 8, pp. 257-261, plate 26 ^S\CX>X April 26, 1926 VIII NEW SHARKS FROM THE TEMBLOR GROUP IN KERN COUNTY, CALIFORNIA COLLECTED BY CHARLES MORRICE BY DAVID STARR JORDAN The two new species of shark teeth described herein are represented by specimens in the CaHfomia Academy of Sciences, and were collected at Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California, by the veteran collector of fossils from that county, Mr. Charles Morrice of the Pacific Oil Company. Shark Tooth Hill lies on the north side of Kern River, about six miles from Bakersfield.^ It is a noted locality for sharks' teeth, as is also the Barker Ranch about two miles farther up on the south side of Kern River. Poso Creek (called Ocoya Creek by Agassiz) flows parallel to Kern River and is about 12 miles farther north. These Kern River deposits belong to the Temblor formation of lower Miocene age, here composed largely of decayed granite brought down from the high Sierra and carried to the sea in early times by Kern River and other streams. ' For a general statement concerning the occurrences of fossils on Shark Tooth Hill, see Hanna, Science, U. S., Vol. 61, No. 1568, Jan. 16, 1925, pp. 71-72. April 26. 1926 258 CALIFORSIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Paoc. 4th Sr.R. 1. Carcharodon tembloris Jordan, new species Plate 26, figures 1, 3 The tooth in question is one of the largest ever found; it is rather narrowly triangular, with a somewhat thickened con- cave base. Its slant height, with the base, is 4 2/3 inches ; without the base it is 3^ inches. The vertical height, with the base is 4^ inches, or 3 1/3 inches above the base. The posterior face is mildly concave, the tip incurved, the outer face convex. There is no trace of a lobe at base; both edges to the tip are provided with rather large, even, somewhat bluntish, serrae, 121 in number, the pair at the tip somewhat enlarged, those towards the base smaller than the others ; width of base a little less than height including base; width of crown at base considerably more than height of crown; no suggestion of a median ridge, the middle on the Hat or inner side being somewhat concave. Type: No. 1843, pamtype No. 1866, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Log. 905 (C.A.S. coll.), Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California; Miocene, Temblor formation; Charles Morrice collector. From the type of Carcharodon hranncri, described by me in 1907- from Bolinas Bay, this species differs in its larger size, and more numerous and much stronger serrations. It is ap- parently identical with the fragment from Santa Ana, figured with the other on page 117. It seems closer to the rather narrow form described by Jordan & Hannibal, Carcharodon leviathan, in 1924'^ from the Pleistocene of Lomita. It is, however, broader than the latter, with more and larger serrations. Teeth of this type, the largest of all fishes (the single living species being known as the Great White Shark or Man- Eater), are abundant in southern California, as well as in Miocene deposits from Maryland to Florida, and also in Europe. Several different forms of Carcharodon teeth have been described as representing different species, although one can- ^Univ. Cal. Pub. Geo!., Vol. S. 1907, p. 116. fig. 16. » Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., Vol. 22, pt. 2, 1923, p. 5S. pi. 7, pi. 8. Vol. XV] JORDAN— NEW SHARKS £59 not be sure that some of them are not based on immature teeth or teeth from other parts of the mouth. These different forms, however, correspond fairly closely to different divisions of Miocene time. The species are also divisible into two groups differing in size of the tooth, those of large size having a much greater number of serrations. It is notable that one species with large teeth and another with smaller ones have been found in each of the principal subdivisions of the Cali- fornia Tertiary which are accessible for study. After the above was written, Stanford University received from Mr. L. M. Clark, a student in Geology, a very large tooth of Car char odon temhloris from the Temblor formation of the Miocene at El Toro, in Orange County, California. This tooth is very much like the type. The serrations are fine, even and close-set, about 150 on the convex t(\gt, about 130 on the concave. Median height of crown. 3^^ inches; of entire tooth, 5 inches ; slant height of crown, 4J/^ inches ; slant height of whole tooth, 5^ inches. This specimen represents a shark which was, in life, not less than 120 feet in length and therefore one of the very largest of all fishes. 2. Carcharodon morricei Jordan, new species Plate 26, figure 2 In the Miocene deposits of Shark Tooth Hill, occurs an- other species of Carcharodon, distinct from all others known, unless these relatively small species of the different periods of the Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleistocene, are all regarded as variants of Carcharodon arnoldi. The type of Carcharodon morricei is a tooth of moderate size, the crown \y2 inches high, the total height 2 2/5 inches, the slant height of crown 1^ inches, of the whole tooth lYz inches, its form rather narrowly triangular, the height of the crown greater than its width at base which is 1 2/5 inches. The thick base of the tooth is scarcelv lunate, a feature in 250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. which these smaller forms of Carcharodon differ from the species of larger size. Serrations about 50, thick and blunt, the somewhat exscrted tip of the tooth without serrations, a distinctive character. Front and back of the tooth with low ridges (not shown in smaller specimens). Besides the type, three other examples, all much worn, were obtained, all smaller than the type. Two of these are broader, not at all ridged ; in one of these the serrations are rather sharper than in the type. A fourth example only an inch high has the serrations still sharper and the base of the crown more widely extended at base. The most striking characters of the species lie in the rather large size of the serrations and scarcely lunate base of the tooth. Type: No. 1861, paratypes Nos. 1867, 1868, 1869, and 1870, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 905 (C.A.S. coll.). Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California; Miocene, Temblor formation ; Charles Morrice, collector. This species is close to Carcharodon anioldi of the Cali- fornia Pliocene and to C. riversi of the same horizon. These two are probably identical. Probably all the Miocene specimens identified as Carcha- rodon belong to C. morricei, which occurs lower down in the Tertiary series than does C. arnoldi. The species is named for Mr. Charles Morrice of Bakers- field, a tireless collector and discoverer of the type specimens of both C. tenibloris and of C. morricei. Each of the periods of the later Tertiary represented in southern California has a giant Carcharodon and one of moderate size, besides Carcharocles rectus, which is known by the presence of a basal denticle. The following is a list of the supposed species: Carcharodon leviathan \ t-.i ■ . * t -^ _ , , , ,, . > Pleistocene of Lomita Carcharodon purplet J Carcharodon branneri Pliocene of BoHnas Carcharodon arnoldi (riversi) Pliocene of Bolinas Carcharodon tembloris ] ... t tj- r- ^ ^ , . . . } Miocene of Kern County Carcharodon morricei PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 8 JORDAN] Plate 26 Plate 26 Fig. 1. Carcliarodon tewbloris Jordan, new species; three-fourths natural size; paratype, immature example, No. 1866, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 905 (C.A.S. coll.). Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California; Miocene, Temblor formation; Charles Morrice, collector. Fig. 2. Carclujrodon niorricci Jordan, new species; three-fourths natural size; type, No. 1861, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 905 (C.A.S. coll.). Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California; Miocene, Temblor formation; Charles Morrice, collector. Fig. ?>. Ciircluirodon fcvibloris Jordan, new species; three-fourths natural size: type, No. 1843, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 905 (C.A.S. coll.). Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California; Miocene, Temblor formation; Charles Morrice, collector. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 9, pp. 263-268 April 26, 1926 IX THE RELATION OF FORAMINIFERA TO THE ORIGIN OF CALIFORNIA PETROLEUM* BY THOMAS F. STIPP Diatomaceae are generally regarded by geologists as being the source of most of the petroleum of California. In 1867. J. D. Whitney, in a paper read before the California Academy of Sciences, called attention to the organic origin of the oil of the Pacific coast. The following is quoted from his paper : "In conclusion, it may be remarked that the marine infusorial rocks of the Pacific Coast, and especially of California, are of great extent and importance. They occur in the Coast Ranges, from Clear Lake to Los Angeles. They are of no little economical, as well as scientific interest; since, as I conceive, the existence of bituminous materials in this state, in all their forms, from the most liquid to the most dense, is due to the presence of infusoria — the proofs of which statement I will, at some future time, endeavor to set before the Academy."^ Diatomace?e at that time were classed with the Infusoria, their distinction not then being clear, but it is evident from the context of the article that Wliitney referred to the Diatomaccie as being the source of the petroleuuL Whitney's paper is * Read before the Meeting of the Pacific Section of the American .\ssociation of IVtrokuin Geologists, Nov. 19, 192.S, San Francisco, Calif. ' Whitney, J. I).- — On the Fresh Water Infusorial Deposits of tlie Pacific Coast, anrl their connection with the Volcanic Rocks," Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, \ol. 1, !854-1868, page 324. April 26, 1026 264 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. especially interesting as being perhaps the first published ac- count of the organic origin of the oil of California. The diatom-theory is now accepted by many geologists; several writers on California geology have, however, indi- cated their belief that Foraminifera have contributed to the origin of the oil. Many of the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata of California are rich in fossil Foraminifera, and their close connection in some cases with diatomaceous strata, and their proximity to producing oil fields have led geologists to the above natural conclusion. Recent study and experiments conducted upon Foramini- fera tend to show that they have contributed less to the origin of oil than has been believed. Arnold & Anderson, discussing the origin of the petroleum of California, stated the following in their bulletin on the Coalinga District : "The oils of the Coalinga district are believed to have been derived from two different sources, namely, the organic shales forming the upper- most member of the Chico (Upper Cretaceous) and those described as the upper portion of the Tejon (Eocene). It it believed that the oil originated from the organic matter, both vegetable and animal, once con- tained in these beds. The shales are composed in large part of the tests of foraminifera and diatoms, and a smaller number of other organisms, in such abundance as fully to warrant the assumption that the animal and vegetable material that must have been contained in them when deposited was adequate for furnishing a quantity of hydrocarbons and other com- pounds more than equivalent to the quantity of petroleum found in this field."2 Anderson & Pack, referring to the origin of oil in the foot- hill region north of Coalinga, indicated clearly their belief that Foraminifera contributed to the origin of the oil, although they considered the Diatomacese of most importance. Quoting from their writing: "The oil-bearing zones of this region are the two diatomaceous and foraminiferal shale formations — the Moreno (Upper Cretaceous) and the Kreyenhagen (Oligocene?) and the sandy beds lying immediately above them. This fact points significantly to the two formations as the sources of the oil, and the writers firmly believe that the petroleum was derived ' Arnold, Ralph, and Anderson, Robert. Geology and Oil Resources of the Coalinga District, California; U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 398, page 188, 1910. Vol. XV] STIPP—FORAMINIFERA AND CALIFORNIA PETROLEUM 265 from the organic matter once contained in the myriad shells of minute organisms of which these formations are largely composed."^ It is further stated : "It cannot be said whether both the diatoms and the foraminifera or only one of these types of organisms furnished the organic matter from which the oil was produced, or which was the more important, but it seems probable that both contributed, with the possible addition of ingredients from still other organisms. Owing to the fact that the organic substance of plants is less readily decomposed than animal matter and would there- fore be more certain to persist within the deposit until well buried and sealed, the diatoms are believed to have been the greatest contributors."* Pack writes of the origin of the oil of the Sunset- Mid way Field as follows : "The chief reservoirs of petroleum in the Sunset-Midway District are the feebly consolidated sandy beds of the McKittrick group, but the petroleum is believed to have originated not in these beds, but in the fine- grained beds of organic origin that make up so large a part of the Mari- copa shale and of the upper portion of the Vaqueros formation in certain parts of the region. These fine-grained beds are chiefly the so-called diatomaceous shales, which are composed in large part of the remains of minute plants and animals — diatoms and foraminifera — and it is from the decomposition and alteration of these organisms that the petroleum now found in the Sunset-Midway field results. In parts of the region the organic material contained originally in the fine-grained beds appears to be not so much the remains of diatoms as of larger terrestrial vegetation, and it is probable that part of the petroleum has been formed by the alteration of this coarser vegetal material. But in any case it seems clear that the ultimate source of the petroleum is the organic material originally contained in these beds."^ Vander Leek writes : "The diatoms and foraminifera lived at the surface of warm inland seas, such as were present in what is now the great valley and coast regions of California, during the various geological ages from the Cre- taceous to the present. These organisms dying, dropped to the bottom of the sea and together with other plant and animal matter formed an ooze or organic mud. Then, due to low temperature and absence of oxygen » Anderson, Robert and Pack, Robert W. Geology and Oil Resources of the West Border of the San Joaquin Valley North of Coalinga, California; U. S. Geological Survey, Bulletin 603, page 194, 1915. * Op. cit. p. 199. 'Pack, R. VV., The Sunset-Midway Oil Fit-Id of California, U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 116, page 70, 1920. 256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. in quantities, a very slow decomposition, or putrification of the organic parts took place. It is, however, believed that no great quantity of liquid hydrocarbons were formed at this stage. These are believed to have formed when, due to earth movements, the mud or ooze was uplifted above the surface of the sea and by reason of the heat and pressure due to these movements and possibly aided by the action of saline waters, distillation of the shale took place, which resulted in the formation of petroleum."'^ The above statements imply clearly the belief that Foramini- fera were of considerable importance in contributing to the origin of the oil of California. This belief is based upon the following assumptions : 1. That Foraminifera were present in the Cretaceous and Tertiary seas in large numbers ; 2. That the conditions of sedimentation were such as to bury a large proportion of the animal tissue along with the tests of the Foraminifera ; and 3. That this animal tissue was wholly or in part converted into petroleum by the agency of pressure, heat and chemical or bacterial action. Concerning the first and third of these assumptions, little need be said. Foraminifera were doubtless present in large numbers in the Cretaceous and Tertiary seas, as shown by the numerous fossil occurrences. Furthermore, it is reasonable to believe that a part at least of the animal tissue of Foramini- fera may have been converted into petroleum by suitable re- actions. That a large amount of animal tissue was actually buried in the strata, is, however, oi^en to question. The fol- lowing evidence is presented for the reason that it throws some light upon this problem. Joseph A. Cushman, an American authority on Foramini- fera, writes of their life history as follows: "When the animal (Microspheric form) attains its adult stage, there is a great increase in the number of pseudopodia, and the entire protoplasm cither leaves the test and accumulates about the exterior or is drawn into the outer chambers. Finally, each nucleus gathers a mass of protoplasm "Vander Leek, Lawrence. Petroleum Resources of California; California State Mining Bureau, Bull. 89, page 13, 1921. \'oL. XV] STIPP—FORAMINIFERA AND CALIFORNIA PETROLEUM 267 about itself and secretes the proloculum of a new test. The newly formed proloculum is of the larger type, and is the first chamber of the megalo- spheric form, instead of being of the same size as that of the microspheric parent from which it was derived. The megalospheric form differs from the microspheric in having a single nucleus. This does not divide, but moves along as new chambers are added, keeping in about the middle number numerically. Nucleoli appear in increasing numbers as the growth continues, and finally the whole nucleus breaks down and a great number of minute nuclei appear. These draw about themselves portions of the protoplasmic mass, and then divide by mitotic division. Finally, the mass leaves the test in the form of zoospores. These are then supposed to con- jugate and to give rise to the small proloculum of the microspheric form, thus completing the life cycle, although the actual process of conjugation has not definitely been observed in this group. The empty tests left be- hind must form a large proportion of the dredged Foraminifera."^ Recently Cushmaii conducted some experiments in the Tortugas region of the Gulf of Mexico with living Foramini- fera. One observation is significant in this connection: "One important observation was that in the case of India diaphana taken from Posidonia leaves and placed in petri dishes over night. In the morning some of these were found to have left their test empty and were moving about as naked masses of protoplasm with a free and compara-" lively rapid movement. That the animal may leave the test and pass some time without one is very significant from the standpoint of the method of growth. Growth of the test in those species which have a single chamber has often been a subject of speculation. If the test can be abandoned at will and another secreted or made by collecting more material in the case of those which have agglutinated tests, this difficulty is solved, and we may also understand how various sedentary species can collect various materials which are not common, for their tests."^ It appears from the above discussion of the life history of the Foraminifera that a very large portion of the tests pre- served in the strata as fossils were empty of animal tissue at the time of burial. It is no doubt true that tidal action, ocean currents, decrease in the salinity of the waters, or other fac- tors, impose upon Foraminifera conditions at times unfavor- able for their existence, and that many may thus be killed and their tissties within their tests entombed. Some oil may have ' Cushman, Jos. A., Monograph of the Foraminifera of tlie North Pacific Ocean. IT. S. National Museum. Bull. 71, page 7, 1910. ^^-"^1"?^^""'^ * Cushman, Jos. A., Shallow Water Foraminifera of the Tortugas Region, Carnegie *-'"a^«v'a/ Inst, of Washington, Vol. 17, page 8. 1922. y^. \}^..—^'^ «' B fi A H 258 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr. formed under these conditions. However, to account for the widespread destruction of foraminiferal Hfe, and the accumu- lation and entombment of the animal tissue, such as would be necessary for the fomiation of oil in quantity, we must postu- late unusual and extraordinary conditions of sedimentation recurring at intervals during and since Cretaceous time. Such conditions would lead to a sufficient accumulation of calcareous foraminiferal tests as to form considerable thicknesses of lime- stone, which are unknown in the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of California. The fact that we do have several thousand feet of diatomaceous strata is considered strong sup- port of the diatom theory. It appears probable from the above that Foraminifera have been of less importance than diatoms with respect to the origin of the petroleum of California. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 10, pp. 269-278 April 26, 1926 m\CA / X SOURCES OF MATERIAL FROM WHICH PETRO- LEUM MAY HAVE BEEN DERIVED BY JUNIUS HENDERSON University of Colorado In discussing' the testimony of a witness a New York court once said : "The testimony of this witness is important, if true. We do not deem it important." That is just the way some of us feel about the theory that "practically the entire source of petroleum has been certain disintegrated and decom- posed constituents of fishes."^ This is not a purely academic question. It has a very prac- tical bearing upon such questions as why, when and how far oil migrates, in what kinds of formations it is likely to be found, in what kinds of beds it originates, and many others. That the theory is bearing unfortunate fruit is evident from certain speeches recently made before commercial organiza- tions by inexperiened geologists. We may accept certain important facts presented by Profes- sor Macfarlane, without accepting his sweeping conclusion. Undoubtedly some species of fishes do live in enormous schools and are very rich in oil, and it would be quite possible for such schools to be caught by showers of volcanic ash or in other unusual and catastrophic ways and buried, so that the ' Macfarlane, Fishes, the Source of Petroleum, 1923, pp. 5, 77, 384. April 26, 1926 270 CAL7F0RMA ACADEMY OF SCFEXCES [Proc. 4Tn Ser. oil derived from the breaking down of the protoplasmic mass would not be dissipated. Indeed, there are indications that something of the sort has actually happened in some instances, though that is not by any means the only possible interpreta- tion of "fish-bone beds,"^ nor are such occurrences as numer- ous as one may be led to believe. On the other hand, other organisms are and always have been much more abundant than fishes, contain the essential chemical elements for the formation of oil, and are much bet- ter adapted to rapid burial. There seems to be no a priori reason why they, instead of fishes, may not have furnished much or most of the material from which petroleum has been derived, especially in those highly petroliferous formations rich in lower organisms and practically free from fish remains. It is asserted in support of the fish-oil theory that fishes are the only possible adequate source for all the petroleum and that fish remains are actually abundant almost wherever petroleum is found. Neither assertion is correct. The inorganic origin of oil does not seem to be well founded. Assuming that it is of organic origin, in order to produce pe- troleum in great quantity the organic material in the rocks must not only have been abundant, but it must have been in- corporated in the sediments under conditions which prevented the dissipation of the oil as it formed. Also, as Goldman has said, the rate of accumulation of the organic material must bear proper relation to the rate of decomposition. One amateur geologist, in a recent pamphlet, has explained that the great weight of salt w^ater would hold the oil down and prevent it from rising to the surface. It is unfortunate that he did not have a brief elementary course in physics be- fore writing his pamphlet. I have forgotten whether he is the one who, mistaking oolite and pisolite grains for fossil fish eggs, declared that the oil in the Green River shales was de- rived entirely from fish eggs. Fine sediments have a marked tendency to trap and hold oil. If dead organisms of any sort accumulate in sufticient quantities, under conditions providing the proper ratio be- * Compare Goldman, Bull. Amer. .\ssn. Petroleum Geol., VIII, pp. 195-200, 1924. Vol. XV] HENDERSOX— PETROLEUM 271 tween accumulation and decomposition and a proper ratio be- tween organic and inorganic sediments, a petroleum-bearing formation should be the result. These complex and varying conditions are much more likely to occur frequently and for prolonged periods in case of the lower organisms than in case of fishes. True, algse, diatoms, bacteria and other low plants, and protozoans and other invertebrates are not usually so rich in oil as some fishes, but their composition is such as to make them a quite possible source of petroleum under favorable circumstances, their size is such that they are easily buried by ordinary processes of sedimentation, their prodigious numbers compensate for their small size, and they are actually found to enter largely into the composition of certain formations rich in petroleum, in which fish remains are uncommon. Why, then, should we call into play wholly problematical catastro- phies to overwhelm repeatedly great schools of fishes, when there are processes that have been in continuous operation from the dawn of life to the present time, daily burying vast quantities of organic material in sediments suitable for the re- tention of the oil derived therefrom? Adequate, accurate statistics are not at hand to prove the assertion, but it may be safely said that the total bulk of low orders of aquatic plants and aquatic invertebrates now living very greatly exceeds the aggregate bulk of fishes now living, and that this has always been true. Furthermore, the rate of increase of some low organisms under favorable circumstances is almost unbelievable. A' generation of certain species may represent only a few hours, or days, or at most weeks. A gen- eration of fishes usually represents several years. A great many generations of the lower organisms die and their re- mains accumulate during a single generation of fishes. It is difiicult to make an accurate estimate of the average life period of fishes. Some species are known to be very long- lived. Jordan says most of them "apparently live until they fall victims to some stronger species." On the other liand, the Pacific red salmon has a rather definite life span of about four years, limited by its peculiar spawning habit. 27? CALIFORS'IA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th Ser. In order to estimate the proportionate amounts of organic matter furnished by lower org^anisms and by fishes during- a given year, we must indulge in multiplication and division. To ascertain the amount provided by protozoans, for example, we must multiply the quantity in the water at a given time by the number of generations which live and die during the year. To ascertain the quantity of fish material we must divide the amount in the waiter at a given time by a number equal to the years of the average life of fishes. Experienced biologists assure me that there is little danger of exaggerating the excess of the total bulk of lower organisms over the total bulk of fishes. One unfamiliar with microscopic life can have but little idea of the abundance and aggregate quantity of minute organisms in the water, though one may vaguely recall having read or heard of a drop of water "swarming with animalculae." One may, however, obtain a slight conception of the quantity in the ocean where certain species are present, by watching the flashes of phosphorescent light displayed as the water is disturbed by the dip of oars or the revolution of steamship propellers on a dark night, keep- ing in mind the fact that the species which produce these flashes constitute but a small fraction of all the minute life present. Some conception of the vast quantity of organic matter fur- nished by minute organisms in the course of geological ages may be derived from a study of certain deposits, sometimes reaching a thickness of hundreds of feet, composed almost entirely of the siliceous skeletons of diatoms or the calcareous tests of foraminifera. No deposits of fish remains have been found at all comparable to the sometimes highly petroliferous diatomaceous and foraminiferal formations. Even that evi- dence, however, is wholly inadequate. A very large propor- tion of low organisms jwssess no hard parts suitable for pre- servation in recognizable condition as fossils in the rocks, and many others can only be so preserved under very exception- able conditions. In view of the general presence of such or- ganisms in w^ater, surely no biologist or geologist will assume that they were absent from the water in which a formation Vol. XV] HENDERSOX— PETROLEUM 211 was deposited, simply because their remains cannot be recog- nized in the rocks. Now let us consider whether it is true that petroleum has originated only where fish remains are abundant. In the first place, it is interesting to note the artful dodging by which the leading exponent of that theory seeks to avoid the conse- quences of facts inconsistent with the hypothesis. Murchison's report that in the early Paleozoic rocks of Sweden "graptolites and fucoids so abound as to have given a highly bituminous character to the lower strata," is set aside as valueless because the same geologist also found bitumen disseminated through a "matted mass of bony fragments" of fishes at another hori- zon in England, the inference being that the presence of fish remains in the one locality proves that the bituminous ma- terial at the other locality also came from fish remains, not- withstanding their absence from the formation and the pres- ence of the other organisms in quantity. He causes fish oil to float long distances in the sea and then to be carried down by showers of volcanic ash, in order to get it from regions in which fish remains are common to localities where none are found. He admits that petroleum occurs in fonnations rich in diatoms and foraminifera, but refuses to believe that the latter organisms had anything to do with the origin of oil. He explains these facts away by declaring that the geologists have overlooked or ignored the fish remains, which will ultimately be discovered. This, in face of the fact that many geologists believe fishes to have been an important source of oil in certain formations, and would have been on the lookout for such fos- sils. It is presumptuous lo assert that numerous competent geologists and paleontologists who have examined such forma- tions with such thoroughness as to have discovered many species of microscopic organisms and numerous small mol- lusks have all overlooked or ignored such an important item as fishes. The Mowry formation is cited as a good example of the derivation of petroleum from fishes, but perhaps some writers personally unfamiliar with the formation may have obtained from the literature an exaggerated idea of the abundance of 274 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. fish remains therein. Such phrases as the "widespread and often wholesale destruction of fish life over many thousands of square miles" by "powerful volcanic activity," and the "tremendous and comparatively sudden destruction of fish life," which have been applied to this formation, are not justi- fied by the facts. There is no evidence of such destruction. Fish scales are very abundant, as compared with most forma- tions, but after all they are so scattered that the scales from one g-ood-sized fish would account for all found on a slab many yards square at most localities. They are not more common than might be exj^cted in any marine shales deposited under ideal conditions for their preservation, without assuming wholesale and repeated destruction of fishes in schools. In- deed, the wonder is not that they are so abundant in the IVIowry, but that they are so few in other formations of the region. The scales are seldom or never found very close to- gether or arranged in natural order. This is important. It shows that the fishes were not overwhelmed by volcanic ashes and quickly buried, but that they were thoroughly decomposed and their scales scattered before burial, a condition favorable for the dissipation of the hydrocarbons, rather than for their retention. However, we are told by the advocate of the fish- oil theory that the oil floated until carried down by showers of volcanic ash, for which no proof is offered. Another very significant fact is that, though the scales are from bony fishes, their bones and teeth are exceedingly rare in this fomiation and apparently totally absent from many localities. No theory of Mowry sedimentation or of the origin of petroleum in this or adjacent strata can be complete and satisfactory that does not account for the scarcity of bones. The most reasonable explanation seems to be that they were dissolved by solvents in the water, probably before burial, or their casts should be common. If this be true, it indicates even more thorough decomposition of the flesh than is suggested by the scattering of the scales, which were superficial. What were the solvents ? A correct answer to that question is imperative. It does not seem likely that there could have been in the water, mineral solvents which would thoroughly Vol. XV] HENDERSON— PETROLEUM 27 S dissolve the calcium carbonates and phosphates over thousands of square miles of territory. Decomposing animal matter under certain conditions may produce solvents, but is more likely to produce an alkaline condition unfavorable to the solu- tion of the bones. On the other hand, decomposition of plants in great quantity would have produced just the acid condition which would result in the destruction of the bones and of the shells of mollusks, which are also rare in the scale-bearing- strata. The fish scales, on the other hand, would be immune to the attacks of such acids. The most likely plants which could occur in sufificient quan- tity to produce enough acids to do so thorough a job for so long a period over so large an area are low forms of algse, etc., which as a rule are not recognizable in a fossil state. Here, then, we have a suggestion of a quite possible plant source of a considerable part of the Mowry petroleum, which cannot be ignored unless some other equally satisfactory' ex- planation of the absence of bones be forthcoming. In the discussion of the Green River shales also there is gross exaggeration of the abundance of fish remains, perhaps due partly to misinterpretation of portions of the literature of the subject. Their abundance is confined to a limited area in western Wyoming. The great majority of the fine Green River fish skeletons exhibited in the museums of the world have been obtained in one thin stratum at one locality. Con- sidering the formation as a whole, in both its vertical and horizontal dimensions, the fossil fishes are abundant in only a very small fraction of the formation. They are exceedingly scarce in the much richer oil shales far to the south of the fish localities, in Colorado. If fishes were the sole or even the principal source of the shale oil, the richest shale should be somewhere near the region where fish remains are abundant. A thorough search for fossils over one hundred square miles of the richest oil shales in Colorado, during which fish scales, bones and teeth were especially sought, yielded only a very few, widely scattered examples, though leaves and insects were found in abundance. Investigators in other parts of Colorado, Utah and Wyoming have reported similar results. 276 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. though some skeletons were found in the Cathedral Bhiffs re- gion, I beheve, according to a personal communication from Dean E. Winchester. On the other hand, the oil shales at the richest localities in Colorado, where fish remains are very rare, are found by mi- croscopic examination to be filled with plant remains of vari- ous kinds, chiefly algae and algre-like forms, in a ground-mass of material believed by investigators to have resulted from the decomposition of vegetable material. There is no evidence that it came from fishes. This plant material certainly fur- nished an enormous quantity of organic compounds in the very beds which are rich in oil. Why, then, should anyone attribute the oil of these shales to fishes, rather than to the abundant plant remains? Furthermore, at the type locality of the Tipton member of this formation, referred to by Schultz as "rich in bituminous strata," myriads of fresh water mollusk shells occur, with few, if any, fish remains. Again, Macfarlane, after quoting Schultz to the effect that oil shale in the Rock Springs district ''contains an abundance of vegetable and animal remains and some well-preserved fos- sil leaves and small fishes," asserts that "the only group that would again explain the origin of the enormous quantities of oil sealed up in the rocks" is the fishes, thus ignoring the other abundant organisms. Such loose reasoning concerning forma- tions with which we are familiar has made some of us fear that similar statements concerning the relation of fishes to petroleum in more remote regions are equally unreliable. It has been strongly urged that showers of volcanic dust have been responsible for the destruction of the fishes of the Green River shales. A careful examination of many slabs from Wyoming containing fish skeletons has disclosed no evidence of such material. All samples we have tested chemically almost completely dissolved in hydrochloric acid, leaving scarcely a trace of residue. Some writers have suggested that the hydrocarbons of the oil shales may have existed in the water in a sort of colloidal condition that prevented its dissipation until buried by sedi- ments. During the summer of 1925 I found the water of Vol. XV] HENDERSOS'— PETROLEUM 277 Hasty Lake, on Whidby Island. Puget Sound, to be just such a mass of decomposed veg-etation of the consistency of thin liquid glue to a depth of from two to four feet, greatly re- tarding the rowing of the boat. At one end of Lake Erie, on the same island, decomposed vegetation of nearly the same consistency occurred to such a depth that an oar thrust into it failed to reach the bottom, covered by a foot or two of clear water. Macfarlane says that the "Fort Pierre and Laramie strata were in large part laid down in fresh water" and that they "are rich in fresh water fishes and in petroleum products." Such unfounded statements do not inspire confidence in state- ments concerning other formations. The arguments concerning the fish-oil origin of early Paleozoic bituminous and petroliferous fomiations may be left for those more experienced in dealing with formations and faunas of those ages; pausing first to say that the definitely known fish remains of the Ordovician are confined to two or three localities which have not thus far yielded oil. Macfar- lane's argument for fish-origin of the Ordovician oil of the eastern United States is based upon his belief that conodonts are teeth of cyclostomous fishes, not of annelids or other in- vertebrates, and that they are abundant enough to account for all the oil found in rocks of that age. He also declares that the conodont beds, as well as the Devonian fish beds, are all of fresh water origin, quite distinct from and alternating with the highly fossiliferous niarine beds, and that the oil has all originated in the fresh water fish beds, not in the marine beds so rich in invertebrates. Are these statements correct? One might also ask how much evidence is there of abundant fish remains in the highly i)etroliferous formations of Texas and Oklahoma? Here again, jx^rhaps. the geologists have over- looked or ignored the abundant fish remains which must be there. In conclusion : ( 1 ) The arguments for the inorganic origin of petroleum are not convincing. (2) The arguments in sup- port of the exclusive fish-origin of j^etroleum are in part based upon incorrect information, in part upon misinterpretation of 278 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. facts, in part upon conclusions which may be doubted concern- ing early Paleozoic teeth, and in part upon illogical reasoning. (3) The supposition that petroleum has originated only in strata which contain abundant fish remains is contradicted by very definite evidence. (4) All organisms contain more or less hydrocarbons essential to the formation of petroleum. (5) The total quantity of aquatic plant and invertebrate ani- mal matter available for this purpose vastly exceeds the total amount of fish material, and much of it is better suited for deposition under conditions favorable to the formation of oil. (6) It is quite probable that different materials in different formations have provided hydrocarbons from which petroleum has been derived, including particularly swamp plants, aquatic plants such as algse (which include diatoms), and aquatic ani- mals such as fishes, protozoans, mollusks, and perhaps to a less extent in some formations the bryozoans, coelenterates, echinodenns, crustaceans and so forth, microscopic forms being especially important in some formations. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES r- Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 11, pp. 279-322 May 20, 1926 XI EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925, VI THE BIRDS AND MAMMALS^ BY M. E. McLELLAN Assistant Curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy In pursuance of its long established policy of studying the fauna and flora of Lower California and the adjacent islands, the California Academy of Sciences despatched its expedition to the Revillagigedo" and Tres Marias islands in 1925. The United States government placed the mine-sweeper Ortolan at the disposal of the Academy for this purpose, and, under the leadership of Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, the expedition sailed from the Mare Island Navy Yard on April 16. Clarion Island, the outermost of the Revillagigedo Islands, was reached on the morning of April 26, and the six succeed- ing days were devoted to securing a representative collection of land and sea birds. The natural barriers furnished by masses of Opuntia and dense growths of vines made traveling • This paper is No. 6 of the Revillagigedo Islands Expedition of 1925. Previous papers dealing with the scientific results of that expedition are to be found in preceding papers of Vol. XV of these Proceedings, No. 1, pp. 1-113, being the General Report with itinerary. ^ A note on the previous scientific expeditions which had visited this group was published by the author in Science, n. s., Vol. 62, No. 1599, pp. 171-173. May 20, 1926 230 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. difficult, but both northern and southern slopes of the island were traversed, and the central ridge surmounted. In spite of handicaps, a good series of birds was obtained. For a few hours on May 2 the Ortolan lay off Roca Partida, and, although it proved impossible to make a landing, the col- lectors obtained specimens of sea birds by approaching the rocks in a small boat. On the afternoon of the same day the island of Socorro was reached. Land birds were found to be abundant about the spring near Grayson's Cove, and at many points in the heavy growth at higher levels. On account of the difficulties encountered in the ascent, no collections were made at eleva- tions higher than the steam vents on the sloj^e of Mt. Ever- mann. Ten days were si>ent on Socorro with very satisfactory results. San Benedicto was visited on May 12. and, so far as time permitted, representatives of the resident si>ecies of birds were obtained. The Ortolan arrived at Maria Madre on the evening of May 13, and the five ensuing days and the days between May 21 and 23, inclusive, w^ere spent in securing birds from the eastern slope of the island from Arroyo Hondo at the north to the Salinas at the south. Land birds were plentiful in the neigh- borhood of fresh water, and a good series was acquired. Four days were allotted to the work on Maria Magdalena, but an unavoidable interruption to the labors of the collectors somewhat diminished the returns from that island. May 24 was spent on Isabel Island, and specimens of the resident birds, as well as some stragglers, were obtained. Incidentally to the main objectives, calls were made on the outward voyage at Guadalupe Island and Alijos Rocks, and homeward bound, the Ortolan visited Cape San Lucas, Mag- dalena and San Bartolome bays, and San Ouintin on the peninsula, and Cedros and San Martin islands. It had originally been intended that a census of the elephant seal herd on Guadalupe Island should be taken, and a thorough search of the island made for certain of the rarer endemic species of birds. Weather conditions at the time the Ortolan Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 281 reached the island rendered these plans abortive. It was noted, however, that the j uncos had become greatly reduced in numbers since 1922, and there seems to be reason to fear that they are soon to become a matter of history. No cross- bills or nuthatches were noted ; and, as no kinglets or Guada- lupe Petrels have been observed in recent years, it is believed that these birds have joined the ranks of the extinct species. The birds and mammals of Cedros Island are apparently in a fair way to follow the birds of Guadalupe. Deer, which had been fairly common on Cedros Island when the Tecafe called there in 1922, were not seen, and few signs of them were in evidence; no rabbits, nor recent signs of them, were ob- served; and birds were exceedingly scarce. Feral dogs and cats, as well as destructive humans, seem to have played their part in the reduction of wild life on the island. The Ortolan reached San Francisco on June 12, bringing with her for the Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy a satisfactory total of 548 bird skins, 62 sets of eggs, and 29 mammalogical specimens. Mr. Frank Tose, chief taxidermist of the Academy's Mu- seum, assisted by Mr. J. T. Wright, faithfully represented the Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy, and to their energy and devotion is due the very gratifying results at- tained. The department is also indebted to the other members of the scientific staff and the officers and crew of the Ortolan for the assistance they generously afforded the collectors. The specimens thus secured, and the field notes made by Mr. Tose form the basis of the present report. Within the bounds of the A. O. U. Check-List (3rd ed.) and Supplements, its nomenclature has been employed in this paper, and the terminology of Miller's List of North American Recent Mammals, 192^, has been applied to the mammals. List of Species of Birds 1. Brachyramphus hypoleucus Xantus. Xantus's Murrelet Attracted by the lights of the fishing party, two males of this species came on board the Ortolan as she lay in Mel- ixjmene Cove, Guadalupe Island, on the night of April 19. 282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. One specimen has the plumage of the upper parts quite fresh, but the other has these parts considerably worn. In neither instance is there any evidence of moult. In both examples the white of the malar region extends upward in front and above the eye to form a supraorbital stripe, and the auriculars are invaded by the white of the under parts. 2. Cerorhinca monocerata (Pallas). Rhinoceros Auklet A Rhinoceros Auklet flew on board the vessel at Guadalupe Island, April 19. The plumage is greatly worn on all areas, but renewal of the contour feathers is in progress. Another specimen, taken on San Martin Island on June 8, is a bird in much faded livery. Moult, however, is in progress on the upj^er parts, it being almost complete on the head. Feather replacement in this example has probably been delayed on account of the bird's physical condition, the web of one foot having been injured. Both birds are apparently young of the previous year. 3. Larus occidentalis Audubon. Western Gull Western Gulls were noted in the vicinity of the Santa Barbara Islands on April 16. They were also seen on April 18, after the departure of the vessel from San Diego. On Clarion Island, Mr. Tose noted an immature individual on the beach at Sulphur Bay on April 26. Others were seen by Doctor Hanna on April 30. The nesting season was over at San Martin by June 8. Many well grown young were in evidence, but no eggs were found. 4. Larus heermanni Cassin. Heermann's Gull Heermann's Gulls were numerous on Isabel Island on May 24, and a breeding colony was discovered close to shore on the northwestern side of the island. The young were fully fledged and almost ready to fly.^ 'Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 77. Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 283 The six specimens (two males and four females) collected are in greatly worn plumage. Postnuptial moult is in prog- ress. In all but one specimen, the inner primaries are being replaced, and fresh feathers are present on the mantle and breast. One individual has pin feathers appearing on the head. 5. Sterna fuscata Linnaeus. Sooty Tern Sooty Terns were first seen at Alijos Rocks. They ap- peared to be the only dwellers on East Rock, but they shared with the Blue-faced Boobies the rookeries on South Rock.* Roca Partida is evidently a breeding ground for these terns, as a juvenile is among the specimens taken there. They were not noted on Socorro, but some were seen in the vicinity of Oneal Rock. Thousands were seen on Isabel, a large number being young almost fully grown. The nesting season was probably over, and the one fresh tgg taken may have been infertile. Nine sj^ecimens (six males and three females) were ob- tained on Alijos Rocks, April 24; four males (one juvenile) were taken at Roca Partida on May 2 ; and three males, two females, and one unsexed juvenile were collected on Isabel Island on May 24. Save for abraded rectrices, the plumage of the Alijos Rocks birds is in good condition.^ The examples from Roca Partida are in more worn dress. One si>ecimen seems to have recently acquired a new inner primary and most of the secondaries. Two of the specimens from Isabel have new feathers appear- ing on cervix and crown, and one of them is developing new lateral rectrices. The juvenile has down still adhering to the feathers of the rump and flanks. As the birds from Alijos Rocks seem to approach in size those from the eastern rather than the western Pacific, the measurements, in millimeters, of the series are given below : « Hanna. Proc. Calif. Acad. Set., 4th Ser.. Vol. XV, p. 28. 284 CALIFORNIA A CADEM Y OF SCIENCI iS (Proc. 4th Ser. Exposed Middle Wing Tail culmen Tarsus toe Males 307 190 48.0 22.00 22.0 302 • . . 44.2 21.00 21.0 300 • • • 41.0 21.90 21.5 298 • • • 43.5 22.50 21.5 298 • • * 43.5 23.25 21.0 296 188 48.5 23.00 21.5 Average . . . 300.1 189 44.7 22.27 21.4 Females . . . 300 178(^ worn) 43 23.00 22 285 41 23.00 21 302 210 43 23.00 21 Averaffe . . . 296.3 194 42.3 23.00 21.3 6. Anoiis stolidus (Linnaeus). Noddy Noddy Terns were first found at Roca Partida, where they were beheved to l>e breeding. A few were noted at sea near Socorro. Upon Isabel Island these terns were very numerous, nesting on the bare rocks on the north shore. ^ The collection includes one female from Roca Partida, May 2; and two males, two females, and one unsexed young (just passing out of natal down) from Isabel Island, May 24. Nine eggs in all stages from fresh to more than half incubated were collected on Isabel, May 24. The wing coverts of the Roca Partida bird exhibit some wear, otherwise the plumage is in good condition. The proxi- mal primary appears to be new, and a few of the feathers of the forehead and crown are still in the sheath. Postnuptial moult has begun in the Isabel Island birds. One male shows feather renewal on the crown and throat, and the other is de- veloping the tenth and eleventh primaries. The females have new feathers api>earing on all areas of the body plumage, and the three inner primaries are being replaced in one, and two inner primaries in the other. The juvenile has the contour feathers fairly well developed save on the throat and abdomen. The feathers of the fore- breast, sides of neck, and under tail-coverts are still tipj^ed with brownish-gray down, and the throat and abdomen are clad in neossoptiles of the same shade. "Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 77. Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 285 7. Diomedea nigripes Audubon. Black-footed Albatross One Black-footed Albatross was seen at sea north of Mag- dalena Bay on May 3 1 . 8. Puffinus opisthomelas Coues, Black-vented Shearwater The lights of the fishing party brought one Black-vented Shearwater on board the Ortolan as she lay at anchor in Melpomene Cove, Guadalupe Island, on April 19. The foreneck and sides of breast of this specimen are strongly sufifused with gray, and the lining of wing is mottled with the same color. A fully developed tgg was found in the oviduct. 9. Puffinus auricularis C. H. Townsend. Townsend's Shearwater Burrows of Townsend's Shearwaters were found in great numbers at an altitude of about 800 feet under the grass hummocks on the northern slope of Clarion Island. Not many of the burrows were occupied. A few contained eggs, but more had young nearly half grown. This shearwater had not been previously reported as breed- ing on Socorro, but on May 7, Doctor Hanna** discovered burrows and fragments of a recently killed bird which was believed to be one of this species. The burrows were at an altitude of about 3000 feet in the vicinity of the steam vents on the eastern slope of Mt. Evermann. The soil proved to be so exceedingly hard that few burrows were excavated and no other specimens were obtained. The birds were believed to be numerous, however, as they were heard at night flying over the camp. Three males, four females, and two downy young were gotten on Clarion on April 30. Several eggs were obtained on April 30 and May 1, but only two were retained in the col- lection. One was addled, and the other was in an advanced stage of incubation. »Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 56. 12^ JL i e R A « y ; 286 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. In three examples the throat feathers exhibit distinct dark shaft hnes, and one has the under tail-coverts largely white. The axillaries of one female have no trace of dark color. Moult is in progress. One of the birds seems to have re- cently undergone a complete feather renewal, some of the greater coverts and scapulars alone showing wear. A few pin feathers are present on the throat. Two others in slightly worn plumage have new feathers appearing on the cervix, back, and breast. Two birds have the plumage much abraded, and a general renewal of the contour feathers is is progress. The remiges and rectrices are in fair condition ; the secondaries appear to have been recently replaced. Of the downy young, one is in the protoptyle state and the other has the mesoptyles developed on the back. 10. Puffinus cuneatus Salvin. Wedge-tailed Shearwater Thousands of Wedge-tailed Shearwaters were nesting on the Ash Heap on San Benedicto Island, and six unsexed speci- mens were obtained (May 12). The specimens are all of the dark phase. The plumage is fresh, only the scapulars exhibiting signs of wear. The average length of culmen in five specimens is 39.32 mm. ; the maximum. 40.10; the minimum. 37.'' 11. Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi Anthony. Kaeding's Petrel In following the nomenclature of the A. O. U. Check-List (3rd ed.) and Supplements,^ the name kaedingi has been used for the petrel which came on board the Ortolan at sea south of Guadalupe Island on April 23. The nppQV tail-coverts are extensively white, not interrupted medially by darker. The measurements are as follows: wing. 152 mm.; tail. 82.75; fork of tail, 20; culmen, 16; tarsus. 23.5 ; middle toe and claw. 24. Thus in regard to both color and measurements the speci- men in hand differs from the typical kaedingi. ' Cf. Mathews, Birds of Australia. Vol. II, p. 84. «.\uk, Vol. XL, p. 514. Vol. XV] McLELL AN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS £87 The flight feathers are in good condition, pin feathers are present on the upper tail-covcrts, and only a few worn feathers are to be found among the fresh ones on the crown and back. The frontal feathers are greatly worn. 12. Phaethon aethereus Linnaeus. Red-billed Tropic-bird Red-billed Tropic-birds were first seen on North Rock (Ali- jos Rocks) where they were supposed to be breeding.® They w^ere not common on either Clarion or Socorro Island, but they were more numerous on San Benedicto and were believed to be nesting^'* on the Ash Heap. On Isabel tropic-birds were abundant. They were noted on the shore line, and their nests were discovered in holes in the cliffs on the southwest side of the island by Doctor Hanna and Mr. Wright. Nests contained eggs, downy young, and many fully fledged immature birds. The collection includes an adult male and female from Clarion Island, April 28; and six adult males and two adult females, two unsexed immature individuals, and two downy young from Isabel Island, May 24. Twelve eggs were obtained on Isabel. Two eggs were fresh, and others were in various stages from slightly to almost fully incubated. The postnuptial moult of the female from Clarion Island is nearly complete. The body plumage seems to have been en- tirely renewed, and but two primaries and the rectrices are still to be developed. The male is undergoing a similar moult which has not advanced quite so far. Three of the Isabel Island birds are acquiring central rectrices. A few new feathers are appearing also on the under parts. 13. Sula dactylatra Lesson. Blue-faced Booby Blue-faced Boobies were discovered on North and South rocks of the Alijos group, where they were believed to be breeding." On Clarion Island they were nesting in the vi- cinity of Sulphur Bay. A good many nests contained fresh eggs, and newly hatched young were numerous. They did "Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.. 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 29. •'Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 65 (red-tailed, lapsus calami). "Hanna, Proc Calif. Acad. Sci.. 4th Ser., Vol. XV, pp. 28-29. 238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. not appear to be present on Socorro, but there were breeding birds on San Benedicto on May 12. One bird in immature plumage was taken on Alijos Rocks on April 24, and six adult males and two downy young (male and female) were collected on Clarion Island on April 27 and 28. A postnuptial moult involving the body plumage has com- menced in all the Clarion Island birds. Two of the males are also developing new rectrices. The immature bird from Alijos Rocks has the dark color of the head broken by patches of drab feathers. The young are clothed in pure white down. In dried skins the colors of the soft parts vary considerably. The bill is horn color in some specimens and straw yellow in others. The tarsus and toes vary from dirty flesh color to mustard yellow.^" In life, according to the color sketch made by Mr. Tose, the culmen approaches a deep chamois. The twelve sets of eggs in the collection from Clarion Island (April 27 and 28) were in various stages from slightly to well incubated, and a few were fresh. The heavily incubated eggs discovered^^ on San Benedicto Island (May 12) were not retained in the collection. 14. Sula nebouxii Milne-Edwards. Blue-footed Booby Blue-footed Boobies were noted on the beach on Maria Madre on May 17, and on outlying rocks on Maria Magda- lena^* on May 21. They were very numerous on Isabel Island where they nest under small trees. No eggs were found, but young, in nearly every state from newly hatched to almost fully grown, were present. The older ones were observed at the southwest beach learning to swim. Two adult males were collected on Isabel Island on May 24. Postnuptial feather replacement has affected the remiges and rectrices, and also the plumage of the back. "Cf. Rothschild, B. O. C, Vol. XXXV, p. 43. " Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 65. "Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 74. Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 289 15. Sula brewsteri Goss. Brewster's Booby Brewster's Boobies were found nesting in the washes on San Benedicto. They were also seen on Roca Partida, Socorro, and Isabel, but they did not appear to be breeding. Two adult females, and an immature male and female were collected on Roca Partida on May 2, and an adult female and three unsexed immature birds were obtained on San Benedicto on May 12. Postnuptial moult is apparently in progress on the Roca Partida birds. Both adult females are undergoing a complete replacement of the body and flight feathers. The female from San Benedicto has some of the breast and abdomen feathers still in the sheath, otherwise there is no indication of moult. One of the immature examples from the same island is de- veloping a new rectrix and a few white feathers on the abdo- men. The immature bird from Roca Partida is acquiring fresh feathers on the upper parts, throat, and breast. Three sets of eggs were obtained on San Benedicto, one being fresh, the others slightly and one-half incubated. The eggs measure as follows: 60,0 mm. x 39.5, 52.0 x 39.0, 59.1 x 41.4, 51.0 X 38.1, 54.5 x 36.6. 16. Sula piscator (Linnaeus). Red-footed Booby Large colonies of Red-footed Boobies were nesting in the Euphorbias near Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. Some of the nests contained eggs, others well developed young. Groups of birds in immature plumage kept to themselves, and a few of such birds were found to, be breeding. On San Benedicto, Red-footed Boobies were roosting on the cliffs, but they nested in the grassy areas, building up plat- forms of grass culms to a height of a foot or more. The eggs found in these nests were all heavily incubated^^. Two adult males, four adult females, four immature birds (one female and three unsexed). and one downy young were taken on Clarion Island, April 27. The contour plumage of the adult birds is but little worn, but a moult of the flight feathers is in progress in two ex- amples. "Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 65. 290 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. The three immature unsexed individuals are in much worn Hvery. They are probably young of the previous year, for, although the under tail-coverts are white, the rump is still dark. A moult involving all areas is in progess. In all cases the new rectrices are dark colored. The immature female is probably a bird experiencing its second postnuptial moult. The head, neck, and underparts are white, save for a slight clouding; the rump is dark, and the incoming feathers only partially white; the feathers of the back are broadly margined with white; and the newly acquired rectrices are dark. The downy young is still in the protoptyle stage, but pure white mesoptyles are well developed. The eggs in the collection were all obtained on Clarion Island on April 27. Some of the eggs were fresh. In others incubation had begun, and in others it was advanced. 17. Phalacrocorax auritus albociliatus Ridgway. Farallon Cormorant Cormorants were reported to be breeding in large numbers on San Martin Island on June 8. One set of half incubated eggs (said to be those of the Farallon Cormorant) was ob- tained. 18. Phalacrocorax penicillatus (Brandt). Brandt's Cormorant The one Brandt's Cormorant in the collection was a mem- ber of a small breeding colony on the north side of Outer Island, Guadalupe. It was taken by Captain Nelson on April 21. 19. Pelecanus californicus Ridgway. California Brown Pelican On the southward voyage, brown pelicans were seen off the Santa Barbara Islands, April 16. On Maria Madre they were seen on the beach to the north of the settlement, and on Maria Magdalena they were roosting in trees near shore. Peli- cans with young almost as large as the adults occupied a rocky area near the highest part of Isabel Island on May 24. Vol. X\'] McLELLAN— birds AND MAMMALS 291 An egg- one-third incubated was taken on June 7 on San Martin Island, where this species was nesting in large numbers. 20. Fregata aquila (Linnaeus). Man-o'- war-bird The first Man-o'-war-bird observed by the Ortolan party was noted by Mr. Musser on April 23, when the vessel was about half way between Guadalupe Island and Alijos Rocks. On Clarion Island many Man-o'-war-birds were seen on the cliffs, and in flight after boobies, but there was no indica- tion of nesting. They seemed to be absent from Socorro, but they occurred about Roca Partida, and were found nesting^® in large numbers on the high central plateau of San Benedicto. Many of last year's young were seen about the nests, and the rookery was strewn with dead birds of this age. Several fresh eggs were secured from the nests, and the one preserved in the collection was only slightly incubated. Frigate Birds were seen about Maria Magdalena, and they were found nesting on Isabel Island on May 24. The nests were weak platforms placed in the tops of low trees. Most of the eggs had hatched. The collection comprises one immature female from Clarion (April 28) ; one adult and four immature males (one marked female, two unsexed), and two immature females from San Benedicto, May 12. The adult male from San Benedicto has postnuptial moult in progress. The flight feathers are being renewed and moult is advanced on the head and back, but only slightly so on the neck and under parts. Two immature males (one unsexed) from San Benedicto wear the plumage of the adult bird, save for the grayish feathers of the breast. Moult has commenced on both birds, but the new feathers on the breast still have a grayish cast. Two younger males (one labeled "female" and one unsexed) have the head and forebreast cinnamon, the breast and sides more or less dark colored, and the abdomen white. New "Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, pp. 64-65. 292 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. feathers of a darker cinnamon are appearing on the crown. Two immature females are acquiring new flight feathers and darker cinnamon plumage on the crown. 21. Guara alba (Linnaeus). White Ibis Two birds of this species were noted flying overhead at Magdalena Bay on May 29. 22. Ardea herodias subsp. Since no specimens of great blue herons were secured dur- ing the voyage, the exact status of the birds seen must remain in doubt. Great blue herons were noted by Mr. Wright and Captain Nelson near Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, on April 28 and 29, but none was seen on Socorro. Three of these herons were seen by Mr. Tose on Maria Madre on the shore north of the settlement. They were also noted on Maria Magdalena by Doctor Hanna. On Isabel Island, also, they were present. On May 29, birds of this species were observed at Magda- lena Bay. 23. Nyctanassa violacea (Linnaeus). Yellow-crowned Night Heron Yellow-crowned Night Herons were present on Socorro in small numbers. They frequented a patch of Opuntia to the east of Braithwaite Bay, and Doctor Hanna^^ found that they nested there. In the evening they visited the spring near Gray- son's Cove to drink. Crabs seem to play a large part in the food of these birds. Birds of this species were also noted on the shores of Maria Magdalena. Four specimens were secured on Socorro on May 3 and 11. An unsexed bird is evidently just passing into fully adult plumage. A few dark feathers are still retained on the fore- "Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 61. Vol. XV] McLELL AN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 293 head. An immature female is in fresh feather. Two juveniles show little feather deterioration, and exhibit no indications of moult. 24. Phalaropus fulicarius (Linnaeus). Red Phalarope When the Ortolan was about 55 miles east of San Bene- dicto Island on May 12, one of these birds flew on board and was captured by Mr. Duhem. This bird has just acquired fresh remiges and rectrices, and new contour feathers are in evidence on all areas. 25. Heteroscelus incanus (Gmelin). Wandering Tatler About the Revillaglgedo Islands a number of Wandering Tatlers were observed. They were common on Clarion and two males and one female were secured at Sulphur Bay, April 26. They were also noted near Braithwaite Bay, Socorro. Prenuptial moult is well advanced in one male : only the tertials and greater coverts are worn. Feather replacement has commenced in the flight feathers of the second male, but it has barely begun on the body plumage. The female is in worn dress, but the secondaries and inner primaries are ap- parently newly developed. 26. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper Several birds, believed by Mr. Tose to be of this species, were noted on the beach on Socorro. No specimens were secured. 27. Numenius hudsonicus Latham. Hudsonian Curlew Several Hudsonian Curlews were seen in the vicinity of Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, and one was taken on April 26. This specimen is a female undergoing a prenuptial moult. The outer three pairs of rectrices and several of the inner primaries have been recently renewed. New feathers are pres- ent on the rump and upper tail-coverts, and pin feathers have appeared on the crown. 294 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 28. Pluvialis dominica subsp. Doctor Hanna noted two golden plovers on Clarion Island, April 30. 29. Arenaria interpres morinella (Linnaeus). Ruddy Turnstone Turnstones were fairly numerous on Clarion Island. A male and a female were taken from a flock of about 15 on April 26. Both birds are undergoing- prenuptial moult, the remiges and rectrices (except the central ones of the male) having been recently renewed. 30. Haematopus frazari Brewster. Frazar's Oyster-catcher Oyster-catchers were seen on the beaches of Maria Madre, Maria Magdalena, and Isabel. One male was obtained on Maria Magdalena, May 20, and a set of three eggs was taken on the same day. 31. Columba flavirostris madrensis Nelson. Tres Marias Pigeon Although these pigeons were present on Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena, they were far from common. They fre- quented the taller timber, and were noted at the spring at Arroyo Hondo. Two specimens were taken on Maria Madre on May 17. The prenuptial moult of the male is somewhat more advanced than that of the female, but in both cases there are still many of the flight feathers to be replaced. Many pin feathers are present on the crown and throat of the female. 32. Zenaidura macroura clarionensis Townsend. Clarion Island Mourning Dove These doves seemed to be common on Clarion Island, and apparently were most abundant in the vicinity of Sulphur Bay. Eleven males and six females were collected on April 27, 28, and 29. Most of the birds are in worn plumage, but feather renewal has commenced. Contour feathers are in most Vol. X\] McLELLAX— birds AND MAMMALS 295 instances being replaced, but flight feathers also are being developed in seven cases. One specimen has acquired fresh flight feathers, but the distal primaries and the rectrices are not fully grown. 33. Zenaidura graysoni Lawrence. Socorro Mourning Dove Mourning doves were very numerous on the island of So- corro, being particularly abundant on the higher wooded levels, and ranging almost to the top of the island. They were so fearless that no difficulty was experienced in catching- them alive. At the time of the visit of the Ortolan the fruits of Bumelia socorrcnsis and Prinius capiiU entered very largely into the diet of these birds. Ten males (two immature), eight females (one immature), and one unsexed juvenile were collected on May 7 and 9. A postnuptial moult involving all areas is in progress. Two immature males are acquiring adult plumage. The unsexed juvenile (evidently a late fall bird) has new feathers appear- ing on the crown and throat, and new remiges are developing. 34. Leptotila fulviventris capitalis Nelson. Tres Marias Dove The Tres Marias Dove seemed to be common on both Alaria Madre and Maria Magdalena. It was noted particularly in the vicinity of Arroyo Hondo, and at the water hole on Alaria Magdalena. A male and three females (one immature) were collected on Maria Madre May 17 and 20. One female has not yet begim to acquire nuptial dress, the other and the male are in an advanced state of moult, a com- plete one being in progress. The immature female has a few feathers of the adult present on the crown, and the inner two primaries have recently been renewed. 35. Melopelia asiatica mearnsi Ridgway. Western White-winged Dove This species did not appear to be common at any place visited. A few of the birds were noted on Maria Madre, and one male was secured on ^Vfaria Magdalena. May 21. Another May 20, 19.'6 296 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Ser. male was taken on Isabel Island, May 24, the only one seen on tliat island. Both birds are assuming- nuptial plumage. Pin feathers are present on nearly all the body feather tracts, the inner two primaries are new ones, and the rectrices of the Maria Mag- dalena bird are not fully developed. The example from Isabel Island has a central rectrix only partially grown. 36. Chaemepelia passerina pallescens Baird. Mexican Ground Dove These birds were reported to be abundant near the shore on Maria Madre, May 14; and at the water hole on Maria Magdalena, May 20 ; and were noted at Cape San Lucas, May 28. No specimens were taken, however. y? . Chaemepelia passerina socorroensis (Ridgway). Socorro Ground Dove No great number of ground doves was seen on Socorro. A flock of about 50 birds was noted near the spring at Gray- son's Cove, and Mr. Slevin saw two other birds near Braith- waite Bay. Five males (one immature), eight females (one immature), and one unsexed immature bird were collected on May 4 and 11. A prenuptial moult is in progress. Two of the females are in worn plumage, but a few new feathers are appearing on the back. Other specimens show a more adxanced feather replace- ment,— some renewing the body plumage, others undergoing a moult of the flight feathers, as well. The immature birds are assuming nuptial plumage by a complete moult. 38. Cathartes aura septentrionalis Wied. Turkey Vulture 39. Coragyps urubu urubu (Vieillot). Black Vulture Mr. Tose records Turkey Vultures as being numerous on the l^each on Maria Madre, and he also mentions the presence of "vultures" on IMaria Magdalena. It seems probable that \0L. XV] McLELL AN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 297 both Black and Turkey vultures were represented on the Tres Marias at the time of the visit of the Ortolan, as, during the days the author spent on Maria Madre in October, 1925, the flocks haunting the beach in front of the settlement comprised both species. 40. Buteo borealis calurus Cassin. Western Red-tail On April 19, Doctor Hanna saw two red-tailed hawks flying over the cliffs on Guadalupe Island, 41. Buteo borealis socorroensis Ridgway. Socorro Red-tail Red-tailed hawks were fairly common and not at all wild on Socorro Island. A pair was seen near Grayson's Cove, and many others were in evidence about the steam vents. On one occasion a pair was disturbed in a feast on a three weeks old lamb. The crop of one of the examples contained nearly the whole of a Grayson's Dove. One nest was placed in the face of a cliff near Braithwaite Bay; another, discovered by members of the Ortolan's crew, contained a young bird about four weeks old; a third nest, in a lava bubble on the wall of an arroyo, was noted by Mr. Slevin. Several specimens were obtained by various members of the party. The collection includes the skins of three males and one female, taken on May 3 and 11. One of the males is in greatly abraded plumage. Two others have commenced their postnuptial moult, fresh body and flight feathers appearing. Two of the birds are melanistic ones. 42. Buteo borealis fumosus Nelson. Tres Marias Red-tail Red-tailed hawks were said to be numerous on Maria Madre. They were quite fearless and so easily approached that one was killed by a shot from a collecting pistol. No speci- mens of this species are included in the collection. 298 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 43. Cerchneis sparveria phalasna (Lesson). Desert Sparrow Hawk Mr. Tose saw one sparrow hawk on Guadalupe Island, April 19. 44. Polyborus cheriway pallidus Nelson. Tres Marias Caracara Caracaras were very abundant on Maria Madre, particularly in the vicinity of the settlement. One specimen was taken on May 22, but the skin was not preserved. 45. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmelin). Osprcy Although Ospreys did not appear to be as numerous as they were in 1922, they were still common on Cedros Island. No specimens were secured. 46. Tyto alba pratincola (Bonaparte). American Barn Owl Doctor Hanna and Mr. Wright discovered the kitchen mid- den and feathers of a barn owl in a cave on San Martin Island. 47. Micropallas graysoni (Ridgway). Socorro Elf Owl Socorro Elf Owls were found in the dense growth on the lower levels of the island. They appeared to be less rare than they were formerly supposed to be. Mr. Slevin obtained three in a tree at the bottom of an arroyo near Braithwaite Bay. Sailors obtained two downy young, but the location of the nest was not recorded. Five specimens are in the collection, — an adult male and female, one unsexed bird, a juvenile female, and a downy young, all taken on May 10. The remiges and rectrices of the adult birds are worn, and a few pin feathers are appearing on the crown and throat. The juvenile female is in the hemiptyle stage and worn fila- ments of down still adhere to the feathers. The plumage of this juvenile lacks the intensity of color possessed by the adult. \0L. X\'] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 299 The upper surface is clove brown (somewhat paler and grayer on the crown and forehead), varied by pinkish cinnamon spots and margins on the feathers. The white is absent from the nuchal collar. The lower surface is deep mouse gray, banded by white, and anteriorly suffused by pinkish cinnamon. The unfledged young is clad in grayish white down, through which the hemiptyles are appearing. The measurements, in millimeters, of the adult birds are given b elow : Culmen Middle Wing Tail without cere Tarsus toe Male ... ... 106 49.0 9.5 19.0 14.50 Female ... 108 47.5 51.0 10.0 10.5 19.5 20.0 15.00 Unsexed bird .... ... 105 15.25 48. Speotyto cunicularia rostrata Town send. Clarion Island Burrowing Owl Burrowing owls were common on Clarion Island. They had been nesting in the cliffs, and burrows were found under vines and cacti. No eggs were discovered, and the young birds were all able to fly^^. Insects seemed to be the staple food. Three males and eight females are in the collection. One male appears to have completed its postnuptial moult. Two females are in worn dress, and show no indications of feather replacement. The contour plumage of a male and two females is in good condition, save for that of the head, upon wdiich pin feathers are showing. Three other birds are in worn plumage, but new. feathers are appearing on crown and throat. 49. Aratinga brevipes (Lawrence). Socorro Paroquet Large flocks of paroquets were seen in the hinterland of Socorro, and several pairs of sup|>osedly breeding birds were observed about Grayson's Cove. No nests, however, were discovered. The fruit of Bitmelia socorrcnsis seemed to be a favorite food of this paroquet. " Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.. 4th Ser., Vol. XV. p. 35. 300 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Skr. Five males, nine females, and four unsexed birds were col- lected on May 4 and 9, Feather renewal is in progress. In some cases the first pin feathers are appearing on the throat, other birds have al- most completed the moult. The feather replacement experi- enced by the birds at this season seems to be a complete one, as the contour feathers, rectrices, remiges, and wing-coverts are all involved. 50. Amazona oratrix tresmariae Nelson. Tres Marias Parrot Tres Marias Parrots were seen in pairs and flocks in various parts of Maria Madre, and there were a number of them about the water hole on Maria Magdalena. The fruit of various species of Ficus was rii>e at the time of the visit of the Ortolan, and the parrots were to be found congregated in the neigh- borhood of the fruit-bearing trees. The abundance of these birds is rather surprising in view of the fact that the Tres Marias Parrot is held in high regard as a pet because it learns to talk with great fluency. The con- victs at the settlement on Maria Madre have built up a flourish- ing trade with the mainland, and great numbers of young birds are captured each year to supply the market. No specimens were secured. 51. Psittacula insularis Ridgway. Tres Marias Lovebird Lovebirds did not appear to be very common on Maria Madre, and they were not noted at all on Maria Magdalena. Some examples were collected from a flock feeding in a fig tree in the neighborhood of Arroyo Hondo, others were found in a fig tree near the trail leading across the island. Four males and two females were taken on May 17 and 22. The si>ecimens are all moulting birds. An immature male is acquiring its first nuptial dress. Some of the birds have feather renewal only well begun, others have it considerably advanced. Apparently this moult is complete, as the body plumage, remiges and wing-coverts, and rectrices are all in- volved. Vol. X\'] McLELL an— birds AND MAMMALS ^Q\ 52. Trogonurus ambiguus goldmani (Nelson). Goldman's Trogon Like most of the birds on the Tres Marias, trogons were most numerous in the vicinity of water. The Maria Madre specimens were secured at Arroyo Hondo, and in the heavy timber by the trail leading across the island. The only trogons noted on Maria Magdalena were near the water hole. On Maria Madre four males (three adults and one imma- ture) and one female were collected, and four males and one female were obtained on Maria Magdalena. The plumage of most of the birds exhibited little wear. Moult, however, was in progress. In most cases only the con- tour feathers seemed involved, but one bird is developing new lateral rectrices and the secondaries seem new. An immature bird is just gaining its first nuptial plumage. 53. Dryobates scalaris lucasanus (Xantus). San Lucas Woodpecker The collection includes two birds of this species, — an imma- ture male in the first contour feathers, and a female in much worn plumage. The female is acquiring a new central rectrix, the only indication of moult. The specimens were obtained at Cape San Lucas (May 28). 54. Dryobates scalaris graysoni (Baird). Tres Marias Woodpecker The Tres Marias Woodpecker seemed to be fairly common and generally distributed on Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena. The collection includes two immature birds (marked females, but acquiring red feathers on the pileum) from Maria Madre, May 15 and 16, and two males (one unsexed) from Maria Magdalena, May 19 and 20. New feathers are appearing on the crown, throat, and breast. The immature birds have the feathers of the under parts a good deal worn, and one has an inner primary not fully developed. The under parts of the adult birds are streaked, not spotted. 3Q2 CALIFOJi.\'IA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES ll'iu,c. 4th Ser. 55. Centurus uropygialis Baird. Gila Woodpecker One female of this species was taken at Cape San Lucas on May 28. The phimage on all areas is a good deal worn, but there is no sign of feather renewal. 56. Nyctidromus albicollis insularis Nelson. Tres Marias Parauque Parauques are common on Maria Madre, and may be seen at any hour of the day on forest trails and in shady canons. They were also present on the wooded slopes of Maria Magdalena. An adult male and female were taken on Maria Madre (May 17 and 23), and an immature male was collected on Maria Magdalena (May 20). On May 16, Mr. Mason found a single fresh egg on the road south of the settlement on Maria Madre. The adult birds have the body plumage greatly worn, but show no indications of feather renewal. In the case of the immature male, the flight feathers are also in poor condition. 57. Calypte costae (Bourcier). Costa's Hummingbird Twelve Costa's Hummingbirds were taken during the course of the voyage. An immature male and female were secured at Magdalena Bay (May 30), three males and five females were taken at San Bartolome Bay (June 2), and an immature male and female were collected on Cedros Island (June 3 and 4). The immature male from Magdalena Bay seems to be ac- quiring adult plumage. Many new feathers are present among the worn ones on the back, and only a central patch of throat feathers is non-metallic. The central rectrices of the female are not fully developed, and pin feathers are present on the throat. One male from San Bartolome Bay has five of the inner primaries just appearing, and there are pin feathers on the crown, foreneck, and breast. The other adult males are in worn feather, but moult has not commenced. The contour plumage of two females is worn, but the remiges and rectrices \'0L. XV] McLELLAX— BIRDS AXD MAMMALS 303 are new ones. Three females with fresh wing feathers are gaining new body phimage. The Cedros Island birds are in worn dress, but moult has not begun. 58. Amazilia graysoni Lawrence. Grayson's Hummingbird This hummingbird is quite common on Maria Madre, al- though not so abundant about the settlement as Lawrence's Hummingbird. Many were seen at xA.rroyo Hondo and near the water hole on Maria Magdalena. The specimens (one male and three unsexed birds) in the collection were taken on Maria Madre on May 16, 17, and 20. The remiges and rectrices of these specimens are fresh, and new feathers are being developed on the throat and forehead. One of the unsexed birds is of a distinctly coppery cast on the head and back. The measurements of this specimen are as follows: exposed culmen. 25.75 mm. ; wing, 72; tail, 48.25. 59. Cyanthus lawrencei (Berlepsch). Lawrence's Hummingbird Lawrence's Hummingbird is abundant on Maria Madre — particularly about the settlement — and it was noted about the water hole on Maria Magdalena. The collection includes four males (two immature), one female, and one unsexed (male) bird taken on Maria ]Madre on May 15, 16, and 20. The adult males are in unworn plumage, one having a few pin feathers on the forehead. The female has pin feathers on the crown and throat, and a new fifth primary is just appearing. 60. Tyrannus vociferans Swainson. Cassin's Kingbird An adult male in badly worn plumage was obtained at San Ouintin on June 7. Pin feathers are present on the anterior portions of the body. 304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sfk. 61. Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens (Lawrence). Ash-throated Flycatcher An adult male of this species was among the birds collected on Isabel Island (May 24). Moult is in progress. The ter- tials and secondaries are fresh, many new feathers are visible on the back and throat, and pin feathers are appearing on the forehead and nape. All the rectrices and upper tail-coverts on one side are being renewed at once. 62. Myiarchus cinerascens pertinax Baird. Lower California Flycatcher A female was taken at Cape San Lucas on May 28. The plumage on all areas is greatly worn, but replacement has commenced on the back, upper tail-coverts, throat, and breast. 63. Myiarchus magister magister RidgAvay Arizona Crested Flycatcher This flycatcher proved to be very abundant on Maria Madre. The low growth on the eastern side of the island harbored numbers of them, and many hawked for insects at Arroyo Hondo. Four males and one female were taken on May 15 and 16. All of them had recently completed the prenuptial moult. 64. Myiarchus lawrenceii tresmariae Nelson. Tres Marias Flycatcher Tres Marias Flycatchers were common and shared with the crested flvcatchers the low jjrowth near shore and the territorv in the vicinity of Arroyo Hondo. The plumage of the four females in the collection is greatly worn. New feathers are developing on the cervix and throat of one specimen, and on the throat of another. 65. Empidonax difficilis difficilis Baird. Western Flycatcher A male of this species was taken on Isabel Island, May 24. It is apparently undergoing a prenuptial moult, new and pin \0L. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 3Q5 feathers being present on the throat, forebreast, crown, and back. The first and third tertials have seemingly been just renewed. 66. Myiopagis placens minima Nelson. Little Golden-crowned Flycatcher One example of the Little Golden-crowned Flycatcher was secured on Maria Madre on May 23. The feathers of the crown, the primaries, greater coverts, and tertials are apparent- ly fresh, and a few new feathers are interspersed among the worn ones of the back. 67. Otocoris alpestris actia Oberholser. California Horned Lark An adult male and an immature female were taken at San Quintin on June 7. The male has just commenced to acquire winter plumage, pin feathers being present on the interspecular region. The juvenile, in first contour feathers, has the three proximal primaries newly developed. 68. Aphelocoma californica hypoleuca Ridg^vay. Xantus's Jay An adult female of this species was taken at Cape San Lucas on May 28. The proximal primary appears to be new, and pin feathers are present among the lesser coverts. The plum- age is otherwise a good deal worn. 69. Corvus corax clarionensis Rothschild & Hartert. Clarion Island Raven Ravens were not uncommon on Clarion Island. A number were seen about Sulphur Bay, and a flock of 50 or more was seen on the northern slope of the island. They were seen hovering over the shearwater burrows, and it was thought that they feed to some extent on young shearwaters and boobies. A pair was nesting in the cliff near Sulphur Bay Doctor Hanna^^ noted ravens on San Benedicto, also. " Proc. Calif. .Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 65. 305 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Two males and a female were collected on Clarion. A set of two eggs (only one of which was preserved) was taken on April 30. The birds are in somewhat w^orn plumage. The female is acquiring a new ninth primary. llie measurements, in millimeters, of these examples are as follows: Depth of Breadth Middle Jl'iiig Tail Cuhiieii bill of bill I'arstis toe Males 385 210 61.10 23.7 24.0 63.5 41.5 385 215 60.75 24.2 24.2 65.7 41.0 Female 403 222 66.5 25.2 24.8 66.0 42.5 70. Icterus spurius (Linnaeus). Orchard Oriole At Cedros Island, June 3, there was taken a female Orchard Oriole in much worn plumage. A few new feathers are ap- pearing on the throat and breast. 71. Icterus graysonii Cassin. Grayson's Oriole Arroyo Hondo, on Maria Madre, and the water hole on r^Iaria Magdalena were the gathering points for these orioles at the time of the visit of the Ortolan. The birds were abun- dant at those places, and they also occurred about the set- tlement. With one exception, the four males and one female collected exhibit more or less wear of plumage. One male is in fairly good feather, and has a central rectrix not fully developed. 72. Carpodacus cassini Baird. Cassin's Pur})le Finch Mr. Tose took one Cassin's Purple Fincli in a garden in the settlement on Maria Madre (May 16). The bird is a male with the feathers of the cervix, back, and breast much worn. Fresh feathers and pin feathers are present on the throat. \0L. X\ ] MlLELLAX— BIRDS A\D MAMMALS ^Qy 73. Carpodacus mexicanus dementis Alearns. San Clemente House Finch Only a few house finches appeared to be present on Cedros Island, but a male and female were collected on June 3. Both birds are in greatly worn plumage, but lack any indications of feather renewal. 74. Carpodacus mexicanus ruberrimus Ridgway. San Lucas House Finch Although a number of house finches were observed at Cape San Lucas, no specimens were included in the collection. 75. Carpodacus amplus Ridgway. Guadalupe House Finch House finches are still abundant and widely distributed on Guadalupe Island. A number were nesting in the cholla. The nests examined were lined with goats' hair. Three were found containing eggs, and one held almost fully fledged young. By dissection of the birds, it was evident that the breeding season was far from over. \Yhile some of the birds were unmis- takably nesting, other females had ova practically undeveloped, and other birds were almost ready to lay. Eleven adult and two immature males and nine females were taken on April 21. Three sets of eggs (incubation unrecord- ed) were obtained on the same day. All the birds are in somewhat w'orn plumage, and four of the males are renewing the feathers of the head and throat. 76. Astragalinus psaltria psaltria (Say). Arkansas Goldfinch This species was found to be abundant at Arroyo Hondo, on Maria Madre, and it was also present about the water hole on Maria Magdalena. An adult male and two unsexed birds (a female and an immature male) were taken on Maria Madre on May 17 and 20. A moult involving the body and flight feathers is in progress. The adult male has a few feathers on the interscapulars and rump showing indications of olive- , green, and the immature male retains on the cervix and inter- /CO^' V^ ^^N.?. 30g CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. scapular region a few worn olive-green feathers among the fresh black ones. 77. Astragalinus psaltria hesperophilus Oberholser. Green-backed Goldfinch A flock of about 30 goldfinches was noted on Cedros Island, June 5. They appeared to be very wild. One specimen was secured. It is apparently an immature just passing into adult plumage, moult being in progress on the body feather tracts. The primaries have not been replaced and the white margins of the outer ones have been completely worn away. 78. Passerculus rostratus guttatus Lawrence. San Lucas Sparrow An adult male of this si)ecies was taken at Magdalena Bay on May 29. The bird is in worn plumage, but no feather re- newal has commenced. 79. Junco insularis RidgAvay. Guadalupe Junco Juncos appeared to be scarce on Guadalupe Island, but it is possible that they were more numerous at elevations higher than those visited by the Academy's party. A male and female, taken near shore on April 21, were the only ones seen. The male is undergoing a postnuptial moult, a feather renewal in- volving all areas being in progress. The female is in greatly worn livery, but moult has not yet begun. 80. Amphispiza bilineata deserticola Ridgway. Desert Sparrow At Magdalena Bay, Desert Sparrows were more numerous than elsewhere. They were scarce at San Bartolome Bay, and their numbers had greatly diminished on Cedros Island since 1922. The specimens taken on Cedros were found near the spring at the top of the island. Seven males (one juvenile), two females, and one unsexed bird were obtained at Magdalena Bay, May 30; two males. \0L. XV] McLELLAX— BIRDS AND MAMMALS ^QC) a female, and one unsexed bird were gotten at San Bartolonie Bay, June 2 ; and a male and female were collected on Cedros Island, June 4. With two exceptions, the birds from Magdalena Bay are experiencing a postnuptial moult. In some cases feather re- newal has affected only the plumage of the throat and crown, in others, it has progressed to include all the feather tracts. The juvenile has recently gained its definitive plumage. The birds from San Bartolome Bay are in about the same stage of moult, but those from Cedros Island are a little behind and have but pin feathers on the crown and throat. 81. Amphispiza belli (Cassin). Bell's Sparrow Although Bell's Sparrow was not very abundant on San Martin Island, three males, six females (one immature), and two unsexed birds were obtained on June 8. A male and female were also taken at San Quintin on June 7. Postnuptial moult is well under way in all but three adult birds. All areas, including the wing (coverts and remiges) and tail, are included in the feather replacement. Two imma- ture birds in their first contour feathers show no indications of assuming winter dress. 82. Pipilo carmani Baird. Socorro Towhee Towhees were very abundant on Socorro from sea level to an altitude of about 2700 feet. Most of the specimens were secured near the spring at Grayson's Cove. Twelve males and two females w^ere collected on May 4 and 10. All the birds are in worn plumage. A few had not commenced to moult, but the remainder had feather renewal in progress on the crown and throat. In two cases moult has advanced to affect all the body feather tracts. 83. Cardinalis cardinalis igneus Baird. San Lucas Cardinal Several cardinals were seen in the scrub about Cape San Lucas on May 28. One adult male w-as collected. 310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pkoc. 4th Sir. 84. Cardinalis cardinalis mariae Nelson. Tres Marias Cardinal The cardinal is one of the common birds on Maria Madre. It seemed to be particularly abundant in the Arroyo Hondo vicinity. Four adult males, one adult female, and one unsexed bird (an immature female) were secured on May 15 and 16. In the cases of two males, the gray deciduous margins of the upper parts are still in evidence. The plumage of the un- sexed bird is greatly worn on all areas, the rectrices being re- duced almost to the rachises. A few pin feathers about the nostrils of this bird are the only signs of feather replacement. One male has evidently met with an accident, as the inner secondaries and the tertials are being renewed on one wing. 85. Piranga ludoviciana (Wilson). Western Tanager The only Western Tanager seen on the Tres Marias was a male collected on Maria Madre on May 15. The first nuptial plumage is being assumed, and replacement is nearly complete. 86. Piranga bidentata flammea (Ridgway). Tres Marias Tanager This is one of the abundant birds on the Tres Marias. It is to be found most commonly in the second growth scrub near the shore. At the time of the visit of the Ortolan, many of them were seen near Arroyo Hondo, on Maria Madre, and at the water hole on Maria Magdalena. Four adult males anrl two females were taken on Maria Madre on May 15, 16. 17, and 23. The plumage of all the specimens shows wear. The '"mirrors" on the tertiaries are almost completely worn away. There are no indications of feather renewal. 87. Vireosylva flavoviridis forreri (Madarasz). Forrer's Vireo Althoueh there were manv Forrer's Vireos about the water holes on Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena, their numbers were considerablv less than had been expected. Throe males Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 31 J were taken on Maria Madre, May 15, 16, and 23, and a male and female on Maria Magdalena, May 20 and 21. The ex- amples are apparently in nuptial plumage. One of the females has the gray of the nape still somewhat obscured by greenish margins. 88. Virco hypochryseus sordidus Nelson. Tres Marias Vireo This species appeared to be rare on the Tres Marias, and but one specimen was taken on Maria Madre, May 23. The bird is apparently in prenuptial dress. 89. Compsothlypis pitiayuma insularis (Lawrence). Tres Marias Parula Warbler This warbler was probably the most abundant species on the Tres Marias. At the time of the visit of the Ortolan, its metropoleis were at Arroyo Hondo, on Maria iSIadre, and the water hole on Maria Magdalena. It was found, however, in the scrub near shore and in the various arroyos. Five specimens (three males and two females) were col- lected on Maria Madre on May 15, 16, and 23. A pair was also secured on Isabel Island, May 24. Two females taken on Maria Madre appear to be in fresh body and wing feather, the rectrices exhibiting more wear. Tlie remainder of the specimens have the plumage more worn, but only one, which has pin feathers on the forehead, has com- menced to moult. 90. Compsothlypis graysoni Ridgway. Socorro Warbler The Socorro Warbler was found to be very numerous, par- ticularly in the vicinity of the spring near Grayson's Cove. It occurred, however, wherever the heavier growth extended, re- gardless of elevation. Twelve males, one female, and two un- sexed birds were taken on May 3. About half the specimens have the feathers of the head and cervix margined with olive yellow. The remainder of the birds are in somewhat worn dress, lack the olive yellow margins to the feathers, and are acquiring new plumage on the forehead, crown, and throat. May 20, 1926 312 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Paoc 4th Ser. 91. Dendroica aestiva brewsteri Grinnell. California Yellow Warbler A pair of California Yellow Warblers was taken on Maria Madre on May 16. New greater wing coverts and tertials have been acquired, and pin feathers are present on the crown and throat. 92. Dendroica bryanti castaneiceps RidgAvay. Mangrove Warbler A number of these warblers were seen in and about the mangrove swamp at Magdalena Bay. Three adult and two immature males, and one female were taken on May 29 and 30. One male is in good plumage. Two other males and a female are in worn dress. The tertials, secondaries, and greater coverts of an immature male seem to be new, and pin feathers are appearing on the throat. Another male in its first (and greatly worn) contour plumage is acquiring new feathers on the throat. 93. Dendroica auduboni audubotii (J. K. Townsend). Audubon's Warbler A female and an unsexed example were obtained on Isabel Island on May 24. Prenuptial moult has affected the wing- and tail-coverts, tertials, and rectrices of the unse.xed bird, but has not commenced on the female. 94. Seiurus aurocapillus (Linnaeus). Oven-bird One Oven-bird was secured on Maria Madre on May 16. 95. Wilsonia pusilla pileolata (Pallas). Pileolated Warbler A male and female in nuptial plumage were taken on Maria Madre on May 16 and 17. \'oL. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS ^\^ 96. Granatellus francescae Baird. Tres Marias Red-breasted Chat On May 22 two specimens of this species were taken on Maria Madre near the trail leading across the island. The skins were not preserved. Another bird was seen on the day following, but it was not secured. 97. Mimus polyglottos leucopterus (Vigors). Western Mockingbird A male in worn plumage was taken on Isabel Island (May 24). A few new feathers are appearing on the throat and upper tail-coverts. 98. Mimodes graysoni (Lawrence). Socorro Thrasher The thrashers were the most abundant and most widely dis- tributed species on Socorro. They were particularly numer- ous about the spring at Grayson's Cove, and in the heavily wooded canons. Eight males (one immature) and two females were collected on May 3. Moult is in progress in all but one of the birds. The other specimens are in all stages from initial to almost complete feather renewal, all areas (contour and flight feathers) being involved. 99. Melanotis caerulescens longirostris Nelson. Tres Marias Blue Mockingbird Mockingbirds were not seen about the settlement, and ap- peared to prefer the deeper woods. They were common at Arroyo Hondo and about the water hole on Maria Magdalena. . The specimens collected on Maria Madre (two males and one female) on May 17 and 19. and on Maria Magdalena (one male) on May 20 were in good plumage, save for a little wear on the rectrices. One female from Maria Madre exhibited some wear on the contour feathers as well. 314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seb. 100. Toxostoma cinercum cincreum (Xantus). San Lucas Thrasher Three examples of this species were taken at Cape San Lucas on May 28. An adult male is in greatly abraded plum- age, but no moult has begun. Two hornotines (a male and an unsexed example) have pin feathers present on the sides of breast and rump. One of them has a central rectrix still in the sheath. 101. Heleodytes brunneicapillus affinis (Xantus). San Lucas Cactus Wren An adult female was collected at Cape San Lucas on May 28. 102. Salpinctes obsoletus guadeloupensis Ridgway. Guadalupe Rock Wren These wrens frequented the shore on Guadalupe Island and also occurred in the canon extending inland from Northeast Anchorage. Five adult males, three adult females, and one immature male were collected on April 21. Two males and a female are in worn plumage, and exhibit no signs of moult. The remainder of the adult birds have commenced a postnuptial moult, which in most cases has only affected the upper contour feathers. In one case, however, a new rectrix is being developed and in another the two inner primaries are just being acquired. The juvenile is clad in its first definitive feathers. 103. Salpinctes obsoletus proximus Swarth. San Martin Rock Wren Rock wrens did not appear to be common on San Martin Island, but four males and one female were secured on June 8. In spite of the wear exhibited by the feathers of all the specimens, moult has not begun. One bird has recently gained the fourth, fifth, and sixth primaries in one wing, but there is no corresponding replacement in the other. Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 315 A male in the collection taken on August 14, 1922, is ex- periencing a renewal of the wing- and tail-coverts, as well as the contour feathers. An immature in its first contour feathers, taken on July 11, 1905, is much paler than the Guadalupe bird in similar plumage. The under parts shade from white on the throat to a very pale vinaceous-cinnamon on the under tail- coverts. A female taken on July 11, 1905, is in worn plum- age. A new third primary is the only indication of moult. The measurements, in millimeters, of the Academy's series are given below. Males Middle toe Wing Tail Culm en Tarsus without claw 68 47.75 19.00 21.20 14.1 69 50.00 20.00 20.50 14.1 68 50.50 17.75 19.75 14.5 68 50.00 19.00 20.50 15.0 68 49.00 18.00 20.50 14.7 s .... 70 50.50 18.00 21.00 15.0 66 45.00 18.00 19.75 14.4 Females 104. Salpinctes obsoletus exul Ridgvvay. San Benedicto Rock Wren Rock wrens were not numerous on San Benedicto. Mr. Slevin found them on the southern slope of Mt. Herrera and a few on the western shore. According to Mr. Wright, the wrens were nesting at the time of the visit of the Ortolan. Five males, three females (one immature), and one unsexed bird were secured on May 12. Two males, two females, and the unsexed bird are in worn livery, but moult has not commenced. One male has new feathers on the crown. Another has new flight feathers, and moult on other areas is nearly complete, but many pin feathers are in evidence on the crown and wing- and tail-coverts. A third male is in fresh plumage, save for some worn lesser coverts. This bird is a partial albino. Its plumage is much grayer than that of the other fresh-plumaged male, and there are patches of white on the upper parts. The under parts of the immature bird approximate in coloration those of the San Martin specimen in similar plumage, but the upper parts are 316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. darker. The immature bird from Guadalupe lacks the grayish cast of the upper parts possessed by the one from San Benedicto. The measurements, in millimeters, of the series from San Benedicto are as follows : Males Exposed Middle toe IVhig Tail cuhnen Tarsus uHthout clazi 69 51.5 18.50 22.0 14.0 73 52.5 17.75 20.9 13.5 72 50.0 21.00 21.0 15.0 66 50.0 20.00 18.5 14.1 67 51.0 17.75 21.5 15.5 s 68 51.0 17.25 20.1 16.0 69 50.0 19.75 19.5 14.0 Females 105. Thryomanes bewicki charienturus Oberholser. San Diego Wren One San Diego Wren (a male) was secured at San Quintin on June 7, and four males were taken near the spring at the summit of Cedros Island on June 4. In all cases the plumage was greatly worn, but moult had not commenced. 106. Troglodytes tanneri Townsend. Clarion Island Wren These wrens were common on Clarion Island. Most of the specimens in the collection were taken in the vicinity of Sul- phur Bay, where they frequented the scrubby growth and patches of cactus. Although they were most abundant near the shore, they occurred on all parts of the island. According to the notes of Mr. Tose, the specimens collected showed little indication of nesting. On April 28, however, Doctor Hanna^° found a nest containing four half-grown young. Twenty-one males (one immature), 12 adult females, and two unsexed examples were taken on April 26, 27, 28, and 29. Postnuptial moult is well under way in these specimens. A few individuals have pin feathers just appearing on forehead and throat, others are gaining new tertials, also. Still others have renewed the contour feathers and remiges, and have *'Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.. 4th Ser.. Vol. XV, p. 35. Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 317 moult progressing on upper and under wing-coverts and rec- trices. In no case did moult appear to be complete. The one immature bird in the collection shades from mummy brown on the head to a cinnamon brown on the rump and upper tail- coverts. The under parts are suffused with tawny-olive, deep- est on the under tail-coverts. The under tail-coverts are immaculate. 107. Thryomanes insularis (Lawrence). Socorro Wren Socorro Wrens seemed to be abundant. Many were noted about the spring near Grayson's Cove, and they also occurred among the trees on the slopes of Mt. Evermann to an elevation of at least 2700 feet. Nine specimens (three males and six females) were collected. An adult male and female are in completely new livery. The remaining examples have the plumage somewhat worn, but show no indications of moult. 108. Pheugopedius felix lawrencii (RidgAvay). Lawrence's Wren Lawrence's Wren is exceedingly abundant on Maria Madre. It is commonly a denizen of the second growth scrub. Three adult males and an adult female are in the collection, taken on May 15 and 16. They are all in somewhat worn plumage, but exhibit no signs of moult. 109. Auriparus flaviceps lamprocephalus Oberholser. Cape Verdin A number of these birds were noted about Magdalena Bay, and four males, an adult and an immature female, and three unsexed immature birds were collected on May 29 and 30. One female was taken at Cape San Lucas on May 28. The plumage of the adult birds shows a good deal of wear, but moult has only just commenced. Pin feathers are present on the throat and breast of two individuals, and a third has just gained a new proximal primary and two new rectrices. The bird from Cape San Lucas has a pair of fresh rectrices, and new feathers are appearing on the crown. The immature birds are wearing the first definitive feathers. 318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 110. Polioptila plumbea (Baird). Plumbeous Gnatcatcher One individual of this species was taken at Cape San Lucas May 28. The bird is in good plumage, save for the remiges and rectrices. One secondary and one tertial appear to be new, and a central rectrix is being developed. 111. Polioptila californica Brewster. Black-tailed Gnatcatcher Gnatcatchers were fairly common at Magdalena Bay, and two males and a female were taken there on May 30. One adult and an immature male were also taken at San Quintin on June 7. One male from Magdalena Bay is undergoing a postnuptial moult. The feathers are little worn, but pin feathers are present on the crown and underparts. The central rectrices and proximal secondary appear to be new. The other male is in worn plumage, but no moult has commenced. The plumage of the female is less worn, but pin feathers are appearing on the crown and upper tail-coverts. The adult male from San Quintin has a patch of pin feathers on the breast, the only in- dication of feather renewal. The immature bird has no re- placement in progress. In the cases of one male and female from Magdalena Bay, the black on the outer web of the outer rectrix is barely per- ceptible, and the colors of the upper and under parts are in- termediate between those of P. californica and P. plumbea. A male and an unsexed bird, taken at Magdalena Bay, July 25, 1922, exhibit the same characters^\ 112. Planesticus graysoni (Ridgway). Tres Marias Robin Robins were common on the Tres Marias, particularly about Arroyo Hondo, on Maria Madre, and the water hole on Maria Magdalena. Three specimens were taken on Maria Madre on May 17. The flight feathers are in good condition, but the contour plumage is somewhat worn. Moult has not commenced. -' Cf. Thayer and Bangs, Condor, Vol. IX, p. 134. Vol. XV] McLELLAN— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 319 List of Species of Mammals 1. Macrotus mexicanus bulled H. Allen. Buller's Big-eared Bat A deserted ranch house at the northern end of Maria Madre was found by Doctor Hanna and Mr. Slevin to harbor large numbers of big-eared bats. Other individuals of this species were discovered in the lime kiln near the hospital. Twelve specimens were taken on May 17, and preserved in alcohol. Later, six of these examples (four females and two males) were made up as study skins. The measurements, in millimeters, of the skins and skulls are given below. Skins: Total length Males 96 90 90 90 Females 86 84 Ear from crown Tragus Forearm 21.00 20.10 19.50 20.5 21.5 20.5 7.50 6.50 6.90 6.00 6.50 7.00 46.25 47.00 47.25 48.50 49.5 49.5 Thumb 12.75 12.00 12.50 12.00 12.90 12.90 Tibia 20.5 21.5 20.0 21.0 21.0 20.5 Foot 13.0 13.0 12.5 12.5 12.0 12.2 Tml 32 28 27 27 30 30 Skulls: Males Basal length 19.00 19.00 Females 18.75 18.50 Palatal Width of Height of Interorbital Zygoma- Length of length 11.0 10.9 11.0 11.0 11.0 braincase braincase width tic breadth mandible 9.25 9.00 8.75 9.50 9^^60 9.00 9.25 9.25 8.90 4.5 4.5 4.7 4.7 4.9 11.50 11.40 11.25 11.7 11.75 15.50 15.50 15.25 15.4 15.5 2. Rhogeessa parvula H. Allen. Tres Marias Rhogeessa The collection contains four examples of this species taken on Maria Madre on May 15 and 16. Mr. Slevin saw a number of these small bats under the tiles of the disused hospital building. The measurements of the one study specimen are as follows : Skin. — Total length, 7Z mm.; ear from crown, 9.5; tragus, 4.5 ; forearm, 28.5 ; thumb, 6.0; tibia, 11.25 ; foot, 5.75 ; tail, 13. 320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ses. Skull. — Basal length. 10.5 ; palatal length, 6.5 ; width of brain- case, 6.0; height of braincase, 4.9; interorbital width, 3.0; zy- gomatic breadth, 8.25 ; length of mandible, 9.10. 3. Felis catus Linnaeus. Domestic Cat Mute testimony as to one force disturbing the balance of nature on Cedros Island, is the skull of a domestic cat which was found there. 4. Zalophus californianus (Lesson). California Sea Lion According to Mr. Tose's notes, California Sea Lions were in evidence at sea north of Cape San Lucas, May 29, and many were seen near shore at Cedros Island, June 5. Doctor Hanna^" counted 34 cows and bulls (no pups) on a narrow shelf of rock just above the surf line on Outer Island, Guadalupe Island. He also records'"^ them as occupying the beaches on the western side of San Martin Island. At this place, one skull was collected. 5. Phoca richardii geronimensis Allen. San Geronimo Harbor Seal One skull of a harbor seal was collected by Doctor Hanna at Turtle Bay. There is no record of animals of this species having been seen alive at any of the points visited. 6. Peromyscus maniculatus geronimensis (Allen). Ashy-gray White-footed Mouse The refuse heap of an American Barn Owl domiciled on San Martin Island contained mandibles which apparently are re- ferable to this species. " Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. XV, p. 25. »» Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th S«r., Vol. XV, p. 92. Vol. XV] McLELLAX— BIRDS AND MAMMALS 321 7. Peromyscus eremicus cedrosensis Allen. Cedros Island White-footed Mouse One female of this species was taken on Cedros Island on June 4. 8. Neotoma intermedia pretiosa Goldman. Matancita Wood Rat The collection contains a male and female of this wood rat taken at Magdalena Bay on May 30. 9. Neotoma bryanti Merriam. Cedros Island Wood Rat Two of these wood rats were taken in traps set close to the spring near the top of Cedros Island, June 4. 10. Neotoma martinensis Goldman. San Martin Island Wood Rat The rubbish heap of an American Barn Owl contained an almost complete skull of tlie endemic wood rat of San Martin Island. From the number of mandibles and other bones at- tributable to this species contained in the mass, it would appear that wood rats are fairly common on the island. 11. Rattus rattus rattus (Linnaeus). Black Rat The trapping on Maria Madre resulted in the addition of a Black Rat to the collection. 12. Ammospermophilus leucurus peninsulae (Allen). Lower California Antelope Ground Squirrel Antelope ground squirrels were noted at Cape San Lucas on May 28. No specimens were obtained. 322 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Sek. 13. Lepus calif ornicus magdalenae Nelson. Magdalena Island Jack Rabbit Three individuals of this species were seen at Magdalena Bay, May 30, but no specimens were taken. 14. Sylvilagus graysoni (Allen). Tres Marias Cottontail Three cottontails were taken on Maria Madre, May 23, be- tween the settlement and the salinas. Others were seen in the vicinity of the wireless station. They were said to be generally distributed over the island, but did not appear to be very abundant. 15. Megaptera nodosa (Bonaterre). Humpback Whale Doctor Hanna^* observed several whales of this species at close range off Clarion Island on April 26. 16. Prodelphinus longirostris (Gray). Long-nosed Porpoise The skull of a I>ong-nosed Porpoise was picked up on the beach on Isabel Island, May 24. « Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. X\', p. 31. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 12, pp. 323-397 June 3, 1926 XII THE ANTIRRHINOIDE^-ANTIRRHINE^ OF THE NEW WORLD BY PHILIP A. MUNZ Professor of Botany, Pomona College In 1923, Miss Martha Hilend, a student at Pomona College, undertook a study of the southern California species of Antir- rhinum. This work was carried on in the herbarium and in the field, but neither sufficient time nor material was available for any sort of conclusion regarding- the status of the more confusing species. In 1924, therefore, during a stay of some months at the Gray Herbarium, I devoted considerable time to work on Antirrhinum. It soon became evident that an un- derstanding of Antirrhimmi maiirandioides Gray and of A. speciosmn (Nutt.) Gray involved the genera Maurandya and Galvesia respectively ; and, finally, it was deemed best to study the other closely related genera for those species native to the New World. So far as possible, identification keys are pre- sented also for species introduced from the Old World, but descriptions of such species are not included. In addition to the Gray Herbarium (G), I visited and studied material in the following herbaria : New York Botani- cal Garden (NY), Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences (Ph), United States National Herbarium (US), Field Mu- seum of Natural History (F), Missouri Botanical Garden June 3, 1936 324 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. (M), University of California (C), California Academy of Sciences (Ca), Stanford University (S), and Pomona College (Po). The abbreviations indicated in parentheses above are those used in citing- material in the various herbaria. To those in charge of the herbaria, to whose kindness I owe the privi- lege of examining and, in some cases, borrowing material, I hereby extend an expression of gratitude. To Miss Martha Hilend I express my thanks for color notes made in the field for several species. Key to Genera Leaves entire, ovate to lanceolate to linear, but not tri- angular-hastate, circular, reniform, cordate, nor lobed (except in 2 species of Linaria which have spurred corollas) ; corolla with definite palate more or less closing the throat, and saccate, gib- bous or spurred at the base. Shrubs ; leaves mostly opposite or in threes 4. Galvesia Herbs; basal leaves often opposite, rarely in threes; cauline leaves mostly alternate. Fertile stamens 2, other 3 very rudimentary; seed with inrolled (cup-shaped) wing 2. Mohavea Fertile stamens 4, the Sth rudimentary. Corolla with narrow spur at base of tube (spur very insignificant in L. ftoridana of the S. E. United States) 1. Linaria Corolla scarcely spurred, rather saccate or gibbous at base (with rather promi- nent but broad spur in A. cornntum.) . . .3. Antirrhinum Leaves triangular-hastate, circular, reniform, or cordate, often crenate or lobed ; corolla usually with in- ternal plaits, but with true palate in one species only (Maurandya antirrltitiiflora) ; corolla scarcely more than gibbous at base. Sepals decidedly thickened, indurated, gibbous at base, and with very evident midrib and reticu- late veining ; capsule thick walled, surmounted by beak-like, flattened, thickened base of style, dehiscing regularly by 2 clean, semicircular slits, one on each side of base of style; body of seed flat 5. Epixiphium Sepals not much thickened, l)ut membranaceous or foliaceous ; capsule rather thin-walled, dehisc- ing with 2 irregular subterminal openings; style practically filiform; body of seed thick. \-0L. XV] MUNZ—THE ANriRRHINOWEM-ANTlRRHINEM 335 Calyx herbaceous ; floor of corolla throat either with plaits or two lines of hair; filaments with 2 rows of tack-shaped glands 6. Maurandya Calyx membranous, purple ; floor of corolla throat without ridges or lines of hair; fila- ments lacking glands 7. Rhodochiton I. LINARIA The position of our native species in the genus Linaria has, I think, not been questioned. I have not gone into the generic position of some of the introduced ones, such as L. elatine (L.) Mill., L. cyuibalaria (L.) Mill., and L. minor (L.) Desf., such a study scarcely being within the scope of this paper. Though I key these out in Linaria, such action should not be interpreted as an expression of opinion concerning the status of Kicksia, Cymbalaria, and Chaenorrhinum. Key to Species Throat of corolla completely closed by palate. Flowers in terminal racemes and on erect or ascend- ing stems. Seeds subcylindric, longitudinally angled, trun- cate ; native American species § Lcptoplectron Pennell Spur slender, at least 5 mm. long; pedicels shorter than corollas, glabrate ; ra- cemes strict not branching; corolla generally 7-12 mm. long. Seeds smooth, not covered with minute tubercles; corollas, exclusive of spur, usually not over 7-9 mm. long; eastern North America la. L. canadensis var. typica Seeds covered with minute tubercles; corollas 9-12 mm. long; western North America to South America lb. L. canadensis var. tcxana Spur short, blunt, scarcely 1 mm. long; pedicels longer than corollas, glandu- lar-puberulent ; racemes commonly paniculately branched ; corolla 5-7 mm. long; southeastern United States 2. L. floridana Seeds not subcylindric, truncate nor longitudi- nally angled, but triangularly angled or transversely corrugate ; introduced species. 326 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Spur short, blunt, scarcely Yt, the length of the corolla ; flowers nearly white, striped with blue ; perennial by hori- zontal rootstock 3. L. repens Spur longer, slender-pointed, over half the length of the corolla. Seeds winged. Flowers yellow or yellowish. Perennial, 3-8 dm. high ; pedicels equaling or exceeding calyx ; calyx - segments ovate, glabrous, ca. half as long as mature capsule. . . .5. L. vulgaris Annual, 0.5-2.0 dm. high ; pedi- cels often shorter than calyx ; calyx - segments linear - oblong, glandular- pubescent, almost as long as mature capsule 6. L. supina Flowers pale lavender with yellow- ish palate; leaves lanceolate to lance-linear ; plant annual or biennial. Known in Ameri- ca only from Newfoundland. .. .4. x L. septum Seeds not winged. Branches of 2 sorts (basal slender short ones 5-10 cm. long, with elliptic leaves ca. 3 mm. wide; and tall erect ones with fili- form leaves ca. 1 mm. wide) ; corolla purple, throat yellow, reticulate with purple veins ; plant annual or biennial ; cap- sule indurated, surpassed by calyx 7. L. reticulata Branches not dimorphic as above, but all of one sort. Flowers purple ; plant erect, coarse, several dm. high ; capsule indurate, scarcely equaling sepals 8. L. purpurea Flowers yellow. Annual; very slender stemmed ; pedicels fil- iform, longer than calyx; cauline leaves linear-filiform 9. L. spartea Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEM-ASTIRRHINE/E 337 Perennial ; fairly coarse. Leaves ovate to lanceo- late, half clasp- ing; pedicels equal to or ex- ceeding calyx 10. L. dalmatica Leaves lanceolate to linear, merely ses- sile; pedicels shorter than calyx 11. L. genistifoHa Flowers solitary in the axils of prostrate stems. Leaf-blades entire, pinnately veined, longer than petioles ; stems with spreading pubescence. Leaves broadly ovate, rounded or subcordate at base ; corolla yellowish with purple upper lip 12. L. spuria Leaves hastate ; corolla yellowish, purple be- neath 13. L. elatine Leaf-blades palmately lobed, shorter than peti- oles ; stems glabrous 14. L. cymbalana Throat of corolla not completely closed by palate ; glandu- lar-pubescent annual with linear to linear-spatulate leaves; flowers shorter than pedicels, bluish 15. L. minor 1. LiNARiA CANADENSIS (L.) Dum.-Cours. Bot. Cult. 2:96, 1802. Glabrous, dark green annual, or biennial ; stems very slender and of two kinds, fertile ones erect or ascend- ing, 1-5 (8) dm. high, simple or branched, leafy below and ending in slender pedunculate racemes, sterile stems largely basal, spreading or procumbent, filiform, 2-10 (15) cm. long, very leafy, sometimes elongating and becoming fer- tile; leaves of fertile stems entire, linear to linear-oblong, o|>- posite or in 3's at the base, alternate above, acute to obtusish, sessile, blades 5-25 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, leaves of sterile stems crowded, entire, ovate to elliptic to linear, obtuse to acute, blades 3-20 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, sessile or on petioles 1-2 mm. long; inflorescence a glabrate, spicate slender raceme, flowers fairly crowded, but fruit scattered on nodes 5-25 mm. apart, peduncles 2-12 cm. long, racemes proper 5-30 cm. long, pedicels 2-10 mm. long, filiform, glabrate to finely 328 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tu S«r. glandular-pubcrulent, ascending to appressed, each subtended by a minute subulate bract ; calyx glabrate to glandular-puberu- lent, 5-parted into subequal herbaceous, lanceolate segments 2-3 mm. long with scarious margins and divergent tips ; corolla pale blue to purplish blue, with reticulate veinings, strongly bilabiate, closed at throat, 7-12 mm. long exclusive of spur, glabrate without, tube whitish, slightly constricted above base, 2.5-4 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, glabrous within, with slender spur at base, upper lip reflexed, 4-5 mm. long, lobes oblong, 2-3 mm. long, lower lip spreading, deflexed, 5-10 mm. long, with the well formed palate convex, 2-ridged, pubescent, ex- tending to base of lobes, lobes broad, suborbicular, 3-4 mm. long, middle one projecting beyond others ; stamens glabrous, didynamous, 2-3 mm. long, included, filaments slightly dilated, scarcely geniculate, anther-sacs divergent, confluent, less than 0.5 mm. long, 5th stamen very rudimentary, represented by filament-base only; pistil glabrous, 2-3 mm. long, stigma entire, style equal to ovary; capsule 2.5-3.5 mm. long, cylin- dric-globose, equaling or slightly exceeding calyx, tipped by short stout persistent style, rather thin-walled and dehiscing irregularly by 2 large terminal pores ; seeds subconic-cylindric, truncate, angled, not winged, less than 0.5 mm. long, smooth to tuberculate. la. L. canadensis var. typica, nom. nov. Antirrhimun canadense L., Sp. PI., 618. 1753. Linaria canadensis Dum.-Cours., Bot. Cult. 2:96. 1802. Chavannes, Monogr. Antirrh., 149. 1833. Pennell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 73: 501. 1922. Corolla, exclusive of spur, from 7-9 mm. long; seeds smooth. Type locality: Probably southern New Jersey (Pennell, Torreya 19:151. 1919). Herbarium material of this and of the next variety is so abundant that no attempt is here made to cite specimens, especially as the whole matter has been so adequately discussed by Pennell (Proc. Phila. Acad., 1. c. ). I have seen sheets that I would refer to the var. typica from N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I.. Conn.. N. Y., N. J., Md., Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ASTIRRHINOIDEJEAMIRRHINEJE 329 Va., N. C, S. C, Intl., 111., Ga., Ala., and Fla. From Vene- zuela I have seen two sheets that apparently belong here : Colonia Tovar, Aragua, Pit tier 9953 (G) ; and "prope colo- niam Tovar," Fendlcr 836 (Ph). The intergradation between this and the next variety is quite complete and, as shown by Pennell, the roughness of the seeds is the best character. lb. LiNARiA CANADENSIS var. TEXANA (Sclicele) Pennell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7Z :502. 1922. Pennell in Millsp. & Nutt., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5 :221. 1923. L. texana Scheele, Linuc-ea 21 :761. 1848. Rydb.. Fl. Rocky Mts., 762. 1922. Small, Fl. S. E. U. S., 1056. 1903. Schulz, 500 Wildflowers of San Antonio, 190. 1922. L. canadensis of H. & A., Bot. Beechey, 153 and 375. 1833. Curtis Bot. Mag. 10: pi. 3473. 1836. Gray, Bot. Mex. Bound. Survey, 111. 1859. Bolander, Pis. San Fran., 21. 1870. Coulter, Rocky Mt. Bot., 273. 1885. Behr. Fl. Vic. San Fran., 153. 1888. Brandegee, Proc. Cal. Acad. II, 1:215. 1888. David- son, List Pis. L. A. Co., 13. 1892. Cat. Pis. L. A. Co., 22. 1896. McClatchie, Fl. Pasadena, 642. 1895. Anderson, Nat. Hist. Santa Cruz Co., 41. 1894. Howell, Fl. N. W. Amer. 1 :504. 1901. Rydb. Fl. Colo., 305. 1905. Coulter & Nelson, Rocky Mt. Bot., 438. 1909. Frye & Rigg, N. W. Flora, 343. 1912. Wooton & Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 19:577. 1915. Abrams, Fl. L. A., 357. 1904 and 328. 1917.. Jepson, Fl. W. Mid. CaHf., 397. 1901 and 371. 1912. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 324. 1923. Jepson, Man. Calif., 901. 1925. Corolla, exclusive of spur commonly 9-12 mm. long; seeds covered with minute tubercles. Type locality: "Zvvischen Houston und Austin," Texas. Of wide distribution; I have seen material from S. Car., Ga., Ala., Miss., La., Texas, N. Mex., Ariz., Colo., Kansas, Okla., Mo., B. C, Wash., Ore., Calif., Mex., Colombia, Venezuela, Peru, Bolivia, Chile. Argentine, Uiiiguay, Santo Domingo. 330 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«. Occasionally with much reduced flowers and becoming quite cleistogamous for example, Laguna Lakes, Orange Co., Mnnz 6910 (Po) with corollas 4-5 mm. long and spur 3-4 mm. ; and Potrero Grade, San Diego Co., Calif., Munz 9^64 (Po) with corollas ca. 2 mm. long and spur quite lacking. 2. Lin ARIA floridana Chapman, Fl. So. U. S., 290. 1860. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2: 250. 1888. Small. FI. S. E. U. S., 1056. 1903. Penncll, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 71:258. 1920. Glabrate or finely puberulent annual or biennial ; stems very slender, much as in the preceding species but more glandular- puberulent ; leaves of fertile stems linear, 5-25 mm. long, ca, 1 mm. wide, those of sterile stems as in preceding species: in- florescence finely puberulent, the racemes frequently panicu- lately branched, pedicels glandular-puberulent, 5-12 mm. long, exceeding the minute flowers; calyx glandular-puberulent, 2 mm. long, 5-parted into lanceolate greenish segments with hyaline margins : corolla like that of preceding species, but smaller, light blue, S-7 mm. long, glabrous without, with spur scarcely 1 mm. long, corolla-tube ca. 2.5 mm. long, glabrous within, upper lip of corolla reflexed, ca. 2 mm. long, lobes oblong, ca. 1 mm. long, lower lip spreading, convex, 3 mm. long, with well formed pale palate with exceedingly minute pubescence, lobes ca. 1 mm. long, oblong, middle one project- ing beyond others; fertile stamens didynamous 1.5 and 2.5 mm. long, filaments dilated, arcuate above, glabrous, not geni- culate, anther-sacs divergent, confluent, ca. 0.5 mm. long; pistil scarcely 2 mm. long, glabrous, style 1 mm. long, stigma entire; capsule as in preceding sj^ecies, but 2-3 mm. long; seeds ca. 3 mm. long, dark, somewhat subconic-cylindric, angled, relatively smooth. Type locality: "Drifting sands near the coast. West Flori- da. "'Material studied: INIISSLSSIPPI : Horn Island, Tracy & Earle in 1894 (F, US) ; Petit Rois Island, Tracy 5106 (F, M, NY) ; Cat Island, Lloyd & Tracy 8g (NY) : Deer Island, Earlc 141J (G). ALABAMA: Mobile, Mohr in rSSj (G, Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEM-ANTIRRHINEM 33I M), in 1878 (Ph, US). GEORGIA: Fifteen Mile Creek, Emanuel Co., Harper 976 (F, G, M, NY, US). FLORIDA: without locality, Simpson in i88p (US), Chapman (G, M, NY, US) ; Pensacola, Baker in i8p8 (NY, Po) ; Appalachi- cola, Curtiss 1846 (F, G, M, NY, Ph, US), Chapman (F, G, Ph, NY), Chapman 4106a (G, NY, US), Chapman in 1875 (G), Saurman in 1867 (F, Ph) ; Ft. Augustine, Smith in 1884 {¥, G), St. Augustine, Reynards (NY) ; Indian River, Palmer 55^ (G, M, NY, US) ; Eustis, Hitchcock in 1894 (M), Nash 192 (F, G, C, M, NY, Ph, US), Hitchcock 1421 (F) ; Leesburg, Pennell 9681 (G, NY, US) ; Hernando Co., Hitchcock 1420 (F), in 1898 (M) ; Polk Co.. Ohlinger 459 (F, M) ; Apopka, Pennell 9679 (F, M, NY, Ph) ; and Jensen, Curtiss 5835 (G, C, M, NY, US). 3. LiNARiA REPENs (L.) Mill., Gard. Diet., ed. 8, no. 6. 1768. Antirrhinum repens L. Sp. PI., 614. 1753. Linarin striata DC. Fl. France 3:586. 1805. Benth. in DC, Prodromus 10: 278. 1846. Introduced species, native to Europe; known in the New World from Newfoundland, New Brunswick, and New York. 4. X LiNARiA SEi'iUM J. G. Allm.. Proc. Irish Acad. 2:404. 1844. L. vulgari^repens Sowerby, Eng. Bot. 6:142. 1873. Supposed to be a hybrid between L. repens and /.. vulgaris. On this continent known only from Newfoundland. 5. Lin ARIA vulgaris Hill, Brit. Herb. 108. 1756. Antirrhinum linaria L. Sp. PI., 616. 1753. Linaria linaria Karst, Deutsch. Fl. 947. 1880-83. Native to Eurasia; widely introduced in North America. I have seen material from the southern provinces of Canada and most of the states of the Union. 332 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES IProc. 4th Ser. 6. LiNARiA supiNA (L.) Dcsf., Fl. Atlant. 2:44. 1800. Antirrhinum supinum L., Sp. PI., 615. 1753. Native of the Mediterranean region. Known in America from Mass., N. Y., Penn., N. J., and Calif. 7. Linaria pinifolia (Poiret) n. comb. Antirrhinum pinifolium Poiret, Voy. en Barb. 2: 193. 1789. A. reticulatnm Smith, Icon. Pict. PI. Rar. 1 : pi. 2. 1790. Linaria reticulata Desf., Fl. Atlant. 2:48. 1800. Native of the western Mediterranean region. It has been collected in Conn, and Calif. A specimen from near San Diego has been referred to L. reticulata aureopnrpurea; I have been unable to check the status of this variety. 8. Linaria purpurea (L.) Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 5. 1768. Antirrhinum piirpiircum L. Sp. PI., 613. 1753. A native of southern Europe. It has been collected in New Jersey. 9. Linaria spartea Link & Hoff., Fl. Port. 1 -.I^ti. 1809. Native of southern Europe and northern Africa. Has been collected in Connecticut. 10. Linaria dalmatica (L.) Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, no. 13, 1768. Antirrhinum dalmaticuni L. Sp. PI., 616. 1753. Native of the eastern Mediterranean region and introduced into Pennsylvania and California. 11. Linaria genistifolia (L.) Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, n. 14. 1768. Antirrhinum genistifolium L. Sp. PI., 616. 1753. Native of Austria, Hungary, etc. IntrcKluced into Mass., New York, and Pennsylvania. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDE^ANTIRRHINEM 333 12. LiNARiA SPURIA (L.) Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, no. 15. 1768. Antirrhinum spttrium L. Sp. PL, 613. 1753. Kicksia spuria Dumont, Fl. Belg. 35, 1827. Elatinoides spuria Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 4: Abt. 3b, 58, 1891. Widespread in Europe and western Asia. In the New World it has been introduced into New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Ala- bama, Florida, California, and Chile. 13. LiNARiA ELATINE (L.) Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, no. 16. 1768. Antirrhinum elatine L., Sp. PI., 612. 1753. Kicksia elatine Dumont, Fl. Belg. 35. 1827. Elatinoides elatine Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 4: Abt. 3b, 58. 1891. Widespread in Europe and about the Mediterranean. In the New World it has been collected in most eastern and southern states, in Oregon and California, in Bermuda, Cuba, and Haiti. 14. Lin ARIA cymbalaria (L.) Mill. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, no. 12. 1768. Antirrhinum cymbalaria L., Sp. PL, 612. 1753. Cymbalaria cymbalaria Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 4 : Abt. 3b, 58. 1891. Native to western Europe. Escaped in Ontario, many eastern states, Bermuda.^ Missouri, Oregon, and Puebla, Mexico. 15. LiNARiA minor (L.) Desf., Fl. Atlant. 2:46. 1800. Antirrhinum minus L., Sp. PI., 617. 1753. Chanorrhinum minus Lange in Wilke & Lange, Prodr. Fl. Hisp. 2:579. 1870. Widely distributed in Europe and northern Africa. Known in America from Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, On- tario, Vermont, Connecticut, New York, Penn., N. J.. Ala., Mich., Ind., 111. 334 CALIFORS'IA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Sm. II. MOHAVEA Flowers pale yellow, 2.5-3.5 cm. long; palate conspicu- ously purple dotted ; tube and throat together ca. VS the length of the whole corolla; lower lip lobed to 6 or 8 mm. above the palate ; stamens slightly pu- bescent; seeds less than 2 mm. long 1. M. confertiflora Flowers lemon yellow, 1.5-2.0 cm. long; palate not con- spicuously dotted ; tube and throat together ca. Yz length of whole corolla ; lower lip lobed to within 2 or 3 mm. of palate; stamens glabrous; seeds 2-2.5 mm. long 2. M. breviflora 1. MoHAVEA CONFERTIFLORA (Beiitli.) Heller Muhlen- bergia8:48. 1912. M. confertiflora in Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. IV, 12: 1164. 1924. Jepson, Man. Calif., 901. 1925. Antirrhinum confertiflorum Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:592. 1846. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 7:372. 1868. Moh(wea vis- aWa Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep. 4:122. 1857. Proc. Amer. Acad. 7:378. 1868. Bot. Ives Exped., 19. 1860. Bot. Calif., 1 :552. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2 :254. 1888. Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep. 5:363. 1857. Orciitt, Fl. So. & Lower Calif., 8. 1885. Cur- ran, Proc. Calif. Acad. II, 1:234. 1888. Brandegee, Proc. Calif. Acad. II, 2:190. 1889. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 326. 1923. Tidestrom, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25: 485. 1925. Erect annual, simple or usually diffusely, corymbosely branched from below ; stems viscid-villous to viscid-pubescent throughout, 8-45 cm. high ; leaves ovate-lanceolate to lance- linear, entire, mostly heavily glandular-pubescent, blades 1-6 cm. long, gradually narrowing at base into short winged petiole 3-15 mm. long, acuminate above, lower leaves sub- opposite, upper ones alternate, narrowed, rather crowded ; flowers borne singly in upper axils, somewhat clustered during anthesis; pedicels 5-10 mm. long in flower, elongating some- what in fruit, heavily glandular-pubescent, ascending; calyx deeply S-parted, herbaceous, viscid-villous, campanulate, some- what oblique, calyx-lobes lanceolate to lance-linear, subequal. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOWE^-ASTIRRHINEM 335 9-13 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide, in fruit suberect and 12-20 mm. long and up to 5 mm. wide; corolla strongly bilabiate, slightly pubescent without, 2.5-3.5 cm. long, silky, pale yellow, closed at throat, corolla-tube saccate anteriorly, very short, passing insensibly into the short narrow throat, the two to- gether ca. Yz the length of the whole corolla, pubescent within above the very base, flattened, corolla-limb large, expanded, dorsally compressed, not reflexed, upper lip dotted with purple, 1.5-2 cm. long, almost as wide, obscurely lobed, the 2 lobes broad, obtuse, lower lip also dotted, especially on the promi- nent deep-yellow, hairy palate, of about equal length to upper, with 3 lobes subapiculate, and about one-fourth as long as whole lip, middle lobe narrowest, palate coming out almost 3^ way onto lower lip; 2 lower stamens fertile, dilated, curved toward tip, slightly glandular above, somewhat pubescent at base, 9-10 mm. long, not geniculate, anther-sacs confluent, short, each ca. 0.5 mm. long; other 3 stamens aborted, ca. 1 mm. long, middle one without vestige of anther, others with it; stigina subglobular, entire, style ca. equal to the fertile stamens, filiform, persistent, slightly flattened, glandular- puberulent, ovary glandular-puberulent, 2-celled ; capsule glob- ular to slightly elongate, 10-12 mm. long, thin-walled, dehisc- ing by 2 subtemiinal, irregularly lacerate openings ; seeds barely 2 mm. long, dark, rather flat, the ventral face with an emarginate, inrolled (cup-shaped) striate wing. Type locality: Colorado Desert of California. Material studied: NEVADA: Eldorado Canon, Lincoln Co., Davis 6i (M) ; Eldorado Canon near Colo. River, Tidestrom 8787 (Ph). ARIZONA: Ft. Mohave, /. G. Lemmon & unfe in 1884 (US), Cooper in 1861 (G, US): Riverside Mt., near Colorado River, Nen'herry (G, NY), Grinnell in ipio (C) ; Ehrenberg (without definite label on some sheets), Palmer 336, in 1876 (C, F, M, NY, Ph, US) ; Bill Williams Creek. MacDougal 28 (NY) ; Ft. Yuma, Major Thomas (G, NY). CALIFORNIA: So. California, Parry & Lemmon 2g2 (F, M, NY, Ph) ; Mohave Desert, Mrs. Curran in 1884 (G), Mr. & Mrs. Lemmon in 1884 (C) ; Mohave Creek. Bigelow on ■«.'-j — ' 336 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se*. Whipple Exp. (G, NY) ; Daggett, K. Brandegec in 191 4 (C), Munz & Keck 7848 (Po) ; Kane Spring, Orel Mts., HcUl & Chandler 6818 (C, M, Po) ; Cushenberry Canon, Parish 4^52 (S) ; Calico, Parish ^814 (S) ; Wami Springs, Mohave Des- ert, 5". B. & IV. F. Parish 2op (F, M, NY, Ph, S, US) ; Nee- dles, Mun2 & Hanvood ^6j8 (Po, S), J<5o5 (Po), Jones 3829 (F, NY, Po, US) ; Eagle Mts., Colorado Desert, Munz & Keck 4825 (Po) ; Mecca, Mrs. Clemens in 1922 (Ca) ; Painted Canon, Jaeger 1025 (Po). Spencer ^pi, in ip20 (Po); Indio Mt, Hall 5778 (C, F, G, M, NY, Ph, Po, S. US); Palm Springs, Parish in i8p6 (NY), Eastwood in 191 3 (Ck), Saunders in 1903 (Ph) ; Palm Creek, Mrs. Thurber in i8p5 (C) ; Coachella, Greata 410 (S) ; Ironwood Well, T. S. Brandegee in 1905 (C) ; Cathedral Caiion, Hall 5767 (C) ; Santa Maria Mts., Schcllenger in 1905 (C) ; Near Blythe, Jones in 1924 (Po) ; 40 miles north of Yuma, Mac- Dougal d/ (NY) ; Yaqui Wells, Eashvood 2638 (Ca, G, NY, US); Rocky Cafion, Mt. Springs, Orciitt 1515 (M, US); Cariza Creek, Schott (F) ; near Borego Spring, Jones in ipo6 (Po) ; San Felipe, T. S. Brandegee in i8p8 (NY), Purpus in J8p8 (Po) ; Signal Mt., Ahrams 3173 (G, M, NY, S), Bran- degee in ipoi (C) ; between Santa Ysabel and Ft. Yuma, Schott (F) ; San Diego Co., Colo. Desert, Spencer 5pi, in ipi7 (G, Po) ; Colorado Desert, Brandegee in ipoi (US); without locality, but from Colo. Desert, Coulter 616 (G, part of type collection) ; Santa CataHna Mission, San Diego Co.?. Orcutt in i88p (US). LOWER CALIFORNIA: without locality. Streets (G) ; Angel Island, Streets in 1875 (US) ; Angel de la Guardia Island, Johnston 4228 (Ca, G) ; Los An- geles Bay, Palmer ^p7 (G, US) ; Cucopa Mts., MacDougal in ip05 (NY) ; Cajon dc Santa Maria, Brandegee in i88p (C, S). 2. MoHAVEA p.REViFLORA Coville, Coutr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:168, pi. 17. 1893. M. hreviflora of Tidestrom, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25 : 485. 1925. Jepson, Man. Calif., 901. 1925. Vol. XV | MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEMANTIRRHINEJE 337 Erect, usually widely branching annual, viscid glandular- villous practically throughout (upper surfaces of leaves some- times glabrate), 5-15 cm. high; leaf-blades 1-4 cm. long, ovate- lanceolate, entire, acuminate, tapering at base into winged pet- ioles 5-10 mm. long, upper leaves somewhat reduced, crowded, each with single axillary flower; pedicels slender, ascending, 3-8 mm. long; calyx 5-parted almost to base, calyx-lobes in flower oblong-linear, obtuse or bluntly acute, subequal, ca. 10 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, in fruit ca. 12 mm. long; corolla 17-20 mm. long, lemon-yellow, strongly bilabiate, pubescent without, corolla-tube saccate anteriorly, 2-3 mm. long, corolla- throat 5-6 mm. long, ca. 5 mm. wide, strongly flattened, pubes- cent within on lower side, corolla-limb scarcely reflexed, flat- tened, the upper lip 7-8 mm. long, ca. 6 mm. wide, with 2 rounded lobes divided ca. one-third the way down, lower lip ca. same length, with prominent pubescent yellow palate for half its length, its 3 lobes divided for ca. 3 mm., middle one slightly narrower; fertile stamens 2, scarcely dilated, practi- cally glabrous, anther-sacs confluent, the 2 together scarcely 1 mm. across ; sterile filaments as in the preceding species ; pistil ca. 9 mm. long, glandular-puberulent ; stigma globose, style persistent, ovary glandular-puberulent ; capsule 2-celled, globu- lar, rather thin-walled, included in calyx, dehiscing as in M. confertiilora; seeds dark 2-2.5 mm, long, body flattened with emarginate inrolled, cupulate, striate, subentire wing. Type locality: Johnson Caiion in Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., California. Material seen, from CALIFORNIA: Panamint Mts., Coville & Funston 5^7, type collection (G, M, NY, Ph. US) ; Wild Rose Canon, Panamint Mts., Ferris, Scott, & Bacigalupi 3^44 (S), Parish 10085 (S) ; Pleasant Canon, Panamints, Hall & Chandler dpj/; Emigrant Caiion, Pana- mints, Ferris, Scott & Bacigalupi 4016 (S) ; Funeral Mts., Jones in ipo/ (Po) ; Furnace Creek, Parish p86j (C, S) ; Green water Flats, Parish 100 51 (C, S) ; Shepherd Canon. Hall & Chandler 7063 (C) ; Darzcin, Jones in iSp; (M, Po. US) ; Keeler, Brandegee in 1891 (C) ; Lone Willow Spring, Parish 10178 (C, S) ; Salt Wells Canon, on Trona Road, 338 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Ferris, Scott & Bacigalupi spip (S) : Amargosa Desert, Jones in ipo/ (Po) ; Kelso, Jones in 1906 (Po) ; Saratoga Spring, Jones in 1924 (Po) ; Mohave Desert, without locality, Mrs. Curran in 1884 (G). NEVADA: Moapa, Tidestrom 8684 (Ph) ; Mica Spring, Jones 304^ag (US). This species, which has received very little attention, is not only a very distinct one in characters, but also in distribution, being found for the most part north of the middle portion of San Bernardino Co., Calif., while M. confertiHora extends largely from its southern limit south into Lower California. III. ANTIRRHINUM Capsule more or less oblique, dehiscing by fairly definite terminal or subtcrminal pores. Seeds not cup-shaped. Throat of corolla quite closed by palate § AntirrhiHOstruw. Qiavannei. Corolla 3-5 cm. long; perennial, with purple, red, white or yellow flowers in dense terminal glandular-pubescent racemes ; naturalized from Europe 3. A. majus Corolla not over 2 cm. long; usually annuals; native to western North America. Stems self-supporting, lacking filiform tortile branchlets. Plants stout; flowers reddish, 16-19 mm. long; corolla-tube merely saccate at base; hair on calyx, if present, merely glandular and short, not villous and long. Glabrous throughout (except in the flower), perennial; leaves linear 4. A. xnrgn Glandular - pubescent through- out ; annual or biennial ; leaves lanceolate 5. A. glandulosum Plants slender; flowers 10-12 mm. long, bluish with yellow palate; corolla-tube with large spur at base almost half the length of the tube itself; calyx glandular-villous. the Vol. XV] MUSZ~THE ASTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINE.^ 339 lenger hairs Yz the length of the calyx-segments. Filaments all strongly oblique- dilated and pubescent toward tips ; style in fruit about 5 mm. long and at least as long as cap- sule 6a A. cornittnw var. typicum Filaments glabrous toward tips, only longer pair strongly oblique-dilated ; style in fruit ca. 4 mm. long and scarcely equaling the cap- sule 6b. A. cornutiitn var. teptalctim Stems in mature plants largely support- ing themselves on surrounding vegetation by tortile branchlcts, or at least possessing such, riant simple below, erect, glabrous except for the glandular-vil- lous, dense, spicate raceme ; leaves of inflorescence reduced to minute bracts ; flowers whitish with the lower lip forming a large part of the whole 7. A. coiilterianum Plant usually branching below and pilose or glandular-pubescent along base of stem (if this is glabrate, then dorsal sepal is conspicuously enlarged) ; in- florescence lax or fairly dense but not set off sharply by its pubescence and leaflessness frorq the upper part of the stem. Palate and corolla-tube with 2 bands of hairs, the tips of which are conspicuous- ly enlarged and tack- shaped ; pedicels 5-20 mm. long, exceeding calyx ; corolla-tube merely g i b - bous at base, about as long as lower lip 8. A. nuttalliauum Palate and corolla-tube only minutely and rather uni- formly glandular - puberu- June 3, 1926 340 CALIFORMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. lent or puberulciit ; pedi- cels mostly shorter than calyx (except in kingii). Corollas 16-18 mm. long; dorsal segment o f calyx 10-20 mm. long, several ribbed ; coarse herb, frequently 7-8 dm. high and densely leafy 9. A. subcordatnm Corollas 8-16 mm. long; dorsal segment of calyx not exceeding 10 mm. in length, nor with more than 3 ribs ; rather slender herbs not densely leafy, usually less than 5 dm. high. Flowers light purple, 10-15 mm. long, o n pedicels 2-5 mm. long ; stems glandular - pilose to glandular - pu- bescent at least above. Stems scatteringly pilose below, glandular - pi- lose in i n - florescence ; corolla 13 - 15 mm. long; calyx - s e g - ments strong- 1 y differenti- ated, the en- larged upper one at least two-thirds a s long as corol- la tube and throat, and 8-10 m m . in length .... 10a A. vcxillo-calyculattim var. typicum Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEM-ANTIRRHINEJE 34I Stems quite glandu- lar - pubescent throughout; corolla 10-12 mm. long; calyx -seg- ments not strongly dif- ferentiated, the longest one-half as long as corol- la - tube and throat, or 4-6 mm ...10b. A. vexilh-calyculatum var. brnveri Flowers largely whitish, 7-8 mm. long, on pedicels 5-20 mm, long ; stems gla- brate except for white-woolly base and fine glandu- lar - pubescence among flowers. Pedicels 4-6 mm. long in fruit ; upper calyx- segment 5-7 mm. long, lat- eral ones 3-4 mm. Ore. to Ariz, and Calif 11a. A. khigi' var. typicum Pedicels 9-20 mm. long in fruit ; calyx -seg- ments s ub - equal, 3-4 mm. long. Mexico ....lib. A. ki.igii var. watsoni 342 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Throat of corolla widely open ; corolla ca. 20 mm. long ; upper lip pink, lower white ; corolla- tube subarcuate ; longer filaments well di- lated and glandular-puberulent toward tip. Eastzvoodiell-a sect. nov. One species 12. A. ovatum Seeds appearing cup-shaped because of broad in- curved wing; slender erect annual with narrow leaves; flowers purple or white, ca. 12 mm. long; calyx-segments linear § Orontium. 1. A. orontium Capsule not oblique ; dehiscence by irregular bursting. Seeds strongly cup - shaped ; erect, viscid-pubescent annual with bluish flowers 11-13 mm. long; stamens not dilated toward tips §Pseudorontium. 2. A. cyathiferum Seeds not at all cup-shaped ; glabrate annuals at first erect and becoming climbers by the very long capillary pedicels § Maurendella Gray, in part Flowers yellow, 11-13 tnm. long; stems very slen- der ; corolla-tube saccate at base ; desert plants 13. ^. filipes Flowers blue, 13-15 mm. long; lower part of stem fairly stout ; corolla-tube gibbous at base ; coastal plants \A. A. strictum 1. Antirrhinum orontium L., Sp. PL, 617. 1753. Native of the Old World, where widely distributed. Oc- casionally naturalized in America : Prince Edward Island, Fenmld & St. John 11176 (G) ; Buffalo, N. Y., Clinton (Ph) ; Hayfield, Ky. ?, Short in 1855 (Ph); Mobile, Ala., Mohr in 1888 (US) ; Brownsville, Ore., Hasken p (S) ; Havana, Cuba, Curtiss 681 (NY); St. Helens Gap, Jamaica, Britton 75 (NY); Maxon & Kiliip 592 (US); Furcy, Haiti. Leonard 4293 (NY, US). 2. Antirrhinum cyathiferum Benth., Bot. Sulph., 40. pi. 19. 1844. A. cyathiferum Benth. in D. C., Prodr. 10:290. 1846. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:372. 1868. Bot. Calif. 1 :548. 1876. Proc. Am. Acad. 12:81. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. A. 2:251. 1888. Curran. Proc. Calif. Acad. H, 1 :234. 1888. Brandegee, Proc. Calif. Vol. XV) MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDE^-ANTIRRHINEJE 343 Acad. II, 2:190. 1889. Vasey & Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1:74. 1890. Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. IV, 12:1159. 1924. A. chytrospenmim Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 12:81. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. A. 2:251. 1888. Erect, rather coarse annual, 5-45 cm. high, commonly branching from base, viscid glandular-pubescent throughout; branches ascending and very leafy; leaves alternate, or lowier opposite, rather thick, ovate, entire obtuse to acute, leaf-blades 5-25 mm. long, 3-14 mm. wide, narrowed at base into winged petioles, these 5-13 mm. long, leaves gradually reduced up the stem; flowers axillary, solitary, occurring from near base of plant, pedicels filiform, strongly recurved after anthesis, 3-5 mm. long; calyx herbaceous, campanulate, somewhat oblique, glandular-pubescent without and within, 5-parted into lance- olate, subequal segments 4-5 mm. long, bulging in fruit and 6-7 mm. long; corolla bluish, bilabiate, glandular-puberulent without, apparently closed at throat, 11-13 mm. long, tube and throat not distinguishable, scarcely saccate at base, not strong- ly inflated upward, 5-6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. w^ide, pubescent within on floor except at very base, upper lip ca. 4 mm. long, suberect, arched, glabrous within, the 2 lobes oblong-ovate, ca. 1.5 mm. long, lower lip ca. 5 mm. long, spreading, with large yellowish, glandular-villous palate extending to base of the oblong-ovate lobes, these ca. 2 mm. long, the middle one nar- rowest; fertile stamens slightly didynamous, 7 and 8 mm. long, filaments not dilated, quite geniculate, weakly pubescent at genicula; anther-sacs ca.^2 mm. long, divergent, confluent, deltoid-oblong, fifth stamen very rudimentary; pistil about as long as stamens, stigma entire, slightly enlarged, style 4.5-5 mm. long, persistent, glandular-puberulent in lower half, ovary globose, glandular-puberulent ; capsule globose, not oblique, thin-walled, 7-8 mm. long, somewhat puberulent, the 2 valves projecting slightly beyond base of style, each dehiscing irregu- larly at apex; seeds straw-colored, body barely 1 mm. long, plano-convex in cross-section, with several irregular ridges on convex side and a broad incurved cupulate wing around mar- gin of plane side, giving whole seed a cupulate appearance. 344 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Type locality: Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Material studied: ARIZONA: Ehrenberg, Palmer in iS/6 (G, US, type collection of chytrospernium) ; Maricopa, Parry in 1881 (F, G, M), Parish in 188 1 (S). SONORA : N. W. Sonora, Pringle in 1884 (F, G, M, NY, US) ; Papago Tanks, Pinacate Mts., MacDoiigal 44 (US) ; Tiburon Island, Johnston 4414 (Ca) ; Guaymas, Palmer 121 1 (US), Brandegee in i8p^ (Po, US), Palmer 152 (G, NY, US). LOWER CALIFORNIA: Cucopa Mts., MacDongal 132 (NY) ; Santa Gertrudis, Orcutt (C) ; Calamahue, Nelson & Goldman 7138; Calmalli, Pur pus in 1898 (C, NY) ; Santa Maria Bay, Rose 16281 (NY, US) ; Angel de la Guardia Island, Johnston 3386 (Ca, G), 4202 (Ca, G) ; San Francisquito Bay, Johnston 33/3 (Ca) ; San Nicolas Bay, Johnston 3730 (Ca) ; Arroyos San Pablo, Pur pus in 1898 (F, S), 208 (US) ; La Paz, Palmer 91 (F, G, NY, US), Brandegee 427 (NY) ; Magdalena Island, Brandegee in 1888 (C), in 1889 (G, Ph, US) ; Margarita Island, Nelson & Goldman 7302 (US) ; San Jose del Cabo, Pur pus 453 (M, US), Brandegee 427 (C). Some plants have calyx-segments slightly wider than do others, but the differences given by Gray (Syn. Fl., 2:251. 1888) as distinguishing cyothiferum of Mex. from chytrosper- mum of Ariz, are not tenable (Vasey & Rose, 1. c). I am un- able to find characters that will maintain even varietal dis- tinction. 3. Antirrhinum majus L.. Sp. PI., 617. 1753. Native of Mediterranean region. Occasionally becoming naturalized in America: Bridgeport, Conn. Eanies 8827 (G) ; Philadelphia, Parker in 1877 (G) ; Evanston, III., Shipniau in 1874 (Ph) ; Salem, Ore., Nelson 3202 (Ph) ; Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, Van Hermann 846 (F. NY), 3134 (NY. Po) ; Oaxaca, Mex., Consatti & Gonzalez 1267 (G) ; Puebla. Arsene 1973 (US); Oueretaro. Arsene 10320 (NY. US), 10479 (US); Volcan de San Salvador, Colder on 341 (US), Standlcy 22833 (US). Vol. XV] MUNZ~THE ANTIRRHINOIDE^-ANTIRRHINEJE 345 4. Antirrhinum virga Grav, Proc. Am. Acad. 7 :373. 1868. Bot Calif. 1:549. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:252. 1888. Greene, Man. Bot. San Fran. Bay, 270. 1894. Jepson, Fl. West. Mid. Calif., 370. 1911 and 396. 1901. Armstrong, West. Wildflowers, 468. 1915. Jepson, Man. Calif.. 898. 1925. Erect perennial, glabrous throughout and with many coarse virgate stems from a single base, 6-15 dm. high, occasionally branching above ; leaves thickish, alternate, rather crowded, linear, sessile, acute, 2-9 cm. long, 3-7 mm. wide, gradually reduced up the stem, becoming linear-subulate bracts less than 1 cm. long in the inflorescence, midrib of leaf ending in rather obscure gland-tip ; inflorescence a secund, spicate rather crowded raceme 1-7 dm. long, pedicels ascending, 3-7 mm. long, slender; calyx herbaceous, oblique-campanulate. 5-parted into subequal, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate segments ( the 2 lower slightly wider and shorter than the others), 6-7 mm. long, not much enlarged in fruit, though somewhat distended by the capsule, but still with connivent tips; corolla "red-pur- ple," 16-18 mm. long, closed at throat, corolla-tube and throat scarcely distinguishable, tubular with broad saccate spur which is 1.5-2 mm. long, tube slightly constricted above ovary, 10-12 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. wide, slightly ampliate at throat, pubes- cent within from base of palate downward, upper lip reflexed, 5-6 mm. long, pubescent, lobes ovate to suborbicular, 2 mm. long, lower lip spreading, 6-7 mm. long, with prominent vil- lous palate, the 3 lobes deflexed, suborbicular. ca. 2.5 mm. long; fertile stamens didynamous, 12 and 13 mm. long, fila- ments glandular-villous throughout, very dilated toward the tips, geniculate and especially hairy above the base, anther-sacs divergent, confluent, each ca. 0.5 mm. long; pistil equaling stamens, glabrous, curved, slightly bifid at apex ; capsule rather thin-walled, strongly oblique, 7-8 mm. long, 4-5 wide, sub- ovoid, somewhat truncate above, with 4 tuberculate umbos about base of persistent, often deflexed or geniculate style, dehiscing apparently by a slit on edge of each umbo; seeds 346 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se». dark, ovoid, ca. 1.5 mm. long, with several fimbrillate, wing- like longitudinal ridges. Type locality: "California." Material studied: CALI- FORNIA: without locality. Bridges ipi, tyi>e collection (G, NY, US); Mendocino Co., Vasey in iSy^j (US), in 18/6 (G) ; Calpella, Blankenslvp in 1893 (^0 ; Ukiah. Purdy (C) Chestnut 376 (US), Eastwood in i8p4 (G), 11364 (Ca) Allen Springs, Cleveland in 1882 (G, S) ; Witters Springs Rattan in 1885 (G) ; Houghs Springs, Heller 123J6 (Ca, F G, M, NY, Ph, Po, S, US) ; Adams Springs, Tracy 22$i (C) Sonoma Creek. Heller 5775 (F, G, M, NY, Ph. Po, S, US) Hoods Peak, Michener & Bioletti 6ip4 (NY), in 18^3 (F, C M, Ph, Po, US) ; Mt. St. Helena, Greene in i8p4 (C). Jepson in i8p3 (C) ; Cazadero. Carruth in ipoi (Ca) ; Howell Mt Tracy 368 (C) ; Atlas, Mrs. Wilson in ip20 (Ca). 5. Antirrhinum glandulosum Lindl., Bot. Reg. 22 : pi. 1893. \d^}>Cy. Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:291. 1846. Torrcy. Pac. R. R. Rep. 7, pt. Ill, p. 15. 1856. Hooker & Arnott, Bot. Beechey, 375.1840. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:373. 1868. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:252. 1886. Bot. Calif. 1:549. 1876. Rattan, Pop. Calif. Fl., 90. 1880. Greene, Man. Bot. San Fran. Bay, 270. 1894. Anderson, Nat. Hist, of Santa Cruz Co., 41. 1894. McClatchie. Fl. Pasadena, 642. 1895. Davidson, List Pis. L. A. Co., 13, 1892. Cat. Pis. L. A. Co., 22. 1896. Jepson, Fl. West. Mid. Calif., 396. 1901. 370. 1912. Abrams. Fl. L. A., 358. 1904. 329. 1917. Armstrong, Western Wildflowers, 468. 1915. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 325. 1923. Jepson, Man. Calif., 898. 1925. Stout widely branched annual or short-lived perennial, viscid glandular-pilose throughout. 6-15 dm. high; branchlets spreading, non-tortile; leaves numerous, thickish, entire, acute, lanceolate, sessile, 1-6 cm. long, 3-15 mm. wide, gradually re- duced up the stem to leafy bracts, the mid-rib ending in more or less evident gland-tip; inflorescence a terminal subsecund. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEJE 347 dense spicate raceme, 0.5-5 dm. long, pedicels fairly stout, ap- pressed, 5-7 mm. long; calyx oblique, herbaceous, 5-parted, segments unequal, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, upper one 10-13 mm. long, others 7-9 mm., acute to acuminate, not much enlarged in fruit ; corolla rose-red except for the cream-colored to yellowish palate, 17-19 mm. long, glandular-pubescent with- out, corolla-tube and throat scarce!}^ distinguishable, saccate at base, cylindrical, 10-11 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, glabrate within, whitish with rose-colored lines, upper lip reflexed, 6-7 mm. long, the 2 broadly-oblong lobes scarcely 2 mm. long, and folded back against each other, lower lip erect, 7-8 mm. long, with prominent hairy palate, lobes deflexed, rounded, 2-3 mm. long, middle one largest ; fertile stamens didynamous, dilated, cilate-pubescent, geniculate, heavily bearded at genicula, longer ones ca. 12 mm. long, widely dilated at base, shorter ones ca. 1 1 mm. long, genicula rather high, glabrous below, anther- sacs divergent, confluent, ca. 5 mm. long, 5th stamen very re- duced; pistil almost as long as stamens, glandular-pubescent except at deflected, slightly 2-lobed tip; capsule glandular- pubescent, erect, oblique, ovoid, 8-9 mm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, with persistent style bent forward, about base of which are 4 lobes, the 2 posterior ones close together and tending to dehisce by one pore, the 2 anterior ones farther apart and each dehisc- ing by its own pore; seeds brown, ovoid, ca. 1 mm. long, with numerous broken fimbriate, wing-like ridges. Type locality: "California." Material studied: CALI- FORNIA : without locality, Douglas, presumably type ma- terial (G), Hartweg (G), Palmer in 1876 (G, M), Anderson 2g6 (M), Lemmon jj (M) ; Murphys, Calaveras Co., Davy 1607 (C) ; Calaveras Valley K. Brandegee (C) ; Santa Clara. Bolander (F, G, M) ; Loma Prieta Peak. Elmer 4384 (Ca. M, NY, Po, S, US) ; Mt. Hamilton Range. Ahrams 6639 (NY, Ph, S), Greene in i8pi (NY), Williamson in tqo6 (Ph), Smith in igo6 (S) ; Madrone Springs, Dudley in i8pj (Ph, S, US) ; Santa Cru;^, Hart^ccg 1887 (NY) ; Santa Cruz Mts., Kellogg & Harford 659 (IM, NY, US). Pendleton 401 (C). Davis 105 (C) ; Los Gatos, Cannon in 1894 (Ca) ; Santa 348 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Cruz, PHngle in 1882 (F, M, Ph, US) ; Big Basin, Pendleton in ipoS (C); the Pinnacles, Mrs. Sutliffe in IQ20 (Ca. Ph), Eastwood 6/47 (Ca), Bacigalnpi in ip22 (S) ; Carmel River, Clemens in 19 10 (Po), McGregor 62 (S), McMurpliy in ipo6 (S) ; Paraiso Springs, Congdon in 188 1 (S) ; Tassajara Hot Springs, Elmer jj(5/ (M, S, US); Gavilan Range, Breiver 745 (C. M, US); Santa Lucia Mts., Plaskett 146 (G, NY, US), K. Brandegee in 1909 (C), Vasey 447 (Ph, US), Jepson 1689 (M) ; Blochman Ranch, Santa Maria, Eastwood 475 (Ca, US) ; San Luis Obispo Co., Summers (C) ; Santa Barbara Co., Baker in 1895 (NY) ; Santa Barbara, Nuttall (G), Brewer 745 (G), Lemmon (F), Franceschi in 1894 (C) ; Zaca Lake, Eastzi'ood 576 (Ca, US) ; Montecito, Bingham (NY) ; Santa Inez Mts.. T. S. Brandegee in 1888 (C) ; Paint- ed Cave Ranch, near Santa Barbara, Eastwood 112 (US) ; Mt. Pinos, Dudley & Lamb 4803 (S), 4763 (S) ; Ojai, Peck- ham in 1866 (G, US), Bidwcll in 1889 (M) ; Matilija, Ken- dall in 1922 (Po) ; Filhnore, Hall 3125 (C) ; Nordhoff, 5. Fauntlcroy in 19 19 (Ca) : Oakgrove Cafion, Abrams & Mc- Gregor 383 (C, NY, S. US) ; Newhall Mts., Ncvin j6 (G) ; Topatopa Mts., Abrams & McGregor 153 (NY, S, US) ; Newhall. Parish 1938 (F) : Sespe Creek, Munz 9403 (Po) ; Verdugo Caiion. Macbridc & Payson 7^1 (G) ; Mt. Lowe, Williamson in 1901 (Ph). Drushcl in 19 13 (M), Dudley in 1900 (S) ; Pasadena, Jones in 1902 (Po). McClatchie in 1893 (NY); San Gabriel Mts., near Pasadena, Grinnell in 1916 (Ca) ; Soma Cafion, L. A. Co., Barber in 1898 (C, M, Po) ; Covina, Grant in 1904 (C, F, M. Ph. S) ; Little Santa Anita Canon, Abrams 2630 (G, M. Ph. Po, NY, S. US) ; San An- tonio Canon. Johnston in T917 (C, S) \ Cajon Pass, Parish 436 (C. M, US) ; Arrowhead Springs. Fcudge 89 (Po) ; San Ber- nardino. Parish in 1880 (M) ; Cucamonga Mt.. S. B. & IV. F. Parish 436 (F. !M, Ph) ; Keller Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Smith 2\C). 6. Antirrhinum cornutum Benth., PI. Hartw.. 328. 1848. Erect, rather slender annual, viscid-villous throughout, simple or with few a.sccnding branches, 1-5 dm. high; leaves Vol. XV] MUSZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDE^ANTIRRHINEJE 349 alternate, linear-oblong to linear-lanceolate to oblong-ovate, obtuse to emarginate at apex, the midrib ending in rather evi- dent gland, leaf-blades 1-2.5 (5) cm. long, 3-10 (20) mm. wide, narrowed at base into slightly winged petioles 4-8 (12) mm. long, leaves not conspicuously reduced up the stem ; flow- ers borne singly in axils of all but lowest leaves, subsessile; calyx herbaceous, glandular-villous with some hairs at least half as long as calyx-segments, which are 5, separate almost to base, linear-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute to obtuse or rarely emarginate; corolla bluish, with yellow palate, villous without, corolla-tube and throat scarcely distinguishable, cylin- drical, 6-7 mm. long, 2-3 wide, glabrous within, except just below palate, with spur prominent, rounded, 2.5 mm. long, upper lip reflexed, 4-5 mm. long, lobes blunt, ca. 2.5 mm. long, bent back almost against each other, lower lip ca. 6 mm. long, erect, with large villous palate, lobes deflexed, rounded, ca. 3 mm. long ; fertile stamens didynamous, ca. 5 and 6 mm. long, somewhat oblique-inflated toward the tips, geniculate and with heavy pubescence at genicula, anther-sacs confluent, divergent, 5th stamen very reduced ; pistil about length of stamens, glan- dular-pubescent except at subentire. bent tip ; capsule some- what oblique, ovoid, 6-7 mm. long, glandular-pubescent, tipped with stout persistent, somewhat deflexed style, ca. 5 mm. long, dehiscing by 2-4 small openings; seeds ovoid, ca. 0.6 mm. long, echinate-favose. 6a. Antirrhinum cornutum var. typicum, nom. nov. A. conintiim Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:^73. 1868. Bot. Calif., 1 :549. 1876. ' Jepson, Man. Calif., 898. 1925. in part. A. Icptalcum of Howell. Fl. N. W. Am. 1 :504. 1901. A. lep- topctalum of Frye & Rigg. N. W. Flora. 343. 1912. A. cornu- tum var. venosum Jepson, Man. Calif., 898. 1925. Fertile filaments all strongly oblique-dilated and ciliate- pubescent toward tip; style ca. 5 mm. long, equal to or slightly exceeding in length the capsule. Type locality: Probably Sacramento Valley. Specimens seen'; CALIFORNIA: without locality, but without doubt 350 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. from Sacramento Valley, HarHveg 1888, type collection (G, NY) ; California, Bridges 192a (NY, US) ; Mt. Shasta, Grant 5271 (C, S) ; Pitt to Baird, Eastzuood 1406 (Ca, G, NY, US); Kennet, Eastwood 727 (Ca, US); Redding*, Jones & Alexander in ip02 (C) ; Red Bluff, Nickes in i^iy (Ca) ; Chico, Bidzvell in 1878 (G), Eastwood in 19 ij (Ca, US), Heller 11362 (C, Ca, F, G, Mo, NY, Ph), Green in 1890 (NY, US), Austin 1833 (Po, US) ; South Fork, K. Brande- gee (C) ; Stony Creek, Colusa Co., Rattan 49 (G), in 1882 (S) ; Scott Creek, Lake Co., Tracy 2377, type of var. venosum (C) ; Butts Canon, Napa Co., K. Brandegee in ipii (C) ; Placer Co., Jones in 1882 (Po) ; Placerville to Eldorado, Abrams 6850 (S) ; Mt. Auburn, Gross 231 (S) ; Doxtaters, Gross ij8 (Ph). A. cornutum var. typicitm occurs mostly in the Sacramento Valley while the var. Icptalcum is in the San Joaquin Valley. The characters given by Gray in his description of leptalcum scarcely seem sufficient for specific distinction, especially since various intermediate conditions are to be found. The South Fork specimen cited above has the small filaments narrow for typicuni,h\x\. the large ones are pubescent toward the tips. A col- lection at Mariix)sa, Congdon in i8g8 (C) has the short fila- ments broad but all glabrous. A collection from Big Tree Grove, Yosemite Lenunon (F), which comes from the region for leptalemn, has the the large filaments pubescent. Another intemiediate is from Rush Creek Mill, Fresno Co., McCardle in i8p3 (Ca). A. enmrginatum Eastw. is, I am confident, merely an eco- logical fonn with wider leaves than normal. Even narrow- leaved plants tend to have some emarginate leaves and the ten- dency becomes quite marked when the leaves widen. I have seen but two specimens that had been referred to emargina- tiini: the type from Fresno, Jcnncy 216 (Ca), which has the flowers of leptaleum, with the shorter filaments narrow and with all quite glabrous. The other plant was a single one mounted on the same sheet with several plants of typicum, Chico, Bidzvell in i8j8 (G). This plant had been labelled Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJEANTIRRHISEJE 35 J "emarginatum" by Miss Eastwood. But it has the flowers of typicum, with all fertile filaments dilated and pubescent. 6b. A. cornutum var. leptaleum (Gray), n. comb. A. leptaleum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:373. 1868. Bot. Calif. 1 :549. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:252. 1888. Eastwood, Sierra Club Pub. 27:58. 1902. A. emarginatum Eastw., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 32:214. 1905. Jepson, Man. Calif., 901. 1925. A. cornutum of Dur. & Hilg., Pac. R. R. Surv. 5:11, pi. 10. 1855, Jepson, Man. Calif., 898. 1925, in part. Filaments glabrous except at genicula, shorter ones scarcely dilated toward tip ; style ca. 4 mm. long and scarcely equal to length of capsule. Type locality: Clarks Ranch, Mariposa Co., Calif. Ma- terial studied; all from CALIFORNIA: Clarks, Bolandcr 4p8j, type collection, (F, G, US), Sullivan & Gray in i8/2 (G) ; Mariposa, Lemmon i (C), S5 (M), Congdon ^5p (G) ; Merman Bar, Congdon in ipo^ (M) ; Darrah, Congdon S5 (S) ; Sequoia Mills T. S. Brandegee in i8p2 (F, rather broad leaves) ; Pohona Trail, Yosemite, Michaels in ig22 (Ca) ; Wawona, Kelly in ipi6 (C) ; Toll House, Fresno Co., Hall & Chandler 2 (C) ; Pose Creek, Hermann (Ph, US). 7. Antirrhinum coulterianum Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:592. 1846. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad, 7:374. 1868. Bot. Mex. Bound. Survey, 111. 1859. Bot. Calif. 1:549. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:252. 1888. Abrams, Fl. L. A., 358. 1904 and 329. 1917. Armstrong, W. Wildflowers, 468. 1915. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 325. 1923. Davidson, List Pis. L. A. Co., 13. 1892. Cat. Pis. L. A. Co., 22. 1896. McClatchie, Fl. Pasadena, 642. 1895. Parsons & Buck, Wild- flowers Calif., 42. 1921. A. nivenianum Gray, Bot. Gaz. 9:53. 1884. A neiiniannm Gray, Syn. Fl. Am. Suppl., 438. 1888. Davidson & Moxley. Fl. So. Calif.. 325. 1923. A. coulterianum var. nevinianum Jepson, Man. Calif., 899. 1925. 352 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Erect annual. 3-12 dm. high, glabrous except in inflores- cence, with fairly coarse main stem, simple below and with numerous slender tortile branchlets above, these 5-15 cm. long, often supporting itself on adjacent vegetation, larger branches sometimes ascending and floriferous; leaves very scattered, with midrib ending in glandular swelling, lower ones opposite, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, lower leaf-blades 1-3 cm. long, petioles 1-2 cm. long, main cauline leaves lanceolate, al- ternate, obtusish, 2-9 cm. long, 3-10 mm. wide, short-petioled to subsessile, upper cauline gradually reduced, linear ; inflores- cence a dense spicate raceme, 5-30 cm. long, subsecund, densely glandular-villous, with herbaceous glandular-pubescent lance- olate or linear bracts, pedicels 2-3 mm. long, glandular-pubes- cent; calyx herbaceous, glandular-villous, especially without, 5-parted, the segments subequal in length, 3-4 mm. long, swollen-glandular at the tips, the dorsal segment linear-lance- olate, the others lanceolate to lance-ovate; corolla white to bluish, often with darker reticulate veining, with yellowish palate, pubescent without, 9-14 mm. long, corolla-tube cylin- drical, 5-7 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, glabrate within, with broad saccate spur ca. 1 mm. long, upper lip 3.5-6 mm. long, reflexed, with its edges bent back, and with the ovate lobes ca. half as long as the lip itself, lower lip forming large part of the flower, spreading and deflexed, 4-7 mm. long, the great palate minute glandular-puberulent, the 3 lobes subequal, rounded, slightly over one-third length of the lip and some- what wider than long; stamens didynatnous, ca. as long as corolla-tube, strongly dilated toward tip, glabrous except for short pubescence at genicula, anther-sacs confluent, divergent, 5th stamen very rudimentary; pistil about as long as stamens, glandular-villous except near somewhat swollen entire stigma; capsule 6-8 mm. long, glandular-pubescent, cylindric-ovoid. tipped with persistent style 3-4 mm. long, dehi.scing by 2 well- formed anterior subterminal pores ; seeds dark, ovoid, almost 1 mm. long, with many high ridges passing almost unbroken froni one end of seed to other and parallel to each other, or anastamosing and forming a reticulate condition. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEM-ANTIRRHINE/E 353 Type locality: California. Material studied; CALIFOR- NIA: without locality, Coulter do/ (G, type collection), Parry & Lemmon 289 (F, G, M, NY, Ph), Vasey 448 (F), Palmer J2i (US) ; Blochmans near Santa Maria, Eastzvood 486 (Ca) ; Gavilan Mts., Hall 579 (C) ; Simi, Ventura Co., Hall ^24S (C, F, Po) ; Oakgrove Caiion, Liebre Mts., Abrams & McGregor jpd (G, NY, S, US) ; Kings Caiion, Dudley & Lamb 4394 (Po, S) ; Ojai, Peckham in 1866 (G, US) ; Eliza- beth Lake, Grinnell 455 (US) ; Saugus, K. Brandegee in ipoQ (C) ; Cahuenga Mts., Braunton 263 (US) ; San Fernando, Eastzi'ood 3126 (Ca, US) ; Los Angeles, Wallace (G), Hasse in 1888 (US), in 1890 (US), 4067 (NY) ; Shennan, Braun- ton 4 (US) ; Tujunga Wash, Grinnell 504 (US) ; Redondo, Braunton 262 (US) ; Ballona Harbor, Abrams 1674 (Po, S) ; Monta Vista, Abrams 1394 (Po, S) ; Sierra Santa Monica, Hasse in 1889 (M) ; Laurel Caiion, Grant 2^30 (S) ; Gar- vanza, Easfzvood 63 (Ca, G, US) ; Pasadena, McClatchie in 1893 (NY), Jones in 1904 (Po); Oak Knoll, Braunton 746 (US) ; Eaton Canon, Grinnell in 1907 (F), Mrs. Thurber in 1890 (F) ; Rubio Canon, Peirson 188 (G) ; Eagle Rock Caiion, Moxley 222 (Ca) ; San Gabriel Caiion, Mimz 9449 (Po), Eastzvood 8975 (Ca, G) ; Glendora, Grant 4973 (S) ; Covina, Grant 49, July 1904 (F, G, M, Ph) ; Claremont. Chandler in 1897 (C), Baker §244 (C, Po, S) ; Santiago Mt., Abrams 1790 (Po, S) ; Santa Ana Mts., Muns 7106 (Po) ; Santa Ana River Caiion, Munz, Street & Williams 2623 (Po, S); Lytle Creek Canon, Hall 1410 (C, M, Po, S), Street in 19 1 8 (Po) ; Mohave Desert, Saunders in 1906 (Ph), Palmer 321 (M) ; Cajon Pass, Jones in 1903 (Po) ; Deep Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Abrams & McGregor 720 (NY, S) ; San Bernardino Mts., Vasey 448 (Ph, US) ; Clarks, San Bdno. Mts., Jones in 1900 (Po) ; Arrowhead Springs, Fritchey $7 (M); San Bernardino, Parish 3658 (C, G, M, US), Parish 5261 (F), in 1898 (NY), Wright (M), 5". B. & W, F. Parish in 1888 (M, NY), 237, in 1886 (C, F, M, S, US), in 1890 (M), Parish 11 145 (C), Orcutt in 1882 (M) ; Col ton, Jones 3199 (Ca, M, NY, Ph, Po. US), Pringle in 1882 (F, M, Ph. NY, US) ; Mentone, Eaton (G), WilVmmson in 1904 (Ph) ; 354 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Reche Canon, Hall in i8pp (NY) ; Idyllwild, Riverside Co., Spencer in ip2i (Po), in ip2^ (Po) ; Poppet Flat, San Ja- cinto Mts., Munz & Johnston 88^9 (Po) ; Whitewater, Mimz & Keck 4999 (Po), Jones in 190^ (Po) ; Lakeview, Johnston in 1920 (Po); San Jacinto Valley, Rcinhardt in 189^ (C) ; Box Springs Mt., Reed 129 j (F) ; Menifee, King in 189^ (C) ; Elsinore, McClatchie in 1892 (NY); Jurupa Hills, Wilder 18 s (Po) ; Oak Grove, San Diego Co., Jones in 1900 (Po); Palomar, Hall 1956 (C, US), Chandler 5408 (NY), Munz 821^ (Po) ; Warners Springs, Coombs in 191 1 (Ca, G, M, NY, US) ; San Felii>e Valley, Hill, Keck, McCully 61 (Po), Brandegce in 1894 (C) ; Banner, Jlill, Keck, & McCully 142 (Po); Witch Creek, Aldcrson in 1894 (G, S) ; Santa Ysabel. Antiscll 168 (NY), Collins & Kempton 252 (US), Munz 9812 (Po) ; San Luis Rey River, Street in 191/ (Po) ; AgTianga, Munz 9844 (Po) ; Dripping springs, Munz 98^5 (Po) ; Fallbrook, Davidson S594 (Po) ; Escondido, Parish 911 5 (S) ; Descanso, T. S. Brandegee (C) ; San Pasqual, Thurber 592 (G, NY) ; Del Mar, T. S. Brandegee in 1894 (C), Angier 161 (M) ; Soledad, Angler 2'j (M) ; Mesa, Collins & Kempton 65 (US) ; San Diego, Orcutt 139 (G), Orcutt in 188 j, part of tyj^e of Orcuttianum (G), Cleveland in 1884 (G, S), Spencer y, in 1916 (C, G. Ph, US), Cleveland in 18 y 4 (G), Spencer &• Woodcock 2^20 (G) ; 40 mi. n. of San Diego, Orcutt 140, part of type of Orcuttianum (G) ; Talleys Palmer in 1875 (G) ; Lions Valley, Munz & Hilend 796/ (Po); Tecate Mt, Munz & Hilend 8025 (Po) ; Potrero, Orcutt in 1890 (US), in 1882 (G) ; Chollas Valley, Orcutt in 1884 (F, NY, US), Cleveland in 1884 (C), Orcutt 998 (G, M, Ph), Stokes in 1895 (S) ; Alpine. Collins & Kempton 117 (US), K. Brandegee in 1905 (C), Parish 4427 (F, G, M, NY, S, US) ; Campo, Abrams 3588 (F, G. M, NY, S) ; Jacumba. Schoenfeldt 3337 (US), Munz 9617 (Po) ; Buckmans Springs, Munz 9643 (Po). Campbell 25 (Ca, US); Lagiina Mts., Spencer 7, in 1920 (Po), M earns 3660 (S, US). Mc- Gregor 106 (S), 896 (S); Cuyamaca Mts., Palmer 270 (F, M, NY), EasHvood, 9158 (Ca) ; Brandegee in 1894 (C). in 1896 (C, NY) ; Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEJE 355 LOWER CALIFORNIA: Nachoguero Valley, Meanis S3p8 (US), 34/6 (US), S4p^ (US) ; Burro Canon, Bnmde- gee in i8p3 (F) ; Tecate, Mitn::; 9488 (Po), Q507 (Po). In general, there are some slight geographic tendencies to variation in this species, but they are so poorly defined as hardly to merit taxonomic recognition. For instance, in the valleys south of the San Gabriel and San Bernardino Mts., occur plants with the largest flowers, 13-15 mm. long, and with the largest, thickest capsules, 8-9 mm. long. To the north and especially to the south of this general region, the flowers are smaller, 8-10-12 mm. long, and the capsules slightly more slender and 7-8 mm. long. And, from the Cuyamaca Alts, south and west, there is a definite tendency for bluish flowers, while, to the north of the Cuyamacas and Fallbrook and Del Mar, the flowers are mostly whitish. In the material cited above, such collections as Johnston's at Lakeview, Mun:: 9^35> 9844, 961'/' are quite intermediate. The most of the si)ecimens cited above from Fallbrook, Escondido, Soledad, San Diego, Alpine, Tecate, Potrero, etc., are quite blue-flowered and may be referred to A. coulterianum forma orciittianum* (Gray) n. comb. To my way of thinking orcuttianmn cannot deserve more than such rank ; I have spent much time trying to w-ork out characters that would enable me to maintain orcuttiannni as a concept of higher rank. Flower-size as used by Gray is of small consequence, Munz & Hilend 802^, for example, having blue but much larger flowers than do many of the white- flowered plants. The relative lengths of upper and lower lips vary widely. Nor do the seed-characters used by Gray help. At the time that Gray died there was at the Gray Herbarium only one sheet of the large and white-flowered plants that had seeds of any maturity (Parry & Lemnion 28p) ; this particular specimen has the seeds less deeply pitted than usual. The bulk of the large white flowered more northern plants have see<^ls quite indistinguishable from the blue-flowered more southern ones. The Ncvin specimen from Capistrano, for which Gray * .4. orcuttianum Gray. Bot. Gaz. 9: 53. 1884. Syn. Fl. N. Am. Suppl., 438. 1888. Bailey, Cyclop. Hort. 1: 304. 1914. Orcutt, Fl. So. & Lower Calif., 8. 1885 Parsons & Buck, Wildflowers Calif., 42. 1921. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 325. 1923. ^ , .„^, June 3, 1926 356 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEKCES [Proc. 4th Ser. made the species }icinnianum, seems to differ only in the seeds being ridged instead of pitted. This condition is to be found in many other plants, usually both kinds of seeds coming from the same capsule: Eastwood Sp/j, Hall 1410, Abranis 1394, Spencer 2165, Wilder i8j, Muuz 7106, and Ahrams 16J4. The tendency is so indefinite and so poorly correlated with any definite flower-size, geographic distribution, or other matter, that I cannot accept it as of any value. 8. Antirrhinum nuttallianum Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:592. 1846. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:374. 1868. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:253 and 438. 1888. Bot. Calif. 1:550. 1876. Mex. Bound. Survey, 111. 1859. Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:226. 1885. 2:408. 1887. Brandegee. Proc. Calif. Acad. II, 1:215. 1888. Orcutt, FI. So. and Lower Calif., 8. 1885. Davidson, List Pis. L. A. Co., 13. 1892. Cat. Pis. L. A. Co.. 22. 1896. McClatchie, Fl. Pasadena, 642. 1895. Pennell, in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5 :222. 1923. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif. 325. 1923. Abrams, Fl. L. A. 358. 1904. 329. 1917. Jepson, Man. Calif., 899. 1925. A. nuttallianum var. effusum Gray. Bot. Calif. 1:622. 1876. Syn. FI. N. Am. 2:253. 1888. Davidson & Moxley, 1. c. Jepson, 1. c. A. subsessile Gray, Bot. Gaz. 9:53. 1884. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:432. 1888. Brandegee, Proc. Calif. Acad. II, 2 :190. 1889. Orcutt, Fl. So. and Lower Calif., 8. 1885. Vasey & Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1 :18. 1890. Abrams, 1. c. Davidson & Moxley, 1. c. A. nuttalli- anum var. subsessile Jeps., I\Ian. Calif., 899. 1925. Annual or biennial, erect and simple, or erect and with as- cending branches, or ascending and clambering through ad- jacent plants by the tortile, more or less horizontal branchlets, generally diffusely branched, stems leafy, softly viscid glandu- lar-pubescent to glandular-pilose, 1-10 (12) dm. high; leaves mostly alternate (lowest frequently opposite), entire, ovate to subcordate, acute to obtuse, glandular-pubescent, blades 0.5-4 cm. long, 2-20 mm. wide, gradually reduced up the stem and becoming ovate bracts in the inflorescence, petioles glandular- Vol. XVJ MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDE^-ANTIRRHWBJE 357 pubescent, 1 or 2 to 8 or 10 mm. long; inflorescence glandular- pubescent throughout, 5-30 cm. long, varying from simple lax raceme to fairly dense paniculately branched raceme, bracts green, ovate, acute, sessile or petiolate, 2-12 mm. long, pedicels 5-20 mm. long, mostly capillary, ascending, spreading, or tor- tile; calyx oblique, herbaceous, glandular-pubescent, 3-5 mm. long, 5-parted into lanceolate or ovate segments, these sub- equal or the dorsal one longest, slightly enlarged in fruit ; co- rolla violet-blue, tube deep lavender, palate bright yellow and more or less reticulate, corolla 10-12 mm. long, glandular- pubescent without, corolla-tube cylindrical 4.5-6 mm. long, 2.5-3.5 mm. wide, merely gibbous at base, glabrous within ex- cept along 2 lines extending downward from palate, upper lip 4-5 mm. long, suberect, arched, the 2 lobes oblong ovate, ca. 1.5 mm. long, bent upward back to back, lower lip 5-6 mm. long, erect, with depressed oblong-ovate lobes ca. 2 mm. long, palate large and with 2 bands of yellowish tack-'^haped hairs running into throat ; stamens didynamous, filaments somewhat dilated, glabrous except at short-pubescent genicula 7 and 8 or 8 and 9 mm. long, anther-sacs divergent, confluent, scarcely 0.5 mm. long, 5th stamen very rudimentary; pistil equaling stamens, glandular-pubescent except at glabrous, pointed, slightly curved, simple stigma; capsule cylindric-ovoid, narrow above, glandular-pubescent, oblique, 6-8 mm. long, 3.5-4.5 mm. wide, tipped with persistent inclined syle, dehiscence by 2 well formed pores at front of base of style (sometimes addi- tional one back of style) ; seeds ca. 0.6 mm. long, subcylin- drical, dark, alate- or cristate-costate. Type locality: San Diego. Material studied from CALI- FORNIA: Avithout locality, Coulter ^pQ (G), Parry & Lemmon 2pi (F, M, NY), Armstrong 744 (NY) ; Santa Barbara, Nuttall (Ph) ; Santa Cruz Island, Ford in 188/ (G), Brandegee in 1888 (C), Niedermueller in ipo8 (C), East- wood 6398 (Ca) ; Santa Monica Mts., Hasse 463 j (NY), in i8po (Po,US) ; Los Angeles, Wallace (G), Los Angeles Canon. Bolander in 1860-67 (US), in 1873 (G) ; Ballona, Braunton 435 (C, NY, US) in 1902 (S), Abrams 168 1 (NY, Po, S) ; Catalina Island, Trask in 1901 (NY, US), Trask in 1898 358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr. (US), Schumacher in 1874 (G), K, Brandegee in igi6 (C), Smith 5084 (F), Nuttall 240 (F), 491 (F), 697 (F), Reed in jpop (F) ; Playa del Rey, Abrams 2496 (C, G, M, NY, Ph, Po, S, US) ; San Bernardino, Parish 4757 (NY, S, US), 4746 (S, Po), 4190 (C, G, M, NY, US); San Bernardino foothills, S. B. & W. F. Parish 238 (C) ; Highland, Parish 4615 (C, F, NY, Ph, Po, S), 2056 (S); City Creek, San Bdno. Mts., Smith i (C) ; Box Springs Canon, Riverside Co., McClatchie in 1892 (NY), Reed 801 (US), Johnston in 1920 (Po); Lake view, Johnston in 1920 (Po) ; Riverside, Hall 1709 (C), Hall in 1897 (C) ; Whitewater, Jones in 190^ (Po) ; Menifee. King in 1893 (C) ; Murietta, Mun:: & John- ston 3J§2 (Po) ; Fallbrook, San Diego Co., Munz & Harwood 3901 (Po, S) ; San Luis Rey, Street 193 1 (Po) ; Santa Ysabel, Mimz & Hanuood 7308 (Po) ; Henshaw 5 (US), \.\r. & Hilg. Pac. R. R. Rep. 5:11. pi. 11. 1855. A. vagans var. rimorum Jepson, Man. Calif, 900. 1925. Stems generally glabrate at base, with scattering pilose hairs, glandular-pilose in inflorescence; flowers 13-15 mm. long; calyx-segments strongly differentiated and at least two thirds as long as corolla-tube, dorsal segment 8-12 mm. long, broadly elliptic to narrowly ovate, others 7-8 (10) mm. long, linear-lanceolate. Type Locality: Point Reyes, Marin Co., California. Ma- terial studied, CALIFORNIA: without locality, Fremont ^P5 (G. M, NY) ; Bridges 192 (G, NY, US) ; Santa Rosa, Kmitze 23130 (NY); between Knights Valley and Mark West Springs. Hciler fi;SS (F, G, M, Ph. NY. S, US); Knights Vol. XV] MUXZ—THE AXTIRRHINOIDE.E-AXTIRRHIS'E.H 353 Valley, Edzvards in 18/ j (NY) ; Sonoma Creek Canon. Baker ill 1904 (C) ; Russian River near Duncans Mills, Baker in i8pp (US) ; Ukiah, Eastzvood S393 (Ca, US) ; Cloverdale, Rattan in i8-jj (S) ; Kenwood, Davy 86 j (C) ; Petaluma, CongdoH in 1880 (C) ; Calistoga, Wright in 1921 (Ca) ; Atlas, Wilsoti in 1920 (Ca) ; Marin Co., Bolander 24 jp (G, US) is Gray's var. Bolanderi; Mill Valley, Eastwood in 1894 (G) ; Tamalpais, Michener & Bioletti ^4 (G), Sutliffe in 1920 (Ca, Ph) ; K. Brandcgee in ipo^ (C), Eastzvood 11300 (Ca) ; Lily Lake, Siitliifc in IQ2J (Ca) ; Paper Mill Creek, Congdon in 1880 (C) ; between Ross Valley and Bolinas Ridge, East- zvood in i8q8 (F) ; Kentfield, Moore j8p (Ca) ; Alameda, Vasey in 1875 (US) ; Oakland Hills, Kellogg & Harford 658 (G, M, NY,^US), Torrey 360a (G, NY)/z)arr 7784 (C) ; Niles, Jepson in 1897 (G) ; Rag Cafion, Breiver IJIQ (G, US); New Alniaden, Torrey in 1868 (NY); Berkeley, Walker 402 (C) ; Oakland, Drezv in 1888 (C) ; Tiburon, K. Brandcgee (C) ; Concord, Elmer 4937 (US) ; Port Costa, Elmer 4937 (S) ; Mt. St. Helena, Jones in 192 1 (Ca) ; Cala- veras Valley, Brooks in 1878 (Ca) ; San Francisco, Wilkes Exped., 1439 (US), Vasey in 1876 (G) ; Santa Clara, Bolan- der 47 (G) ; Penitence Canon, Bush in 1874 (G, US) ; Gilroy Springs, Edzvards in 1874 (NY) ; Loma Prieta Peak, Elmer 4983 (M, NY, S. US). Dudley in 1893 (S) : Black Mt., Randall 376 (S), Baker 1^43 (Ca, Po) ; Santa Cruz, Bolan- der 47 (M) ; Saratoga, Pendleton 218 (C) ; Congers Springs, Williamson in 1905 (Ph) ; Cholame Valley, Lemmon (F) ; San Juan Baptista mWs, Dudley in 1895 (C, Ca, M, G, NY, S) ; Posa Creek, Hecrmann in 1853 (Ph, US), the A. Coul- teriunum var. appendieulatnni of Dur. & Hilg. ; Saugus?, T. S. Brandegee (C), Although no specimen or drawing is extant for original material of Kellogg's vexillo-calyculattim from Point Reyes, his detailed description fits very closely the species that has so long gone under the name of vagans. The only thing with which it could possibly be confused is subcordatum, but I have seen no specimens of that species from the same region. There is a tendency for shade plants of vexillo-calyculatum to have 354 CALIFORMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. the calyx somewhat enlarged. This is especially true in the region of Marin Co., for example, Bolander ^/p and the Eastzvood specimen from Mill Valley. Such plants constituted Gray's var. bolandcri, but so far as I have seen such, they seem to be shade plants and not worth nomenclatorial recognition. 10b. A. vexillo-calyculatum var. breweri (Gray), n. comb. A. brezveri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:374. 1868. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:253. 1888. Gray, in Bot. Calif. 1:550. 1876. Bolander, Pis. San Fran., 21. 1870. Rattan, Pop. Calif. Flora, 90. 1880. A. vagaiis Gray. var. brezveri Jepson, Fl. W. Mid. Calif., 371. 1912. 396. 1901. Man. Calif., 900. 1925. A. brezveri va.T. ovalifolium Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:375. 1868. A. vagans var. bolandcri Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:253. 1888 in part. Gray, in Bot. Calif. 1 :550. 1876, in part. Stems generally quite glandular-pubescent throughout; flowers 10-12 mm. long; calyx-segments not strongly differen- tiated and often scarcely more than half as long as corolla- tube; dorsal calyx-segment 4-6 (7) mm. long, ovate-lanceolate, the others 3-5 mm. and linear-lanceolate. Type locality: "Below Mt. Shasta". Material studied : OREGON: Illohe, Nelson 13/6 (G) ; Ashland. Sheldon in 1SS9 (M) ; Glendale, Hozvell 769 (G), Hozvell in 1887 (C, F. M, NY, Ph, US). CALIFORNIA: Valley of the Sacra- mento, Wilkes 1629 (US) ; without locality, Vasey in 1875 (US); Hornbrook, Siskiyou Co., Abronis pSp7 (S) ; Ft. Jones, Scott Valley, Butler 2 (Po); Humbug Mts., Butler 1569 (C, M, Po) ; Snow Mt., T. S. Brandegee in 1891 (F) ; Mt. Shasta, Brozcn 547 (M, NY, US), below Mt. Shasta, Brezver 1343 (G) ; Craggy Peak, Dudley in 1899 (S) ; Mad River, Humboldt Co., Rattan (S), Tracy 4327 (C, US); Willow Creek, Tracy 3482 (C). Abrams 717 1 (S) ; ridge be- tween Van Duzen & Mad Rivers, Tracy 2790 (C, G, US) ; Yreka, Greene 901 (G, M, Ph) : Dunsmuir, Trinity Co., Abrams 6139 (NY, S) ; Pitt River, Shasta Co., Smith in 191 3 (Ca) ; Pitt to Kennett. Eastzvood J 473 (Ca, G, NY, US) ; Vol. X\n MU.\'Z—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRIIINEJE 355 Burney Butte, Eastwood 1041 (Ca, G, NY, US); Mt. Bul- lion, Bolander 4849 (C, G, US) ; Delta, Heller 11697 (Ca, F, G, M, NY, S, US) ; Genessee, Plumas Co., Heller & Kennedy 8836 (F, G, M, NY, Ph, S, US) ; Plumas Co., Ames in 1874 (G), in 1876 (G, M, Ph) ; Genesee Valley, Hall & Babcock 4444 (C, NY, US), Clemens in 1920 (Ca) ; Spanish Ranch, Eggleston 7691 (US) ; Sierra Co., Lemmon in 1874 (G) ; Sierra Nevada Mts., Lemmon in 1875 (US) ; Colfax, Placer Co., Jones 3426 (M, NY, Po, US) ; Sweetwater Creek, El- dorado Co., K. Brandegee in ipo8 (C) ; lone, Amador Co., Braunton 1041 (C, M. NY, US) ; Long Valley, Mendocino Co., Rattan in 1882 (S), Kellogg & Harford 657 (M, NY, Ph, US), <55p (G) ; Twin Rocks, Eastwood 1063Q (Ca) ; Orr's Springs, McMurphy 2po (S) ; Newville-Covella Road, Heller in 191 4 (M, NY, S) ; Hullville, Lake Co., Heller in 1902 (M, NY, Ph, US); Aliens Springs, Cleveland in 1882 (C) ; Coast Mts. of Lake Co., Rattan in 1882 (S) ; Clear Lake, Torrey 360 (G, NY) ; Lake Co., Torrey 359 (G, NY) ; Rose Springs, Gates in 1879 (C) ; Little Chico Creek, Leiberg 300 j (US) ; Rawhide, Tuolumne Co., IVilliamson 22 j (S) ; Stockton Creek, Mariposa Co., Congdon 134 (S) ; Coulter- ville Road, Congdon in 1893 (C), /";/ 1897 (S) ; Cazadero, Sonoma Co., Congdon in 190 1 (US). While typicuni inhabits the "Bay Region", breiveri is found to the north and east, and is not always well distin- guished from typicum. Such specimens as Heller 11697. Bridges 192, Torrey 360, and Congdon from Cazadero are quite intermediate in the calyx-condition, flower size and other characters. The tyi>e specimen of Gray's breweri var. ovali- foliuni [with Brezcer 1343 (G)] from Mt. Shasta is a shade form. H. Antirrhinum kingii Wats., Bot. King Exped., 215. pi. 21. 187L Annual, 1-5 dm. high, erect or ascending, simple at base or wMth ascending branches, slender, mostly glabrate except for the sparsely tomentose base ; inflorescence glandular-puberulent with filiform tortile branchlets usually present in the upper 366 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIESCES [Paoc. 4th Se«. part; leaves lanceolate to linear, blunt, with a g-landular swell- ing at end of midrib, rather scattered, glabrous, blades entire, 5-35 mm. long, 1-5 wide, upper sessile, reduced to linear bracts, lower narrowed into petioles 3-10 mm. long; flowers axillary even from near base of plant, forming above a lax, racemose inflorescence, usually in same axils with branches, pedicels filifonn, glabrate to finely glandular-puberulent, 4-20 mm. long; calyx 3.5 to 4.5 mm. long, glandular-puberulent, 5- parted ; corolla 7-8 mm. long, white with purple veins to "vio- let, white-veined", glandular-puberulent, corolla-tube merely gibbous at base, 3-4 mm. long, 2-2.5 wide, slightly pubescent within from base of palate downward, upper lip 3-3.5 mm. long, suberect, with the 2 rounded lobes ca. 1 mm. long and re- flexed, lower lip erect, ca. 4 mm. long, with prominent pubes- cent palate and deflexed lobes ca. 1 mm. long; fertile stamens didynamous, ca. 4 & 5 mm. long, moderately dilated, pubescent only at genicula, anther-sacs divergent, confluent ; pistil equal- ing shorter stamens, sparsely glandular-puberulent except toward entire tip; capsule oblique, glandular-pubenilent, sub- globose, ca. 4 mm. long, ending in persistent style which is ca. 3 mm. long, dehiscing by 1 posterior and 2 anterior pores ; seeds ca. 0.5 mm. long, ovoid, deeply fimbriate-costate or with irregularly fimbriate wings, or ahnost alate-tuberculate. 11a. A. kingii var. typicum, nom. nov. A. kingii Wats.. Bot. King Exped. 215. pi. 21, 1871. Grav, Bot. Calif. 1:550. 1876. Howell, Fl. N. W. Amer. 1:505. 1901. Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mts., 762. 1922. Frye & Rigg, N. W. Flora, 343. 1912. Tidestrom. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25 :485. 1925. Pedicels 4-6 mm. long in fruit ; upper calyx-segments 5-7 mm. long in fruit, oblong-lanceolate, lateral ones 3-4 mm. long, lanceolate; corolla "white". Type locality: By inference, Washoe Valley, Nevada. Ma- terial studied, UTAH: Milford, Jones in i88o (F) ; Salina Canon, Jones 3419 (C, NY, Po, US) ; Leamington, Jones in 1880 (NY), Po); Riverside, Jones in 1880 (Ph, Po, US); Deep Creek, Jones in i8qi (Po). NEVADA: Candelaria, Vol. X\] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDE.^-ANTIRRHINEJE 357 Shockley 2^4 (C, G, S, US) ; Regans Valley, Watson /d/ (G, NY, US) ; Reno, Hillman in 1895 (Po) ; Unionville Valley, Watson 767 (G); Trinity Mts., Watson 767 (NY, US); Goldfield, Heller in igi^ (G, M, S) ; Rhyolite, Jones in 1907 (Po) ; Reese River Pass, Watson 767 (NY, US) ; Hawthorne, Jones in 1882 (Po); Steamboat Springs, Streteh in 1865 (NY) ; Curries, Jones in igo6 (Po) ; Hot Springs S. of Reno, Stokes in ipos (US) ; Nevada Basin, Lemnion (F) ; Pyramid Lake, Lemmon 11301/2 (G) ; without locality, Lenimon in 1878 (G). CALIFORNIA : Bishop Creek, Hall & Chandler 7248 (C, Po) ; Sierra Nevada Mts., Lemnion in 1875 (US) ; Argus Mts., Pnrpns 5419 (C, G, M, US) ; White Mts.. Heller 8341 (C, Ca, F, G, M, Ph, NY, S, US), K. Brandcgee (C) ; Panamint Mts., Hall & Chandler 6977 (C) ; Mammoth. T. S. & K. Brandegee (C) ; Emigrant Springs, Parish 1063^ (S). OREGON: Malheur, Cusick 1243 (G, Ph, US); Narrows, Harney Co., Peck 2677 (G). IDAHO: Blue Lakes, Snake Plains, Palmer 70 (US). lib. A. kingii var. watsoni (Vasey & Rose), n. comb. A. kingii var., Wats., Proc. Am. Acad. 24: 66. 1888. A. imtsoni Vasey & Rose, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1 1 :533. 1889. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1 :18. 1890. Brandegee, Proc. Calif. Acad. II, 2:190. 1889. Pedicels 9-20 mm. long in fruit; calyx-segments subequal and 3-4 mm. long, narrowly lanceolate to linear; corolla "vio- let, white-veined". Type locality: By inference. Los Angeles Bay, Lower Cali- fornia. Material studied, SONORA: Northwestern Mts., Pringle in 1884 (F, G, NY, Ph, US). LOWER CALI- FORNIA : San Quentin. Palmer 657 (F, G, Ph, US) ; Mag- dalena Island, Orcutt 44 (US) ; San Benito Islands, Rose 16060 (NY, US) ; Cedros Island, Brandegee in 1S97 (C. G, M, S, US), Palmer 714 (G, US) ; Los Angeles Bay, Palmer 589 (G, US). 358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Witli its more southern range, its longer pedicels and more nearly equal calyx-segments, watsoni can be considered a good variety of kingii. 12. Antirrhinum ovatum Eastw., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 32:213. 1905. Jepson, Man. Calif., 900. 1925. Erect annual, simple or branching from base as well as above, 1-4 dm. high, stems glandular-villous throughout, upper branches slender, few, and not very tortile; rather leafy throughout, leaf-blades ovate, glandular-pubescent or almost glabrate, entire, obtuse to truncate to emarginate, 8-28 mm. long, 6-22 wide, with translucent glandular swelling at end of midrib, main longitudinal veins several, cauline leaves sessile or subsessile, lowest ones narrowed into petioles 1.5-2 cm. long; flowers axillary in a leafy raceme, pedicels 2-3 mm. long; calyx herbaceous, 5-parted, glandular-pubescent, upper seg- ment elliptical, 10-12 mm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, obtuse to emar- ginate, others subequal, 4-5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, linear, acute; corolla ca. 2 cm. long, "upper lip pink, lower white", glandular-pubescent without, corolla-tube subarcuate, 7-10 mm. long, with saccate spur at base 2 mm. long and 3 broad, glabrous within and widening abruptly into a broad throat ca. 5 mm. long and widely gaping, upper lip reflexed, ca. 6 mm. long, lobes rounded-truncate, ca. 2.5 mm. long, lower lip re- flexed, 7-8 mm. long with smooth low palate and 3 rounded, obscure, deflexed lobes; fertile stamens didynamous, the 2 shorter ca. 10 mm. long, slightly dilated a1x)ve, glabrous, others ca. 12 mm., more dilate toward tips, glandular-puberu- lent, all with short hairs at genicula, anthers divergent, some- what confluent; pistil equaling shorter stamens, glandular- pubescent except at pointed entire tip; capsule oblique, glandu- lar-pubescent, ovoid, 8-9 mm. long, 4-5 wide, style slender, 10-11 mm. long; seeds 1 mm. long, "cuneate, rugose and the rugae muricate". Known only from the type collection, Carisa plains, Mc- Donald's Ranch, near boundary between Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo Counties, California, Eastwood in 1^02 (C, Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEJE 359 Ca). It is a most remarkable species in its widely gaping* corolla. 13. Antirrhinum filipes Gray, in Bot. Ives Exped., 19. 1860. A. niipes Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:376. 1868. Bot. Calif. 1:551. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:254 & 439. 1888. Coville, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:169. 1893. Orcutt, Fl. So. & Lower Calif., 8. 1885. Tidestrom, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25:485. 1925. Jepson, Man. Calif., 898. 1925. A, cooperi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:376. 1867. Bot Calif. 1 :551. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:253. 1888. Parry. Amer. Nat. 9:346. 1875. Rydb., Fl. Rocky Mts., 762. 1922. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 326. 1923. Climbing, filiform, bright green annual, 3-8 dm. high, glabrous except for slight tomentum at base, diffusely branched below, with branches at first ascending then climbing mostly by the capillary twisting pedicels ; lower leaves somewhat clus- tered, blades ovate, entire, obtuse, 0.5-2 cm. long, on petioles 5-15 mm. long, becoming narrower (lanceolate) and longer (3 cm.) above the base of plant, most cauline leaves reduced to lance-linear sessile green bracts, 5-15 mm. long and at nodes 5-10 cm. apart; flowers solitary, axillary, pedicels 3-8 cm. long; calyx scarcely oblique, herbaceous, obscurely glandular- puberulent, 5-parted into subequal lanceolate lobes ca. 4 mm. long and 1 wide; corolla bright yellow, 11-13 mm. long, glandular-puberulent without, corolla-tube saccate at base, sub- cylindric, ca. 6 mm. long and 3 wide, pubescent within from base of palate downward, upper lip 5-6 mm. long, erect, with broadly ovate-truncate lobes ca. 2 mm. long, lower lip ca. 6 mm. long, erect, with the 3 lobes deflexed, narrowly truncate- ovate and ca. 2.5 mm. long, palate prominent, hairy, yellow with dark spots ; fertile stamens ca. 6-8 mm. long, the longer pair dilated, all glabrous except for the coarsely pubescent genicula, anther sacs divergent, confluent ; pistil slightly longer than shorter stamens, closely glandular-puberulent except at very tip, this entire and slightly enlarged ; capsule globose. 3-5 370 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4Ta Ser. mm. long, slightly exceeding calyx, very finely glandular- puberulent, tipped with rather persistent geniculate style (6 mm. long), apparently dehiscing irregularly; seeds scarcely 1 mm. long, tuberculate, with corky wing-like outgrowths. Type locality about thirty-five miles north of Needles, but on the Arizona side of the Colorado River. Material studied. SOUTHERN UTAH: Parry in 1874 (G)- NEVADA: Rhyolite, Heller ^648 (S) ; Good Springs, Jones in 1905 (Po) ; Charleston Mts., Jones in JQ06 (Po) ; Lincoln Co., Davis 5J (M); Amargosa Desert, Jones in ipo/ (Po). ARIZONA : Ft. Mojave, Cooper in 1861, type collection of A. Coo peri (G, US), Almendingcr (G) ; Camp 49, Nezvberry type collection of Ulipes (G, US) ; Yucca, Jones in 1884 (Ph, Po). CALIFORNIA: Darwin, Jones in 1897 (Po) ; Pana- mint i\Its.. Coz'ille & Fiinston 525 (G, NY, S, US) ; Fremonts Peak, Mohave Desert, Hall & Chandler 6854 (C) ; Salt Wells Cafion on Searles-Trona Road, Ferris et al SPOS (S) ; Rands- burg, bleller in ipo^ (Ph) ; Funeral Mts., Coville & Funston 459 (US) ; Providence Mts., Muns & Harwood 3443 (Po) ; Needles, Jones in 1904 (Po) ; Kelso, Jones in 1906 (Po); Barstow, Parish 19232 (C). Muns 2604 (Po, S), Spencer in 1922 (Po) ; Kane Spring, Hall & Chandler 6822 (C) ; Colo- rado Desert, Spencer 1466 (G. Po) ; Cottonwood Spring, Hall 6014 (C, S, US) ; Ironwood Well, Brandegce in 1905 (C) ; Chuckwalla Mts., Munz & Keck 4868 (Po) ; Shavers Well. Miin^ & Keck 4736 (Po) ; Coachella, Hall 5815 (C, S) ; Yaqui Wells, Eashvood 2749 (Ca, G, NY, US) ; Agua Caliente, now Palm Springs, S. B. & W. F. Parish 1224 (G, S), 1224a (G) ; Banner, Dunn (C) ; Mission Canon, San Diego?, Orcuft 1046 (G, M). 14. Antirrhinum strictum (H. & A.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:375. 1868. Maurandia stricta H. & A., Bot. Beechey, 375. 1840. Antir- rhinum strictum Gray, Bot. Calif. 1 :550. 1876. Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2 :409. 1887. Man. Bot. San Fran. Bay, 271. 1894. Yates, 9th Ann. Rep. State Mineralogist, Calif., 17. Davidson, Pis. L. A. Co., 13, 1892 & Cat. Pis. L. A. Co., 22. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEM 2>7\ 1896. McClatchie, Fl. Pasadena, 642. 1895. Jepson, Fl. West. Mid. Calif., 396. 1901 and 371. 1912. Abrams, Fl. L. A., 358. 1904 & 329. 1917. Heller, Muhlenbergia 3:118. 1907. Armstrong, West. Wildflowers, 470. 1915. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. S. Calif., 325. 1923. A. hookerianiim Pennell in Millspaugh & Nuttall, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5:222. 1923. Annual, glabrous except for sparse white wooliness at base, erect, 3-10 dm. high, fairly stout below, strict or branched, upper portions usually becoming vinelike and climbing by means of the slender twisting petioles; lower heavier part of stem quite leafy, with internodes shorter than leaves, leaves entire, often purplish beneath, midrib ending in glandular thickening, very lowest leaves ovate, obtuse, blades 3-20 mm. long, peti- oled, next ones lance-ovate to lanceolate, short-petiolate to sub- sessile, 3-6 cm. long, petioles winged; upper vine-like portion of stem with lance-linear to linear leaves, sessile, 5-15 mm. long, and with internodes 20-30 mm. long; flowers solitary in upper axils, pedicels filiform, 3-6 cm. long; calyx slightly oblique, herbaceous or purplish tinged, 5-6 mm. long, 5-parted in lance-linear subequal segments; corolla 13-15 mm. long, blue, glabrate, corolla-tube 7-8 mm. long, gibbous at base, 3-4 mm. wide, slightly arcuate, pubescent within from base of palate, upper lip reflexed, ca. 5 mm. long and as wide, the 2 lobes suborbicular, 2.5-3 mm. long, lower lip erect, ca. 6 mm. long, the 3 lobes 2.5-3 mm. long, suborbicular, deflexed, the palate prominent, densely pubescent; stamens 4.5 & 5.5 mm. long, well dilated, glabrous except at pubescent genicula. anther-sacs confluent, divergent; pistil equaling longer sta- mens, style very minutely granular-puberulent, 5.5-6 mm. long ; capsule globose, glabrous, 6-7 mm. long, slightly exceed- ing calyx, with style straight, not deflexed, dehiscence irregu- lar; seeds scarcely 1 mm. long, tuberculate with numerous wing-like outgrowths. Material studied : CALIFORNIA : without locality, Doug- las, probably type collection, (G) ; Sequoia Cafion, Marin Co., Michener & Bioletti in 18^2 (C, US) ; La Honda, San Mateo Co., Elmer 241^ (US) ; Los Gatos, Santa Clara Co.. Heller 7376 (C, F, G, M, NY, Ph, S, US); Santa Lucia Mts., June 3, 1926 372 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4Tn Ser. Plaskett So (G, NY, US) ; Santa Ynez Mts., Santa Barbara Co., Brezvcr ^14 (G, US) ; Zaca Lake, Eastzvood yoj (Ca, US); Painted Cave Ranch, Eastzvood 40 (US); Montecito, Bingham (NY) ; Southern California, Parry & Lemmon 2^0 (F, G, NY), Vasey in 1880 (US) ; Los Angeles Co., Cham- berlain (NY) ; Sierra Santa Monica, Hasse in 1890 (F, M, S, US), 46^6 (NY); Santa Monica Canon, Barber no (C) ; Glendale to Burbank, Brannton pi I (C, S, US) ; Los Angeles, Davidson in 1890 (M), Hasse in i88p (M) ; Pasadena, Allen in 1885 (G), McClatchie in 1893 (NY); Verdugo Hills, Abrams 1407 (S) ; Sierra Madre foothills, Nevin 947 (G) ; San Dimas Canon, Mnnz & Harivood 3683 (C, Po, S) ; San Gabriel Canon, Munz 9431 (Po) ; San Juan Capistrano. Nevin 679 (G) ; Sierra Cafion, Santa Ana Mts., Mnnz & Harzvood 3785 (Po) ; Sepulveda Canon, Abrams 333 (Po). Munz & Harwood 3949 (Po) ; Avalon, Tra^k in 1896 (M, US), in 1897 (M), Grant 2389 (NY), in 1900 (S), Nnttall 247 (F) ; Del Mar, San Diego Co., Angicr 144 (M). 120 (M) ; Red Clif¥, Angier 8 (C) ; San Diego, Orcutt in 1889 (US), in 1884 (NY) : 25 mi. E. of San Diego, Cleveland in 1878 (G) ; El Cajon Valley, Orcutt in 1889 (US) ; Sweet- water, Cleveland in 1878 (C) ; Tecate Mt., Mnnz & Hilend 8018 (Po) ; La Costa, Alderson 1200 (S) ; Cariso Creek, Brandegee in 1893 (C) ; LOWER CALIFORNIA: N. Low. Calif., Orcutt, in 1886 (F, NY, US) ; Vallecito. Orcutt 1330 (G, M). It does not seem necessary to take up for this species the name hookerianum proposed in 1923 by Pennell. since the Antirrhimnn strictum of Sibth. & Smith (Fl. Graec. 6:75, pi. 594. 1826) is a Linaria. Moreover some of the more recent treatments, such as Halacsy (Conspectus Fl. Graecae 2:410 1902), do not even recognize it as a species under Linaria. but refer it to synonymy under var. parnassica Bois & Heldr. of Linaria peloponnesiaca Bois & Heldr. EXCLUDED OR DOUBTFUL SPECIES 1. A. uniflorum Sesse & Mocino. PI. Nov. Hispan, 95. 1893 & 102. 1887. From the description certainly not an An- tirrhinum. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE AMTIRRHINOIDEM-ANTIRRHINEM 373 2. A. maculatum Sesse & Mocino, PI. Nov. Hispan., 95. 1893 & 102, 1887. Apparently also not in this g-enus. 3. A. kdloggii Greene, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 10:126. 1883. I have been unable to get a photograph or other information concerning this species at the Greene Herbarium. At the Gray Herbarium and at the University of California there are speci- mens labeled "A. Kelloggii Greene. Part of type" in Mrs. Brandegee's handwriting. This collection was referred to A. kingii by Gray, Suppl. Syn. Fl., but is certainly A. strictum. Whether this is actually part of the type of A. kelloggii aj)- pears doubtful, although Greene's description fits it fairly well. Greene's type was from "Summit of the Sierra Nevada, Dr. H. Kellogg, July 20, 1876". But I have seen no other speci- mens of strictum from the Sierra Nevada. IV. GALVESIA Leaves regularly in 3's, glabrous or pubescent, coriaceous, 2-4.5 cm. long, those in inflorescence conspicuously reduced and pubescent; palate of lower lip gla- brous ; filaments very evidently dilated upward ; flowers ca. 25 mm. long. (§Gambelia) 1. G. speciosa Leaves not constantly in 3's, or, if so, scarcely over 2 cm. long, and those of inflorescence not markedly dif- ferent from others; palate of lower lip pubescent; filaments not conspicuously dilated. (§Eugalvesia) Corolla 22-30 mm. long; palate not both glandular and pubescent ; North American species. Leaves much reduced, almost lacking up to barely 1 cm. long, narrowly lance-elliptic; stems glaucous, broom - like ; calyx and pistil glabrous 2a. G. juncca var. typica Leaves well developed, 1-2.5 cm. long, oval-ellip- tic to broadly ovate. Stems glaucous; leaves glabrous; calyx and pistil glabrous 2b G. juncca var. foliosa Stems and leaves, calyx and pistil glandular- pubescent 2c G. juncca var. pubescens 374 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tu Ser. Corolla 12-22 mm. long; palate both glandular and pubescent ; South American species. Flowers 12-14 mm. long; pedicels 1-2 cm. long; * style 7 mm.; filaments glandular in upper part ; leaves obtusish 3. G. fruticosa Flowers 14-22 mm. long; pedicels 5-10 mm.; style 11-13 mm.; filaments glabrous in apper part ; leaves often acuminate 4. G. ballii 1. Galvesia speciosa (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 22:311. 1887. G. speciosa Gray, Brandg., Zoe 5 :167. 1903. Gamhelia spe- ciosa Nutt, Jour. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci. (II) 1:149. 1848. Pennell, in Millsp. & Nutt, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5 :222. 1923. Antirrhinum speciosum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7 '27G. 1868. Bot Calif. 1:551. 1876. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:254. 1888. Meehan, Nat. Fls. Illus. II, 2:61, pi. 15. 1880. Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1 :227. 1885. Bailey, Cyclop. Hort. 1 :305. 1914. Abrams, Fl. Los Ang., 329. 1917. Davidson & Mox- ley, Fl. So. Calif., 325. 1923. Jepson, Man. Calif., 897. 1925. Smooth or pubescent, spreading, bright green shrub, 15-20 dm. high, stems fairly stout, generally glabrous except at nodes, where there is a line of hair on base of petioles and in- florescence; leaves verticillate in 3's, coriaceous, glabrous, or pubescent, slightly bicolored, ovate, entire, obtusish, mucronu- late at apex, rounded at base, with 3 principal and some smaller veins converging toward apex, blades 2-4.5 cm. long, 0.5-2.0 cm. wide, petioles ca. 5 mm. long, flattened, channeled and pubescent above, uppermost leaves reduced to narrow, lance- olate, greenish bracts, pubescent, thin, acuminate, 5-10 mm. long; flowers in a terminal lax racemose or crowded, corym- bose, glandular-pubescent inflorescence, pedicels slender, as- cending, glandular-pubescent, 1-2 cm. long; calyx campanu- late, herbaceous, glandular-pubescent within and without, somewhat oblique, 5-parted to near base, calyx-segments lance- olate, acuminate, subequal, 7-10 mm. long in flower, slightly enlarged and thickened in fruit ; corolla scarlet, tubular, 22-26 mm. long, bilabiate, nearly or quite closed at throat, heavily glandular pubescent without, corolla-tube scarlet, subcylindric, Vol. XV) MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHISOIDE^-ANTIRRHWEAL 375 saccate at base anteriorly, 15-17 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, pubescent within just above insertion of 2 anterior stamens, upper lip of corolla somewhat reflexed, 6-7 mm. long, with oblong-ovate lobes separated ca. half way, lower lip spreading, 7-8 mm. long, with large glabrous palate extending to base of lobes, these oblong-ovate, ca. 3.5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, middle one slightly narrower ; fertile stamens 4, slightly didy- namous, 17-19 mm. long, filaments conspicuously dilated and weakly glandular upward, geniculate and heavily pubescent above the expanded glabrate base, anther-sacs divergent, con- fluent, ca. 1 mm. long ; 5th stamen with rudiment of anther, inconspicuous ; pistil scarcely equal to stamens, style and ovary glandular-pubescent, ovary oblique, stigma not divided, flat- tened ; capsule subglobose, slightly oblique, thick-walled, with persistent filiform style, dehiscing by 2 irregular terminal pores; seeds oblong, dark, ca. 1 mm. long, not winged, with thin irregular broken ridges. Type locality: Catalina Island. Material studied: CALI- FORNIA: Catalina Gamhcl, type collection, (G, NY), Trask in IQOO (NY), in 1896 (C, M, US), in 1897 (US), Milh- paugh 4832 (F), Knopf 392 (F), Hall 8289 (C) ; San Clemente Island, Nevin & Lyon 6 (G, S), Trask in 1902 (US), Purpus {C), Brand e gee in 1894 {C),Everniwin in IQ18 (Ca), Peirson 3476 (S), Muns 6685 (Po). MEXICO: Gtiadalupe Island, Palmer 57 (F, G, M, NY, Ph). Brandegee in 1897 (C). 2. Galvesia juncea (Benth.) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 22:311. 1887. Erect or spreading shrubs with many slender stems, much branched and 6-15 (20) dm. high, nodes 2-8 (10) cm. long; leaves opposite or verticillate in 3's, variable as to size and pubescence, veins converging toward tip; flowers borne in 2's or 3's near upper parts of stem, pedicels 1-3 cm. long; calyx herbaceous, campanulate, 5-parted, calyx-segments lance-ovate to oblong-ovate, subequal, 2.5-5. mm. long in flower, 5-7 mm. in fruit ; corolla tubular, scarlet, 2.5-3. cm. long, glandular-pubescent without, tube saccate at base, on 376 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sfr. anterior side, 15-25 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, apparently scar- let witlioiit, cylindrical, scarcely ampliate into a tin-oat, tawny- pubescent within from near base to well formed pubescent palate, lower lip reflexed, 4-8 mm. long, the 3 lobes rounded, 1.5-2 mm. long, palate extending to their very base but not closing throat, upper lip suberect, ca. equal to lower, obscurely 2-lobed at very tip; 4 fertile stamens very slightly dilated up- ward, extremely variable in length (from subequal and two- thirds length of corolla, to markedly didynamous with 2 an- terior equaling the corolla, to sube(|ual and the longer slightly exceeding corolla), c(5mmonly with anthers exserted, variable also as to pubescence, but all coarsely pubescent at the slight genicula. and dilate and glabrous at base, anthers confluent and divergent; 5th stamen without vestige of anther; stigma entire, slightly flattened, style varying in length with stamens, pubescence variable, ovary oblique at base ; capsule 2-celled, ovoid, firm-walled, 8-9 mm. long, 6-7 mm. thick, with j^er- sistent filiform style inserted between the 2 slightly projecting valves, each of these dehiscing by a terminal rounded, irregular opening; seeds dark, ca. 1 mm. long, oblong, wingless with numerous thin, broken and irregular ridges. 2a. Galvesia juncea var. typica, nom. nov. Maiirandia juncea Benth., Bot. Sulph., 41. 1844. D. C. Prodr. 10:296. 1846. Saccularia veotchii Kell, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2:17. 1860. Curran, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:144. pi.. 1885. Gray. Bot. Calif. 1 :551. 1876. Antirrhimim jiiii- ceiiin Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:377. 1868. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:254,439. 1888. Bot. Calif. 1:551. 1876.' 2:472. 1880. Brandegee, Proc. Calif. Acad. II, 2:190. 1889. Davidson & Moxley. Fl. S. Calif.. 325. 1923. Galvesia juncea Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 22:311. 1887. Vascy & Rose. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 2:533. 1889. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1 :19. 1890. Ball, Jour. Linn. Soc. 22:152. 1887. G^^ldman, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 16:364. 1916. Johnston. Proc. Calif. Acad. IV. 12:1160. 1924. Leaves reduced or almost lacking, scarcely 1 cm. long, narrowly lance-elliptic ; stems glaucous, broomlike ; calyx and pistil glabrous. Vol. XV] MUSZ—THE ASTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIKKHINEJE T^JJ Type locality: "West coast of Lower California, probably at San Ouentin." Material studied: LOWER CALIFOR- NIA: San Antonio Caiion, Hill & Ballon in ip2j (Po) ; Calmalli, Pur pus ig8 (C) ; Salada Canon, Braiidcgcc in iSgj (C) ; San Ouentin, Nelson & Goldman yiop (US), Palmer /20 (G, NY, Ph) ; San Julio Cafion, B ramie gee in iSSp (C, Ph) ; Playa Maria, Anthony 83a (G, M, NY, Ph, S. US) : San Telmo, Orcutt 1363 (G, M, NY, Ph, US) ; Cedros Island, Bekliiig in 18S1 (G), Veatcli, type collection of Saccular ia Veatchii (G, NY), Streets in 18/6 (G, US), Anthony 286 (C, G, M, S, US), 85 (C. G, M. NY, Ph, S, US), Palmer J20 (G, NY, US), Rose 16093 (NY, US), Pond in i88p (US), Greene in 1883 (F), Stezvart in 1906 ? (Ca). Variable and intergrading with var. foliosa, e. g., Palmer 720. 2b. Galvesia juncea var. foliosa Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12:1161. 1924. G. glabra fa Brandg., Zoe 5 :167. 1903. Stems glaucous; leaves 1-2.5 cm. long, glabrous; calyx and pistil glabrous. Type locality: San Felipe, Lower California. Material studied: LOWER CALIFORNIA: SsiU Felipe, Pur pus 463, type of glabrata (C. M, US) ; Saucito, Brandegee in 1893 (C) ; Las Animas Bay, Johnston 3310 (Ca) ; Santa Alaria Bay, Rose 16237 (NY, US) ; Cape San Lucas. Rose 16370, in part (NY. US) ; South ^San Lorenzo Island, Johnston 3330 (Ca, G) ; San Pedro Nolasco Island, Johnston 3133 (Ca, G). 2c. Galvesia juncea var. pubescexs (Brandg.) John- ston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12:1161. 1924. G. juncea of Brandg., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. II. 3:225. 1892. G. speciosa var. pubescens Brandg., Zoe 5:167. 1903. G. rupicola Brandg.. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 6:360. 1916. Leaves well developed, 1-2.5 cm. long, oval-elliptic, glan- dular-pubescent, as are stems, calyx, and pistil. 378 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th Se«. Type locality: "On the rocks of Cape San Lucas, Lower California." Material studied: LOWER CALIFORNIA: Cape San Lucas, Brandegcc in i8q2, type of rupicola (C, G), Rose i6_^/0, in part (NY, L'S) ; Saucito, Brandegcc in iSc^j (C) ; Ang-el de la Guardia Island, Johnston ?-/^o (Ca) ; Espiritu Santo Island, Johnston 3980 (Ca, G). Intergrading with var. foliosa, Rose t6j/0 having- both sorts on one branch. 3. Galvesia FRi'TicosA Gmeliu, Syst, 937. 1791. G. frnticosa, Juss. ex Steudel, Nomen. bot. 1 :356. 1etioles somewhat grooved above, glan- dular-puberulent, 3-7 mm. long ; flowers near ends of branches, borne singly in axils of somewhat reduced and crowded upper leaves, pedicels slender, glandular-pubescent, spreading, some- what recurved, somewhat tortuous after anthesis, 8-20 mm. long: calyx herbaceous, glandular-puberulent within and with- out. 5-parted, the segments subequal, lance-ovate, 2-3 mm. long, sliglitly enlarged in fruit; corolla "scarlet", tubular, glandular-pubescent without, 12-14 mm. long, tube slightly saccate at base, then slightly constricted, then slightly ampliate into narrow throat, within having stalked glands and sparse coarse pubescence anteriorly, 7-8 mm. long and 2-3 broad, limb bilabiate, upper lip reflexed, glandular-puberulent within. 4-5 mm. long, its 2 lobes rounded-ovate, grown together ca. half way, lower lip glandular-puberulent especially on palate, 4-5 mm. long, the 3 lol>es ovate, grown together ca. half way; Vol. X\] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHIS'0IDE^-ANTIRRHINE£ 379 4 stamens 8-9 mm. long, slightly didynamous, filaments not dilated, conspicuously glandular, with coarse short pubescence at genicula, glabrous at base, anther-sacs divergent, confluent, each pair forming almost a circle after dehiscence ; 5th stamen inconspicuous, with anther not evident; pistil scarcely as long as stamens, ovary and style glabrous, or weakly glandular- puberulent, style 5-6 mm. long, persistent, flattened upward, stigma slightly 2-lobed : capsule depressed-globose, 2-celled, 4-5 mm. long, thin-walled, dehiscing by 2 irregular pores ; seeds scarcely 1 mm. long, oblong, not winged, with several irregular broken ridges. Material seen : PERU : Galapagos Islands. Stcunjirt 3440 (Ca. G), 3441 (Ca). 3442 (Ca) ; Lima, Wilkes Explor. Exped. (G, NY, US) ; Tambo de Pariocota, Macbruie & Feafhcrstone 2540 (US). 4. Galvesia ballii, nom. nov. G. limensis Domb. var. grandifiora Benth., in D. C. Prodr. 10:296. 1846. Ball, Jour. Linn. Soc. 22:151. 1887. Apparently spreading shrub much like G. fruticosa; leaf- blades acuminate to acute, 5-25 mm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, petioles flattened, puberulent. 2-5 mm. long; pedicels glandu- lar-puberulent, 5-10 mm. long, deflexed after anthesis; calyx- segments 3-4 mm. long; corolla tubular, glandular-puberulent without, 16-22 mm. long, upper lip 6-7 mm. long, lower lip same length; fertile stamens 12-14 mm. long, not conspicuously dilated, glabrous except at genicula; pistil 12-14 mm. Type locality: Payta, Peru. Material seen, Payta, Andre 4119 (NY), Ball in 1882 (G, NY); Rushy 2304 (NY). Ball, 1. c, reports it also from Manta, Ecuador. To be sure the amount of material available was not great and it may be that this plant is not specifically distinct from G. fruticosa. But such characters as pubescence of stamens, flower size, etc. seem quite fundamental. Rusby 2304 has leaves varying from acuminate to obtusish. The name BaJlii is proposed because of the uncertain Galves^ia grandifiora (Kell.) Benth. of Wettstein in Engler & Prantl. Pflanzenfam. TV. Abt. 3b. p. 61. 18Q5, suppoi^ed to be from California. I 38Q CALIhORNlA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sf.r. have been unable to find any justification whatsoever for this name, nor any indication as to what it may refer, but it seems best not to continue the use of the name grandillora after this confusion. V. EPIXIPHIUM (Engelm.), gen. nov. Recognized as a section by Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. 7 -.^77. 1868) of tlie genus Maurandia, and sufficiently characterized there. Having but one species which is undoubtedly closely related to Maurandya antirrhiniflora but differing so widely in its capsule characters, heavily indurated sepals, and flat seeds, as apparently to deserve generic recognition. 1. Epixiphium wislizeni (luigelm.), n. comb. Maurandya ivislizcni Engelm. by Gray, in Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 111. 1859. Gray. Proc. Am. y\cad. 7:377. 1868. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:254. 1888. Coulter, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 2:307. 1892. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 2:442. 1882. Small, Fl. S. E. U. S., 1057. 1903. Wooton & Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 19:578. 1915. Johnston. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. TV, 12:1163. 1924. Glabrous herb climbing by tortile petioles and pedicels; leaves thin, alternate, triangular-hastate, some obscurely 5- lobed, each lobe mucronulate, margin otherwise entire, scarcely if at all bicolored, base cordate, apex acuminate (obtuse in lowest leaves), with 3 principal veins in terminal portion, blades 1-4 cm. long, 1-3 (4) wide, petioles glabrous, fairly stout, 1-5 cm. long; flowers solitary, axillary, horizontal, pedi- cels slender at anthesis, less than 1 cm. long, thickened in fruit ; calyx herbaceous at anthesis, slightly oblique, 5-parted almost to base, calyx-segments linear-lanceolate, subequal. 12-15 mm. long, tips somewhat spreading, calyx-segments in fruit tri- angular-lanceolate, indurate, especially at base, strongly reticu- late, 2.5-3.5 cm. long and 1 cm. wide at base, strongly keeled at base, upper halves spreading, acuminate; corolla 3-3.5 cm. long, "pale blue", glabrous without. 2-lipped. funnelform, tube 5-6 mm. long, slightly gibbous anteriorly, glabrous within at Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHIMOIDE.E.ANTIRRHINE^ 3gl base, pubescent upward, throat rapidl}^ expanding to ca. 1 cm. across, without plaits or hair within, corolla-Hmb suberect, ca. 1 cm. long, the 2 upper lobes well grown together, suborbicu- lar, lower lip pubescent at base, its 3 lobes ca. 5 mm. long, the middle one narrowest; stamens didynamous, ca. 15 & 17 mm. long, anther-sacs confluent, filaments glandular above and be- low (just above slight genicula), heavily pubescent below geni- cula to glabrate expanded base ; style in flower glabrous, ca. 15 mm. long, flattened below, stigma bilobed. ovary glabrous; capsule 12-15 mm. long, globose-ovate, coriaceous, surmounted by persistent beak-like, flattened style, which is ca. 4 mm. wide at base, pointed above and 12-15 mm. long, dehiscence by clean curving transverse slit on each side of base of beak; seeds tawny, with body 2-2.5 mm. long, compressed, oval, "chaffy- rugose", surrounded by an entire emarginate wing, ca. 1 mm. wide. Type locality: "Along the Rio Grande below Dona Ana". Material studied very extensive, only a small part is here cited of all that has been seen, NEW MEXICO : Valverde, so. of Santa Fe, IVizlizcnus 4^ (M) ; Ft. Craig, Riisby 314 (M, US), 320 (F) ; Las Cruces, JVoofon in 1893 (US), Vasey in 1881 (F, US) Puebla Crossing, Jl'oofon in ipoo (US) ; mesa W. of Organ Mts., Dona Ana Co., Wooton in i8pj (US); San Marcial, Herrick 846 (US) ; plains of Acoma, Saunders in ipo^ (Ph) ; Upper Gila, Greene in 1S80 (F, M, Ph, Po, NY); Messila, Sfandlex 431 (US), Dezuey in i8pi (US), Wooton in 1899 (Po)," 25 (C, G, M, NY, Po, S, US), in 1902 (US), m 1904 (US) ; Deming, Mnlford 1123 (M. NY), Griffith 33^8 (US) ; valley of Rio Grande, Mcx. Bound. Siirv., type (G, NY, US); without locality, Wright in 18 51 (G, NY). TEXAS: Ft. Hancock. Mcarns 1320 (US); western Texas, Wright (G, NY, Ph, US). MEXICO: La- guna de Guzman, Chihuahua, Hartnian yiS (G, US) ; Chi- huahua, Thurher 762 (G, NY), in 1832 (F) ; Paso del Norte, Pringle in 1883 (G); Colonia Diaz, Nehon 6430 (G, US); Samalayuca, Coville 1698 (US) ; Sapio, Sierra Madre Mts., Jones in 1903 (Po) ; Bolson de INIapimi, Rio Nazas. Gregg in 1847 (NY). 3g2 CALIFOKSl. I ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Pkoc. 4th Se«. VI. MAURANDYA Anther-sacs oblong after dehiscence, confluent or in con- tact; calyx-segments lanceolate, almost distinct; leaves deltoid, glabrous ; seeds not winged ; climbing plants ; leaf-ltiargin quite entire except for main lobes. Plaits within corolla developed distally into a palate, corolla not over 3 cm. long, blue, ridges light yellow ; plant herbaceous § Antirrhinoidea. 1. M. antirrhiniflora Plaits not developed into a palate but distinct, corolla generally over 3 cm. long; plants somewhat woody § listeria Sepals glabrous ; corolla lavender 2. M. scandens Sepals conspicuously glandular - pilose ; corolla deep purple 3. M. barclaiana Anther-sacs circular after dehiscence, discrete; calyx- lobes ovate (ovate-lanceolate in glabrata) ; leaves circular or cordate or reniform; habit various; leaf-margin dentate or crenate or serrate §Lophospermum Flowers yellow ; stamens well exserted ; pedicels tor- tuous ; seeds apterous 4. M. flaviflora Flowers not yellow ; stamens included or barely visi- ble ; pedicels straight or geniculate, at least not tortuous. Stems not climbing; corolla with 2 prominent plaits on the floor of the throat, which are thickly beset with hairs. Seeds apterous. Fruiting pedicels thickened, geniculate ; leaf-margins crenate; calyx cleft to near middle, 12 mm. long, the segments oblong-ovate, obtuse 5. M. genictdata Fruiting pedicels not thickened nor geni- culate ; leaf-margins dentate ; calyx cleft two-thirds its length, 15-20 mm. long, the segments lance- ovate, acute 6. M. rosci Seeds winged ; fruiting pedicels spreading or ascending. Plant strongly pubescent ; calyx - seg- ments ovate; anterior pair of fer- tile stamens distinctly longer than posterior pair; sterile stamen scarcely reaching the genicula of posterior fertile ones 9. M. erecla Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOWEM-ANTIRRHINEJE 333 Plant g 1 a b r a t e ; sepals more or less cordate ; fertile stamens subequal ; sterile stamen almost half as long as f ei tile ones 7. M. purpusii Stems climbing; corolla without prominent plaits on the floor of the throat, but merely with 2 prominent lines of hairs; seeds winged. Plant densely softly pubescent, grayish ; sepals oblong-ovate ; flowers rosy pink 8a. M. erubescens var. typica Plant glabrate or somewhat pubescent, green ; sepals lance-ovate; flowers rose-purple 8b. M. erubescens var. glabrata 1. Maurandya antirrhiniflora Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd., Hort. Berol., pi. 83. 1807 & Eiuim. Hort. Berol, 659. 1809. M. antirrhiniflora of Curtis Bot. Mag. 40: pi. 1643. 1814. Beiith., in D. C, Prodr. 10:296. 1846. Chavannes, Mon. Antirrh., 78. pi. 2, f. B. 1833. Nees & Schauer, Linnea 20: 712. 1847. Martens & Galeotti, Acad. Roy. Brux.l2: no. 7, p. 3. 1845. Gray, Bot. Ives Exped., 19. 1860. Gray, in Tor- rey, Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., 110. 1859. Torrey, Bot. Sit- greaves Exped., 166. 1853. Armstrong, W. Wildfl.,466. 1915. Britton, Fl. Bermuda, 346. 1918. Pennell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 73:500. 1922. AI. autirrliiua Lindl., Torrey in Emory Recon., 146. 1848. Probably M. sempervirens Jacq. of Small, Bot. of the Bermudas, 44. 1913. M. personata Lag., Gen. et Sp. Nov., 19. 1816. Usteria antirrhiniflora Poir., Encyc. Suppl. 5:405.^1817. Antirrhinum antirrhiniflorum of Small, Fl. S. E. U. S., 1056. 1903. A. antirrhiniflorum of Hitchcock, Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 4:113. 1893. Schulz, Wild- flowers of San Antonio, 191. 1922. Wooton & Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 19:578. 1915. A. maurandioides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:376. 1868. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2:254. 1888. Bot. Calif. 1:551. 1876. Porter, in Bot. Wheeler Surv., 209. 1878. Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. 2:441. 1882. Coulter, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 2:306. 1892. Jepson, Man. Calif., 898. 1925. Bailey, Cyclop. Hort. 1 :305. 1914. 384 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Perennial herb, climbing- by the tortuous petioles and pedi- cels, steins slender, glabrous, green; leaves thin, alternate, not strongly bicolored, glabrous, triangular, hastate to 5-lobed, each lobe mucronulate, margin otherwise entire, base cordate, 3 main veins in terminal portion of blade, tip acuminate, 5-25 mm. long, equally wide, petioles glabrous, slender, 5-25 mm. long, green ; llowers solitary, axillary, horizontal, pedicels fili- form, glabrous, 1-2 cm. long; calyx 5-parted almost to base, narrowly campanulate, glabrous, calyx-segments green, lance- linear, the tips spreading, the 3 upper segments straight or curving upward, 10-12 mm. long at anthesis, the 2 lower curv- ing, 11-13 mm. long, calyx-segments bulging in fruit, but tips connivent, 12-15 mm. long, scarcely thickened; corolla 2.5-3.0 cm. long, glabrous without, tube whitish, 4-5 mm. long, ca. 3 mm. wide, mostly glabrous within, pubescent where it expands into the throat, throat whitish, tinged blue without, ca. 1 cm. wide, pubescent within and with 2 prominent plaits fusing anteriorly to form conspicuous yellow palate at base of lower lip, base of upper lip also somewhat plaited, throat not closed, limb blue to reddish, upper lobes 5-6 mm. long, blunt, lower lobes ca. 6 mm. long; stamens included, didynamous, ca. 17- 19 mm. long, anthef-sacs confluent, ca. 1.5 mm. long, filaments clavate, glandular above, slightly geniculate and heavily pubes- cent above the glabrous dilated base ; 5th stamen very rudimen- tary; style glabrous, persistent, flattened toward tip, 12-13 mm. long, ovary glabrous, ovoid-globose; capsule globose, rather thin, glabrous, 7-8 mm. long, included in calyx, with irregular subterminal dehiscence; seeds oblong, ca. 1 mm. long, wingless, brown, with corky short broken, tuberculate ridges. Type locality: Mexico. Some hundreds of herbarium sheets have been studied for this species and it hardly seems worth while citing so many. I have therefore selected representative ones and such as will give some indication of range. The species seems to be largely an inhabitant of lime soils. CALI- FORNIA: Providence I\Its., Mohave Desert, Bratuiegce in IQ02 (C, US), Munz, Johnston & Harivood 4282 (Po) ; Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEJE 335 Kelso, Jones in ipo6 (Po). ARIZONA: Union Pass. N. Ariz., IVilson 28 (C, US) ; Grand Caiion, Hitchcock in ipij (US), Gray in 188^ (G) ; Chiricahua Mine, Blumer 1805 (F- G, M, NY, US); Tucson. Tourney in 1894 (C, NY, US), Pringle in 1884 (F, NY, Ph, US) ; Bisbee, Gooding 708 (G, NY). NEW MEXICO : Silver City, Mctcalf in 1898 (US) ; Albuquerque, Rushy in igop (NY) ; Lincoln, F. S. & E. S. Earle 548 (M, NY, US). TEXAS: El Paso, Stearns 167 (US), Jones 4346 (F) ; Austin, Hall 507 (F, M, NY, US) ; Laredo, Letterinan 351 (M, NY) ; San Marcos, Penncll 10428 (NY, Ph) ; San Antonio, Jermy 234 (G, M. NY). MEXI- CO: Sonora, Hartman 858 (G) ; Parral, Chihuahua, Gold- man 115 (G, US) ; Ciudad, Chihuahua, Stearns in ipii (NY, Ph) ; La Ventura, Coahuila, Nelson 3913 (US) ; Torreon, Coahuila, Pabner 473 (C, F, G, M, NY, US) ; Tula, Hidalgo. Pringle 6363 (C. F, G, M, NY, Ph, US) ; Tehuacan, Puebla, Liehmann 9413 (NY, US) ; Sota la Marina, Tamaulipas, Nelson 6642 (G) ; Vallee de Mexico, Guadalupe, Bourgeau in 1863-66 (G, US) ; Tequisquiapam, Queretara, Nelson 3872 (G, US) ; San Luis Potosi, Parry & Palmer 663 (F, G, M, Ph. US) ; Zacatecas. Jalisco. Coulter (NY). Naturalized in many places east of its original range: Miami, Fla., Tracy 9428 (G, M, NY) ; Grantstown, New Providence, Bahamas, Wilson 8216 (F, NY); Bermuda, Collins 284 (G, NY, US); Mal- vern, Santa Cruz Mts., Jamaica. Briffon 1302 (NY) ; Harris 9660 (G, F, NY, Ph, US). 2. Maurandya SCA.NDENS (Cav.) Pers., Synopsis 2:160. 1807. M. scandens of Bailey, Cyclop. Hort. 4:2012. 1916. Brit- ton. Fl. Bermuda. 346. 1918. Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12:1163. 1924. Usteria scandens Cav., Ic. PI. 2: pi. 116. 1793. Andrews, Botanists Repository 1: t. 63. 1794. Reichardia scandens Roth, Catal. 2:64. 1800. Maurandya seniperilorens Ortega, Nov. Gen. Hort. Matr. decas. 2:21. 1797. Jacquin, Hortus Schonb.. 3:20. t. 288. 1798. Curtis. Bot. Mag. 13: t. 460. 1799. Willd.. Enum. PI. Hort. Berol.. 386 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4tii Ser. 659. 1801. Sp. PI. 3:389. 1801. Spreng., Syst. Veg-et. 2:814. 1825. Chavannes, Monogr, Antirrh., 78. 1833. Beiith. in D. C, Prodr. 10:297. 1846. Nees & Schauer, Linnea 20:712. 1847. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7 :377. 1868. Hemsley, Card. Chron. N. S., 17:22. 1882. Biol. Centr., Am. 2:442. 1882. Reada, Pis. Bermudas, 67. 1883. Smith, Enum. PI. Guat. 2:55. 1890. Urbina, Cat. Pis. Mex., 256. 1897. Suffriitescent climber, petioles and pedicels twining, stems slender, glabrous, younger ones often reddish; leaves thin, alternate, bright green above, paler below, glabrous, triangu- lar-cordate, sometimes obscurely 5-lobed, each lobe mucronu- late, margin otherwise quite entire, somewhat hastate at base, acuminate, 3 main veins running into terminal portion, 1-5 cm. long, 1-4 wide, petioles glabrous, slender, green or red- dish, 1-2 cm. long; flowers solitary, axillary, horizontal, pedi- cels slender, glabrous, 5-10 cm. long; calyx 5-parted, narrowly campanulate, glabrous, the segments green, lance-linear, the 3 upper straight, 13-15 mm. long, 2 lower .slightly curved up- ward, 12-14 mm. long, in fruit the segments becoming 18-20 mm. long, tips connivent, base somewhat thickened; corolla 3.5-4.5 cm. long, finely glandular-puberulent without, broadly funnel-form, bilabiate, tube whiti.sh, swollen at base in front, 5-8 mm. long, 6-7 mm. wide, pubescent within above the base, throat whitish, with lavender tinge, ampliated, 12-15 mm, wide at its extreme, glabrous with 2 prominent plaits on floor, limb lavender, reflexed, lobes suborbicular, ca. 1 cm. long, the 2 upper slightly largest, middle lower smallest ; stamens didyna- mous, ca. 18 & 20 mm. long, enlarged and provided with yel- low glands above, glandular also just above genicula, where also heavily pubescent, flattened and glabrous at base, anthers oblong, confluent; 5th stamen very reduced; style filiform, almost equal to shorter stamens, glabrous except for few scat- tered glandular hairs at base, persistent, ovary very sparingly glandular-pubescent at base of style ; capsule globose, glabrous, ca. 1.5 cm. long, rather firm walled, dehiscing by 2 rather ir- regular subterminal oi>enings; seeds oblong, 1-1.5 mm. long. brown, with few irregular broken, corky, tuberculate ridges, not winged. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEJE 337 Type locality: Mexico. j\Iaterial studied, MEXICO: valley of Rio Nazas, Gregg 445 (M) ; Molino, Morelia, Arsene in ipio (F) ; Puebla, Molino, Nicolas y8 (Ph) ; Ori- zaba, Vera Cruz, Botteri 540 (G, US) ; Rio de San Francisco, Puebla, Pur pus 4102 (C) ; San Simon, Pur pus S9^5 (C) ; Barranguito de Puebla Viejo Nochixtlan, Oaxaca, Conzatti 1850 (F, G) ; Dominguillo, Nelson 1594 (G) ; Cuilapam, Smith 46 (G) ; Oaxaca, Scler 1^82 (G) ; Monte Alban, Smith 396 (US), Pringle 4786 (C, G, M, NY, Ph, US) ; Cerro San Antonio, Conzatti 1409 (G), 1964 (F) ; Cerro San Felipe, Conzatti 2244 (F, G) ; De Huranchilla a Nothixllax, Conzatti 4276 (US) ; Valley of Oaxaca, Nelson 12 51 (US) ; Huajua- pan. Nelson 1969 (US) ; near Mexico, Bustamente y Rocha, no coll., (NY). GUATEMALA: Antigua, Zacatepequez, Smith 218 1 (G), Kellerman 4702 (US). BERMUDA (where introduced) : Pembroke, Collins 283 (G, NY, US) ; Mt. Langton, Harshbcrger in 1905 (G, NY, Ph, US), Broi<.'n & Britton 412 (NY, Ph) : Harrington House, Brozi'n, Britton & Seaver 11 29 (NY, Ph, US) ; without locality, Flynn 87 (M). Botanical Garden specimens: Hort. Duval, Cartigny, m 1826 (NY); Hort. Saltzwedel, Frankfurt, Engelmann in 1823 (M); 3. Maurandya barclaiana Lindl, Bot. Reg. 13: t. 1108. 1827. M. barclaiana in Lodd, Bot. Cab. 14 :t. 1381. 1828? Bailey, Cyclop. Hort. 4:2012. 1916. M. barclayana in Martens & Galeotti, Bull. Acad. Roy. Brux. 12: No. 7, p. 3. 1845. Cha- vannes, I^lonogr. Antirrh., 77. 1833. Benth., in D. C. Prodr. 10:297. 1846. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:377. 1868. Hemsley, Card. Chron., N. S., 17:22. 1882. Biol. Centr. Am. 2:441. 1882. Urbina, Cat. Pis. Mex.. 256. 1897. Ramirez & Alcocer, Sin. Pis. Mex.. 106. 1902. Britton, Fl. Bermuda, 347. 1918. Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12:1163. 1924. Suffrutescent climber of the same habit, leaves, etc. as the preceding species; leaf-blades 1-3.5 cm. long & 1-3 broad, pe- tioles 1-2.5 cm. long; pedicels slender, glabrous, 3-5 cm. long; calvx 5-parted almost to base, conspicuously glandular-villous June 3, 1926 ^^ CALII'ORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. on the outside with slender, several-celled hairs, glabrate with- in, calyx-segments linear-lanceolate, the 3 upper ones subequal, straight, 10-13 mm. long in flower, the 2 lower ones curving upward. 9-12 mm. long, in fruit sometimes up to 2 cm. long; corolla 3-4.5 cm. long, glandular-puberulent without, tube greenish white with bluish tinge, swollen at base in front, 5-7 mm. long, 5-6 wide, glabrous within at base, hairy above, throat of same color, sometimes tinged with yellow, 10-13 mm. wide, glabrous within, with 2 prominent pale plaits, limb dark purple, reflexed, lobes 7-8 mm. long, suborbicular ; sta- mens much as in scaiidais, but more heavily villous below the genicula; pistil as in scandcns; capsule globose, ca. 1 cm. long, the 2 valves projecting slightly beyond insertion of persistent style, dehiscence terminal, rather irregular; seeds oblong, etc. as in scandens. Type locality: Mexico. Material studied, MEXICO: near Mondora, Coahuila. Palmer g'j2 (G) : San Luis Potosi, Schaffner 748 (G, NY, Ph), Parry & Palmer 664 (M, Ph) ; Mimas de San Rafael, San Luis Potosi, Pnrpus 4pii (C, G, NY) ; Alvarez, San Luis Potosi, Palmer 606 (C, F, G, M, NY. US) ; Sierra de la Mesa, Hidalgo, Rose, Painter & Rose pio^ (US) ; San Luis Tultitlanapa, near Oaxaca, Pnrpus 2^1^ (C, F, G, M, NY, S, US) ; San Felipe del Agua, Oaxaca, Conzatti yS8 (G) ; between Cadereyta & Visaron, Oueretaro, Rose, Painter & Rose 9747 (NY, US) ; Guanajuate, Duges in 1880 (G) ; without locality. Coulter 1^42 (G). Introduced into other countries and escaped : Ambato, Tungurahua, Ecua- dor, Pachano 87 (NY) ; Barbacena, Brazil, Dorsett, Shamel, & Popenoe S07b (US). The following cultivated material was available: Hort. Cantab., 184^ (G, NY), 1836 (G) ; Hort. Aupet a la Garaz proj^e Nevey, i8_^2 (NY) ; Hort. Haren., St. Louis. Engelmann in 1830 (M) ; Philadelphia, Rediield 5969 (M). Lindley's description gives the length of the corolla as 3 in. and is followed by Bailey, 1. c. I have seen no material with flowers more than half this length. The species is very close to M. scandens and may be sufficiently distinct from that spe- cies for varietal rank only. \-0L. XV] MUNZ—THE A\'TIRRHIN0IDEJE-ANTIRRHINE2E 339 4. Maurandya flaviflora Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12:1162. 1924. "Perennial (?) forming loose mat-like growths 2-5 dm. broad and about 1 dm. high; clammy-oily villous throughout, stems slender, branched mainly near the base; leaves bright green, thin, numerous, alternate, very broadly cordate or reni- form, coarsely serrate, 20-25 mm. long, 25-40 mm. wide ; petioles slender, non-tortuous, 1-3 cm. long; flowers axillary; pedicels slender, 20-25 mm. long, in fruit becoming coarse contorted and 5-10 cm. long; calyx 5-parted, in flower 11-12 mm. long with lobes foliaceous and the upper the longest (9 mm. long), accrescent in fruit, becoming firmer with lobes ovate and tube more developed ; corolla pale yellow, cylindrical, glabrate out- side, 25-28 mm. long ; corolla-tube 4-5 mm. long, 4 mm. broad, glabrous within, stamens attached at about the middle and adnate to beginning of throat; corolla-throat ampliated, 7-8 mm. wide at the middle, about 15 mm. long, wMthin the lower part pubescent with numerous short flat yellow hairs (as is also the lower part of the filaments) ; corolla lobes broadly ovate or orbicular, not spreading, upper pair longest and united for about a third their length, lower lobes 3-4 mm. long with middle one the shortest ; stamens 4, protruding 2-6 mm., fifth represented by small appendage near middle of corolla tube and between shorter pair of filaments; filaments flat, heavy pubescent below, with tack-shaped glands above, upper pair shortest being only about 25 mm. long, lower pair about 28 mm. long; anther-sacs about 1.25 mm. long, circular, discrete, divergent" after dehiscence; "pistil filiform, equalling or longer than stamens; fruit a turgid, laterally compressed, many-seeded capsule about 1 cm. broad; valves short-acumi- nate, above forming 2 crest-like apices in wdiose sinus is borne the sub-persistent style ; seeds" almost black "with high irregu- lar coarse corky longitudinal ridges, oblong, almost 2 mm. long", not winged. Type and only known collection : Las Animas Bay, Lower California, Johnston 3304 (Ca, G). 390 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 5. Maurandya geniculata Rob. & Fern., Proc. Am. Acad. 30:120. 1894. M. geniculata of Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12: 1163. 1924. Apparently perennial herb, densely glandular-villous and viscous throughout, stems zigzag; leaves orbicular-cordate, thick, coarsely crenate, with blades 2-5 cm. broad, 2-4 cm. long, apparendy not strongly bicolored, 5-nerved, petioles spreading, 1-2 cm. long; flowers not known; pedicels in fruit stout, recurved, up to 2 cm. long, solitary, axillary, calyx nar- rowly campanulate, subequally 5-cleft to near the middle, ca. 12 mm. long, segments oblong-ovate, obtuse, spreading at tips; style filiform, persistent, ca. 2 cm. long, slightly glandular; capsule glabrate, globular, ca. equal to calyx, irregular in de- hiscence; seeds black, oblong, 1.5 mm. long, with large irregu- lar, corky tubercles, not at all winged. Known from a single collection on "cliffs at Nacroy, So- nora," at 3750 ft. by Mr. Hartman No. 2J2, (G. NY, US). 6. Maurandya rosei Munz, new species Apparently low perennial herb, densely glandular-villous and oily throughout, stems at least 2-3 dm. high, often zigzag in fruit; leaf-blades orbicular-cordate, coarsely dentate, 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 wide, not bicolored, indistinctly 5-nerved, petioles ascending to recurved-spreading, 1-2 cm. long; flowers axil- lary, pedicels slender, 1-2 cm. long, contorted but scarcely elongated or thickened in fruit; calyx narrowly campanulate, subequally 5-cleft two-thirds its length, 18-20 mm. long, seg- ments erect, ovate-lanceolate, acute ; corolla apparently red- dish, cylindrical, villous without, ca. 4 cm. long, tube 7-8 mm. long, 4-5 wide, glabrous within at base, throat gradually am- pliate, 6-7 mm. wide at its middle, ca. 30 mm. long, somewhat pubescent within especially near base and along the 2 promi- nent ridges on the corolla floor, lobes rounded, 5-6 mm. long, 4-5 wide, not spreading, division between upper and lower lips ca. 8 mm. deep; stamens 4, included, filaments flat, adnate for 5 mm., free parts of upper pair ca. 25 mm. long, of lower 32 Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEM-ANTIRRHINEJE 39^ mm., heavily pubescent near base and with tack-shaped glands near tips, anther-sacs ca. 1 mm. long after dehiscence, circular, discrete, divergent; sterile filament adnate to near the anther, ca. 20 mm. long; pistil filiform, glabrous, ca. 30 mm. long; capsule glabrous, globular, ca. 1 cm. long, distending the calyx, thin-walled, dehiscing apparently at first by 2 terminal open- ings, but soon becoming irregular; seeds brown, ca. 1.5 mm. long, oblong, with large irregular corky tubercles, but apterous. Type locality: Bolafios, Jalisco, Mexico, Sept. 15 to Oct. 1, 1897, /. A^. Rose 2950 (U. S. No. 301903). 7. Maurandya purpusii Brandegee, Zoe 5 :256. 1906. M. purpusii of Curtis, Hot. Mag. IV, 13: t. 8697. 1917. Bailey, Cyclop. Hort. 4:2013. 1916. M. erubescens var. pur- pusii (Brandg.) Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. IV, 12:1164. 1924. Perennial herb with thickened fleshy roots, stems ascending or prostrate, scarcely scandent, 9-12 dm. high, finely glandu- lar-puberulent ; leaves alternate, blades thin, glabrate above, puberulent below especially on veins, somewhat bicolored, tri- angular-cordate, obscurely 5-lobed, remotely and shallowly mucronate-dentate to subentire, acute, 3-5 cm. long and equally wide, petioles glandular-puberulent, approaching leaf-blades in length ; flowers solitary axillary, pedicels glabrous, ascending, slender, 4-5 cm. long (10 in hort.) ; calyx herbaceous tinged with purple, glabrate to puberulent, 5-parted, ca. 15 mm. long, segments erect, oblong-ovate, rounded and apiculate, cordate at base; corolla rose purple, funnelform, somewhat 2-lipped, 3.5-4 cm. long, glabrate without, tube slightly swollen at base in front, 12-14 mm. long, constricted ca. 5 mm. above base, glabrous within except on 2 yellow prominent plaits which continue into the rapidly ampliate throat, limb 2-lipped. lobes reflexed, subequal, suborbicular, almost 1 cm. long; fertile stamens subequal, barely exserted, filaments glandular above, densely coarsely pubescent below, anthers discrete, circular after dehiscence, each sac ca. 1 mm. long; sterile stamen half as long as fertile ones, heavily pubescent below; style almost 392 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sf.r. equal to stamens, glandular-pubescent below, filiform, i>er- sistent, stigma scarcely bilobed, ovary ovate, glandular-pubes- cent; capsule "ellipsoid", ca. 12 mm. long, glabrate, included in slightly spreading calyx ; seeils brown, coarsely corky-tuber- culate, body ca. 1 mm. long, with emarginate striate, irregular light-colored wing. Material seen, the type collection, San Luis Tultitlanapa, Puebla, near Oaxaca, Pur pus 2567 (C, F, G, M, NY, S, US). The presence of the two prominent plaits in the floor of the corolla certainly distinguishes this plant sufficiently to make it a species distinct from M. erubesccus which lacks such folds but has merely two lines of hair. 8. Maurandv.\ erubescens (Don) (iray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:377. 1868. Frutescent, slender, branching freely, climbing by the twin- ing petioles and pedicels, stems glandular-puberulent to pilose throughout; leaves thin, triangular-hastate or -cordate to ob- scurely 5-lobed, glabrate to soft-pubescent, coarsely dentate, somewhat bicolored, lower ones opposite, blades up to 15 cm. long and equally wide, subcordate, acuminate at tip, petioles up to several cm. long, glabrate to glandular-pilose, upper leaves reduced, alternate; flowers solitary, axillary, spreading horizontally, pedicels 2-6 cm. long, ebracteate, pubescent ; calyx 5-parted, glabrate or pubescent without and within and tipped with minute glands, green or with purplish tinge, segments subequal, 15-20 mm. long, erect in anthesis, spreading in fruit; corolla 4-7 cm. long, tubular for 1.5-2 cm., constricted ca. 1 cm. above base, glabrous within below constriction, coarsely yellowish pubescent at narrow part, gradually ampliate up- wards especially on the lower side, subarcuate. glabrate to finely pubescent without, limb with 2 upper lobes reflexed, & 3 lower ones somewhat erect, subequal. ca. 1 cm. long, 1.5 cm. wide, finely glandular, throat whitish with 2 plaits with bright yellow hairs; stamens connivent at outer extremities, scarcely dilated except at very base, not exserted, glandular toward tips, geniculate and heavily bearded toward ba.se. Vol. XV) MU.WZ—THE AXTIRRHINOIDE^-AXTIRRHINE^ 393 anther-sacs discrete, ca. 1.5 mm. long, circular after de- hiscence; 5th stamen reaching about to genicula of others; pistil equaling stamens, ovary finely glandular-pubescent, stigma usually bifid; capsule pubescent, subglobular, 1.5 cm. long, surmounted by slender persistent base of style, dehiscing by 2 irregular slits ; seeds having body ca. 1 mm. long, brown, oblong, coarsely corky tuberculate, and with a broad, paler, emarginate and lacerated wing. 8a. Maurandya erubescens var. typica, nom. no v. Lophosperiuitiii erubescens Don in Sweet, British Fl. Gard. (II) 1: t. 75, note. 1830. Zuccarini, jMuenchen, Abhandl. 1 :305. 1832. Flora, Beibl. 2:61. 1832. Lindl., Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1381. 1831. Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:297. 1846. L. scan- dens Don, in Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. (II) 1 : t. 68. 1830. Graham, in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 57: tt. 3037, 3038. 1830. Chavannes, Monogr, Antirrh., 75. t. 11. 1833. Maurandya erubescens (Don) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7 :377. 1868. Hemsley, Gard. Chron. (N. S.) 17:22. 1882. Biol. Centr. Am. 2:441. 1882. Gard. Chron. (2) 20:500., f. 81. 1883. Urbina, Cat. I^ls. Mex., 256. 1897. Bailey, Cyclop. Hort., 4:2012. 1916. Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad' Sci. (IV) 12:1164. 1924. Plant densely soft pubescent throughout : calyx-segments pubescent, oblong-ovate, acute, to obtuse; corolla glandular- pubescent without, rose-colored, throat white with rose-colored spots on its roof. Type locality: Jalapa, Mex. Material studied, MEXICO: Tamasopa Canon, SanXuis Potosi, Pringle 3360 (G), 3/04 (C, F, G, M, NY, Ph, US) ; Barrance de Tenampa, Vera Cruz, Purpus 2^32 (C, F, G, M, NY, US) ; Orizaba, Bourgeau in 1863-66 (G), Botteri I2p (G, US) ; Cerro del Boqueron, Chiapas, Purpus 6696 (C, F, G, M, NY. US). COLUMBIA et ECUADOR, without definite locality, Lehmann 5398 (US). VENEZUELA: Colonia Tovar, Piftier 9236 (G, NY, US), Jahn 478 (US). JAMAICA: Troy, Perkins 1313 (G) ; St. Helens Gap, St. Andrews, Maxon & Killip 374 (F, G, NY, US) ; Morces Gap, Nichols 22 (F, G, M, NY, 394 CALIFOKMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. US) ; Tweedside, S. St. Andrews, Harris 6920 (F, NY) ; Cincliona, Clute iq8 (M, Ph, US), Harris & Laurence C15269 (NY), C151S9 (US), Harris 9150 (NY); Hard- mere Gap, Britton & Hollick 1/84 (NY) ; Battersea, Britton 37y8 (NY); Mandeville, Craiuford 800 (Ph) ; New Haven Gap. Maxon 2608 (US) ; Blue Mts.. Hitchcock (F. M) ; with- out locality, Parry in 1871 (US). BERMUDA: Public Garden, Broivn & Britton 919 (NY). AZORES: San Miguel, Carrcira 2 28 A (M). Hort. Cantab., /// 1845 (G). Hort. Basil, in 1839 (NY). Approaching- glabrafa, for example, Pnrpus 6696. 8b. Maurandya erubescens var. glabrata Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 12:1164. 1924. Lophosperniuni scandcns Don. Trans. Linn. Soc. 15:353. 1826. Maund, Botanist, t. 17. 1837. Graham in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 65: t. 3650. 1838. Don, in Sweet. Brit. Fl. Card. 2: t. 401. 1837. Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:297. 1846. Maurandia scandcns of Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7 -.2)77. 1868. Hemsley, Gard. Chron. (N. S.) 17:22. 1882. Biol. Centr. Am. 2:442. 1882. Smith. Enum. PI. Gnat. 3 :57 . 1893, probably of Smith. 1. c, 2:55. 1890. .1/. lophospcrmnni Bailev, Cyclop. Hort. 4:2013. 1916. Type locality: Mexico. Material studied: MEXICO: Morelos, Cuernavaca, Fringle 6882 (C, F, G, M, NY, Ph, Po. US) ; Sierra de Tepoxlan, Morelos, Rose & Painter 724^, (Ph, US); Jalapa. Vera Cruz, Rose & Hay 6153 (US). GUATEMALA: S. Miguel Uspantan. Guiche, Smith 3130 (G, NY, US). Cultivated: Hort. Cantab., in 1866 (G). Plant finely glandular-pubescent to glabrate; calyx-seg- ments glabrate, lance-ovate, acuminate; corolla glabrate with- out, "purplish rose-colored, obscurely dotted on its outside." 9. Maurandya erecta Hemsley, Gard. Chron. (N. S.) 17:22. 1882. Biol. Centr. Am. 2:441. 1882. M. erecta of Johnston. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV. 12:1164. 1924. Erect perennial herb, glandular-villous and viscous through- out, stems 3-4 dm. tall, quite unbranched, densely leafy; leaf- Vol. XV] MUNZ-THE ANTIRRHINOWE/E-ANTIRRHINBJE 395 blades orbicular-cordate to cordate- reni form, thick, 1-4 cm. long, 1.5-6 cm. wide, shallowly coarsely crenate, apparently bi- colored, light green, 5-nerved, petioles equaling the blades; flowers horizontal, solitary in upper axils, pedicels slender, spreading, 1-1.5 cm. long; calyx herbaceous, campanulate. 12- 14 mm. long, cleft to below middle, lobes oblong, obtuse glandular-pubescent within and without, not spreading in fruit; corolla 3.5-4. cm. long, funnelform, glandular-pubescent without, tube ca. 7 mm. long, 5 mm. wide, narrowed above the ovary, glabrous within, throat gradually ampliated, more so on lower side, with 2 prominent hairy plaits, hairy within at base, lobes sub-orbicular 6-8 mm. long; fertile stamens di- dynamous, longer ones reaching almost to base of corolla- lobes, upj>er ones distinctly shorter, all glandular toward apex, geniculate and heavily pubescent above the dilated glabrous bases, anthers discrete, circular after dehiscence; sterile fila- ment scarcely reaching genicula of others ; style about as long as stamens, filiform, slightly glandular, stigma somewhat bilobed, ovary globose, glandular; capsule globose, ca. 12 mm. long, scarcely shorter than calyx, glabrate ; seeds light brown, body 1.5 mm. long, oblong with elongate corky ir- regular tubercles and broad irregular, emarginate straw- colored, striate wung. Type locality: San Lorenzo de Laguna, Coahuila, Mex. Material seen: MEXICO: San Lorenzo de Laguna, Coa- huila, Palmer g66 (G, Ph, US) ; Sierra de Parras, Coahuila, Purpus I04P (C, G, F, M, NY) ; Viesca, Coahuila, Pur pus 340 (C, Po, US) ; Cuingar. Edivards (NY) ; Ixtacuixtla ?, Tlacala, Purpus S7 (C, M, Po, US) ; Cerro de San Ignacio, Durango, Purpus 4585 (C) ; without locality, Edwards (G). EXCLUDED SPECIES Excluded species, Lophospermum physalodes D. Don, Trans. Linn. Soc. 15:353. 1827. equals Gastromeria physa- lodes of Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. N. S., 75. note. 1831, or Melasma hispidum Benth. 396 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc 4th Ser. VII. RHODOCHITON 1. Rhodochiton volubile Zucc. by Otto & Dietr., Verb. Ver. Gart. Preuss. 10:152. t. 1. 1829? R. volubile of Martens & Galeotti. Bull. Acad. Rot. Brux. 12; no. 7, p. 3. 1845. Benth. in D. C, Prodr. 10:298. 1846. Paxton, Bot. Mag. 2:27. 1836. Graham in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 61 : t. 3367. 1834. Lindl., Bot. Reg. 21 : t. 1755. 1835. Hem- .sley, Gard. Chron. (IV) 17:22. 1882. Biol. Centr. Am. 2: 442. 1882. Revue Hort., 1910:78-79. Gard. Chron. Ill, 53:310. 1913. Bailey. Cyclop. Hort. 5:2930. 1916. Lopho- spermum atrosanguineum Zucc, Abhandl. Muench. 1 :306. t. 13. 1832. L. rhodochiton Don, in Sweet. Brit. Fl. Gard. N. S., 3: t. 250. 1834. Suffrutescent, slender, climbing by means of twining petioles and pedicels, stems slender, sparsely glandular-villous, younger branches purple ; leaves thin, alternate, triangular- cordate, somewhat 5-lobed, remotely mucronate-dentate, acu- minate, glabrate, somewhat bicolored, often purplish tinged, blades 2-8 cm. long, equally broad, petioles almost equal to leaves, sparingly villous ; flowers solitary, axillary, pendulous, pedicels slender, glabrate, 8-12 cm. long; calyx campanulate, spreading, ca. 2.5 cm. long, divided to the middle into 5 ovate acute lobes, pale purple, membranous, minutely glandular- pubescent, especially within; corolla straight, funnel-shaped, glandular-pubescent without, deep purple. 4-5 cm. long, tube 5 sided, 12-14 mm. long, constricted above ovary, glabrous within at base, pubescent at constriction, throat gradually ex- panded to 1 cm. wide, glabrous within not plaited, limb of 5 subequal erect obtuse lobes ca. 1 cm. long and 6-7 mm. wide, glabrous within ; 4 fertile stamens subequal, anthers slightly exserted, discrete, subcircular after dehiscence, filaments glabrous above, heavily expanded above the pubescent base, not strongly geniculate ; 5th sterile stamen very reduced ; pistil slightly exceeding stamens, ovary green, globose, finely gland- ular-pubescent, style filiform, persistent slightly pubescent be- low, stigma short, bilobed ; capsule globose, glabrate, 2-celled. Vol. XV] MUNZ—THE ANTIRRHINOIDEJE-ANTIRRHINEM 397 bursting irregularly at top, slightly over 1 cm. long; seeds brown, the body tubercular, ca. 1.5 mm. long, with a broad lighter-colored irregular wing split at both ends. Type locality: Mexico. Material seen : MEXICO: Cam- ino de Escalera, de Zantla a Papalo, Oaxaca, Gonzalez & Con- zatti 756 (G, US); Oaxaca, Nelson in i8p4 (US). Culti- vated: Botanic Garden, Harvard in 1872 (G), in 1868 (G), in 1878 (G) ; Hort. Bot. Basil, in 18 41 (NY) ; San Diego, Brandegce Garden in 1895 (C) ; Bernhardi Herb. (M). PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. 15, No. 13, pp. 399-408 July 22, 1926 XIII DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN ANDRENIDS IN THE X COLLECTION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES BY f HENRY L. VIERECK Ottawa, Ontario The Andrenids described below were received some years ago from the CaHfornia Academy of Sciences through Mr. Charles Fuchs. 1. Andrena (Trachandrena) coactifera Viereck, new species Related to A. (T.) miiltiplicata Cockerell. Female: Length 10 mm.; body black, mostly covered with pale ochreous and whitish hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line ::55:63; axial line: temporal line ::27:18; elevated portion of malar space crowd- ed out or nearly so; malar line : joint 3 of antennae ::2:6; head with whitish hairs, front rather indistinctly, longitudinally striate, not ele- vated into a welt along the fovea; fovea at most : ocellocular line : :9:12; fovea virtually contiguous to the upper end of the inner eye margin ; dis- tance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line ::2:12; fovea decidedly constricted near its middle where it is apparently only a little more than half as wide as the greatest width of the fovea, the latter continued below the constriction as a narrowing furrow down to a point apparently on the clypeal line ; hairs of fovea pale ochreous ; fovarea widest at the middle of the fovea, angulated at its widest point where it is three-fourths as wide as the fovea is wide opposite the angulation of the fovarea, the latter pol- ished and with a few punctures; face polished, with adjoining or nearly ad- joining punctures ; clypeus elevated above the apical margin, convex, pol- July 22, 1926. 400 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. ished, punctured much like the face but with some of its punctures larger; clypearea poorly developed on the lower half of the nearly bare clypeus; labrarea truncate, width at base : length down the middle : :10:3, width at apex : length down the middle : :4 :3 ; labrarea at base : distance between lower corners of clypeus : :10:19; labrum with a fringe of pale hairs; joint 3 of antennae: 4 + 5 : :7:8; joint 4 as thick as long, the succeeding joints a little longer than thick; antennae blackish to brownish throughout; man- dibles atypical, robust, extending to the outer edge of the labrum, black except for the apical half which is mostly clear dark reddish ; palpi nearly typical; thorax above covered with an abundance of whitish thick hairs that are shorter on the dorsulum, where they are thick, than the thin hairs on the mesopleura; dorsulum with disc of the hind half set off from the margins by brownish, thick hairs; notauli represented by an impressed dullish line; mesopleura with whitish hairs that are thin except along the upper margin where the hairs are thick; scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum except for being more closely punctured and de- void of brownish hairs; metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsu- lum except that the sculpture is less defined ; tegulae dark and pale strami- neous, polished ; wing base partly blackish brown ; subcosta blackish brown like the stigma, rest of veins dull brownish stramineous ; legs blackish brown except for the small joints of the tarsi and hind tibiae which are more or less pale brownish ; legs covered with pale whitish and golden hairs ; scopa typical, its hairs whitish, and concolorous throughout with the hairs at base above slightly darkened ; hind metatarsi at most ap- parently as wide as mid metatarsi ; propodeum with its enclosure fairly well defined, bounded at apex by a trenchant carina, coarsely plicate, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleura but not so coarsely, and covered with thin whitish hairs ; propodeal pleura with scattered punctures recalling cutis anserinus ; floccus whitish ; ab- domen with its tergum polished, punctured, the punctures clear cut but small and mostly adjoining or nearly adjoining on the elevated portions, sparser on the depressed portions ; second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion ::8:16; fifth tergite with coarse ad- joining punctures ; pygidium convex, nearly pointed at apex ; tergum with inconspicuous pale hairs, second, third and fourth tergites with a broadly interrupted whitish hair band ; fimbria brownish-golden. Type: Female, No. 1723, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, in July, at Tallack, California. 2. Andrena (Parandrena) cuneilabris Viereck, new species Related to A. (P.) parachalybea Viereck. Female: Length 12 mm.; body greenish, mostly covered with pale ochreous and whitish hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line ::55:70; axial line : temporal line ::31:20; malar line : joint 3 of anten- Vol. XV] VIERECK— DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN ANDRENWS ^Q\ nae ::1:10; ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of lateral ocellus ::4:3.5; elevated portion of malar space crowded out or nearly so ; head with whitish and black hairs ; front rather indistinctly, longitudinally striate, not elevated into a welt along the fovea; fovea at most : ocellocular line ::10:14; foveal band wanting; distance between fovea and ocelli : ocel- locular line ::4:14; fovea gradually attenuated below its middle and con- tinued to a point apparently between the clypeal and the antennal line, filled with dark seal-brown hairs; vertex and temples along the upper edge of the eye and sides of front along the fovese with black hairs ; face dull- ish, with distinct punctures that are as many as five puncture-widths apart ; clypeus in the middle not elevated above the apical margin, nearly planate, sculptured like the face except that the punctures are smaller; clypearea wanting; clypeus thinly hairy, its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs; la- brarea unituberculate, its width at base : length down the middle : :6 :4, width at apex : length down the middle : :2 :4 ; labrarea at base : dis- tance between lower corners of clypeus ::6:18; labrum with a fringe of golden hairs, without a median longitudinal crista between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum; joint 3 of antennae :4 + 5 ::10:7, joints 4 & 5 thicker than long, the succeeding joints as thick as long or little longer than thick except joint 12 which is distinctly longer than thick; antennae blackish throughout ; mandibles nearly typical, slender, extend- ing to beyond the lower angles of the clypeus, black except for the apex which is dark reddish ; palpi atypical, slender ; thorax covered with an abundance of pale ochreous almost white and whitish hairs that are as long on the dorsulum, where they are pale ochreous, as are the whitish hairs on the mesopleura; dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated and dis- tinctly punctured like the face, but not so closely ; notauli represented by an impressed shining line ; mesopleura densely sculptured nearly rugose, indefinitely punctured ; scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum ; metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser and less distinct ; tegulae dark brown, partly polished ; wing base partly blackish brown ; subcosta blackish brown ; stigma pale brownish stramineous, rest of veins dull stramineous ; legs blackish, except for the tarsi which are more or less brownish, covered with brownish golden and ochreous hairs ; scopa typical, its hairs pale ochreous, almost white, the- hairs at base above decidedly darkened; hind metatarsi at most apparently a little wider than mid metatarsi; pro- podeum with its enclosure poorly defined, dullish and finely reticulated and with a few basal plicae ; rest of upper face of propodeum finely reticulated, coarsely pitted and covered with fine whitish hair ; propodeal pleura coarsely sculptured, wrinkled ; abdomen with its tergum dullish, finely reticulated and finely punctured, the punctures from two to six or more puncture-widths apart on the first tergite, hardly closer on the succeeding tergites ; second, third and fourth tergites without an apical hair band; apical edge of first, second, third and fouth tergites with a pale stramineous border, second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion ::12:15; fifth tergite shining, reticulate, its coarse punctures closer together than the punctures on the other 402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«. terg'tes ; pygidium rounded at apex, nearly planate, with a median tri- angular slightly embossed area and a shallow furrow on each side, tergum with inconspicuous nearly erect pale hairs, fimbria pale brownish. Type: Female, No. 1724, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, in April, at Mokelumne Hill, California. 3. Andrena (Andrena) shasta Viereck, new species Related to A. (A.) pascoensis Cockerell of which it may prove to be only a race or variety. Female: Length 12 mm.; body black, mostly covered with tawny hairs; head with its facial line : transfacial line ::65:82; axial line : temporal line ::34:19; malar line : joint 3 of antennae ::3:12; elevated portion of malar space nearly crowded out, ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of lateral ocellus ::4:5; head covered with tawny hairs; front rugoso-punctate, not elevated into a welt along the fovea ; fovea at most : ocellocular line ::12:14; distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocu- lar line ::2:14; foveal band wanting; fovea slightly gradually attenuated below its middle and continued to a point apparently on the clypeal line, filled with golden hairs ; face dullish, closely punctured, the punctures adjoining or nearly so; clypeus elevated above the apical margin, convex, polished and coarsely punctured, the punctures from adjoining to three puncture-widths apart; clypearea present but poorly defined; clypeus thinly hairy its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs ; labrarea truncate, its width at base : length down the middle ::10:5; width at apex : length down the middle : :7 :5 ; labrarea at base : distance between lower cor- ners of the clypeus ::10:20; labrum with a fringe of golden hairs; joint 3 of antennae :4 -f 5 ::12:10; joints 4 and 5 thicker than long; first six joints of antennae blackish excepting the apex of the scape which is dark stramineous; mandibles atypical, robust, extending to the outer edge of the labrum, dark stramineous, blackish near apex ; palpi typical ; thorax covered with an abundance of tawny hairs that are much shorter on the dorsulum where they are darker than the hairs on the mesopleura ; dor- sulum shining, with conspicuous adjoining or nearly adjoining punc- tures; notauli represented by a shining line; mesopleura with adjoining pits ; scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum ; metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser and less distinct ; tegulae pale stramineous, polished ; wing base strami- neous; subcosta blackish; stigma pale brownish stramineous, rest of veins dark stramineous; membrane uniformly tinged with brown; legs blackish except for the apex of femora and all of the tarsi and tibiae, which are more or less yellowish stramineous ; legs covered with pale ochreous and golden hairs; scopa typical, its hairs nearly golden throughout; hind metatarsi at most apparently a little narrower than mid metatarsi ; pro- podeum with its enclosure poorly defined, coarsely sculptured as in A. Vol. XV] VIERECK— DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN ANDRENIDS 493 (S.) cratcegi Rob.; rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleura but not so coarsely, and covered with finer golden hair ; propodeal pleura with sparse pits ; abdomen with its tergum shin- ing and sculptured much like the face; the punctures from adjoining to three puncture-widths apart on the first tergite, the punctures adjoining or nearly so on the succeeding tergites ; second, third and fourth tergites with an apical, golden hair band that nearly completely fills the depressed portion of those tergites ; apical edge of first, second, third and fourth tergites with a stramineous border ; second tergite with its elevated por- tion down the middle : depressed portion ::22:10; fifth tergite shining, finely reticulate, its punctures not so close but much coarser than on the other tergites ; pygidium nearly planate, nearly pointed at apex ; tergum with inconspicuous, pale nearly erect hairs in addition to the hair bands ; fimbria golden. Other locality, Shasta Co., Calif. Type: Female, No. 1725, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, at San Diego, California. 4. Andrena (Andrena) sinaloa Viereck, new species Related to ^. (A.) kincaidi Cockerell. Female: Length 11 mm.; body black, mostly covered with whitish or white hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line ::57:77; axial line : temporal line ::32 :18; malar line : joint 3 of antennae ::2.5:11; ele- vated portion of malar space virtually crowded out ; ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of lateral ocellus : :3 :5 ; head covered with white hairs ; front rather indistinctly rugulose and pitted, not elevated into a welt along the fovea; fovea at most : ocellocular line ::10:13; distance be- tween fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line ::3:13; foveal band wanting; fovea attenuated below its middle and continued to a point apparently a little below the clypeal line, filled with whitish hairs ; face shining, closely punctured ; clypeus brownish down the middle, not elevated above the apical margin, convex, polished, with well separated distinct punctures ; clypearea present but poorly defined ; clypeus thinly hairy its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs ; labrarea rounded, its width at base : length down the middle ::10:4; labrum with a fringe of pale hairs and without a median longitudinal crista between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum; joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 :: 11 :8; joints 4 and 5 thicker than long, the succeeding joints as thick as long or little longer than thick except joints 11 and 12 which are distinctly longer than thick; antennae blackish throughout; mandibles atypical, robust, black at base; palpi nearly typical; thorax covered with an abundance of whitish hairs that are much shorter on the dorsulum than the whitish hairs on the mesopleura; dorsulum shining, closely and deeply punctured; notauli 404 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Phoc. 4th Ser. represented by an impressed shining line ; mesopleura coarsely pitted ; scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum ; metanotum hairy like the dorsulum, densely sculptured ; tegulae dark brown, polished ; wing base partly blackish brown ; subcosta blackish brown ; stigma pale brownish stramineous; rest of veins dull stramineous, the costal half of the wings infuscated; legs blackish except for the tarsi which are more or less brownish, covered with whitish and golden hairs ; scopa typical, its hairs whitish, hairs at base above darkened ; hind metatarsi at most apparently a little narrower than mid metatarsi ; propodeum with its en- closure poorly defined, rugose nearly as in A. (S.) cratagi Rob.; rest of upper face of propodeum indistinctly sculptured; abdomen with its ter- gum shining to polished and sculptured much like the face, the punc- tures mostly from adjoining to two puncture-widths apart on the first tergite, hardly closer on the succeeding tergites ; second, third and fourth tergites with an apical, whitish hair band that is interrupted in the mid- dle of the second; apical edge of first, second, third and fourth tergites with a dark stramineous border; second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion ::9:17; fifth tergite shining, reticu- late, its punctures coarser and sparser than on the other tergites; pygi- dium nearly planate; tergum with inconspicuous pale, nearly erect hairs in addition to the hair bands ; fimbria brownish. Type: Female, No. 1726, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Chas. Fuchs, at Culiacan, Sinaloa, Mexico. 5. Andrena (Andrena) innominata Viereck, new species Related to A. (A.) interrogationis Viereck & Cockerell. Male : Length 7 mm. ; body greenish, mostly covered with white hair ; head with its facial line : transfacial line ;:40:48; axial line : temporal line : :21 :11 ; temples rounded; malar line : joint 3 of antennae ::1.5:6; elevated portion of malar space virtually crowded out; head covered with white hairs except along the inner eye margin, upper eye margin, and outer eye margin above the middle of temples and on front where the hairs are black; front with longitudinal raised line; ocellocular line : ocelloccipital line : :9 :4 ; face shining, indistinctly punctured, its punc- tures from one to three puncture-widths apart; clypeus nearly planate, slightly concave, dullish and more distinctly punctured than the face, ele- vated directly above the apical margin; clypearea wanting; sculpture of the clypeus not hidden by the mustache; labrarea truncate at apex, emarginate beyond on its under side, polished, its width at base : great- est length ::5:2, width at apex : length down the middle ::4:2; labrarea at base apparently half as wide as the distance between the lower angles of the clypeus, with a fringe of whitish hairs; joint 3 of antennae :4: :6:4; joint 4 and following joints from a little longer than thick to nearly one and one-half times as long as thick, dullish; flagel, almost straight Vol. XV] VIERECK— DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN ANDRENIDS 495 in outline; antennae brownish throughout; mandibles nearly typical, rather slender, extending a little beyond the lower corners of the clypeus, black except for the apical fourth which is dull dark reddish; palpi slender; thorax covered with an abundance of white hairs; hairs of dorsulum nearly as long as the hair of mesopleura; dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated and sparsely punctured, the punctures indistinct and from two to five or more puncture-widths apart, mostly the latter ; notauli represented by an impressed shining line; mesopleura dullish with pale ochreous hairs throughout, finely reticulated and mostly covered with shallow pits that are mostly three or more pit-widths apart; scutel hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum; metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculpture is denser; tegulae dark brown, polished ; wing base brownish ; subcosta blackish ; stigma brownish, mem- brane nearly colorless; legs blackish brown excepting the small joints of the tarsi which are paler, covered with whitish hairs ; hind metatarsi at most hardly wider than mid metatarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at apex of the latter; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, irregularly rugulose on basal half, finely granular on apical half, rounded off at apex; rest of upper face sculptured somewhat like the mesopleura but with smaller pits and covered with finer whitish hair; propodeal pleura sculptured apparently like the mesopleura ; abdomen with its tergum shining, finely reticulated and indistinctly punctured, the punc- tures mostly three or four puncture-widths apart ; first tergite, with erect whitish hairs ; second and third tergites with nearly erect whitish hairs ; second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion ::11:7; seventh sternite triangularly emarginate at apex, the emargination as deep as the distance between the tips of the processes of this sternite; apical margin of tergites brownish; process narrow, shaped as in A. (A.) Jessica C. & C. but slenderer at base and truncate at apex; tergum without hair bands, hair at apex of abdomen of a golden hue; hypopygium somewhat as in A. (A.) jessicce C. & C. but with the lingam nearly parallel sided and much narrower though thicker at apex; processes also slenderer. Type: Male, No. 1727, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell in April at Mokelumne Hill, California. 6. Andrena (Andrena) marina Viereck, new species Related to A. (A.) hisalicis Viereck. Male: Length 8 mm.; body black, mostly covered with ochreous hair; head with its facial line : transfacial line ::47:58; axial line : temporal line ::24:14; temples rounded; malar line : joint 3 of antennae ■.•.2:7; elevated portion of malar space virtually crowded out ; head covered with ochreous hairs except along the inner eye margin, upper eye margin, and outer eye margin above the middle of temples and on front where 406 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. the hairs are black; front rugulose, shining; ocellocular line : ocelloc- cipital line ::11:4; face shining, rather indistinctly punctured, its punc- tures from one to two puncture-widths apart; clypeus convex; labrarea broad and truncate, polished, its width at base : greatest length : :7 :2, nearly as wide at apex as at base; joint 3 of antennae :4::7:4; joint 4 and following joints from a little thicker than long to a little longer than thick, dullish; flagel, almost straight in outline; antennae brownish throughout ; mandibles atypical, robust, extending beyond the outer edge of the labrarea, and nearly to end of the basal half of its fellow, black except for the apical third which is reddish; palpi slender; thorax cov- ered with an abundance of dark, dull ochreous hairs ; hairs of dorsulum seemingly a little shorter than hair of mesopleura; dorsulum dullish, finely reticulated and sparsely punctured, the punctures indistinct and from two to five or more puncture-widths apart; notauli represented by a shining line ; mesopleura dullish with pale ochreous hairs throughout, finely reticulated and mostly covered with shallow pits, that are three or more pit-widths apart; scutel hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum; metanotum hairy and sculptured like the dorsulum except that the sculp- ture is denser; tegulae dark brown, polished; wing base mostly brown- ish ; subcosta blackish ; stigma brownish stramineous with a blackish tinge, membrane uniformly tinged with brown; legs blackish brown excepting the tarsi which are brownish stramineous ; legs covered with ochreous hairs ; hind metatarsi at most hardly wider than mid metatarsi and nearly half as wide as hind tibiae at apex; propodeum with its en- closure poorly defined, irregularly rugulose, rounded off at apex, rest of upper face sculptured somewhat like the mesopleura but with smaller pits and covered with pale ochreous hair; propodeal pleura sculptured apparently like the mesopleura ; abdomen with its tergum shining, almost polished, finely reticulated and indistinctly punctured, the punctures mostly three or four puncture-widths apart; first and second tergites with long, erect, pale ochreous hairs ; second tergite with its elevated portion down the middle : depressed portion ::14:7; fourth and fifth tergites with brownish appressed hairs on the elevated portion, fifth tergite with its basal blackish portion covered with poorly defined punc- tures that are as many as four puncture-widths apart; rest of fifth tergite and exposed portion of sixth and seventh tergites with a strami- neous margin; anal process subemarginate and slenderer than in A. (A.) geranii Rob.; prominences of seventh sternite like an M in outline; hair at apex of abdomen of a golden hue; hypopygium of the A. (A.) geranii Rob. type but lobes not at all pointed outwardly and under side of ends of processes not bevelled. Type: Male, No. 1728, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Chas. Fuchs in Marin County, California. \'0L. XV] VIERECK— DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVEN ANDRENIDS 497 7. Andrena (Andrena) chapmanae Viereck Andrena chapmance Vier. Can. Ent., 36 (191, 223), 1904. Type: No. 4121, The Academy Nat. Sci., Phila. Andrena yosemitensis Cockerell, Pan-Pacific. Ent., 1, (51, 62), 1924. Type: No. 1586, The Calif. Acad. Sci. Type locality: Yosemite, Calif., June 24, 1902 (B. Chapman.) Related to A. (A.) purpurina Vier. & Ckll. Female: Length 10 mm.; body mostly bluish green, mostly covered all over with black hairs ; head with its facial line : transfacial line : : 64 : 76; axial line : temporal line : : 31 : 19; malar line : joint 3 of an- tennae :: 3 : 10; elevated portion of malar space nearly crowded out; ocelloccipital line : greatest diameter of lateral ocellus : : 6 : 5 ; front punctured and longitudinally striate, not elevated into a welt along the fovea ; width of fovea at most : ocellocular line : : 10 : 15 ; distance between fovea and ocelli : ocellocular line : : 5 : 15; foveal band vir- tually wanting at upper end of the inner eye margin; fovea nearly parallel sided, narrowed below the middle and continued to a point ap- parently a little below the clypeal line, filled with dark seal brown hairs; face polished or nearly so, partly indistinctly reticulate, with distinct punctures that are as much as two puncture-widths apart ; clypeus mostly black, distinctly elevated above the apical margin, convex, polished, with large scattered punctures that are as much as six puncture-widths apart down the middle, but sculptured like the face along the edges excepting the anterior edge ; clypearea poorly defined ; clypeus thinly hairy its sculpture not at all hidden by hairs ; labrarea emarginate, its width at base : length down the middle :: 12 : 4; width at apex : greatest length : : 4 : 5 ; labrum with a fringe of blackish hairs, with a faint median longitudinal welt between the labrarea and apical edge of labrum; joint 3 of antennae : 4 + 5 : : 10 : 8 ; joints 4 and 5 thicker than long, the succeeding joints as thick as long except joint 12 which is distinctly longer than thick; antennae blackish throughout; mandibles atypical, robust, extending about half way to the outer edge of the labrum, dark reddish throughout ; palpi nearly typical ; thorax above thinly covered with hairs that are shorter on the dorsulum than the hairs on the meso- pleurae ; dorsulum dullish in front, mostly shiny, finely reticulated and punctured like the face but more distinctly so and not so closely ; notauli represented by a shining line ; mesopleurae shiny, sculptured somewhat like the dorsulum but not so closely or distinctly punctured ; scutel hairy and sculptured much like the dorsulum but with some longer hairs and with pale hairs laterally near the edge ; metanolum with some pale hairs, partly shiny, mostly dullish, densely, finely sculptured and punctured ; tegulae dark brownish stramineous, partly almost polished; wing base dark stramineous ; sul>costa blackish brown ; stigma pale yellowish brown- stramineous with a blackish border, rest of veins dull blackish strami- neous ; first recurrent vein received by the second submarginal cell be- 403 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. yond the middle and nearly as near to the second transverse cubitus as the first transverse cubitus is to the stigma on the radial vein ; nervulus interstitial and forming an acute angle with the first abscissa of the dis- coidal vein; membrane uniformly tinged with brown; legs blackish brown throughout and covered with black hairs ; scopa typical, its hairs black all over; hind metatarsi at most apparently a little narrower than mid metatarsi ; propodeum with its enclosure poorly defined, dullish and finely reticulated, as well as with some delicate wrinkles, rest of upper face of propodeum sculptured somewhat like the mesopleurse but with smaller punctures, and covered with finer hair; propodeal pleurae shiny, finely reticulated and with sparse shallow punctures, floccus well developed; abdomen with its tergum shining and sculptured much like the propodeal pleurae but with well defined small punctures from two to six or more puncture-widths apart on elevated portion of the first tergite, the punc- tures hardly closer on the elevated portions of the succeeding tergites; the depressed portion of the first, second, third and fourth tergites almost impunctate; apical edge of first, second, third and fourth tergites with a stramineous edge; second tergite with its elevated portion down the mid- dle : depressed portion :: 18 : 9; fifth tergite shining, reticulate, its punctures differing from those on the other tergites, its sculpture re- calling cutis anserina; pygidium planate, truncate at apex; tergum with conspicuous, short, nearly erect black hair bands ; fimbria black. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 14, pp. 409-464, plates 27-34 July 22, 1926 XIV EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925, VII^ CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE TERTIARY OF CEDROS ISLAND AND ADJACENT PARTS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA^ BY ERIC KNIGHT JORDAN and LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN Department of Paleontology Contents Page Introduction ." 410 Occurrence and Geology 411 List of Collecting Stations 415 List of Species 416 Correlation 420 Notes and Descriptions of Species 424 ' This paper is No. 7 of the Revillagigedo Islands Expedition of 1925. Previous papers dealing with the scientific results of that expedition are to be found in preced- ing papers of Vol. XV of these Proceedings, No. 1, pp. 1-113, being the General Report with itinerary. July 22, 1926 410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sek. Introduction The following paper is a report on all available collections of fossils from the Pliocene beds of Cedros Island^, ofif the west coast of Lower California, and of the general region about Turtle Bay'', opposite the island in the central part of the west coast of the peninsula. No extensive list of fossils of any of the Tertiary formations of Lower California has heretofore been published, and the fauna herein described extends our knowledge of the Pliocene of western North America south- ward. The greater part of the material upon which this report is based was obtained by the expedition of the California Acade- my of Sciences to the Revillagigedo and Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, in the early summer of 1925. The party spent three days on Cedros Island, and two days at Turtle Bay. During that time Dr. G. Dallas Hanna and the present senior author made collections as complete as possible from the Pliocene sediments that are exposed at these places. The writers have also examined a small collection made on Cedros Island and at Turtle Bay by Dr. Hanna in the course of the expedition to Guadalupe Island in 1922. During a recent geological investigation of Lower Cali- fornia by the Marland Oil Company of California, Mr. B. F. Hake made collections from the Pliocene beds in the general region about Turtle Bay. Most of the material was deposited at Leland Stanford Junior University by Mr. Carl H. Beal, Chief Geologist of the company, and through his courtesy and that of Dr. J. P. Smith, Professor of Paleontology at the Leland Stanford Junior University, it has been available for the present study*. Finally, in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences, Leland Stanford Junior University, and the University of California, there are a few specimens col- lected on Cedros Island by Mr. Henry Hemphill and others. These have been examined in the course of the work. A few species have already been described or listed on the basis of this material. From the fossils secured by Hanna on 'Cedros Island has been sometimes called "Cerros" Island. ' Also known as San Bartolome Bay, Bahia San Bartolo, and Bahia Tortuga. «See Boletin del Petroleo, Vol. 17, No. 6, 1924, pp. 417-453; Vol. 18. No. 1, 1924, pp. 14-53, for an account of the observations of the Marland Oil Company's geologists. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 4I I Cedros Island in 1922, Israelsky'' described three new species of echinoids ; Hertlein** has already described or listed the pec- tens from the collections made by Hake and Hanna in 1922. Except for the information found in these two papers, and for descriptions of a few species from Cedros Island by early writers, the fauna of the Pliocene of this region has remained unknown. The geologic occurrence of the deposits at Cedros Island and at Turtle Bay is briefly discussed in the present paper and the known fossils are listed. The relations of the fauna to those of Pliocene formations elsewhere are considered. Final- ly, notes are included on many of the definitely recognized species, and 10 new species are described. The writers wish to acknowledge their indebtedness to Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of Paleontology in the California Academy of Sciences, for the collection of much of the ma- terial upon which this report is based, for advice and assistance in various ways during the preparation of the manuscript, and for preparation of the illustrations. Acknowledgment is due Mr. T. F. Stipp for assistance in the preparation of the sketch map. They also wish to thank Mr. Carl H. Beal, of the Marland Oil Company of California, for permission to publish upon the collections made by geologists of that com- pany; and Dr. J. P. Smith, of Leland Stanford Junior Uni- versity, for permission to borrow these collections and for helpful suggestions and criticism during the course of this study; acknowledgment is due Dr. B. L. Clark, of the Uni- versity of California, for opportunity to examine type speci- mens in the collections of that institution. Occurrence and Geology The approximate position of the localities from which the fossils described in this report were obtained is shown on the accompanying sketch map (fig. 1). Limitation of time pre- cluded any careful geological investigation by the senior author at either Cedros Island or at Turtle Bay. It was for the same reason impossible to cover any large area in collect- »Univ. Cal. Pub. Geol., Vol. 14, No. 11, 1923, pp. 377-396. • Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 1, 192S, pp. 1-35. 412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. ing, and the large number of specimens obtained may be at- tributed to the extreme abundance of fossils. Members of the exi>edition did not visit the localities at Elephant Mesa^ nor at the Mesa west of Mesa de las Auras*, where Mr. Hake ^* Localities 944 (C.A.S.), 945 (C.A.S.), 47 (L.S.J.U.), 49 (L.S.J.U.), 80 (L.S.J.U.). Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 4^5 A thin veneer of Pleistocene sands and gravels, containing a marine fauna, overlies the Tertiary beds, some places nearly a hundred feet above the sea. List of Collecting Stations California Academy of Sciences localities: 928 (C.A.S.)- Cedros Island, oflf Lower California. Pliocene beds at Bernstein's Abalone Camp on southeast side of island. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors. This is the same as Locality 753 (C.A.S.)'^*. 944 (C.A.S.) . Turtle Bay, Lower California. Pliocene beds exposed on shore at north end of Bay, beneath the Pleistocene. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, collectors. Locality 930 (C.A.S. )i5, is in part the same as this locality. 945 (C.A.S.). Turtle Bay, Lower California. Pliocene beds exposed about a prominent monadnock, from one to two miles to southeast of bay. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors. 946 (C.A.S.). Cedros Island, off Lower California. Pliocene beds ex- posed near the shore on east side of island about nine miles north of Bernstein's Abalone Camp. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors. Leland Stanford Junior University localities: 43 (L.S.J.U.). "Mesa west of Mesa de las Auras, Scammon Lagoon Quadrangle, Lower California; 27° 15' N. Lat., 114° 20' W. Long". Plio- cene; B. F. Hake, collector. 47 (L.S.J.U.). "Turtle Bay, Lower California". Pliocene; B. F. Hake, collector. 48 (L.S.J.U.) "Mouth of large Arroyo, northwest of Elephant Mesa, Scammon Lagoon Quadrangle, Lower California". Pliocene ; B. F. Hake, collector. 49 (L.S.J.U.). "Slopes of Salada, three miles southeast of Turtle Bay, uppermost beds" ; B. F. Hake, collector. 76 (L.S.J.U.). "Pliocene beds on white clay northwest of Elephant Mesa and west of Arroyo, Scammon Lagoon Quadrangle, Lower Cali- fornia" ; B. F. Hake, collector. 77 (L.S.J.U.). "Pliocene beds on west side of Elephant Mesa, Scam- mon Lagoon Quadrangle, Lower California" ; B. F. Hake, collector. " Israelsky, M. C, Univ. Gal. Pub. Geol., Vol. 14, No. 11, 1923, pp. 378, 379. 381. " Hertlein. L. G., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Sen, Vol. 14, No. 1, 1925, p. 3. 415 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 80 (L.S.J.U.)- "Pliocene exposed in Canon southeast of Turtle Bay Lower California" ; B. F. Hake, collector. 116 (L.S.J.U.)- "Cedros Island, Lower California; Pliocene;" Henry Hemphill and other collectors. List of Species Echinoidea 1. Aslrodapsis israclskyi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 2. Aslrodapsis kewi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 3. Clypeaster descrti Kew, Cedros Island, Loc. 946 (C.A.S.). 4. Coelopleurus corona-fortnis Israelsky, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 5. Dendraster cedrosensis Israelsky, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 76 (L.S.J.U.) ; Mesa west of Mesa de las Auras, Loc. 43 (L.S.J.U.). 6. Dendraster diegoensis Kew, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 7. Dendraster gibbsii humilis Kew, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 8. Dendraster pacificus Kew, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 9. Dendraster pentagonalis Israelsky, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.) ; Elephant Mesa, Locs. 48 (L.S.J.U.) ; 76 (L.S.J.U.). 10. Strongylocentrottis franciscanus A. Agassiz, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). IL Strongylocentrotus purpiiratus Stimpson, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (CA.S.). Brachiopoda 12. Laqueus calif ornicus vancouveriensis Davidson, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 13. Terebratalia transversa caurina Gould, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 14. Waldheimia kennedyi Dall, Cedros Island (Dall)i^. " Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1st Ser., Vol. 5, 1874, p. 299. Not rccognixed in the present collection. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 4J7 Pelecypoda 15. Anomia peruviana Orbigny, Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (CA.S.). 16. Area sp.", Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 17. Area sp.. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 18. Area sp., Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 19. Area sp.. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 20. Chatna frondosa Broderip, Cedros Island, Loc. 946 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 21. Chione sp.. Elephant Mesa, Loc. 77 (L.S.J.U.). 22. Maeoma kelscyi Dall, Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 23. Maetra sp.. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 24. Metis cf. A/ alta Conrad, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 25. Ostrea Itirida Carpenter, Cedros Island, Loc. 946 (CA.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (CA.S.), 945 (CA.S.). 26. Ostrea megodon Hanley, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (CA.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (CA.S.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 27. Ostrea iayloriana Gabb, Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 28. Ostrea vcspcrtina Conrad, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (CA.S.), 946 (CA.S.); Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (CA.S.), 945 (CA.S); Elephant Mesa, Locs. 48 (L.S.J.U.), 76 (L.S.J.U.). 29. Pecten (Peetcn) bcllus Conrad, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (CA.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 49 (L.S.J.U.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 30. Peeten (Pecten) cf. P. heimi Hertlein, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (CA.S.). 31. Pecten (Pecten) lecontci Arnold, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (CA.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (CA.S.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 32. Peeten (Peetcn) stcarnsii Dall, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (CA.S.), 946 (CA.S.). 33. Pecten (Patinopectcn) cf. P. eoosensis Shumard, Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 34. Pecten (Patinopecten) dilleri Dall, Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 35. Peeten (Patinopecten) healeyi Arnold, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (CA.S.). " The inclusion in the list of generic determinations of casts seems in this case to be desirable, as indicating the presence in the fauna of representatives of other than the few abnormally predominent groups. July 22, 1926 418 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 36. Pectcn (Chlamys) opuntia Dall, Turtle Bay, Loc 944 (C.A.S.). 37. Pecten (Lyropectcn) cerrosensis Gabb, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 946 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 38. Pecten (Lyropectcn) gallegosi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Cedros Island, Loc. 946 (C.A.S.). 39. Pecten (Lyropecten) modulatus Hertlein, Mesa west of Mesa de las Auras, Loc. 43 ( L.S.J. U.). 40. Pecten (Lyropecten) subnodosus Sowerby, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 946 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 4L Pecten (Lyropecten) veatchii Gabb, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 946 (C.A.S.). 42. Pecten (Aequipectcn) percarus Hertlein, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A,S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 944 (C.A.S.) ; Elephant Mesa, Locs. 48 (L.S.J.U.), 76 (L.S.J.U.). 43. Pecten (Leptopecten) bellilamellatus Arnold, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 44. Pecten (Leptopecten) latiauritus Conrad, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.); Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 45. Pecten (Leptopecten) praevalidus E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new spe- cies. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 46. Pecten (Plagioctenium) calli Hertlein, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (C.A.S.), 945 (C.A.S.). 47. Pecten (Plagioctenium) callidus Hertlein, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.). 946 (C.A.S.), 116 (L.S.J.U.) ; Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (C.A.S.), 945 (C.A.S.). 48. Pecten (Plagiocfciiiuin) circularis Sowerby, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 946 (C.A.S.); Turtle Bay, Locs. 945 (C.A.S.), 47 (L.S.J.U.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 49. Pecten (Plagioctcniutii) cristobaJcnsis Hertlein, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.): Turtle Bay; Locs. 944 (C.A.S.), 945 (C.A.S.), 49 (L.S.J.U.) ; Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 50. Pecten (Plagioctenium) evermanni E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 51. Pecten (Plagioctenium) hakei Hertlein, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.); Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (C.A.S.), 945 (C.A.S.), 47 (L.S.J.U.). Vol. XV] JORDAN &■ HERTLEIS— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 4^9 52. Pecten (Plagioctenium) invalidus Hanna, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.), Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (C.A.S.), 945 (C.A.S.). 53 Pecten (Plagioctenium) mendenhalli Arnold, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 946 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 944 (C.A.S.). 54. Pecten (Plagioctenium) c£. P. purpuratus Lamarck, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 116 (L.SJ.U.). 55. Pecten (Plagioctenium) subdolus Hertlein, Cedros Island, Locs. 928 (C.A.S.), 946 (C.A.S.). 56. Pecten (Amusium) sp.. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 56a. Phacoides calif ornica Conrad, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 57. Placunanomia hannibali E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 58. Sanguinolaria sp. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.) . 59. Spondylus calcifer Carpenter, Cedros Island, Loc. 946 (C.A.S.). 60. Spondylus crassisquama Lamarck, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). Gastropoda 61. Conus aflF. C. regularis Sowerby, Elephant Mesa, Loc. 48 (L.S.J.U.). 62. Epitonium cedrosensis E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.) ; Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 63. Epitonium contrerasi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species, Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 64. Epitonium dallasi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 65. Epitonium sp., Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 66. Epitonium sp., Turtle Bay, Loc. 49 (L.S.J.U.). 67. Forreria belcheri Hinds, T'urtle Bay, Loc. 944 (C.A.S.). 68. Forreria wrighti E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 69. Forreria sp. Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 70. Forreria sp.. Turtle Bay, Loc. 80 (L.S.J.U.). 71. Gyrineum sp., Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 72. Haliotis cf. H. rufescens Swainson, Cedros Island, Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). 73. Natica sp., Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). 74. Turritella sp.. Turtle Bay; Loc. 91^ rC V.S.^. 420 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«. Cirripedia 75. Balanus cf. B. conccevus Bronn, Turtle Bay, Locs. 944 (CA.S.), 945 (C.A.S.). 76. Balanus tintinnabulum cf. B. t. calif ornicus Pilsbry, Turtle Bay, Loc. 944 (C.A.S.). 77. Balanus tintinnabulum coccopoma Darwin, Turtle Bay, Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). Correlation The inadequacy of previous collections from these deposits until recently has prevented any definite correlation or de- termination of their age. Veatch'** in 1860 gave a brief ac- count of the general geology of Cedros Island and referred to "fossiliferous sandstones of a late Tertiary age". The first account of Tertiary fossils from Cedros Island is in the origi- nal descriptions of Pecten cerrosensis, P. vcatchii, Ostrea cer- roscnsis {^O. megodon), and O. veatchii (=0. vespcrtina) , by Gabb^*^ in 1869. He considered the deposits to be of Mio- cene age. DalP'* in 1874, described Waldheimia kennedyi from "beds of Miocene age, Cerros Island, Lower California", and in 1898-'^ referred to the beds on Cedros Island as of either Miocene or Pliocene age. Arnold" in 1906 considered the beds on Cedros Island to be of Pliocene age, and equivalent to the Purisima formation of central California. In 1919, J. P. Smith"'^ correlated the Pliocene of Cedros Island with the Car- rizo formation of Imperial County, California, and considered both to be equivalent to the Etchegoin formation of the San Joaquin valley. Kew-^ in 1920, described Dendraster pacificus from the Pliocene of Pacific Beach, California, and of Cedros Island, and apparently considered the deposits at these two localities to be equivalent, and of upper Pliocene age. Darton^" in 1921 in a paper on the Geology of Lower California, de- scribed marine post-Miocene deposits exposed in the Arroyo "The Hesperian, Vol. 3, No. 6, 1860, pp. 531-534. See also J. A. Veatch, in J. Ross Brown. Resources of the Pacific Slope, 1869, p. 143. " Pal. Cal., Vol. 2, 1869, pp. 32, 34, 35. 2° Dall, W. H.. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1st Ser., Vol. 5, 1874, p. 299. '■ Dall. W. H., Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 705. » Arnold, R., Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 47, 1906, p. 26. «Proc. Calif, .^cad. Sci., 4th Sen, Vol. 9, No. 4, 1919, p. 153. « Univ. Cal. Pub. Geol., Vol. 12, No. 2, 1920, p. 129. "Journ. Geol., Vol. 29, No. 8, 1921, pp. 746-747. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY ^2\ La Salada, some distance to the south of the present region, and listed a few species found there. In 1922 Heim^" published an account of the Tertiary of the southern part of Lower Cali- fornia in which he gave the name Salada to the beds exposed at the Cattle Ranch, La Salada. He gave no faunal list and made no mention of the occurrence of Pliocene on Cedros Island but stated that the Salada formation extended some dis- tance to the north of the type locality. Israelsky", in 1923 de- scribed three species of echinoids from the beds on Cedros Island, and referred them to the Pliocene. The first statement of the occurrence of Pliocene beds in the Turtle Bay region appeared in 1924"^ on a geological map of Lower California compiled from the results of the Marland Oil Company. On this map and in the accompanying report, all the Marine Pliocene of the peninsula was referred to the Salada formation. Hertlein^'' in 1925, writing on pectens from Lower California chiefly collected by the geologists of the Marland Oil Company, correlated the beds on Cedros Island with the San Diego fonnation of Pacific Beach ; he ap- plied Heim's name Salada to the deposits at Turtle Bay and at Elephant Mesa, and suggested the. equivalence of those beds to those on Cedros Island. The writers concur entirely with Hertlein's conclusions, except that they do not accept extension of the name Salada to regions remote from the type locality of that formation, until the fauna of the type locality is more fully known. Hanna^*^ in 1925 and in 1926, referred to the Pliocene beds on Cedros Island and at Turtle Bay. The present study of collections far larger than those be- fore available to Hertlein, while little altering the general cor- relation of these beds, furnishes a basis for a fuller discussion of the character and relations of the fauna. In the preceding list of species the records from Cedros Island, Turtle Bay and from Elephant Mesa are combined. The deposits at these points are approximately equivalent in 2«Geol. Mag., Vol. 59, No. 702, 1922, p. 529-548. "Univ. Cal. Pub. Geol., Vol. 14, No. 11, 1923, pp. 378-380. 28 Boletin del Petroleo, Vol. 18, No. 1, 1924, opposite p. 52; M. Bustamente in 1921 mapped the sedimentary rocks in the immediate region of Turtle Bay as Tertiary and Quaternary in age. Bol. del Petroleo, \'ol. 11, No. 6, 1921, map opposite p. 532. ™ Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.. 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 1. 1925, p. 6. '"Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 12, 1925, pp. 262, 264, 268 also Vol. 15, No. 1, 1926, pp. 85, 86. 422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«. age and in fauna. Community of species between the various localities is most striking and the collecting stations are in no case separated by any very great distances. In the following discussion the whole assemblage is treated as a unit. This fauna is peculiar in that it consists of little more than echinoderms, pectens and oysters; it contains few other pele- cypods and few gastropods. Pectens were evidently exces- sively abundant in Lower Californian waters in Pliocene time, but the extreme predominence of that genus in the present fauna may be to a considerable extent attributed to the destruc- tion of the shells of many other forms by weathering in a desert climate. In attempting a correlation of a fauna such as this its incomplete nature must not be forgotten. It is an as- semblage in which species of short range in geologic time, abnormally predominate, and the percentage of living species found is unreliable as an exact criterion for age determination. Correlation rests chiefly on community of diagnostic species with other known Pliocene formations. The affinity of this fauna is wholly western North Ameri- can. More than half of the species are common to the Plio- cene of southern California ; the remainder are slightly more tropical fomis, still living in western Mexican waters or known only from the Pliocene of Lower California. No pronounced similarity is shown to the Tertiary of the Caribbean or Peru- vian provinces. About 40 per cent of the species in the present list are known to occur in the San Diego formation, as exposed in Pliocene sands at Pacific Beach, near San Diego, California, which lie upon the harder Eocene sandstones, shales and con- glomerate with no evident discordance of dip and are uncon- formably overlain by nearly horizontal soft Pleistocene sand, boulders and shells. The beds at Pacific Beach probably approximate in age the lower part of the upper Pliocene, as has been stated by J. P. Smith^\ Fewer species of the Lower California fauna are found in the Saugus (Saugus of Hershey^^, and of Kew^^, Ventura of Carson^*, upper Fernando of various authors) and "Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 9, No. 4, 1919, pp. 149, 151, 152. "Am. Geologist, Vol. 29, No. 6. 1902, pp. 359-362. "Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 753, 1924, pp. 81-89. »* Pan-American Geologist, Vol. 43, No. 4, 1925, pp. 269, 270. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 423 Santa Barbara" formations of southern California, which are of upper PHocene age but are a Httle younger than the Plio- cene of Pacific Beach. Many species in the present list are found in the Pico formation (Lx)wer Fernando of English^*, and of various authors, Fernando of J. P. Smith^^, Pico of Kew^^), Lower Pliocene, in southern California. The simi- larity of the present fauna to that of the beds at Pacific Beach is, however, more striking than to that of the Pico. Beyond community of a few wide ranging and non-diagnostic species, the present fauna is not related to that of the Jacalitos or Etchegoin formations of the San Joaquin valley region, nor similar in aspect to that of the Pliocene of Coyote Mountain, in Imperial County, California^**. The writers, therefore, consider the Pliocene beds of Cedros Island and of the Turtle Bay region to be approximately equiv- alent to the San Diego formation of Pacific Beach, and to represent either approximately the middle of the Pliocene or the lower part of the upper Pliocene. Considered as to climatic relations, the present fauna pre- sents a mixture of warm and cool water types, with warm water fonns in the majority, a condition similar to that today prevailing in the waters about Cedros Island and Turtle Bay. The presence of abundant Lyropecten, Plagioctenium, Amu- sium, Pecten ss., Placunanomia, Area, Spondylus, fluted Ostrea, Astrodapsis, and Clypeaster indicates that when these beds were deposited the waters were at least as wann as they are at present in the region. On the other hand the effect of gradual cooling in Pliocene time in western North America, described by J. P. Smith^'', is shown by the occurrence here of many central and southern California upper Pliocene forms, particularly Patinopectens and such species as Laqueus cali- fornicus vancouveriensis. Probably at the time of deposition of these beds the climate in the region did not differ greatly from that of the present. It is yet impossible to draw any conclusions as to distribu- tion or relationship of Pliocene faunas in Lower California as »»J. p. Smith, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 9. No. 4, 1919, pp. 150-151. 30 Univ. Cal. Pub. Geol., Vol. 8, No. 8, 1914, pp. 203-214. "Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 9, No. 4, 1919, pp. 149, 151. 152. 3«Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 753, 1924, pp. 70-81. "Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 18, 1926, pp. 427-503. «»Proc. Calif. -Vcad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 9, No. 4, 1919, pp. 123-173. 424 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. a whole. Hertlein*^ has listed pectens, probably of Pliocene age, from various localities on the peninsula outside of the present region. Deposits of this age are known to occur at Santa Rosalia and at other points near the shores of the Gulf of California; their fauna as far as known is somewhat differ- ent from that found in the beds on Cedros Island and Turtle Bay. E. K. Jordan & Hertlein*- recently described a small Pliocene fauna from Maria IMadre Island, far to the south and that asseml)lage shows affinities with the present one; it is not older and may be slightly younger in age than the present fauna. The Pliocene of Maria Madre Island is apparently more closely related to the Pliocene of the Gulf of California region. Notes and Descriptions of Species 1. Astrodapsis israelskyi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species Plate XXVII, figures 4 and 6 Test small ; sui)circular to suboval in outline, not greatly elev^ated. the upper surface rather flat ; margin thick, evenly rounded and entire; apical system central, or slightly posterior, the apex of the test slightly anterior to the center of the ma- dreporic area; madreporic area pentagonal, with four genital pores ; petals narrow, slightly elevated, widely open, and ex- tending nearly to the margin ; rows of pores at first diverge, then at about half the distance to the margin they converge slightly, after which they continue toward the niargin parallel or very slightly divergent ; outer row of pores more pro- nouncedly sinuous than inner; interambulacral areas relatively broad, little depressed, flat, sloping gently from the apex toward the margin ; inferior surface concave toward the center; mouth central, large, subpentagonal in outline; am- bulacral furrows not distinct, but branching close to their origin at the peristome and extending nearly to the margin; periproct fairly large, situated on ventral surface and a little less than its own diameter from the margin; tuberculation prominent, the tubercles rather large and distantly spaced, "Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 1, 1925, pp. 1-35. «Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 15. No. 4. 1926, pp. 209-217. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 435 those on the inferior surface perhaps even more prominent than those above. Anteroposterior diameter 37.5 mm.; trans verse diameter 35.3 mm. ; greatest elevation 7.9 mm. Type: No. 2086, paratypes, Nos. 2087, 2088, and 2089, Mus. Cahf. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 928, Bernstein's abalone camp, Cedros Island, Lower California; upper Pliocene ; G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors. Four other specimens of this species were examined from the same locality. Astrodapsis israelskyi somewhat resembles A. fernandoensis Pack, but lacks the very large tubercles that are characteristic of Pack's species. It is close to Dendraster perrini Weaver, but the apical system of the present species is central in the type, and nearly central in all the other specimens, while in D. perrini it is moderately eccentric. The species is named in honor of Mr. Merle C. Israelsky, in recognition of his work on echinoids. 2. Astrodapsis kewi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species Plate XXVII, figures 2 and 3 Test small, subcircular in outline, considerably elevated, the margin thick, evenly rounded, and entire; apex distinctly an- terior to and higher than center of apical system ; petals strong- ly elevated, and extending about two-thirds of the distance to the edge of the test, their extremities wide open; interam- bulacral areas deeply sunken, depressed in a distinct median trough ; apical system nearly central ; madreporic area pen- tagonal, with four genital pores, the one opposite the posterior interambulacral area absent; pores of petals conjugate, the inner rows not converging very rapidly outward, the outer rows converging more rapidly; anterior a little longer and narrower than others ; inferior surface evenly concave ; mouth subcentral, large, subpentagonal in outline ; ambulacral fur- rows distinct, broad, branching at somewhat less than half the distance outward to the margin, becoming obsolete as the mar- gin is approached, periproct of moderate size, situated on the under surface and distant from the margin about one and a 426 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. half times its own diameter; tiiberciilation prominent, the tuber- cles elevated, of several orders of magnitude, and the same on both surfaces, except that the ambulacral furrows on the lower surface are smooth. Anteroposterior diameter 31.6 mm.; transverse diameter 31.1 mm.; greatest elevation 8.3 mm. Type: No. 2090, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 928 (C. A. S. Coll.), Bernstein's abalone camp, Cedros Island, Lower California; upper Pliocene; G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors. Astrodapsis keivi is distinguished from what is apparently its nearest relative, A. tumidus Remond of the upper San Pablo Miocene of central California by the following charac- ters : the petals in the present species do not extend to the mar- gin of the test as they do in A. tumidus and the relief between the crest of the petals and the bottom of the interambulacral areas is greater in A. kezvi; the summit of A. kczii is consider- ably anterior to the madreporite, rather than almost coinciding as in A. tumidus; margins in A. kezvi are thicker than in A. tumidus and are entire, rather than notched by the ends of the ambulacral furrows. A. kezvi as a whole has a thicker and more tumid test than has A. tumidus. D end raster arnoldi Twitchell in some degree resembles this species, but it is dis- tinguished by the excentricity of the apical system. A. kezvi bears little resemblance to A. feniandoensis Pack, from the lower Pliocene of southern California. This species is named in honor of Dr. W. S. W. Kew, in recognition of his masterly work on the fossil echinoids of western North America. 3. Laqueus califomicus vancouveriensis Davidson Plate XXVII, figure 7 Megerlia jeffreysi Dall, Sci. Res. Expl. Alaska, 1877. p. 48; Living, Van- couver, Id., B. C. Not Frenula jeffreysi Dall, Am. Nat., Vol. 5, 1871, p. 55 ; Living, north- east Atlantic (=Macandrevia cranium Muller 1776). Laqueus califomicus var. vancouveriensis Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soc Lond., 2nd Sen. Vol. 4, 1887, p. 113, pi. 18, figs. 10, 11, 12, 13, 13a, 13b; Living, off Lopez Id., Wash. Voi_ XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 437 Laqueus jeffreysi Dall, Arnold, Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 3, 1903, p. 93. Laqueus californicus vancouveriensis Davidson, Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 57, 1920, p. 348. Laqueus californicus jeffreysi Dall, Oldroyd, Pub. Puget Sound Biol. Sta. Univ. Wash., Vol. 4, 1924, p. 205. Laqueus californicus vancouverensis Davidson, Oldroyd, Pub. Puget Sound Biol. Sta. Univ. Wash., Vol. 4, 1924, p. 206. This wholly west American form has been confused with the Frenula, Ismenia or Megerlia jeffreysi of Dall, originally described from the northeast Atlantic, and now considered by Dall to be the young of Macandrevia cranium. There is no basis for records of both Laqueus californicus vancouveriensis and Laqueus californicus jeffreysi from the Puget Sound region, and, as Dall has pointed out, the name jeffreysi is not tenable for either the Atlantic or Pacific species. This form was found abundantly in small lenses near Bern- stein's abalone camp, on Cedros Island. It is known living from southeastern Alaska to the Washington Coast, and oc- curs in the Santa Barbara and San Diego Pliocene formations of southern California. 4. Chama frondosa Broderip Plate XXXIV, figure 1 Chama frondosa Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1834, p. 148; living, Id. Plata, "Western Colombia." Chama frondosa Broderip, Trans. Zool. Soc, Vol. 1, p. 302, pi. 38, figs. 1, 2. Chama frondosa Broderip, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Vol. 4, 1846, Chama, pi. 1, figs, la, lb. This species occurs on Cedros Island and at Turtle Bay. It is known living from San Diego, Calif., south to Peru. 5. Ostrea megodon Hanley Plate XXVIII, figure 1 Ostrea megodon Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1845, p. 106; living, Peru. Ostrea gallus Valenciennes, Plates of Voy. Venus, Coq., pi. 21, 1846. According to Dall. 428 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th See, Ostrea cerrosensis Gabb, Geol. Surv. Cal., Pal., Vol. 2, 1869, p. 35, pi. 11, fig. 61 ; Pliocene, Cedros Island. Ostrea megodon Hanley, Sowerby, Conch. Icon., Vol. 18, Ostrea, 1871, pi. 12, fig. 24. Ostrea megodon Hanley, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleo., Vol. 5, No. 29, p. 183, pi. 34, fig. 3. This species is found very abundantly on Cedros Island, and also near Turtle Bay and Elephant Mesa. The fossils are un- questionably identical with the living species, and examples from the Caribbean Miocene appear in no way different. 0. megodon has also been reported from the Pleistocene of Lower California, from the Pliocene of Maria Madre Island, Mexico, and occurs in the Saugus, upper Pliocene, near Piru, Cali- fornia. 6. Ostrea tayloriana Gabb Plate XXXIII, figure 3 Ostrea tayloriana Gabb, Geol. Surv. Cal., Pal., Vol. 2, 1869, p. 34, pi. 12, figs. 60, 60a; "Miocene", San Marcos Pass, Calif. Ostrea georgiana Conrad, Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 683. In part; not of Conrad. Ostrea megodon Hanley, Dall, Nautilus, Vol. 28, No. 1, 1914, p. 1. In part; not of Hanley. This species, apparently not recognized in California since the discovery of the original specimens, has been recorded under various names in the literature. Our examples agree almost exactly with the figure of the type of O. tayloriana. They are in no wise related to 0. georgiana, which is similar to the well known west American O. titan Conrad, nor do they resemble O. megodon. O. tayloriana does not differ greatly from O. chilensis Philippi. 7. Ostrea vespertina Conrad Ostrea vespertina Conrad, Journ. Acad. Sat. Sci. Phila., 2nd Ser., Vol. 2, 1854, p. 300; "Miocene?", near San Diego, Calif. Ostrea vespertina Conrad, House Doc. 129, Proj. Vol. 3, 33rd Congress, 1st Sess. 1855, p. 15. App. to Rep. of W. P. Blake. Ostrea vespertina Conrad, Pac. R. R. Rept., Vol. 5, 1857, p. 325, pi. 5, figs. 36, 37, 38. Vou XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 439 ?Ostrea atnara Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, p. 363; living, Panama. Ostrea veatchii Gabb, Geol. Surv. Cal., Pal., Vol. 2, 1869, p. 34, pi. 11, fig. 60. Ostrea haitensis Sowerby, Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 685. In part; not of Sowerby. Ostrea veatchii Gabb, Arnold, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. Z22, 1907, p. 148, pi. 23, fig. 10, Ostrea vespertina Conrad, Arnold, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 396, 1909, p. 77, pi. 24, figs. 4, 5. Ostrea veatchii Gabb, Dall, Nautilus, Vol, 28, 1914, p. 1. Ostrea vespertina Conrad, Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. 14, No. 18, 1926, p. 468, pi. 26, figs. 1, 2, 3. As first pointed out by Arnold there can be little question that the O. veatchii of Gabb, originally described from the Pliocene of Cedros Island, and generally common in the Plio- cene of southern California, is identical with O. vespertina Conrad. It has not generally been recognized that the types of Conrad's species came from San Diego, where the fomi commonly known as O. veatchii is abundant. O. aniara Carpenter is also probably identical with O. ves- pertina, but absolute proof of identity cannot be given. The name was applied by Carpenter to specimens in the C. B. Adams collection of living Panama shells, and referred to other examples from Mazatlan sketchily described by Carpen- ter", under the title "Ostrea sp." As nearly as can be made out from this description, without figure, O. aniara was meant to represent a fairly large, plicate oyster, similar in general characteristics to the present species. O. haitensis, a species of the Caribbean Miocene is quite similar to O. vespertina, but not certainly identical. O. vespertina was found abundantly on Cedros Island, around Turtle Bay, and near Elephant Mesa. It has previ- ously been reported in the Gulf of California, from the Pleis- tocene of Lower California, from the Saugus. the San Diego and the Pico of southern California, from the upper Pliocene of Maria Madre Island, Mexico, and the Pliocene of Coyote Mtn.. Imperial County. California. " Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 164. 430 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 8. Pecten (Pecten) bellus Conrad Plate XXXII, fig. 2; Plate XXXIII, figs. 1, 2; Plate XXXIV, figs. 2, 3, 4 Janira bella Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 312; "Middle Tertiary", Santa Barbara, Calif. Janira bella Conrad, Pac. R. R. Rept., Vol. 6, 1857, p. 71, pi. 3, fig. 16. Janira bella Conrad, Gabb, Geol. Surv. Calif., Pal., Vol. 2, 1869, p. 105, pi. 16, fig. 20. Pecten hemphillii Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 1, 1879, p. 15; San Diego formation (Pliocene) ; San Diego, Calif. Pecten (Pecten) bellus Conrad, Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 704. Pecten (Pecten) hemphillii Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 706. Pecten (Pecten) bellus Conrad, Arnold, Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 3, 1903, p. 103, pi. 21, figs. 1, 2. Pecten (Pecten) hemphilli Dall, Arnold, Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 3, 1903, p. 105. Pecten (Pecten) bellus Conrad, Arnold, Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Surv. 47, 1906, p. 95. Pecten (Pecten) hemphilli Dall, Arnold, Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Surv. 47, 1906, p. 97, pi. ZZ, figs. 3, 3a, 3b. Examination of a large number of specimens of both typical Pecten bellus Conrad and P. Iieniphillii Dall, from both Upper and Lower California, has convinced the authors that these two forms are merely extremes of an unbroken series, and belong to but one very variable species. The name bellus takes pre- cedence by right of priority. P. hemphillii has been said to differ from P. bellus in that the left valve is flat or concave in the former, rather than somewhat convex as in typical P. bellus, and in that the radi- ating ribs on both valves of Dall's species are more numerous and more highly elevated. In the series examined by us we find great variation in the combinations of these characters; no two adult specimens are exactly alike in appearance, and the extremes are perfectly united by intermediate forms. The number of ribs on the right valve varies from 14 to 18; the ribs vary greatly in width, elevation and prominence, and the convexity of the two valves is in no wise constant. Young examples, up to an altitude of 20 mm., are all very similar in appearance. Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND. PALEONTOLOGY 43 ^ Six paratypes of P. hemphillii, out of the original lot from Pacific Beach, near San Diego, have been examined in the course of this work. On the basis of the previously enumer- ated distinctions, certain of these specimens can be referred to Ball's species, while others are unquestionably the P. bellus of Conrad. One of the latter is herewith figured, together with illustrations of two of our specimens from Cedros Island. The type of P. hemphillii, as indicated by the illustration fur- nished by Arnold, is an intermediate form not exactly similar to either extreme of the series, although it inclines toward the narrow-ribbed variants. In the original description of P. hemphillii no reference was made to P. bellus, but a compari- son was drawn with Pectcn stearnsii Dall, a quite different form. There is, furthermore, neither stratigraphic nor geo- graphic difference in the occurrence of the two extremes of the series, and there is no doubt that they are specifically identical. This species is excessively abundant in the Pliocene beds near Bernstein's abalone camp on Cedros Island, and it also occurs near Turtle Bay and Elephant Mesa. It is known from the Santa Barbara, Saugus and San Diego upper Pliocene formations, and from the Pico lower Pliocene formation of southern California. 9. Pecten (Patinopecten) dilleri Dall Plate XXX, figure 1 Pecten (Lyropecten) dilleri Dall, Nautilus, Vol. 14, No. 10, 1901, p. 117. Pecten (Patinopecten) dilleri Dall, Arnold, Prof. Paper U. S. Geol. Surv. 47, 1906, p. 62, pi. 5, fig. 2. The left valve of this species has hitherto not been illustrated but the discovery of several in these collections enables us to supply this deficiency. We have compared our specimens with left valves from the lower Pliocene of the Santa Maria district in California, where they are associated with right valves which agree exactly with specimens from the type locality. The left valve of P. dilleri is large, subcircular in outline, and slightly arched. The anterior ear is rather sharply trun- cated at the anterior margin, and is ornamented by about six to eight radiating ribs which are crossed by concentric lines of 432 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES tP«oc. 4th Sei. growth and are roughened by raised scaly imbrications. The posterior ear slopes slightly from the posterior dorsal margin to the base; it bears about six radiating ribs and is otherwise sculptured similar to the anterior ear. The left valve bears about 27 or 28 slightly rounded, high, prominent radiating ribs separated by interspaces that are a little wider than the ribs. The tops of the ribs are ornamented by strong, raised scaly concentric imbrications ; the sides of the ribs and the interspaces are marked only by faint traces of rather widely spaced concentric lamellae. P. dilleri Dall is distinguished from P. purishnerimeter of the body whorl, fused posteriorly at the suture and anteriorly on the base, elsewhere separated by an intercostal space of a little greater than normal widtli ; other varices partly fused at the suture but not directly con- tinuous across it, nor in any wise produced or spiny at <-he shoulder; intercostal spaces about twice as wide as a normal varix, ornamented by about 20 subequal and subequally spaced impressed spiral grooves, which extend part way up on the sides of the varices but end abruptly and do not pass over the 448 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sei. tops; no true basal disk, the umbilical area, however, covered by a thick irregular patch of callus that is fused with the an- terior ends of the last few varices ; remainder of base evenly rounded, sculptured as the whorls of the spire, the varices and spiral grooves extending to the edge of the patch of callus ; aperture sub-circular. Length 5-9 mm. ; width 4.0 mm. Type: No. 2122, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 945 (C.A.S. Coll.), one mile southeast of Turtle Bay, Lower Cali- fornia; upper Pliocene; G. D. Ilanna and E. K. Jordan, collectors. This species is named in honor of Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, curator of Paleontology in the California Academy of Sciences. 29. Forreria wrighti E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species Plate XXXII, figures 1 and 3 Shell of moderate size, fairly thick and solid ; spire moder- ately elevated, about five whorls, the tip lost, the whorls en- larging rapidly, and strongly shouldered near the summit ; axial sculpture of ten to thirteen sharp varices, produced into short, sharp slightly reflexed spines at the shoulder; spiral sculpture of few to many strong and distantly spaced, or fine and closely spaced ridges, which are most intense on the earlier whorls and become less marked later; all the sculpture vary- ing greatly in different individuals ; aperture ovate ; outer lip anteriorly bearing a tooth of greater or less prominence ; canal moderately long, broadly open. Altitude of type with tip of spire lost 45.1 mm. ; width 32.2 mm. Type: No. 2123, paratypes, Nos. 2124, 2123, 2126, 2127, 2128, 2129, and 2130, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Loc. 945, south- east of Turtle Bay, Lower California; Pliocene; G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan, collectors. Sixty other specimens have been examined from the same locality. This species is extremely variable in form and sculpture and resembles various forms from the Miocene and Pliocene of western North America, but none of our examples agrees ex- actly with any other described species. From F. coaJiiigensis Vol. XV] JORDAN & HERTLEIN— GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY 449 Arnold it is distinguished by the presence of more spiral ridges on the whorls. From F. perelegans Nomland, F. wrighti is distinguished by possessing somewhat stronger sculpture and a less recurved canal and a less prominent siphonal fasciole. From F. carisaensis Anderson, it is distinguished by a more elongate outline of the shell. The prominent spiral sculpture on the early whorls distinguish F. zvrighti from the young of F. belcheri Hinds, F. magistcr Nomland, and F. ponderosiim Gabb. This species is named for Mr. John T. Wright, collector of birds and mammals on the expedition of 1925, who frequently and generously assisted in the collection of fossils. 30. Haliotis cf. rufescens Swainson A specimen of an abalone shell was found in the Pliocene of Cedros Island, in place and associated with Pliocene fossils. Unfortunately the friable condition of the matrix and brittle- ness of the shell makes complete cleaning of the specimen impossible. The shell is a little thinner than that of typical H. rufescens from the recent west American fauna, and the spiral sculpture is more regular. It is not H. fidgens Philippi, for in that species the holes are small, more numerous, and their margins are little elevated, while on our specimen the holes are few, large, with elevated margins, and very similar to those of H. rufescens. The known recent range of H. rufescens is from Bodega Bay, California, southward to La Paz, Lower California. 4^Q CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Plate 27 Fig. 1. Pecien {Plagiodenium) evermanni E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species; natural size; type, right valve, No. 2108 (C. A. S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 928 (C. A. S.), Pliocene beds at Bernstein's abalone camp on east side of Cedros Islands Pliocene; p. 439. Fig. 2. Astrodapsis kewi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species; natural size; type, upper surface of test, No. 2090 (C. A. S. Type Coll.), Loc. same as Fig. 1; p. 425. Fig. 3. Astrodapsis keivi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species; natural size; type, lower surface of test. Same specimen as Fig. 2; p. 425. Fig. 4. Astrodapsis israclskyi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species; natural size; type, lower surface of lest, No. 2086 (C. A. S. Type Coll.), Loc. same as Fig. 2; p. 424. Fig. 5. Peden {Plagiodenium) calli Hertlein; natural size; plesiotype, right valve, No. 2107 (C. A. S. Type CoU.), from Loc. 945 (C. A. S.), Pliocene beds exposed about a prominent monadnock, from one to two miles to southeast of Turtle Bay. Upper Pliocene; p. 436. Fig. 6. Astrodapsis israelskyi E. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species; natural size; tjT)e, upper surface of test. Same specimen as Fig. 4; p. 424. Fig. 7. Laqueus calijornicus vancouveriensis Davidson; natural size; plesiotype, No. 2091 (C. A. S. Type Coll.), Loc. same as Fig. 1; p. 426. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 14 [JORDAN &HERTLEIN] Plate 27 July 22, 1926 452 CALIFORMA ACADHMV OF SCJHMliS I ['hoc 4 ni Skk. Plate 28 Fig. 1. Ostiwi mcgodon Hanlc\' ; natural size; i)lcsiotypc, No. 2093 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 928 (C.A.S. ), Pliocene beds at Bern- stein's abalone camp on southeast side of Ccdros Island. Pli- ocene ; p. 427. Fig. 2. I'laciiiiaiioinia luiiiitihali E. K. Jordan & Hertleiu, new species; natural size; type, right valve. No. 2110 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 945 (C.A.S.), Pliocene beds exposed ahnut a promi- nent monadnock, from one to two miles southeast of lurlle Bay. Upper Pliocene; p. 443. Fig. 3. Placuiiaitoiuia haiuiibaU E. K. Jordan & Hcrtlein, new species; natural size; paratype, right valve showing interior of valve. No. 2112 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), Loc. same as Fig. 2; p. 443. Fig. 4. Phu'iiiiaiioiiiia Iwnnibali E. K. Jordan & Hertleln. new species; natural size; paratype, right valve, No. 2111 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), Loc. same as Fig. 2. Figure shows tendency of some forms to become plicate; ]). 443. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 14 [JORDAN &HERTLEIN] Plate 28 454 CALIFOKSl.l ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Plate 29 Fig.]. Pcctcn (Lyropcctcn) (/allcgosi E. K. Jordan & Hcrtleiii, new- species; natural size; type, right valve, No. 2096 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Log. 946 ( C.A.S. ), Pliocene beds exposed near the shore on cast side of Cedros Island almnt nine miles north of Bernstein's abalone camp. UpiuT Plioci'ne ; p. 4.^4. Fig. 2. Prrtcii ( Lcptopcctoi) prcci'iilidiis li. K. Jordan & Hertlein, new species; natural size; paratype, left valve. No. 2102 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 945 (C.A.S.), Pliocene beds exposed about a prominent monadnock, from one to two miles south- cast of Turtle Bay. Upper Pliocene; p. 435. Fig. 3. I'cctcn ( Lcplopcctcn) prccval'uius K. K. Jordan cS: i lertlein. new species; natural size; type, right valve, No. 2101 (C.A.S. Type Coll.). Loc. same as Fig. 2; p. 435. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No, 14 [JORDAN &HERTLEIN] Plate 29 4c;5 CALIFORSIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Pr'H- 4rHSKR. Plate .30 Fig. 1. I'l'ctcii ( Patinopcctcii) dillrri Dall ; natural si/c ; pk'siotypc, K-l'l valve, No. 2095 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 4. 44'). l-'itX. 2. l^cclcn ( PlauioclriiiuiiiJ hakci Hertlein ; natural size: plesintypc, lelt valve: same specimen as F"ig. 1; p. 440. / PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 14 JORDAN & HERTLEIN] Plate 31 ^^,Q CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIFSCES [Prcic. 4th Skr. Plate 32 Fig. 1. Forrcrid t».'r;'(//(// E. K. Jurdaii & llcrtkin. new species; natural size; type. No. 2123 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), fn.m Loc. 945 (C.A.S.). Pliocene beds exposed about a prominent monadnock. from one to two miles to southeast of Turtle Bay. Pliocene; p. 448. I-"ig. 2. Pcctoi (I'l-rtfii) brlliis Conrad; natural size; paratypc, right valve (of /'. hcmj^hUlii Dall), No. 526a (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Pacific Beach near San Diego, California. San Diego Pliocene ; p. 430. I'ig. 3. I'orrrr'ui icrii/hti E. K. Jordan & Hertlein. new species; natural sixe; paratype. No. 2124 ( C..\.S. Type Coll.), Loc. same as Fig. 1 ; p. 44S. h'ig. 4. /'<■(■/(■» ( Lyropcctcii) ccrrosciisis Gabb ; natural size; plesiotype, right valve. No. 2134 (C..\.S. Type Coll.), young form, from Loc. 928 (C.A.S.), Pliocene beds at Bernstein's abalone camp on southeast side of Cedros Island. Pliocene; p. 432. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCL, 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 14 [JORDAN & HERTLEIN ] Plate 32 1 lll^^ I J ■4 ks^- ^ r' 452 CALIFORSIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES | 1'ko, . 4th Si;r. Fig. 1. Pcctoi (Pcctcu) bcllus Conrad: natural size; plesiotypc, right valve, Ni). llol (C.A.S. Type Coll.). from Loc. 928 (C.A.S.). Pliocene beds at Bernstein's abalone camp on southeast side of Cedros Island. Pliocene; p. 430. Fig. 2. Pcctcii (Pcctcn) hrlliis Conrad; natural size; iilesiolyiie, right valve. No. 2133 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from same Loc. as Fig. 1 ; p. 430. Fig. 3. Osfrca tayloriaiia Gahh; natural size; plesiotypc, right valve, Xo. 2094 (C..\.S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 48 (L.S.J.L'.). moiiili of big arroyo northwest of Elephant Mesa, Scannmm Lagoon Quadrangle, Lower California. Pliocene; p. 428. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 14 [JORDAN &. HERTLEIN ] Plate 33 _j(-_|. C.iLlhOh'M.l ACADEMY OF SCIBXCES | Tko,-. 4iu Skr. Plate 34 Fig. 1. Chaiiia frondosa Brodcrip ; nalunil ^t/.c : plcsiutype, right valve, No. 2092 (C.A.S. Type Coll.), from Loc. 946 (C.A.S.), Pli- ocene beds exposed near the shore on east side of Cedros Island about nine miles north of Bernstein's abalone camp. Pliocene ; p. 427. Fig. 2. Pcctcn (Pec ten) bcUus Conrad; natural size: paratype, Kft valve (of P. hcmphiUu Dall) No. 526a (C.A.S. Type Coll.;. Same specimen as Plate 32, Fig. 2; p. 430. Fig. 3. Pcctcn (Pcctcn) bcllits Conrad; natural size; plesiolype, left valve. No. 2132 (C.A.S. Type Coll.). Same specimen as Plate 33, Fig. 1. Pliocene; p. 430. Fig. 4. Pcctcn (Pcctcn) bclliis Conrad; natural size; i)lesiotype. left valve. No. 2133 (C.A.S. Type Coll.). Same speeinuu as Plate 33, Fig. 2. Pliocene ; p. 430. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 14 [JORDAN & HERTLEIN] Plate 34 ^<% %? ''"^ PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 15, pp. 467-491, plates 35, 36 July 22, 1926 XV EXPEDITION TO THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO, IN 1925 LAND SHELLS OF THE REVILLAGIGEDO AND TRES MARIAS ISLANDS, MEXICO^ BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL The Tres Marias Islands have long been of interest to naturalists, especially ornithologists, as several forms of bird life are peculiar to them. They have been visited by Grayson, Forrer, Richardson, Nelson and Goldman, and Fisher, collec- tors, who api>ear to have paid most attention to vertebrate life, as prior to the Academy's expedition only nine species of land mollusks were reported from the group, and these with few exceptions were referred, not to the particular island from which they came, but simply to the "Tres Marias." Of these, five have not been identified from the Academy's collection, and to make the list complete, references to them have been included here. It may be suspected, however, that some of them are misidentifications for species actually collected by the Academy's expedition. The few species collected by the expedition at the isolated Clarion Island are of especial interest, as only one of them had • All of the previous papers dealing with the scientific results of the expedition appear in the current volume of Proceedings (XV) No. 1, pp. 1-113 containing the general report with itinerary. July 22, 1926 458 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. previously been obtained and that in a condition precluding description. It may be mentioned that the marine shells of Clarion Island, judging by the few which have come to hand, are more closely related to the tropical Pacific fauna than to that of continental America. It is notable that the land-shell fauna of the Tres Marias is distinctly related to that of Mexico proper, — the Epiphrag- mophoras and peculiar Bulimuli of Lower California are con- spicuously absent. The only large species are the Oxystylas ; the Dryiiucus and Polygyra belong to the smaller forms of their genus. All the Socorro species are small, and only the Clarion Island Succinca is comparable in size to the average continental species. In short, in all these islands there is nothing but the Oxystyla which might not have easily been introduced by the natural means of distribution from the nearest land. The fact that recorded continental distribution of most of the species is from the eastern part of Mexico and middle America, is probably due to the lack of exploration for these minute forms in the western portion of these countries. The following lists show the distribution of the species among the several islands. The species designated from Maria Madre of the Tres Marias have an M prefixed : those from Maria Magdalena a G; and those recorded only from the group without designation of the particular island have a T. Species from the Tres Marias M. G. Euglandina mariana M. Euglandina mazatlanica T. Euglandina albersi M. G. Opeas rarum M. Cajcilioides consobrina prima M. G. Leptinaria martensi M. G. Pseudosubulina evermanni M. Oxystyla delphinus nebulosa M. Oxystyla delphinus nesiotica T. Oxystyla princeps T. Drymscus trimarianus M. Drymjeus uhdeanus tepicensis M. G. Polygyra richardsoni paucicostata T. Polygyra ventrosula T. Polygyra bicruris M. G. Thysanophora materna Vol. XV] DA LL— LAND SHELLS M.G. Guppya perforata M.G. Guppya montanicola M.G. Punctum pygmseum M.G. Punctum pygmaeum rotundum M.G. Punctum pygmaeum albeola M. Punctum planatum M. Gastrocopta pellucida M.G. Vitrea indentata M. Proserpinella hannae 469 Species from Socorro Island Caecilioides consobrina prima Pseudosubulina evermanni Guppya capsula Guppya montanicola Guppya socorroana Strobilops labyrinthica Strobilops strebeli Punctum pygmaeum Punctum pygmaeum albeola Gastrocopta pellucida Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella Zonitoides socorroensis Tornatellides mexicana Succinea socorroensis Species from Clarion Island Thysanophora clarionensis Gastrocopta pellucida Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella Tornatellides clarionensis Succinea clarionensis The absence of Succinea from the Tres Marias is pecuHar, as it is one of the forms usually most easy to detect. It may be noted that a very large proportion of the collection consists af dead shells, and the few fresh ones have indications of being in aestivation, probably owing to the season of the year. I am under obligations to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. of the Phila- delphia Academy of Natural Sciences, for assistance in iden- tifying some of the minute forms of which he is the acknowl- edged master. 470 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Genus Euglandina Crosse and Fischer, 1872 1. Euglandina mazatlanica Martens Glandina mazatlanica Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 65, pi. 4, figs. 2, 2a, 1891. Glandina masatlanica Martens, var. abbreviata Martens, 1. c, p. 65, pi. 4, fig. 3, 1891. The variety is reported as collected at the Tres Marias by Forrer, with the typical form, 2. Euglandina albersi Pfeiffer Achatina (Glandina) albersi Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 295. Glandina albersi Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 75, pi. 4, figs. 10, 10a, 1891. Collected by Forrer at Mazatlan and the Tres Marias. 3. Euglandina mariana Dall, new species Plate 35, figure 4 Shell pinkish fawn-color, having the general form of E. rlwadsi Pilsbry, from eastern Mexico, as figured in the Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences for 1903 (p. 771, pi. 47, figs. 3, 3 a-b), but much smaller; whorls, six and a half, the nucleus smooth, of two and one-half whorls; sub- sequent whorls finely axially striated, polished, the folds not coronate at the suture and becoming obsolete near or slightly beyond the periphery of the last whorl ; whorls moderately convex; suture distinct but not deep; aperture narrowly ovate, the outer lip not sharp; pillar concavely arcuate, sharply trun- cate, shorter than the aperture; length of shell. 29; of last whorl, 20; of aperture, 14; maximum diameter 10 mm. Type: No. 2190, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected by the Academy expedition on Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena, Tres Marias islands. In the literature the lines between nominal species are very closely drawn, but I can not make this shell agree with any of those figured. Dr. H. A. Pilsbry has described in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia, for 1925. p. 308, Vol. XV] DALL—LAND SHELLS ^y\ a possible variety of E. turris Pfeiffer, which he calls E. titrris louguris, the type coming from Mazatlan, but other specimens recorded from the Tres Marias. According to the excellent figures given in his article the species is larger, more inflated in proportion, and more coarsely axially striated than E. inariana. Genus Opeas Albers, 1850 4. Opeas rarum Miller Opeas rariim Miller, Malak. Blatt., n. ser., 1. p. 125, pi. 14, fig. 2, 1879 — Strebel, Beitr. V, p. 103, pi. 17, figs. 8, 17; pi. 7, fig. 5, 1882— PiLSBRY, Manual, XVIII, p. 208, pi. 29, figs. 82, 83; 1906. A single fresh specimen was collected on Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias, 6.5 mm. in length. This form is also re- ported by Strebel from San Miguel, Jucuma, Guatemala, and a slight variation from Mirador, Vera Cruz. Genus Caecilioides Herrmannsen, 1846 5. Caecilioides consobrina prima De Folin Achatina consobrina Orbigny, Moll. Cuba V, p. 89, pi. XI bis, figs. 10, 11, 12; 1845. Achatina pygmcea Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1847. p. 148. Karolus primus De Folin, Fonds de la Mer, 1. p. 189, pi. XXVI, figs. 7, 8; 1870. Achatina iota Strebel, Beitr. Mex. Land u. SiJssw. Conch. II, 1875, p. 53, pi. 13, fig. 50. Ccecilianella veracruzcnsis Crosse & Fischer, Moll. terr. et fluv. Mexico, p. 591, pi. 26, fig. 4, 1878. Cacilioides (Ccecilianopsis) jvd Pilsbry, Nautilus, XXI, p. 28, 1907. Ccecilioides consobrina Pilsbry (ex parte) Man. Conch. XX, p. 39, pi. 5, figs. 81, 82, 1909. Collected by the Academy expedition on Maria Madre of the Tres Marias Islands, near the village on the east side ; and on Socorro Island, on the north slope of Mount Evennann at from 2,000 to 2,800 feet elevation, and on the lowlands at Braithwaite Bay and Grayson's Cove. This species is very widely distributed, being originally de- scribed from Cuba and later recorded with slight variations 472 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. from Panama and various localities in Mexico. Its minute size renders it i:)eculiarly fitted for accidental transportation by birds and violent winds. Genus Leptinaria Beck, 1839 6. Leptinaria martensi PfeifFer Plate 35, figure 5 Bulimus martensi Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 318. Spiraxis martoisi Crosse & Fischer, Miss. Sci. Mex., Moll. 1, p. 619, pi. 25, fig. 9, 1878. LamcUaxis vwdestus Strebel, Beitr. V, p. Ill, pi. 7, fig. 15, pi. 17, figs. 5a-b, 6a, 7b, 31. Leptinaria martensi Martens, Biol. Am. Centr., p. 316, with variety in- flata, 1898. Leptinaria martensi Pilsbry, Man. XVIII, p. 308, pi. 41, figs. 6, 7, 8, 1907. Collected by the Academy expedition on Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena, Tres Marias Islands. There was only one fresh specimen in the lot. The others varied from 6 to 7.5 mm. in length. The pillar has no lamella but a smooth swelling, and a section shows the tubular axis somewhat angularly tw^isted and rapidly diminishing in di- ameter tow^ard the apex. This form has such feeble striation axially that the shell ap- pears smooth except for incremental lines. I follow Doctor Pilsbry in referring it to Leptinaria though it offers quite a contrast to the average species of that genus and as far as I know has not been anatomicallv examined. Genus Pseudosubulina Strebel, 1882 7. Pseudosubulina evermanni Dall, new species Plate 35, figures 7, 8 Shell slender, subcylindrical, with nearly seven whorls, the first small and smooth, forming a blunt apex to the shell; the second finely, closely, axially striated ; the remainder with straight thread-like low axial riblets with wnder interspaces ; suture distinct, not coronated bv the riblets: whorls moder- Vol. XV] DALL—LAND SHELLS 473 ately rounded ; base evenly rounded, imperforate, pillar straight, pillar lip hardly truncate; height. 4.52; diameter, 1.5 mm. Type: No. 2192, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected by the Academy expedition on the slope of Mount Evermann, Socor- ro Island, at from 2,000 to 2,800 feet elevation; paratype: No. 2193, from Maria Magdalena Island ; others were taken on the east side of Maria Madre Island, near the village. Doctor Pilsbry notes in regard to this species that it ap- pears to be related to east Mexican species such as P. oriza- bensis Pilsbry. The regular spacing of the ribs, their early ap- pearance, only the first whorl being smooth, and the small size of the shell, are the chief differential characteristics. Genus Oxystyla Schliiter, 1838 (Zebra Shuttleworth, 1852. Ortalichus Martens, 1893.^ 8. Oxystyla delphinus, forma nebulosa Strebel Zebra delphinus forma nebulosus Strebel, Revision subfamily Orthali- cinse. p. 31. pi. 3, fig. 47, 1909. — Pilsbry, in Tryon's Manual, XII, pi. 16, fig. 5, 1899. Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias, Academy Expedition. Strebel cites it from Mazatlan and Misantla, Vera Cruz, Colima, and Costa Rica. It was collected on one of the Tres Marias islands (probably Maria Madre) by Grayson, Forrer, and Richardson. Specimens from Maria Magdalena in the National Museum were collected by Nelson and Goldman. Specimens almost identical in form and color pattern were collected by Lieutenant Herndon, U. S. N., on the Amazon River, Brazil. This form is distinguished by its relatively slender and pro- duced shape ; a dark-brown smooth nucleus ; the obsolescence or entire absence of the spiral brown bands on the last whorl, which are barely indicated by slight angularities in the dark axial streaks. The surface is closely sculptured by minute spiral striation. The outer lip, body, and a single varical marking, are of rich dark brown ; the edge of the nearly straight pillar is white. 474 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. It is somewhat remarkable that so large a species as this should be found on these islands abundantly, while Epiphrag- mophora, so common on the peninsula, is absent, and leads to a suspicion that the former might have been artificially in- troduced. A specimen of Oxystyla was collected on Socorro Island by Grayson, according to Pilsbry, but the species is uncertain. It would seem from the literature and figures that several of the species of Oxystyla have an albinoid mutation in which the body of the shell is white while the dark-colored varical stripes and sometimes the spiral bands retain their color. These pale forms have been tentatively associated together and grouped under various names, chiefly O. mclanocheilus Valenciennes, while others apparently of the same nature have been called O. fiilvescens Pfeiffer, O. Icucochilus Crosse & Fischer, etc. The mutation of O. delphimis belonging to this type does not agree exactly with any of those figured but is most like Strebel's figure 45^. It seems desirable therefore to distinguish it. 9. Oxystyla delphinus forma nesiotica nov. Plate 35, figure 3 The shell is white with a minute brown nucleus and occa- sionally with faint obsolescent obliquely axial flammules simu- lating those of normal delphinus, but usually white except for the blackish varical streaks of which there are two to four on the body whorl and one or two on the penultimate whorl. The margins of the aperture and the parietal region are blackish brown as in the normal form. The height of the shell varies from 50 to 60 mm. and the specimens examined average a little less slender than the specimens of dclphiiiiis. In well- preservTd specimens the surface is more or less covered with a pale yellowish extremely thin periostracum. which is gen- erally missing over the greater part or the whole of the shell. Type: No. 2194, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., taken with the nor- mal form on Maria Madre Island. This is probably what has * Revision d. unterfam. d. Orthalicinen, pi. 3, fig. 45. Vol. XV] DALL—LAND SHELLS 4/5 been reported as collected at the Tres Marias by Forrer and Richardson under the name of melanochilus. 10. Oxystyla princeps Broderip Bulinus princeps (Broderip) Sowerby, Conch. 111. Bulinus, fig. 18, 1833. Orthalicus princeps Morch, Malak. Blatt. VI, p. 112. 1859. Ortalichiis princeps Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 182, pi. 10, figs. 3, 3 a-b, 4-7, 1893. Collected at the Tres Marias by Forrer and Richardson. This species has a very wide! distribution, being reported from northern Mexico to Panama. Genus Drymaeus Albers, 1850 11. Drymaeus uhdeanus, var. tepicensis Martens Otostomus uhdeanus var. C, tepicensis Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 234, pi. 15, fig. 5, 1893. Tepic, State of Jalisco, West Mexico: Hoge. Two (one poorly preserved) specimens were collected on Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias, by the Academy expedition. The fresher one of the two had been aestivating* on some twig, and part of the bark remains closing the aperture. 12. ? Drymaeus sp. juv. Some nepionic specimens were obtained by the Academy expedition on Maria Madre, which apjDear to belong to a species of this genus but not to the species referred to above. However, they are too immature for definite determination. 13. Drymjeus trimarianus Martens Otostomus trimarianus Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 216, pi. 13, fig. 17, 1893. Martens described this species from specimens collected at the Tres Marias by Forrer and! Richardson. He states that it almost forms a connecting link between D. attcnuatus, D. serperastrum, and D. paUidior Sowerby. Some specimens are 476 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES IProc. 4th Ser. entirely white, others have more or less distinct traces of pafe brown spots on the penultimate whorl, arranged in four rows. The shells measure from 27 to 32 mm. in length and from 12 to 14 mm. in diameter. Genus Polygyra Say, 1817 14. Polygyra ventrosula Pfeiffer Helix ventrosula Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1845, p. 131 — Binney, Terr. Airbr. Moll. N. Am. IV, p. 72, ]A. 77, fig. 14, 1859. Polygyra ventrosula Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 169, pi. 7, figs. 10 a-c, 11, 1892; var. liiiidsi Pfeiffer, 1. c. p. 132, 1845— Binney, 1. c. Ill, p. 17; IV, p. 92, pi. 78, figs. 5, 6, 8, 1859. Tres Marias, Forrer (the variety). Maria Madre, Nelson and Goldman. 15. Polygyra richardsoni Martens Plate 36, figures 3, 4, 5 Polygyra richardsoni Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 168, pi. 7, figs. 9, 9 a-c, 1892; Presidio de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Richardson. A form designated by Doctor Pilsbry as a variety of this S})ecies under the name of paiicicostata was obtained by the Academy's expedition on Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena of the Tres Marias, and by Nelson and Goldman on both islands. It differs from the typical richardsoni in somewhat larger size, larger umbilicus and in a somewhat differently shaped basal lamella. The group to which these species belong is represented by a large number of closely allied forms in northwestern Mexico. It is difficult to decide what is specific and what merely vari- etal value to assign to the differences. The size of the shell varies a good deal in specimens from the same locality and as far as the writer can judge the most persistent characters are the size of the umbilicus and the form of the basal lamella in the aperture. Vol. XV] BALL— LAND SHELLS 4JJ 16. Polygyra bicruris Pfeiffer Helix bicruris Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1857, p. 109. Polygyra bicruris Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 168, pi. 7, figs. 8, 8 a-c, 1892. Tres jMarias Islands. Forrer and Richardson. Genus Thysanophora Strebel, 1880 17. Thysanophora materna Dall, new species Plate 35, figures 16, 17 Shell minute, slightly rufous brown, four whorled, the spire slightly elevated with a rather deep suture : whorls well- rounded above and below, the last descending slightly near the aperture ; umbilicus deep, subcylindrical ; aperture sub- circular, a little oblique, the lips thin, sharp, not reflected but slightly expanded; surface with low sharp incremental lines, with microscopic wrinkles crossing them irregularly and mi- croscopic smaller wrinkles and very minute granulations in the interspaces, the whole covered with a furfuraceous periostra- cum to wiiich particles of dirt adhere very abundantly; major diameter, 4 ; minor diameter, 3 ; height, 2 mm. Type: No. 2196, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., and others collected by the Academy expedition on Maria Madre Island near the village on the east side and at another locality on the island not specified ; also more abundantly on Maria Magdalena at two localities. The sticky periostracum and peculiar sculpture are con- spicuous characters. The microscopic granulation sometimes here and there is arranged in rows, but there is no real spiral sculpture and the nucleus is smooth. 18. Thysanophora clarionensis Dall, new species Plate 36, figures 1, 2 Shell closely resembling T. materna in general appearance and with the same number of whorls, but smaller, with a flat- ter spire, the umbilicus more funnel-shaped, showing the edges of the whorls and the peculiar sculpture relatively less con- 478 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. densed; major diameter, 2.5, minor diameter, 2.0; height, 1.0 mm. Type: No. 2197, Mus. CaHf. Acad. Sci., and other speci- mens collected by the Academy expedition on Clarion Island at Sulphur Bay near sea-level, and at other localities from 500 to 1,040 feet above sea-level, about equally common at each place. Genus Guppya Morch, 1867 (Habroconus Crosse & Fischer, 1878.J 19. Guppya perforata Dall, new species Plate 35, figures 12, 13 Shell minute, smooth but not polished, with about four well-rounded whorls separated by a deep suture; the spire is rather dome-like than pointed, incremental lines very oblique, faint, base well rounded ; aperture oblique, semilunate, the lips sharp, slightly expanded, separated widely by the body, the inner lip slightly overshadowing a deeply perforate umbilicus; major diameter, 3 ; height, 3 mm. Type: No. 2198, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.; collected by the Academy expedition on Maria Madre Island; others came from Maria Magdalena of the Tres Marias Islands. Ap- parently not abundant. In the only fresh specimen, under high magnification, the thin periostracum rises slightly from the incremental lines with edges minutely serrate, but this is lost in the dead individuals. 20. Guppya socorroana Dall, new species Plate 35, figures 14, 15 Shell small, pale horn-color, smooth, turbinate, with about five moderately convex whorls separated by a rather deep suture; incremental lines feeble, oblique; periphery rounded, base moderately convex ; aperture semilunate, the lips sharp, very slightly expanded, widely separated by the body, the VoT.. XV] DALL—LAND SHELLS 479 inner lip springing from the imperforate umbilical depression; major diameter, 3.1 ; height, 2.8 mm. Type: No. 2199, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected by the Academy expedition on Socorro Island at 2,000 feet elevation, a single adult but bleached specimen, and another (No. 2200) on Maria Magdalena in fresh condition. It differs from all the figured allied species in having a rounded rather than a pointed apex. 21. Guppya montanicola Dall, new species Plate 35, figures 10, 11 Shell small, pale straw-color, smooth, with about four and one-third whorls; upper surface finely radiated by delicate striae starting from the suture and becoming obsolete near the periphery, the base marked only by feeble incremental lines; spire low, whorls rounded but not inflated ; base moderately convex, the umbilical depression shallow, imperforate; aper- ture narrowly semilunate, the lips sharp, hardly expanded, the inner lip starting from the umbilical pit and widely separated from the outer one by the body of the whorl ; major diameter, 2.5; height, 2.2 mm. Type: No. 2201, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.; collected by the Academy expedition on Socorro Island, on the north slope of Mount Evermann, between 2,000 and 2,800 feet above the sea level. This is well distinguished, even in the young, from the pre- ceding species by its depressed form. The juvenile specimens sometimes show a minute umbilical perforation. 22. Guppya capsula Dall, new species Shell minute, translucent brown above, lighter olivaceous below, not polished, of three and a half turbinate well-rounded whorls; apex dome-like, suture well marked, base evenly rounded, perforate; aperture rounded; lips sharp, not reflected, interrupted by the body; surface only marked by faint incre- mental lines; height, 1.2; maximum diameter, 1.1 mm. ^gQ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Type: No. 2202, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected on Socorro Island, on the north slope of Mount Evermann at from 2,000 to 2,800 feet elevation, by the Academy expedition. Two of the specimens contained a spherical shining white egg, seemingly rather large for so minute a shell. The species appears to be rare, as only a few specimens were obtained. The figiu-es of Helix punctum Morelet, given by Martens, re- semble it. Genus Strobilops Pilsbry, 1892 (Strobila Morse, 1864) * 23. Strobilops labyrinthica Say Helix labyrinthica Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 124, 1817. Strobila labyrinthica Morse, Portland Soc. Journ., vol. 1, p. 26, figs. 64-67, 1864. Strobilops labyrinthica Pilsbry, Nautilus, VII, p. 57, 1893. A few specimens were collected on Socorro Island at an elevation of 2,000 feet above the sea, by the Academy expedition. The variations notable in individual specimens from the northern United States seem quite sufificient to cover the dif- ferences betw^een the northern and Mexican shells. 24. Strobilops strebeli Pfeiffer Helix strebeli Pfeiffer, Mai. Blatt., VIII, p. 71, pi. 1, figs. 5-8, 1861. Strobilops labyrinthica strebeli Pilsbry, Nautilus, VII, p. 57, 1893. A single specimen from Socorro Island at an elevation of 2,000 feet was obtained by the Academy expedition. It agrees exactly with specimens sent by Berendt from Mirador, Mexi- co, where Strebel collected it. It appears not to be the shell figured by Crosse & Fi.scher under this name and seems to be a sufficiently good species. Vol. XV] D ALL— LAND SHELLS 481 Genus Punctum Morse, 1864 25. Punctum pygmaeum Draparnaud Plate 35, figures 18, 19 Plate 36, figures 15, 16, 17 Helix pygmcca Draparnaud, Hist. Moll. Terr., p. 114, 1805. Helix miniitissima Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. IX, p. 17, 1841. Punctum miniitissimum Morse, Jourii. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 27, figs. 69-70, pi. H, fig. 1, pi. Vni, fig. 71, 1864. Collected by the Academy expedition on Socorro Island at an altitude of 2,000 feet, where the species appears to be abundant. A careful comparison of British specimens of P. pygmceuin with specimens of P. niinutissumim from Lea's collection leads to the conclusion that Binney was justified in uniting the two, as the differences seem within the limits of specific vari- ation. With those which seem comparable with P. pygmcriim, from the Academy collection, are several forms which under high magnification appear distinct, if not extreme variations, which value it seems prudent to allow them at present. Form A. (var. rotiindum.) — Similar to the tyi)e in sculp- ture and with a small subcylindric umbilicus, but with three rounder whorls, more elevated spire, and larger than typical pygnKruni with the same number of whorls. Type: No. 2203, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected on Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias. Form B. (var. alheolum.) — Larger than typical pyguKcuin, shiny white, the sculptiire subobsolete, the spire less elevated, the end of the last whorl nearly on a level with the antecedent whorl (while in pygmccimi it is depressed), the umbilicus wider and more funnel-shaped. Whorls three and a half, the shell larger than typical pygmcciun of the same number of whorls. Type: No. 2204, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.; collected on Maria Magdalena Island; the species was also taken on Maria Madre Island, near the village on the east side, and on Socorro Island between 2,000 and 2,800 feet elevation on the slopes 432 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seb. of Mount Evermann ; paratype: No. 2204a has been selected from the latter locality. 26. Punctum planatum Dall, new species Plate 36, figures 12, 13, 14 Shell smaller than P. pygmccum, with a flat spire and three and a half whorls ; the nucleus is transparent, the rest snow white; sculpture of more prominent and less close-set axial ribs; suture moderately deep; whorls and aperture rounded, the peritreme thin, not expanded ; the umbilicus wide, shallow, showing a large part of the three whorls. Diameter of shell, 1 mm. Type: No. 2205, Mus. Calif. Acad Sci. ; collected on Maria Madre Island, near the village on the east side, by the Acad- emy expedition. The differences between this and the typical P. pygmceiim seem too great for mere varietal rank. Genus Gastrocopta Wollaston, 1878 27. Gastrocopta pellucida Pfeiffer Pupa pellucida Pfeiffer, Symbolse, 1, p. 46, 1841 — Kuster, iu Chemnitz Conch. Cab. ed. 2, Pupa, p. 89, pi. 12, figs. 24, 25, 1852 — Strebel, Beitr. Mex. Land and SiJssw. Conch. IV, p. 91, pi. 4, fig. 19. Pupa servilis (Gould) Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv. II, p. 360. Leucochila pellucida Trvon, Am. Journ. Conch. Ill, p. 308, pi. 15, fig. 24, 1868. Pupa (Lcucocliilus) pellucida (Pfr.) Boettger, in Martens, Conch. Mitth. 1, p. 69, 1881. Gastrocopta pellucida (Pfr.) Pilsbry. Collected by the Academy expedition near the village on the east side of Maria Madre, Tres Marias Islands, and on So- corro Island at from 2,000 to 2,800 feet elevation, on the north slope of Mount Evermann. Vol. XV] BALL— LAND SHELLS 433 28. Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella Pilsbry Pupa hordeacella Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1890, p. 44, pi. 1, figs. G, H, I, J, K, Arizona and Florida. Collected by the Academy expedition on the island of So- corro, from the low lands at Braithwaite Bay, Grayson's Cove, and at elevations of 2,000 and 2,800 feet on the slope of Mount Evermann. Also on Clarion Island from Sulphur Bay, near the sea level and at elevations of 500 and 1,040 feet above the sea. The distribution of this species and the variety is extremely widespread, as indicated by Martens. It has been reported from the Gulf States, Mexico, Guatemala, Panama, Ecuador, and most of the Antilles. Genus Vitrea Fitzinger, 1833 29. Vitrea indentata Say Helix indentata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 2, p. 372, 1822 — Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 181, fig. 109. Hyalinia (Glyphyalinia) indentata (Say) Martens, Biol. Centr. Am., p. 117, 1892. Collected by the Academy expedition near the village on the east side of Maria Madre and at another unspecified locality on that island ; also on Maria Magdalena. rather abundantly. I have not been able to examine V. paucilirata Morelet, but from the figures and descriptions it would seem doubtfully distinct from the present species. At first sight the fresh individuals from the Tres Marias impressed one as having the indented radial lines less numer- ous and more deeply cut than in the northern Uidentata, but on careful study of specimens of the same size no valuable differences could be observed. The island specimens on the whole seem larger on the average than those from the United States, but not extremely so. The very wide range of this species is well known. It is recorded from Canada to Texas and from the boundary to southward from the Federal Dis- trict of Mexico. July 22, 1926 4g4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Genus Zonitoides Lehman, 1862 30. ? Zonitoides socorroensis Dall, new species Plate 36, figures 9, 10, 11 Shell minute, polished, brownish, subtranslucent, with four whorls, having much the aspect above of a small Z. arhoreus Say, but with a relatively more widely coiled umbilicus; the spire is low and in profile appears flattish ; the sculpture is much the same as in Z. arhoreus, both showing under high magnification microscopic pittings or obscure punctations over the entire surface ; the other characters reproduce Z. arhoreus in miniature; major diameter, 3.5; minor diameter, 3.0; height, 1.2 mm. Type: No. 2206, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected on So- corro Island on the slopes of Mount Evermann at the eleva- tion of 2,000 to 2,800 feet above sea level, by the Academy expedition. This may not be a Zonitoides but seems nearest to that genus in shell characters. There is some slight variation in the convexity of different individuals. Genus Tornatellides Pilsbry, 1910 31. Tornatellides mexicana Dall, new species Plate 35, figure 6 Shell light brown with about six well-rounded whorls ; suture conspicuous, surface smooth and shining with faint in- cremental lines; base rounded, perforate; pillar with two strong but not high plaits, the parietal lamina thin and sharp; a section shows the axis continuously tubular with the plaits continuing obliquely up the spire; height, 3.5; diameter, 2.0 mm. Type: No. 2207, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.; collected by the Academy expedition on Socorro Island on the north slope of Mount Evermann, Socorro Island, at an elevation of 2,000 to 2,800 feet. Vol. XV] D ALL— LAND SHtLL:> 485 This is smaller, more obtusely conical, and less common than the following species, from which it can be promptly dis- tinguished by its two columellar plaits. 32. Tornatellides clarionensis Dall, new species Plate 35, figure 9 Shell reddish brown with six moderately rounded whorls; suture distinct, not deep; base evenly rounded, perforate; a very slender thread-like rather than sharp pai ietal lamina and a feeble plait on the pillar, often invisible from in front, but stronger in the young; axis slender and twisted; height, 4.0; diameter, 2.25 mm. Type: No. 2208, Mas. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected by the Academy expedition on Clarion Island rather abundantly, at the east end, at an elevation of 500 feet, also at 1,040 feet, and near sea level at Sulphur Bay. Doctor Pilsbry states that this is a species of the T. simplex group of Polynesia. It differs from all Hawaiian and Poly- nesian species but not more than they differ among them- selves. This, T. mexicana, and T. chathamensis Dall, of the Galapagos Islands, are the only species recorded from off the American shores, but it would not be surprising if future col- lectors should discover the genus on the continent. Genus Succinea Draparnaud, 1805 33. Succinea clarionensis Dall, new species , Plate 35, figure 2 Shell of moderate size, obliquely twisted, with three whorls of a dark honey-yellow color, the nuclear whorl with a faint tinge of pink ; suture deep, surface more or less axially rugose from the irregularly prominent incremental lines; not pol- ished ; last whorl forming most of the shell ; aperture oblique, ample, outer lip thin, sharp, inner lip with a layer of enamel uniting the outer and basal margins; periostracum more or less fibrous: height of shell, 15.5 : of last whorl, 15.0; of aper- ture, 11.0: maximum diameter, 10.0 mm. 4g5 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc 4th Ser. Type: No. 2209, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected by the Academy expedition on Clarion Island, at 1,040 feet elevation. This appears to be very abundant. Some years ago the Fish Commission steamer Albatross touched at Clarion Island and collected a large number of this species, but, as they were put in formalin, they arrived totally disintegrated. 34. Succinea socorroensis Dall, new species Plate 35, figure 1 Shell small, polished, very pale greenish-yellow, of nearly three whorls usually covered thickly with the animal's excre- tory pellets; surface more or less axially undulated by irregu- larities of growth ; whorls well rounded, suture deep ; aperture oblique, margins thin and sharp; not united over the body by a layer of enamel; height of shell, 9.0; of last whorl, 8.5; of aperture, 7.0; maximum diameter, 5.0 mm. Type: No. 2210, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.; collected on So- corro Island, on the north slope of Mount Evermann at 2,800 feet elevation, by the Academy expedition. This appears to be rare, as only seven specimens, old and young, were obtained. Genus Proserpinella Bland 35. Proserpinella hannae Dall, new species Plate 36, figures 6, 7, 8 Shell small, depressed, white, of three and a half smooth whorls; periphery evenly rounded, suture distinct, not deep; spire very slightly convex, base in the young with an umbilical depression, in the adult covered with a flattish layer of enamel, which extends about one-third of the way from the axis to the periphery of the whorl ; the last whorl is slightly depressed as it approaches the aperture, which is recessively oblique; outer lip entire, not sharp nor notably thickened, with a small ex- cavated curve where it approaches but does not quite reach the umbilical pit ; body with a very thin wash of enamel and nearly midway of the whorl a low lamella entering the whorl some Vol. XV] D ALL— LAND SHELLS 48/ distance on the parietal wall, but absent in the young ; there is no columellar fold; major diameter, 4; minor diameter, 3; altitude, 1.5 mm. Type: No. 2211, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; collected on Maria Madre, Tres Marias Islands, by the Academy expedition. One adult and several immature speciments were obtained. This is the first species of the genus to be found on the western shores of Mexico. It somewhat resembles P. hercndti Bland, from Mirador, on the Atlantic slope some 3,000 feet above sea level, but is larger, with the basal callus smaller. It is named in honor of Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, who was responsi- ble for most of the shell-collecting done by the expedition. 488 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [P«oc. 4th Sk». Plate 35 Fig. 1. Succinea socorroensis Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2210 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Socorro Island; heighth, 9 mm.; p. 486. Fig. 2. Succinea clarionensis Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2209 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Clarion Island; heighth, 15.5 mm.; p. 485. Fig. 3. Oxystyla delphinns forma nesiotica Dall, nov. Type, No. 2194 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group; heightft, 59.4 mm.; p. 474. Fig. 4 Euglaudina mariana Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2190 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group ; length, 29 mm. ; p. 470. Fig. 5. Leptinaria martensi Pfeiffer. Plesiotype, No. 2191 (C.A.S Coll.), from Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group ; length, 6 mm. ; p. 472. Fig. 6. Tornatellides mexkana Dall, n. sp. Type No. 2207 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Socorro Island; heighth, 3.5 mm.; p. 484. Figs. 7, 8. PseudosiihuUna evermanni Dall, n. sp. Type, fig. 7, No. 2192 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Socorro Island; height*, 4.52 mm.; paratype, fig. 8, No. 2193 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group ; p. 472. Fig. 9. Tornatellides clarionensis Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2208 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Clarion Island; heightM, 4 mm.; p. 482. Figs. 10, 11. Gitppya montanicola Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2201 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Socorro Island; major diameter, 2.5 mm.; p. 482. Figs. 12, 13. Guppya perforata Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2198 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group; major diameter, 3 mm. ; p. 478. Figs. 14, 15. Guppya socorroana Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2199 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Socorro Island; major diameter, 3.1 mm.; p. 478. Figs. 16, 17. Thysanophora materna Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2196 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group; major diameter, 4 mm. ; p. 477. Figs. 18, 19. Punctum pygmceum var. albeolum Dall, nov. Type, No. 2204 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group; major diameter, 2.4 mm.; p. 481. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 15 [DALL] Plate 35 I'd 490 CAL/FORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Plate 36 Figs. 1.2. Thysanophora clariouriisis Dall, n. sp. Type, Xo. 2197 (C.A.S. Coll), from Clarion Island; major diameter, 2.5 mm. : p. 477. Figs. 3, 4, 5. Polygyra ricluirdsoiii paitcicostata Pil.sbry. Plesiotype, No. 2195 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Aladre Island, Tres Marias Group; major diameter, 9.2 mm.; \). 476. Figs. 6. 7, 8. Proscrp'uicUa hajiiuc Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2211 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Madre Island. Tres Alarias Group; major diameter, 4 nun.; p. 486. Figs. 9, 10, 11. 'fZonitoidcs socorroi-iisis Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2206 (C.A.S. Coll.). from Socorro Island; major diameter, 0.5 mm. ; ]). 484. Figs. 12. 13, 14. Puucinm plaiiatum Dall, n. sp. Type, No. 2205 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria Madre Island, Tres Marias Group; diameter, 1 mm. ; p. 482. Figs. 15, 16, 17. Piiiictinii pygiucriDn var. rotundinn Dall, nov. Type, No. 2203 (C.A.S. Coll.), from Maria IMagdalena Island, Tres Marias Group; major diameter, 1.8 mm.; p. 481. PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XV, No. 15 [DALL] Plate 36 17 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 16, pp. 493-500 September 15, 1926 XVI A CRITICAL INSPECTION OF THE GNATCATCHERS OF THE CALIFORNIAS BY JOSEPH GRINNELL Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California In further process of critically determining the collections of birds accumulating from the San Pedro Martir region of Lower California, I have come to the gnatcatchers (genus Polioptila). Two groups are involved, the Black-tailed series and the Blue-gray series. In making this inquiry, there have been available to me not only the extensive materials in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology but also certain important specimens in the private collection of Dr. Louis B. Bishop, and, through the courtesy of Dr. Barton Warren Evemiann, Director, the pertinent specimens in the Museum of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. From the United States Na- tional Museum, through the kindness of Doctors Wetmore and Richmond of its staff, there have been sent on for my ex- amination the examples in that Museum from the Cape district of Lower California including the two Ridgway types. With respect to the Blue-gray Gnatcatchers first : A western subspecies, Polioptila cacndea obscura, has been recognized almost universally since first pointed out by Ridgway (1883, p. 535). The form was named in an "editorial" footnote, by September IS, 1926 494 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«. Ridgway, in one of Belding's articles based on the latter's Lower California collections. The type was from San Jose del Cabo, in the Cape district. It was stated that this specimen agreed in certain respects with other western examples. There was no intimation in that connection, however, that the birds of the Cape district might differ in some degree from those of the Pacific Coast district to the northward. The materials now accessible in sufficient amount show that there is a separately recognizable race of Blue-gray Gnat- catcher resident in the restricted faunal area known as the Cape San Lucas district of Lower California. The facts above stated indicate that the name obsciira of Ridgway applies defi- nitely to this Lower Californian race. As has been fully set forth by numerous systematic students, most clearly by Ridgway himself (1904, p. 720), the Blue-gray Gnatcatchers of the "southwestern United States and contiguous parts of northern Mexico" differ from the race of the eastern United States. By the present interpretation, the birds of the west, outside of the southern tip of Lower California, must be pro- vided with a new name; and since in Ridgway 's synonymy (loc. cit., pp. 721-722) there is no previous name available, one may now be provided, as follows : Polioptila caeriilea amoenissinia, new subspecies Western Blue-gray Gnatcatcher Type locality. — Pleasant Valley, 600 feet altitude, Mariposa County, California. Type. — Male adult, in full breeding plumage; No. 25813, Mus, Vert. Zool. ; May 23, 1915 ; collected by J. Grinnell, orig. No. 3173. Diagnosis. — Similar to Polioptila caerulea caenilea (Lin- naeus), of eastern North America, "but gray of upper parts slightly duller, and black at base of inner web of outermost rectrix more extended, usually showing beyond tip of under tail-coverts" (as according to Ridgway, 1904, p. 720) ; similar to P. c. ohscura Ridgway, of the Cape San Lucas region, but wing and tail (especially the tail) longer, bill slightly slen- Vol. XV] GRIN N ELL— TiHE GNATCATCHERS 495 derer, and median lower surface less clearly white, more imbued with very pale gray. Range. — Precisely as set forth by Ridgway (loc. cit.) for his obscura, save for the elimination of the Cape San Lucas district. Measurements. — Average, minimum and maximum, in millimeters : Polioptila caerulea amoenissima, 20 examples, 10 of each sex, from Upper California (Mariposa County south to Riverside County) : Wing, 49.6 (46.5-53.0) ; tail, 52.0 (49.3-55.2) ; exposed culmen, 10.0 (9.3-10.4). P. c. ob- scura, 10 examples, four of them "males", from the Cape San Lucas district (La Paz and San Jose del Cabo) : Wing, 47.1 (45.5-49.5) ; tail, 48.1 (44.9-51.0) ; exposed culmen, 9.9 (9.2- 10.4). My reason for combining the sexes here is primarily that I believe some of the specimens were wrongly marked as to sex. And, anyway, the dimensional difference between the sexes in these gnatcatchers is very slight. Remarks. — Since in essence the present naming is merely the result of the setting off of a local race of very restricted habitat, it is the latter that should be accorded special com- ment. Ridgway's table of measurements (1904, p. 720) will be found to indicate, but not strongly, the fact of the Cape dis- trict birds having the relative proportions indicated in the present diagnosis. Curiously, the type of obscura (No. 87530, U. S. Nat. Mus., $ , San Jose del Cabo, April 17, 1882, L. Belding) shows the greatest dimensions of any of the Cape specimens before me. This led me to suspect that it might have been a winter visiting individual of the more northern race, in which case an^ opposite course of naming procedure would have been necessary. But this type, it seems to me, in the average of its characters falls with the Cape birds rather than with the northern birds. Paucity of material (only three males and one female were measured by Ridgway) and a very proper feeling of conservatism, were probably the factors that have held back the formal separation of these two races until now. Now with respect to the "black-tailed" series of gnat- catchers, a somewhat similar situation is found to occur as in 496 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Peoc. 4th Ser. the blue-grays, even though involving a greater number of forms. The specific name to be used for this group is, as shown by Penard (1923, p. 335), PoUoptila melanura Law- rence, and not P. plumhea of Baird as heretofore within recent years usually employed. Up until now the "Plumbeous" Gnat- catchers of the Cape district of Lower California have been referred to melanura (or plumhea) ; but several authors, nota- bly Brewster (1902, p. 210), comment upon differences ap- parent in specimens from the Cape region as compared with specimens from Arizona and Texas. Until the present time, PoUoptila californica Brewster, of southern California and northwestern Lower California, has been considered a full species. But certain authors (Thayer and Bangs, 1907, p. 138, and McLellan, 1926, p. 318) have reported specimens from subterminal parts of the Lower Cali- fornian peninsula as being intermediate in characters between "plumhea" of the Cape district, and californica. The implica- tion of intergradation was not, however, put upon record in suitable nomenclatural manner. Furthermore, RidgAvay (1904, p. 733, footnote), it turns out, definitely gave a name, PoUoptila margaritae, to this intermediate form, though apn parently thinking he had named an insular species. Material at hand shows that nearby mainland birds are identical with those of Santa Margarita Island, the type locality of margaritae. My own present study shows that the "Plumbeous" Gnat- catchers of the immediate Cape San Lucas district are dis- tinguishable from those of southeastern California and Ari- zona, fully meriting naming, though so close that the trinomi- al must be employed. It thus appears that, even though cali- fornica is to melanura of southeastern California and Arizona as a full species, variation geographically to the southward, through the race margaritae, to the Cape form, and intergra- dation thence with melanura through individual variation, warrants considering it just the extreme in a continuous series of subspecies. The case is quite parallel to that of the Brown Towhees, Pipilo fuscus and subspecies, occupying about the same areas (see Oberholser, 1919, p. 211, and Grinnell and Swarth, 1926). Diagnoses of the exclusively Lower Cali- fornian races of Black-tailed Gnatcatcher may now be given. Vol, XV] GRIN NELL— THE GNATCATCHERS 497 Polioptila melanura abhreviata, new subspecies Cape San Lucas Black-tailed Gnatcatcher Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Type. — Male adult, in full breeding plumage; No. 27835, coll. Calif. Acad. Sci. ; May 28, 1925 ; collected by Frank Tose, orig. No. 864. Diagnosis. — In general character similar to Polioptila me- lanura melanura (see Ridgway, 1904, p. 731, under Polioptila plumbea) of southeastern California and southern Arizona, but (in both sexes) tail decidedly shorter, bill somewhat larger, leaden hue of dorsum slightly deeper, and lower sur- face slightly more imbued with gray, not so clearly white. Measurements. — Average, minimum and maximum, in mil- limeters : Polioptila melanura abhreviata, 9 adult examples, 5 marked male, 4 female, from Cape San Lucas, San Jose del Cabo, Todos Santos (latitude, 23° 25"), and La Paz: Wing, 45.4 (44.0-46.7) ; tail, 46.7 (45.0-48.8) ; exposed culmen, 9.4 (8.9-10.0). P. m. melanura, 20 examples, 10 of each sex, from the lower Colorado River valley in Arizona and Cali- fornia: Wing, 46.0 (44.5-47.8); tail, 50.7 (46.8-53.2); ex- posed culmen, 8.6 (7.8-9.2). Range. — So far as now definitely known, only the southern end of the Lower Californian peninsula, from San Jose del Cabo and Cape San Lucas north to La Paz. Polioptila melanura mar gar it ae Ridgway Santa Margarita Black-tailed Gnatcatcher Type locality. — Santa Margarita Island, latitude near 24° 30', west coast of Lower California. Ty/)^.— Juvenal, ? ( ?) ; No. 149938, U. S. Nat. Mus. ; May 2, 1888; taken on one of the U. S. S. "Albatross" ex- peditions ; skinned from alcoholic and somewhat discolored. Diagnosis. — Named originally (Ridgway, 1904, p. 733, footnote) from two young birds skinned from alcoholics; so that adequate characterization was impossible. Full-plumaged, adult specimens now at hand from Santa Margarita Island 498 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [P»oc. 4th Ser. • Specimens examined o Stations of record a Polibpfila melanura melanura b. Poliopfila melanura abbreviafa c. Poliopfila melanura margaritae d. Poliopfila melanura californfca Approximate Ranges of the Subspecies of the Black-tailed Gnatcatcher in the Californias. and Magdalena Bay show the following characters: Similar to P. m. abbreviafa, but bill a little smaller, tones of color above and below in both sexes a trifle deeper, and tail with white edges and tips of outermost rectrices greatly reduced — to practically as in P. m. calif ornica (see Brewster, 1881, p. 103) ; as compared with calif ornica, tail somewhat shorter, and upper and lower surfaces decidedly paler (less darkly slaty). Vol. XV] . GRINNELL—T\HE GNATCATCHERS 499 Measurements. — Average, minimum and maximum, in mil- limeters : Polioptila melaiiura margaritae, 7 adult examples, 4 males and 3 marked female, from Santa Margarita Island and Magdalena Bay: Wing, 467 (44.1-48.7); tail, 46.4 (45.5-48.0) ; exposed culmen, 9.1 (8.4-9.7). P. m. calif ornica, 20 examples, 10 of each sex, from Los Angeles County, Cali- fornia: Wing, 46.2 (44.0-49.9); tail, 49.8 (46.0-53.4); ex- posed culmen, 9.3 (8.8-10.1). Range. — A section of the Lower Californian peninsula ex- tending at least from Santa Margarita Island and closely ad- jacent mainland, north to Rosarito and Santana, latitude about 29° (see Thayer and Bangs, 1907, p. 138). Santa Margarita Island is very close to the mainland, indeed only 4 miles, with islets serving as stepping stones between; so that there is no reason to expect any effect of insularity upon its bird-life. Remarks. — The range of the California Black-tailed Gnat- catcher, Polioptila melanura calif ornica Brewster, in north- western Lower California extends south from the United States boundary over the lower Pacific slopes as far as the vicinity of El Rosario, latitude 30°, as shown by specimens actually in hand. There are other record stations for Black- tailed Gnatcatchers in Lower California, for instance Cedros Island ; but in absence of specimens their subspecific status re- mains in doubt. The Plumbeous Black-tailed Gnatcatcher, Polioptila melanura melanura Lawrence, extends its range into the northeastern (Colorado Desert) section of Lower Cali- fornia, south at least as far as San Felipe Bay, whence newly collected specimens are at hand. (See accompanying map.) The species and subspecies of the genus Polioptila as oc- curring in Upper and Lower California may now, in ac- cordance with the analysis given above, be listed as follows : 1. Polioptila caerulea amoenissimn Grinnell. Western Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. 2. Polioptila caerulea obscura Ridgway. Cape San Lucas Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. 3. Polioptila melanura melanura Lawrence. Plumbeous Black-tailed Gnatcatcher. 500 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 4. Polioptila melamira abbreviata Grinnell. Cape San Lucas Black-tailed Gnatcatcher. 5. Polioptila melanura margaritae Ridg^vay. Santa Margarita Black-tailed Gnatcatcher. 6. Polioptila melanura calif ornica Brewster. California Black-tailed Gnatcatcher. LITERATURE CITED Brewster, W. 1902. Birds of the Cape region of Lower California. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., 41, 1-241, map. Grinnell, J., and Swarth, H. S. 1926. Systematic review of the Pacific Coast brown tow- hees. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 21, 427-433, 2 figs. McLellan, M. E. 1926. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, VL The birds and mammals. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 15, 279-322. Oberholser, H. C. 1919. Description of a new subspecies of Pipilo fuscus. Condor, 21, 210-211. Penard, T. E. 1923. The identity of Gmelin's Todus plumbeus. Auk, 40, 334-335. Ridgway, R. 1883. In Belding, L., Catalogue of a collection of birds made near the southern extremity of the pen- insula of Lower California. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 5, 532-550. [Footnotes here and there.] 1904. The birds of North and Middle America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 50, pt. Ill, xx + 801, 19 pis. Thayer, J. E., and Bangs, O. 1907. Catalogue of birds collected by W. W. Brown, Jr.. in middle Lower California. Condor, 9, 135- 140. Berkeley, July i, IQ26. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, Nos. 17 and 18, pp. 501-546 March 31, 1927 XVII REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMY FOR THE YEAR 1926 BY C. E. GRUNSKY President of the Academy The hope entertained by the officers of the Academy that from some source or other funds would be contributed during the year for needed extensive additions to our building- in Golden Gate Park, has not been realized. The Academy is still waiting for some one of means to duplicate what was done in its earlier history by James Lick and establish an en- dowment not only to provide housing for research work and for exhibits but also to permit of a broadening of the scope of the research work which, within the means provided, is being so well done in the sex'-eral departments of the Academy under the direction of able and hardworking curators and their assistants. It is with pride that the Academy may point to its record and there is every reason to believe that it will never lose the high rank to which the achievements of its scientific stafif have raised it. The Academy does not depend upon income from member- ship dues for revenue with which to carry on its activities and no attempt is therefore made to extend materially the list of March 31, 1927 502 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. members. This list has for some years past been maintained at 1000 to 1100. On January first, 1926, the number stood at 1099 New members added during the year 82 Members lost by death 24 Members resigned 24 Members dropped for non-payment of dues. . . 57 105 Loss during the year 23 Leaving the membership January first, 1927, at 1076 Lost by Death during ig26: Mr. PhiHp E. Bowles Member January 20 Mr. Luther Burbank Life April 11 Mr. Ezra T. Cresson Honorary April 19 Dr. E. C. Fleischner Member October 1 1 Mr. George H. Gould Member January 25 Mr. B. Hendon Member August 18 Mr. WiUiam Hood Member August 27 Mr. Edward W. Hopkins Member. ■. . . . .January 19 Mr. Le Roy Jeffers Member July 25 Mr. William Pierce Johnson. . . . Life August 24 Mr. Thomas P. Keating Member October 9 Mr. Augustus S. Kibbe Member August 21 Mrs. John G. Kittle Member March 25 Prof. Hermann Kower Life February 9 Dr. E. P. Lewis Fellow November 17 Mr. Geo. W. Luce Member July 4 Mr. Horace H. Miller Member May 28 Colonel Seeley W. Mudd Member May 24 Dr. Saxton Pope Member August 8 Dr. Geo. B. Somers Member February 20 Prof. Addison E. Verrill Honorary. . . December 10 Mr. RoUa V. Watt Member May 15 Mr. Charles G. Yale Life March 25 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 1926 The following whose deaths occurred on the dates named were inadvertently omitted from the reports for 1923 and 1925: Prof. Louis Falkenau Life August 12, 1923 Mrs. M. J. Hubbert Member 1925 Mr. L H. Morse Member September 11, 1925 Vol. XV] GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1926 503 The membership consists of: Patrons 16 Honorary members 22 Life Members 85 Fellows 32 Members 921 Total 1076 The Academy carries on its list of patrons the following names : Living /<^' Mr. George C. Beckley Dr. Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr. Mr. William B. Bourn Mr. William H. Crocker Mr. Peter F. Dunne Dr. Barton Warren Evermann Mr. Herbert Fleishhacker Mr, Joseph D. Grant Mr. A Kingsley Macomber Mr. John W. Mailliard Mr. Joseph Mailliard Mr. M. Hall McAlHster Mr. Ogden Mills Mr. William C. Van Antwerp Mr. Edward P. Van Duzee Dr. E. C. Van Dyke Deceased Mr. William Alvord Mr. Charles Crocker Mr. John W. Hendrie Mr. Henry M. Holbrook Mrs. Charlotte Hosmer Mr. James Lick Mr. Alexander F. Morrison Mr. Amariah Pierce Mr. Ignatz Steinhart Dr. John Van Denburgh In the year 1926 eleven free lectures were delivered at the stated meetings of the Academy, as follows : January 6. The importance of Geographical Distribution in deter- mining the Phylogenetic Relationship of Species, illustrated, by Prof. H. E. McMinn, Professor of Botany, Mills College. March 3. Mountain Lion Hunting in California, illustrated, by Mr. Jay C. Bruce, Mountain Lion Hunter, Cali- fornia Fish and Game Commission. April 7. Tunis, Algeria and Morocco, illustrated, by Mr. Ansel F. Hall, Chief Naturalist, National Park Service. May 12. The Rat, illustrated with motion pictures, by Mr. J. V. Cloos, San Francisco. 504 June 2. July 7. August 4. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Phoc. 4th Ser. September 1. October 6. November 3. December 1. China and the Chinese, illustrated, by Mr. Isaac C. Upham, well known traveller, San Francisco. San Francisco: The World's Dream, by Mr. Charles B. Turrill, Vice President of the California Genea- logical Society, San Francisco. The Apache Trail, illustrated with stereopticon slides and motion pictures, by Mr. Harry S. Swarth, Curator of Birds, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California, Applied Chemistry, by Dr. Frank T. Green, Professor of Chemistry, College of Pharmacy, Uni>^ersity of California, and Toxicologist for the Coroner, San Francisco. The Useful Fishes of Japan, illustrated, by Dr. Shigelo Tanaka, Professor of Zoology, Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan. A Trip to Guatemala, illustrated, by Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, Assistant Curator of Herpetology, Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. Chrysanthemums, illustrated with specimens, by Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator of Botany, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. The Sunday afternoon lectures at the Museum building were continued throughout the year except during the vaca- tion months of summer. Despite the inadequacy of the tem- porary lecture room, the attendance at these lectures has been satisfactory. These lectures have included the following : January 10. January 17. January 24. The Woody Flora of the Colorado and Mohave Deserts, illustrated, by Prof. H. E. McMinn, Professor of Botany, Mills College. The Stars and Atoms, illustrated, by Dr. Robert G. Aitken, Associate Director Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton. Some Notable Achievements in Western Irrigation Development, illustrated, by Prof. Frank Adams, Professor of Irrigation Investigations and Practice, University of California. Vol. XV] GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1926 505 January 31. Mountain Lion Hunting in California, illustrated, by Mr. Jay C. Bruce, Mountain Lion Hunter, Cali- fornia Fish and Game Commission. February 7. February 14. Our Friends the Bacteria, illustrated, by Dr. T. D. Beckwith, Associate Professor of Bacteriology, University of California. Pyorrhoea, what does it mean to us? illustrated, by Dr. T. D. Beckwith, Associate Professor of Bacteriology, University of California. February 21. Science as Conservation Insurance, illustrated with motion pictures and stereopticon slides, by Dr. H. C. Bryant, in charge Education, Publicity and Research, California Fish and Game Commission. February 28. Geographic Features of the Bay Region, illustrated, by Prof. Earle G. Linsley, Director Chabot Ob- servatory. March 7. Birds of Eagle Lake, illustrated, by Mr. Joseph Dixon, Economic Mammalogist, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. March 14. The Philippine Islands, illustrated, by Colonel John R. White, Superintendent, Sequoia and General Grant National Parks. ■ March 21 The Rat, illustrated with motion pictures, by J. V. Cloos. March 28. African Archery, illustrated, by Dr. Saxton Pope, Associate Clinical Professor of Surgery, University of California. April 4. Life and Mind in Relation to Structure and Mechanism illustrated, by Dr. S. S. Maxwell, Professor of Physiology, University of California. April U. The Teaching of Science in the Public School, by Mr. C. A. Colmore, Science Teacher, High School of Commerce, San Francisco. April 18. The Geologic Relations of the Faunal and Floral Provinces and Subprovinces of the Philippines, illustrated, by Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Geologist, San Francisco. 506 April 25. October 3. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. October 10. October 17. October 24. October 31. November 7. November 14. November 21. November 28. December 5. December 12. December 19. The Painted Desert, illustrated, by Dr. Charles L. Camp, Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of California. Prehistoric Wall Writings in the Hava Supai Canon in Arizona, illustrated with motion pictures, by Mr. Samuel Hubbard, Curator of Archaeology, Oakland Museum. Birds and Mammals of Mount McKinley National Park, illustrated, by Mr. Joseph Dixon, Economic Mammalogist, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley. The Founding of San Francisco, by Mr. Charles B. Turrill, Vice President of the California Genea- logical Society, San Francisco. Food Habits of Common Birds, illustrated with stere- opticon slides and motion pictures, by Dr. H. C. Bryant, Economic Ornithologist, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley. Forest Fires and Wild Life in California, illustrated, by Mr. J. W. Nelson, Assistant District Forester, United States Forest Service, San Francisco. A Riddle of Animal Behavior: Migration and Homing of Birds and Other Animals, by Dr. S. S. Maxwell, Professor of Physiology, University of California. Termites or White Ants; one of the Most Interesting as well as Destructive Groups of Insects, illustrated, by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, Associate Professor of Entomology, University of California. Relation of the North Pacific Trade Winds to the Climate of California, illustrated, by Mr. E. A. Beals, Consulting Meteorologist, Alameda, Calif. Through the Province of Sonora in old Mexico, illus- trated, by Dr. Charles L. Camp, Assistant Pro- fessor of Zoology, University of California. Glimpses of India, illustrated, by Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Director, Hopkins Marine Station. Recent Developments in China, by Dr. Ng Poon Chew, Managing Editor of the local Chinese paper, Chung Sai Yat Po, San Francisco. Air and Well Being, by Dr. T. D. Beckwith, Associate Professor of Bacteriology, University of California. I Vol. XV] GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1926 59/ List of Academy Publications in 1926 : Occasional Papers No. XII. — A Review of the Giant Mackerel- Like Fishes, Tunnies, Spearfishes and Swordfishes, by David Starr Jordan and Barton Warren Evermann. Proceedings, Fourth Series Vol. XIV, No. 18, pp. 427-503 — Paleontology of Coyote Mountain, Imperial County, California, by G. Dallas Hanna. Vol. XIV, No. 19, pp. 505-520 — Report of the President of the Academy, for the Year 1925, by C. E. Grunsky. Vol. XIV, No. 20, pp. 521-566 — Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1925, by Barton Warren Evermann. Vol. II, Part II, No. 18, pp. 347-357— Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. The Bees and Aculeate Wasps of the Galapagos Islands, by Francis X. Williams. Vol. XV, No. 1, pp. 1-113 — Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. General Report, by G. Dallas Hanna. Vol. XV, No. 2, pp. 115-193— Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. II. Miocene Marine Diatoms from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, by G. Dallas Hanna and William M. Grant. Vol. XV, No. 3, pp. 195-207 — Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. III. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Tres Marias and Revilla- gigedo Islands, and West Coast of Mexico, with Description of a New Species of Tantilla, by Joseph R. Slevin. Vol. XV, No. 4, pp. 209-217 — Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. IV. A Pliocene Fauna from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, by Eric Knight Jordan and Leo George Hertlein. Vol. XV, No. 5, pp. 219-222— Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. V. The Bembicini (Digger Wasps), by Charles L. Fox. Vol. XV, No. 6, pp. 223-239— Expedition of the California Academy OF Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921. Mollusca of THE Family Triphorid^, by Fred Baker. Vol. XV, No. 7, pp. 241-255— Expedition to Guadalupe Island, Mexico, in 1922. Molluscan Fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California, by Eric Knight Jordan, 508 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Vol. XV, No. 8, pp. 257-261 — New Sharks from the Temblor Group IN Kern County, California, Collected by Charles Morrice, by David Starr Jordan. Vol. XV, No. 9, pp. 263-268 — The Relation of Foraminifera to the Origin of California Petroleum, by Thomas F. Stipp. Vol. XV, No. 10, pp. 269-278 — Sources of Material from which Petroleum may have been derived, by Junius Henderson. Vol. XV, No. 11, pp. 279-322 — Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. VI. The Birds and Mammals, by M. E. McLellan. Vol. XV, No. 12, pp. 323-397 — The Antirrhinoided.^-Antirrhine^ of THE New World, by Philip A. Munz. Vol. XV, No. 13, pp. 399-408 — Description of Seven Andrenids in THE Collection of the California Academy of Sciences, by Henry L. Viereck. Vol. XV, No. 14, pp. 409-464 — Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. VII. Contribution to the Geology and Paleontology of the Tertiary of Cedros Island and Adjacent Parts of Lower California, by Eric Knight Jordan and Leo George Hertlein. Vol. XV, No. 15, pp. 467-491 — Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925. VIII. Land Shells of the Revillagigedo and Tres M.\rias Islands, Mexico, by William Healey Dall. Vol. XV, No. 16, pp. 493-500 — A Critical Inspection of the Gnat- catchers of the Californias, by Joseph Grinnell. Title pages and Index were prepared and published as follows: Fourth Series, Vol. II, Part I; Vol. II, Part II; Vol. XII; Vol. XIV. Items of Interest The Academy's income from rent during 1926 was $92,097.78, this being the largest annual income enjoyed since the lease of the Market Street property in 1909. For 1927 a gross income from rents of about $89,000 is expected. Interest charges on a mortgage loan, now $225,000, will reduce this income by $12,375 leaving a net anticipated in- come for 1927 from the Commercial Building of $76,625. Other sources of income will increase this amount to about $81,000. Vol. XV] GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1926 599 The Academy's mortgage loan has been further reduced during the past year by $10,000, leaving $225,000, as above noted, still due. Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, Assistant Curator of the Department of Herpetology, visited Guatemala last summer where he re- mained several months and made important collections in the coast and high mountain regions. This collected material is particularly rich in the high mountain forms of salamanders and small snakes, aggregating 2277 specimens. No important explorations were undertaken by the other departments, the curators and assistants devoting themselves to the study and arrangement of their collections and to the preparation of reports, some of which have already appeared in the Proceedings. In addition to the Grizzly Bear Group which was re- arranged, Mr. Frank Tose, the Academy's taxidermist, has prepared and installed the following small groups during 1926: Redwood Weasel, Mountain Quail, and Mendocino Fly- ing Squirrel, entirely new. Tahoe Chipmunk and California Ground Squirrel re- arranged by Mr. Tose. Having been commissioned by the Council to study methods of preparation, installation, lighting, etc., as practised in the best eastern museums, Mr. Tose made a tour of the East in September and October. His observations will be reflected in his future work for the Academy. On October 9, 1926, Director Evermann left for an ex- tended tour of eastern museums and aquariums. Dr. Ever- mann's sojourn of about two months in the east will result in great benefit to the Museum and to the Steinhart Aquarium. Many important additions have been made to the library of rare and much needed scientific works, there having been a larger budget allowance made for the purpose than ordinary. Early in 1926, Mr. Ogden Mills added $2,000 to former donations for the rehabilitation of the Grizzly Bear Group, making a total of $8,000 contributed by Mr. Mills for the in- stallation of this group. The background painted by Captain Charles Bradford Hudson and the taxidermy and general 51Q CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. composition effected by Mr. Frank Tose, have resulted in one of the most artistic and interesting groups in the Museum. The continued appreciation and approval by the public of the exhibits maintained by the Academy in its museum and in the Steinhart Aquarium is evidenced by the attendance which continues large. What has been accomplished in the several departments of the Academy will appear more fully in the reports of the Di- rector of the Museum and of the several curators to which reference should be had. For their faithful cooperation and service as for that of all employees of both the Academy and the Aquarium I desire to express the appreciation of the Academy. It gives me pleasure, too, to note the courtesies extended from time to time in a professional way both by Attorney Edward Hohfeld and by Architect Louis P. Hobart who have when called upon been generous with professional advice. In closing I can only say that the Academy will continue to serve within its means and holds itself ready to extend its activities along scientific lines to an extent limited only by the funds that may be placed at its disposal. Vol. XV] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1926 ^\\ XVIII REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR FOR THE YEAR 1926 BY BARTON WARREN EVERMANN Director of the Museum and of the Aquarium The Annual Report of the Director for the year 1925 was presented to the Academy at the Annual Meeting, February 17, 1926. The present report sets forth briefly the scientific and edu- cational activities of the Academy for the calendar year 1926. On the whole, the year has been a satisfactory one. The members of the clerical force have performed their respective duties with a high degree of fidelity and efficiency. The mem- bers of the scientific staff have been very active in building up and caring for the collections in their respective depart- ments and in research work based upon the collections in their care. Personnel There have been but few changes in the personnel of the Museum staff in the year. The death on March 10, 1926, of Eric Knight Jordan, Assistant Curator, Department of Paleontology, was a severe blow to the Academy and took from the staff one of its most useful members. Mr. Leo George Hertlein who had been for some months an assistant in the department, was made Assistant Curator April first. Ignatius McGuire was employed August 19 to December 7, and Miss Lucie Hicks from September 16 to December 31, as temporary assistants in the library, to card catalogue and arrange our duplicate publications. E. L. Rixford was em- ployed in the Department of Paleontology from June 28 to August 6 and September 13 to September 25. Raleigh A. Bor- rell was employed in the Department of Ornithology and Mam- malogy, as an assistant to Curator Mailliard in his field work from May 16 to August 12. Raymond M. Gilmore was em- 512 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. ployed in the same capacity from August 25 to October 9. Miss Clara Tose was employed as a temporary assistant in the Department of Botany and elsewhere at intervals in January, February, July and August. The employes of the Museum January 1, 1927, were as fol- lows : Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Execu- tive Curator of the Museum, Editor of the Academy publica- tions, and Director of the Steinhart Aquarium; W. W. Sar- geant, Secretary to the Board of Trustees; Miss Susie Peers, Secretary to the Director; Joseph W. Hobson, Recording Secretary; Mrs. Constance W. Campbell, office assistant, part time; Raymond L. Smith, office assistant; Miss Mabel E. Phillips, check-room attendant; Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator, and Mrs. Kate E. Phelps, assistant, Department of Botany; Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator, Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology, Hartford H. Keifer, Assistant Cura- tor, and J. O. Martin, temporary assistant, Department of Entomology; Barton Warren Evermann, Curator, and H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator, Department of Fishes; Joseph R. Slevin, Assistant Curator, Department of Herpe- tology ; Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator, and Leo George Hert- lein. Assistant Curator, Department of Paleontology; Joseph Mailliard, Curator, and Miss Mary E. McLellan, Assistant Curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy; Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Curator, Department of Invertebrate Zool- ogy; Joseph Mailliard, Chief of Exhibits; Frank Tose, Chief Taxidermist ; Russell Hendricks and Cecil Tose, temporary assistants, Department of Exhibits; Edward P. Van Duzee, Assistant Librarian ; C. A. Bellas, Library assistant ; Miss Lucie Hicks, Library assistant ; Wm. C. Lewis, Janitor ; Hugh Jones, assistant janitor; Mrs. Johanna E. Wilkens, char- woman ; Patrick O'Brien, day watch ; Archie McCarte, night watch. Accessions to the Museum and Library Many valuable accessions to the Museum, Library and Aquarium have been received within the year. An itemized list will be found in the files of the Academy. Vol. XV] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1926 5^3 Cooperation with Public and Private Schools, with OTHER Institutions, and with Individuals Cooperation of the Academy with public and private schools, other institutions, and with individuals, continued during the year as in the past. Thirteen portable habitat groups have been in circulation during the school year in the Berkeley public schools where the value of proper nature study appears to be most fully appreciated in the Bay region. Additional loan exhibits will be made available whenever there is a demand. Loans of specimens of birds or other natural history objects have been made to a number of schools, insti- tutions and individuals. Lists are in our files. Visitors to the Museum in 1926 The total number of visitors to the Museum in the calendar year 1926 was 575,159, an increase of 21,736 over that for 1925, and 18,143 more than visited the U. S. National Mu- seum in the same period. The average daily attendance was 1576. The number of visitors by months and years since the open- ing September 22, 1916, is shown in the following table: Visitors to Museum 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1925 1924 1925 1926 January 23170 25260 17241 27013 25755 19038 15270 32364 34989 26528 February 22058 23698 17586 23450 25679 18534 20529 44439 29295 34183 March 31606 26810 27397 25419 28279 27922 26341 39935 39168 38677 April 32175 23274 25994 32208 24939 36057 21911 41332 40257 36746 May 26154 26391 28369 37107 25517 27237 37597 48152 38137 52913 June 32123 29843 32248 36207 29406 27131 39511 58281 51775 53799 July 37193 31420 48028 52492 43186 36263 64530 91329 69921 83707 August 24619 31137 43730 53470 39422 34787 50349 105130 77847 81362 September 16448 27866 29847 34007 42013 31458 28408 69870 82814 63737 57615 October 36933 20629 14743 30463 33500 24861 19459 66894 43074 40418 44654 November 27718 21810 8531 25246 19347 18593 19080 48766 37611 35634 30420 December 15002 21693 19588 21188 21340 15062 13339 36707 21572 32245 34555 Totals 96101 321096 290542 351497 403566 332157 307255 498775 646033 553423 575159 The total number of visitors since the opening, September 22, 1916, has been 4,375,604. 5J4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Visits of Public and Private Schools The public and private schools of the state continue to avail themselves of the educational uses of the Museum exhibits and reference collections. The number of schools visiting the Museum is so great that the full list cannot be printed here. The following summary- must suffice: Schools of San Francisco: Number of Visiting Pupils 5103 5103 Number of Visiting Teachers 173 Number of Visiting Classes 195 Schools Outside of San Francisco: Number of Visiting Pupils 1881 1881 Number of Visiting Teachers 58 Number of Visiting Classes 21 Total, Pupils 6984 Total, Teachers 231 Total, Classes 266 Use of the Library and Collections BY Investigators and Students Use of the Academy library and collections by students and investigators continues to be one of the ways in which the Academy is doing real service to the general public as well as to specialists. The library is growing more and more valuable every year. During the past year many important reference works have been added and a number of popular books on travel and the various sciences have been acquired. On the library reading tables are kept many of the current publica- tions of learned societies throughout the world, also many of the scientific journals and outing magazines. Members of the Academy are invited to visit the library and make use of the facilities which it affords for information and aid in other ways. Vol. XV] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1926 5^5 Steinhart Aquarium The activities of the Aquarium for 1926 are fully covered in the report of the Superintendent. The total number of visitors for the year was 953,797, a somewhat smaller number than in 1925. Our chief source of supply of fishes and other live animals continues to be the southern California coast, Monterey Bay, the fishing boats out from San Francisco, the freshwater streams of central California, the upper Mississippi Valley, and Honolulu. Numerous specimens of fishes, turtles, snakes, frogs, etc., have been donated to the Aquarium by interested friends, to all of whom the Academy expresses grateful ap- preciation. The Aquarium has, on the other hand, supplied a large number of small aquarium fishes and other objects to schools and individuals, a full list being in our files. Those that have been supplied to schools should prove of much interest. The increasing tendency of teachers toward maintaining aquariums in their schools is to be strongly commended. Aquarium Personnel Several changes in the personnel of the Aquarium have taken place within the year. These have been due chiefly to our inability to retain the engineers and feeders on the small salaries we are able to pay. The Aquarium personnel January first, 1927, was as follows : Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director, part time; W. W. Sargeant, Secretary, part time; Susie Peers, Secretary to the Director, part time; Constance W. Campbell, office assistant, part time; Alvin Seale, Super- intendent; Wallace Adams, Assistant Superintendent; Clynt S. Martin, Chief Engineer; R. J. Fletcher, assistant engineer; B. T. Culleton, assistant engineer; C. J. MacMeekin, relief engineer and feeder; Robert J. Lanier, electrician and assistant attendant; C. E. Guidry, assistant attendant; Jack Solini, assistant attendant; L. R. Solini, assistant attendant; Herbert Brandt, assistant collector; S. J. Shenefield, carpenter and general utility man; Dora Arnold, doorkeeper; Patrick O'Neill, janitor; Frank J. Maxwell, assistant janitor; James Cavanaugh, police officer. 516 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Visitors to the Steinhart Aquarium The popularity of the Steinhart Aquarium continues. The total number of visitors in the calendar year 1926 was 953,797, as against 1,043,591 in 1925. The daily average was 2601. The attendance by months and years since the opening, September 29, 1923, is shown in the following table: Visitors to Steinhart Aquarium Month 1923 1924 1925 1926 January 82283 72153 38259 February 119001 61213 66032 March 88172 97986 82153 April 83245 79021 64830 May 97083 75187 94521 June 112785 94717 91451 July 145703 128261 127999 August 148899 144208 124635 September 29800 116032 106492 86645 October 209671 71273 72350 79108 November 145434 67500 59074 49741 December 96757 48376 52929 48423 Totals 481662 1180352 1043591 953797 The total number since the opening, September 29, 1923, to the end of the calendar year 1926, has been 3,659,402, a daily average of 3,077. A list of the schools that visited the Aquarium in 1926 may be found in the Academy's files. Department Activities The several departments of the Academy have been very active during the year in field work, in building up the re- search collections, preparing and installing exhibits, caring for the collections and exhibits, and in other scientific and educational activities. The details for each department are fully set forth in the departmental reports. Department of Botany. — Miss Eastwood, Curator of Botany, made a number of short field trips, chiefly to type localities for the purpose of securing for the herbarium topo- Vol. XV] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 19^6 ^\y types of as many as possible of the species originally described from those localities. In this she was fairly successful. The growth of the herbarium has been very satisfactory. The total number of mounted sheets is now 143,566. Exhibits. — Perhaps the most important event in the year in the Department of Exhibits was the rearrangement of the Grizzly Bear group, including the painting by Captain Charles Bradford Hudson of a new background. The group now shows a scene on Jackson Lake, Wyoming, with the Grand Teton in the background. The foreground, including the animals and the accessories, has been rear- ranged. This and the new background have greatly improved this really wonderful group. Another important event in connection with this depart- ment was the visit of Mr. Tose to many of the museums in the East in September and October for the purpose of study- ing the latest developments in the preparation, installation and lighting of habitat groups and other exhibits. It is believed the information and knowledge acquired by Mr. Tose on this trip will prove very useful in his work for the Academy. Three new panel groups were installed by Mr. Tose in the 3Tar; they are the Redwood Weasel, the Mountain Quail, and the Mendocino Flying Squirrel, all very interesting groups. The total number of habitat groups now completed is 52, of which there are in the Mammal Hall 11 large, four inter- mediate, and 18 small panel groups; in the Bird Hall, six large and 12 small panel groups; and in the Aquarium, one large group, as shown in the following list in which the names of the large groups are printed in CAPITALS, the inter- mediate groups in italics, ^ and the small panel groups in roman : California Mammal HalP — 1-Desert Wood Rat 6-Redwood Brush Rabbit 2-ROOSEVELT ELK 7-Mountain Beaver 3-Western Bushy-tail Wood Rat 8-NORTHERN BLACK- TAIL 4- Yellow-bellied Marmot DEER 5-SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY 9-Desert Antelope Ground ELK Squirrel * The groups are listed in order beginning with the first at the right as one enters the hall. March 31, 1927 518 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. 10-California Ground Squirrel 11-IMPERIAL GRIZZLY BEAR 12-Tahoe Chipmunk 13-Sierra Golden-mantled Ground Squirrel 14-ROCKY MOUNTAIN MULE DEER 15-California Ring-tail Cat 16-Warner Mountain Cony 17-ANTELOPE 18-Allied Kangaroo Rat 19-Redwood Weasel 20-DESERT MOUNTAIN SHEEP 21- Mountain Lion 22- Northwestern Black Bear 23-Mendocino Flying Squirrel 24-ALASKA FUR SEAL 25-Alaska Fur-Seal Skins 26-Red Tree-Mouse 27-LEOPARD SEAL 28-CALIFORNIA SEA LION 29-California Woodpecker 30-STELLER SEA LION 31-Lewis's Woodpecker 32-Raccoon and Skunk 33-Coyote California Bird Hall — 34- Western Robin 35-FARALLON ISLANDS BIRDS 36-Coast Bush-tit 37-California Linnet 38-SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY SPRING BIRDS 39-California Clapper Rail 40-Mountain Quail 41-DESERT BIRDS 42-Cahfornia Valley Quail 43-Burrowing Owl 44-WHITE PELICAN 45-Lazuli Bunting 46- Water Ouzel 47-CALIFORNIA CONDOR 48-Sharp-shin Hawk 49-Nuttall Sparrow 50-SAN JOAQUIN DUCK AND GOOSE GROUP 51-Western Meadowlark Aquarium — 52-ELEPHANT SEAL Entomology. — Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator of Ento- mology, reports commendable progress in his department. The most notable event of the year in connection with this department was the acquisition of the Koebele Collection of insects, estimated to contain about 100,000 specimens, result- ing from the many years of very active field collecting by the late Albert Koebele in California, Hawaii and elsewhere. The Academy is deeply indebted to Mr. Walter M. Giffard of Honolulu for his successful efforts in securing this valua- ble collection. Mr. Giffard is a Life Member of the Academy and is constantly alert to opportunities to enrich the Acad- emy's collections. Vol. XV] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1926 5^9 Herpetology. — The most important event in 1926 in con- nection with the Department of Herpetology, was the expedi- tion to Guatemala by Joseph R. Slevin, the Assistant Curator. Mr. Slevin sailed from San Francisco April 17 and landed April 28 at Port of San Jose de Guatemala, whence he pro- ceeded to Samayac and other points in the interior, where he devoted about five months to field collecting and observations, returning to San Francisco September 8. The collection obtained contains 2277 specimens of rep- tiles and amphibians and is one of the most valuable that has ever been secured in that country. It is particularly rich in high mountain species of salamanders, and in many species of snakes not previously collected by the department. Through the courtesy of Captain H. W. Rhodes, Superintendent of Lighthouses, 18th Lighthouse District, Mr. Slevin visited the Farallon Islands October 15, and obtained a large series of the interesting salamander (Aneides luguhris faralloneiisis) which is known only from those islands. Library. — The growth of the Library during the year has been satisfactory. The total number of accessions was 2541. A somewhat larger appropriation for library purposes made it possible for the various departments to purchase a number of technical publications, some of them quite expensive, much needed in the research work of the Museum. Ornithology and Mammalogy. — The Department of Ornith- ology and Mammalogy carried on field work in Trinity, Hum- boldt, Mendocino, Modoc and Placer counties, California, which added much to our knowledge of the mammal and bird faunas of those parts of the state and many specimens of birds and mammals to the Academy's collections. The Curator and Assistant Curator of this department were active during the year in research work on the collections. The Curator, Mr. Mailliard, was assisted in field work at in- tervals by various temporary assistants, including Raleigh A. Borrell, Raymond M. Gilmore and Paul F. Covel. Paleontology. — The Department of Paleontology was active during the year in arranging and caring for the collections, in carrying on research work, and in field investigations. The Z^^Q CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser. most important expedition was that into Lower California in January, by Assistant Curator Jordan and assistant Hert- lein which resulted in valuable collections from several hori- zons not previously represented in the Academy's museum. Publications by the Museum Staff in 1926 The following bibliography lists the papers published in the year 1926 by members of the Museum and Aquarium staffs. Eastwood, Alice 1. The Aftergrowth of a Mountain Fire. Corvus corax clarionensis, 305 Coscinodiscus, 137, 140, 144, 165 asteromphalus, 137 cocconeiformis, 165 concavus, 138 coscinodiscus, Craspedodiscus, 137 Coscinodiscus curvatulus, 136, ISO (pi. 15) denarius, 139 elegantulus, 136, 180 (pi. 15) evermanni, 137, 180 (pi. 15) fasciculatus, 138, 180 (pi. 15) hertleini, 138, 180 (pi. IS) heteroporus, 139 lineatus, 139, 180 (pi. 15) marginatus, 139, 180 (pi. 15) Coscinodiscus masoni, 140, 180 (pi. 15) micans, 119 nitidulus, 141, 180 (pi. 15) nitidus, 140, 141, 180 (pi. 15) oculus-iridis, 141, 142, 180 (pi. 15) oculus-iridis morsiana, 141 pacificus, 142, 182 (pi. 16) radiatus, 137, 138, 139, 142, 180 (pl. 15) robustus, 144 subnitidus, 141 Costa's Hummingbird, 302 costat, Calypte, 302 Cottontail, Tres Marias, 322 coulterianum. Antirrhinum, 339, 351-356 appendiculatum, Antirrhinum, 362, 363 nevinianum, Antirrhinum, 351 orcuttianum, Antirrhinum, 355 crabro, Navicula, 154 cranium, Macandrevia, 426, 427 Craspedodiscus, 137, 138 coscinodiscus, 137 crassa. Amphora, 124, 174 (pl. 12) Crassinella branneri, 244 crassisquama, Spondylus, 419, 445 crebicinctum, Micranellum, 246 Crepidula excavata, 246 lessoni, 246 lingulata, 246 nummaria, 246 Crested Flycatcher, Arizona, 304 Creswellia, 137 crinitus, Callisaurus, 203 cristobalensis, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 418, 439 Critical (A) inspection of the Gnat- catchers of the Californias, by Joseph Grinnell, 493-500 Crotalus exsul, 206 Crotaphytus wislizenii, 203 Crucibulum spinosum, 246 Cryptoconus tremperianus, 245 Cryptomya califomica, 245 magna, 245 Ctenosaura teres, 200 cubitus, Actinocyclus, 118, 172 (pl. 11) culcitella, Acteocina, 245 Cumingia densilineata, 244, 248, 254 (pl. 25) lamellosa, 249 cumingiana, Ostrea, 212 cumingii, Placunanomia, 212, 215, 216 (pl. 23), 444 cuneatus, Puffinus, 286 cuneiformis, Hemidiscus, 147 cuneilabris, Andrena (Parandrena), 400 cunicularia rostrata, Speotyto, 299 Curlew, Hudsonian, 293 curratulus, Coscinodiscus, 136, 180 (pl. IS) 554 CALIFORHIA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Seb.. Cyanthus lawrencei, 303 cyathiferum, Antirrhinum, 342-344 Cyathodonta dubiosa, 244 Cyclostremella californica, 247 Cylichnella diegensis, 245 cymata, Psephidia, 244 Cymatium vestituni, 246, 247 Cymbalaria, 325 cymbalaria, Antirrhinum, 333 Cymbalaria cymbalaria, 333 cymbalaria, Linaria, 325, 327, 333 Cyprseolina pyriformis, 245 Cytharella branneri, 245 densilineata, 245 quentenensis, 245 dactylatra, Sula, 287 Dall, William Healey, Land shells of the Revillagigedo and Tres Marias islands, Mexico, 467-491 dallasi, Epitonium, 419, 447-448, 456 (pi. 30) Odostomia (Chrysallida), 246, 253, 254 (pi. 25) Pccten (Chlamys), 212, 213-214, 216 (pi. 23) dalli, Barleeia, 246 Ca;cum, 246 dalmatica, Linaria, 327, 332 dalmaticum, Antirrhinum, 332 decisa, Semele, 244 decoratus, Callistochiton, 247 dehiscens, Lima, 244 delmontensis, Odostomia (Ividella) navisa, 246 delphinus nebulosa, Oxystyla, 468, 473- 474 nebulosus, Zebra, 473 nesiotica, Oxystyla, 468, 474-475, 488 (pi. 35) Oxystyla, 474 denarius, Coscinodiscus, 139 Dendraster amoldi, 426 cedrosensis, 416 diegoensis, 416 gibbsii humilis, 416 pacificus, 416, 420 pentagonalis, 416 perrini, 425 Dendroica sestiva brewsteri, 312 auduboni auduboni, 312 bryanti castaneiceps, 312 densilineata, Cumingia, 244, 248, 254 (pl. 25) Cytharella, 245 densistriata, Navicula, ISO. 184 (pl. 17) Navicula bombus, 150 Dentalium neohexagonum, 245 semipolitum, 245 deodora, Biddulphia, 131, 178 (pl. 14) Department reports, 528 Descriptions of seven Andrenids in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, by Henry L. Viereck, 399-408 Desert Sparrow, 308 Hawk, 298 deserti, Clypeastcr, 416 Pecten, 437 deserticola, Amphispiza bilineata, 308 diadema, Coronula cf., 212 Diadora aspera, 247 diaphana, Iridia, 267 Diatomaceae, in relation to origin of California petroleum, 263 Dicladia, 143 pylea, 142, 182 (pl. 16) Dictyoneis, 143 marginata, 143, 182 (pl. 16) marginata typica, 143 diegensis, Cerithiopsis, 246 Cylichnella, 245 diegoensis, Dendraster, 416 difficilis difficilis, Empidonax, 304 Empidonax difficilis, 304 Digger Wasps, 219 dilleri, Pecten (Lyropecten), 431 Pecten (Patinopecten), 417, 431- 432, 456 (pl. 30) Diomedea nigripes, 285 Diplodonta subquadrata, 244 Diploneis fusca pelagi, 154 diplosticta, Biddulphia tabellaria, 133 directa, Navicula, 152 dirupta, Cocconeis, 135 dobreana novae-seelandia:, Biddulphia, 133 dolabriformis, Mactra, 244 Domestic Cat, 320 dominica subsp., Pluvialis, 294 Donax californica, 244 gouldii, 244 donkini, Navicula, 155 Dosinia ponderosa, 244 Dove, Clarion Island Mourning, 294 Grayson's, 297 Socorro Ground, 2% Socorro Mourning, 295 Tres Marias, 295 Western White-winged, 295 draconis, Melanella, 245 draconoides, Callisaurus draconoides, 203 draconoides, Callisaurus, 203 driveri, Glyphodesmus, 144, 182 (pl. 16) Vol. XV] IHDEX 555 Drymaeus, 468, 47S attenuatus, 475 pallidior, 475 serperastrum, 475 sp. juv., 475 trimarianus, 468, 475-476 uhdeanus tepicensis, 468, 475 Drymarchon corais melanurus, 202 Drymobius boddaertii, 201 Dryobates scalaris graysoni, 301 scalaris lucasanus, 301 dubiosa, Cyathodonta, 244 dubius, Asteromphalus, 126, 176 (pi. 13) Spondylus, 445 duhemi, Synedra, 168, 192 (pi. 21) duplicata, Steniolia, 219 eastwoodi, Navicula, ISO, 184 (pi. 17) Eastwoodiella, 342 Echinoidea, 416 eflfusum, Antirrhinum nuttallianum, 356, 359 egresria. Amphora, 125 ehrenbergii montereyana,Arachnoidiscus, 125 elaboratus, Auliscus, 129 Elseocyma arbela, 245 hemphilli, 245 elatine, Antirrhinum, 333 Elatinoides, 333 Kicksia, 333 Linaria, 325, 327, 333 Elatinoides elatine, 333 spuria, 333 elegans, Auliscus, 130 Uta stansburiana, 204 clegantulus, Coscinodiscus, 136, 180 (pl. 15) Elf Owl, Socorro, 298 emarginatum. Antirrhinum, 350, 3S1 Empidonax difficilis difficilis, 304 Endyctia, 138, 144 robustus, 144, 182 (pl. 16) Epiphragmophora, 474 Epitonium acrostephanum, 245 bellastriata, 446 cedrosensis, 419, 446, 456 (pl. 30) contrerasi, 419, 446-447, 456 (pl. 30) dallasi, 419, 447-448, 456 (pl. 30) fallaciosum, 245 sp., 419 tinctum, 245 Epixiphium, 324, 380 wislizeni, 380 Erato columbella, 246 erecta, Maurandya, 382, 394-395 eremicus cedrosensis, Peromyscus, 321 Eretmochelys squamosa, 206 erubescens glabrata, Maurandya, 382, 383, 394 Lophospermum, 393 Maurandya, 392-393 purpusii, Maurandya, 391 typica, Maurandya, 383, 393-394 escondidensis, Triphora, 236-237, 238 (pl. 24) eshnauri, Vitrinella, 247 estrellanus, Pecten, 433 eucosmia, Odostomia (lolaea), 246 Euglandina, 470 albersi, 468, 470 mariana, 46H, 470-471, 488 (pl. 35) mazatlanica, 468, 470 turris, 471 turris longuris, 471 Euodia gibba, 147 Eupodiscus rogersii, 134, 144, 182 (pl. 16) (Evalea) minutissima, Odostomia, 246 Evermann, Barton Warren, Report of the Director for the Year 1926, 511 evermanni, Coscinodiscus, 137, 180 (pi. 15) Pecten (Plagioctenium), 418, 439- 440, 450 (pl. 27) Pseudosubulina, 468, 469, 472-473, 488 (pl. 35) Triphora, 227-228, 229, 238 (pl. 24) excavata, Crepidula, 246 excolpus, Triphoris, 225 exigna, Nucula, 244 exima, Glyphodesmis, 160 exsul, Crotalus, 206 exul, Salpinctes obsoletus, 315 fallaciosum, Epitonium. 245 Farallon Cormorant, 290 Fartulum bakeri, 246 hemphilli, 246 occidentale, 246 fasciculatus, Coscinodiscus, 138, 180 (pl. 15) fascinatum, Plagiogramma, 160, 188 (pl. 19) febigerii, Podosira, 163 fernsndoensis, Astrodapsis, 425, 426 Felis eatua, 320 felix lawrencii, Pheugopedius, 317 festivus, Murex, 245 filipes. Antirrhinum, 342, 369-370 filosa, Mitromorpha, 245 Financial statements, 540 Finch, Cassin's Purple, 306 Guadalupe House, 307 San Lucas House, 307 flagellum piceus, Coluber, 206 flammea, Piranga bidentata, 310 flaviceps lamprocephalus, Auriparus, 317 flaviflora, Maurandya, 382, 389 556 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Seb flavirostris madrensis, Columba, 294 flavoTiridis forreri, Vireosylva, 310 floridana, Linaria, 324, 325, 330-331 Flycatcher, Arizona Crested, 304 Ash -throated, 304 Little Golden-crowned, 305 Lower California, 304 Tres Marias, 304 Western, 304 foliosa, Galvesia juncea, 373, 377, 37:< Foraminifera, 211 Foraminifera, in relation to origin of California petroleum, 263 formosa, Cocconeis, 135 Forrer's Vireo, 310 forreri, Vireosylva flavoviridis, 310 Forreria belcheri, 245, 419, 449 carisaensis, 449 coalingensis, 448 magister, 449 perelegans, 449 ponderosum, 449 •p., 419 wrighti, 419, 448-449, 460 fpl. 32) fosilis, Navicula gemmata, 153 fossata, Alectrion, 245 foveolata, Tritonalia, 245 Fox, Charles L., The Bembicini (Digger Wasps), 219-222 francescse, Granatellus, 313 franciscanus, Strongylocentrotus, 416 Frazar's Oyster-catcher, 294 frazari, Hamatopus, 294 Fregata aquila, 291 Frenula jeffreysi, 426, 427 frondosa, Chama, 417, 427. 464 (pi. 31) fruticosa, Galvesia, 374, 378-379 fulgens, Haliotis, 449 fulicarius, Phalaropus, 293 fulvescens, Oxystyla, 474 fulviventris capitalis, Leptotila, 295 fumosus, Buteo borealis, 297 fusca pelagi, Diploneis, 154 fuscata. Sterna, 283 fuscus, Pipilo, 496 gabbi, Zirfaea, 245 galapagensis, Triphora, 228 gallegosi, Actinoptychus, 120, 172 (pi. 11) Pecten (Lyropecten), 418, 434-43S, 454 (pi. 29) gallina, Tegula, 247 gallus, Ostrea, 427 Galvesia, 323, 324, 373 ballii, 374, 379-380 fruticosa, 374, 378-379 glabrata, 377 grandiflora, 379, 380 juncea, 375-376, 377 Galvesia juncea foliosa, 373, 377, 378 juncea pubescens, 373, 377-378 juncea typica, 373, 376 limcnsis, 378 limensis grandiflora, 379 speciosa, 373, 374-375 speciosa pubescens, 377 Gambelia speciosa, 374 Gastrocopta, 482 pellucida, 469, 482 pellucida hordeacella. 469, 483 Gastromeria physalodes, 395 Gastropoda, 245, 419 gausapata, Columbella, 245 gemma, Murex, 245 gemmata fosilis, Navicula, 153 General Report. Expedition to the Revfl- lagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, by G. Dallas Hanna, 1-113 generosa, Panope, 245 geniculata, Maurandya, 382, 390 genistifolia, Linaria, 327, 332 genistifolium. Antirrhinum, 332 georgiana, Ostrea, 428 geronimensis, Peromyscus maniculatus, 320 Phoca richardii, 320 Gerrhonotus scincicauda webbii, 204 gibba, Euodia, 147 Hemidiscus, 147 gibbsii humilis, Dendraster, 416 si.ganteus, Hinnites, 244 Gila Woodpecker, 302 gilli, Turbonilla (Turbonilla), 245 glabrata, Galvesia, 377 Maurandya erubescens, 382, 383, 394 glabratus, Actinoptychus, 121, 172 (pi. 11) Glandina albersi, 470 (Glandina) albersi, Achatina, 470 Glandina mazatlanica, 470 mazatlanica abbreviata, 470 glandulosum. Antirrhinum, 338, 346-348 gloriosa, Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros), 246 gloriosum, Calliostoma, 247 Glycymeris corteziana, 244 multicostata, 244, 247 Glyphodesmis, 160 exima, 160 Glyphodesmus driver!, 144, 182 (pi. 16) marinum, 145 sigmoideus, 145, 182 (pi. 16) williamsoni, 145 (Glyphyalinia) indentata, Hyalinia, 483 Vol. XV] mOEX 557 Gnatcatcher, 493 Black-tailed, 318, 496 Blue- gray, 493 California Black-tailed, 500 Cape San Lucas Black-tailed, 497, 500 Cape San Lucas Blue-gray, 499 Plumbeous, 318, 496 Plumbeous Black-tailed, 499 Santa Margarita Black-tailed, 497, 500 Western Blue-gray, 494-496, 4Q9 Golden-crowned Flycatcher, Little, 305 Goldfinch, Arkansas, 307 Green-backed, 308 Goldman's Trogon, 301 goldmani, Trogonurus ambiguus, 301 gouldi, Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros), 246 gouldiana, BuUaria, 245 gouldii, Donax, 244 Grammatophora macilenta, 146 maxima, 146 merletta, 146, 182 (pi. 16) subtilissima, 146 Granatellus francescje, 313 grandiflora, Galvesia, 379, 380 Galvesia limensis, 379 Grant, William M., with G. Dallas Hanna, Miocene marine diatoms from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, 115-193 Gray Whale, California, 82 Grayson's Dove, 297 Hummingbird, 303 Oriole, 306 graysoni, Amazilia, 303 Compsothlypis, 311 Dryobates scalaris, 301 Micropallas, 298 Mimodes, 313 Planesticus, 318 Sylvilagus, 322 Zenaidura, 295 graysonii. Icterus, 306 Green-backed Goldfinch, 308 Grinnell, Joseph, A Critical inspection of the Gnatcatchers of the Californi.is, 493-500 grippi, Cerithiopsis, 246 Ground Dove, Socorro, 296 Ground Squirrel, Lower California Ante- lope, 321 griindleri, Actinoptychus, 120 minor, Actinoptychus, 121 grunovii, Auliscus, 129, 176 (pi. 13) Grunsky, C. E., Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1926, 501 guadeloupensis, Salpinctes obsoletus, 314 Guadalupe House Finch, 307 Junco, 308 Rock Wren, 314 Guara alba, 292 gularis mexicanus, Cnemidophorus, 199 Gull, Heermann's, 282 Western, 282 Guppya, 478 capsula, 469, 479-480 montanicola, 469, 479, 488 (pi. 35) perforata, 469, 478, 488 (pi. 35) socorroana, 469, 478-479, 488 (pi. 35) guttatus, Passerculus rostratus, 308 Gyrineum sp., 419 H Habroconus, 478 Hsematopus frazari, 294 haitensis, Ostrea, 429 hakei, Pecten (Plagioctenium, 418, 433, 434, 440-441, 443, 458 (pi. 31) halcyonis, Clathrodrillia, 245 halia, Cerithiopsis, 246 haliaetus carolinensis, Pandion, 298 Haliotis fulgens, 449 rufescens, 419, 449 Hanna, G. Dallas, General Report of the Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, 1-113 Hanna, G. Dallas, and William M. Grant, Miocene marine diatoms from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, 115-193 hanniE, Proserpinella, 469, 486-487, 490 (pi. 36) hannai, Triphora, 225-227, 238 (pi. 24) bannibali, Placunanomia, 419, 443-444, 452 (pi. 28) Harbor Seal, San Geronimo, 320 hastalis, Isurus, 414 Hawk, Desert Sparrow, 298 haytiana, Navicula praetexta, 155 healeyi, Pecten (Patinopecten), 417 Heermann's Gull, 282 heermanni, Larus, 282 heimi, Pecten (Pecten), 417 Heleodytes brunneicapillus affinis, 314 Helix bicruris, 477 indentata, 483 labyrinthica, 480 minutissima, 481 punctum, 480 pygmsea, 481 strebeli, 480 ventrosula, 476 Hemialus, 171 558 CALIFORHIA ACADEMY OP SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Hemidiscus, 147 cuneiformis, 147 gibba, 147 niveus, 146, 184 (pi. 17) simplicissimus, 147, 182 (pi. 16) Hemipristis heteropleurus, 414 hemphilli, Elaeocynia, 245 Fartulum, 246 Pecten (Pecten), 430 Triphora, 237 hemphillii, Pecten (Pecten), 430, 431 Henderson, Junius, Sources of material from which petroleum may have been derived, 269-278 hennedyi manca, Navicula, 151 Navicula, 149, 151, 156, 186 (pi. 18) herodias subsp., Ardea, 292 Heron, Yellow- crowned Night, 292 Hertlein, Leo George, with Erfc Knight Jordan, Contribution to the geology and paleontology of the Tertiary of Cedros Island and adjacent parts of Lower California, 409-464 Hertlein, Leo George, with Eric Knight Jordan, A Pliocene fauna from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, 209-217 hertleini, Coscinodiscus, 138, 180 (pi. 15) Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus), 246, ZS2, 254 (pi. 25) hesperophilus, Astragalinus psaltria, 308 Heterodonax bimaculata, 244 heteropleurus, Hemipristis, 414 heteroporus, Coscinodiscus, 139 Heteroscelus incanus, 293 hindsi, Polygyra ventrosula, 476 Hinnites giganteus, 244 Hipponix tumens, 246 hirsuta, Xanthiopyxis, 170, 192 (pi. 21) hispidum. Melasma, 395 hondoensis, Nitzschia, 158, 159, 192 (pl. 21) hookerianum, Antirrhinum, 371, 372 hordeacella, Gastrocopta pellucida, 169, 483 Pupa, 483 Horned Lark, California, 305 House Finch, Guadalupe, 307 San Lucas, 307 Hudsonian Curlew, 293 hudsonicus, Numenius, 293 humilis, Dendraster gibbsii, 416 Hummingbird, Costa's, 302 Grayson's, 303 Lawrence's, 303 Humpback Whale, 82, 322 Hyalinia (Glyphyalinia) indentata, 483 Hyla regilla, 203 hymenoptera, Plagiogramma, 161, 188 (pl. 19) hyperythra beldingi, Verticaria, 205 schmidti, Verticaria, 205 hypochryseus sordidus, Vireo, 311 hypoleuca, Aphelocoma californica, 305 hypoleucus, Brachyramphus, 281 I Ibis, White, 292 Icterus graysonii, 306 spurius, 306 idse, Tellina, 244 identata, Macoma, 244 igneus, Cardinalis cardinalis, 309 imperator. Boa, 202 Cerataulus, 134, 178 (pl. 14) impostor, Pecten, 437 impressa, Navicula, 151, 186 (pi. 18) incanus, Heteroscelus, 293 incisa, Actinoptychus, 123 ophioderma, Clathrodrillia, 245 inconspicua bicolor, Triphora, 233 Triphora, 233 inconspicuus, Triphoris, 225 indentata. Helix, 483 Hyalinia (Glyphyalinia), 483 Vitrea, 469, 483 inflata, Leptinaria martensi, 472 inflexa, Porpeia, 164 infrequens, Triphoris, 225 innominata, Andrena (Andrena), 404 insolito, Plagiogramma, 161, 188 (pl. 19) insularis, Compsothlypis pitiayuma, 311 Junco, 308 Nyctidromus albicollis, 302 Psittacula, 300 Thryomanes, 317 integrum, Kinosternon, 202 interfossa, Bittium, 246 Tritonalia, 245 intermedia pretiosa, Neotoma, 321 interpres morinella, Arenaria, 294 interrogationis, Andrena (Andrena), 404 invalidus, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 212, 419, 437, 438, 441, 442 (lolsea) eucosmia, Odostomia, 246 iota, Achatina, 471 Iridia diaphana, 267 Ismenia jefifreysi, 427 israelskyi, Astrodapsis, 416, 424-425, 450 (pl. 27) Isurus hastalis, 414 (Ividella) navisa delmontensis, Odos- tomia, 246 pedroana, Odostomia, 246 Jack Rabbit, Magdalena Island, 322 Janira bella, 430 janischii, Actinoptychus, 121 Vol. XV] INDEX 559 Jay, Xantus's, 305 jeanettae, Alaba, 246 jeflfreysi, Frenula, 426, 427 Ismenia, 427 Laqueus, 427 Laqueus californicus, 427 Megerlia, 426, 427 jewetti, Turritella, 246 jewcttii, Marginella, 245 jod, Caecilioides (Cjecilianopsis), 471 johnstoni pazensis, Triphora, 235, 238 (pi. 24) Triphora, 233-235, 238 (pi. 24) Jordan, David Starr, New sharks from the Temblor Group in Kern County, California, collected by Charles Mor- ricc, 257-261 Jordan, Eric Knight, Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California, 241-255 Jordan, Eric Knight, and Leo George Hertlein, Contribution to the geology and paleontology of the Tertiary of Cedros Island and adjacent parts of Lower California, 409-464 Jordan, Eric Knight, and Leo George Hertlein, A Pliocene fauna from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, 209-217 Jordan!, Biddulphia, 131, 178 (pi. 14) juncea foliosa, Galvesia, 373, 377, 378 Galvesia, 375-376, 377 Maurandia, 376 pubescens, Galvesia, 373, 377-378 typica, Galvesia, 373, 376 junceum. Antirrhinum, 376 Junco, Guadalupe, 308 Junco insularis, 308 K kaedingi, Oceanodroma leucorhoa, 286 Karolus primus, 471 Kellettia kellettii, 245 kellettii, Kellettia, 245 Kellia laperousii, 244 kelloggii, Antirrhinum, 373 kelseyi, Macoma, 417 kennedyi, Waldheimia, 416, 420 kewi, Astrodapsis, 416, 425-426, 450 (pl. 27) Kicksia, 325 elatine, 333 spuria, 333 kincaidi, Andrena (Andrena), 403 kingbird, Cassin's, 303 kingii, Antirrhinum, 365-366, 367, 373 typicum. Antirrhinum, 341, 366-367 watsoni. Antirrhinum, 341, 367-368 Kinosternon integrum, 202 labyrinthica. Helix, 480 strebeli, Strobilops, 480 Strobila, 480 Strobilops, 469, 480 laciniata, Paphia staminea, 244 lacteolus subplanatus, Tachyrhynchus, 246 Lacuna unifasciata, 246 Lamellaxis modestus, 472 lamellosa, Cumingia, 249 laminata, Turbonilla (Bartschella), 246 lamprocephalus, Auriparus flaviceps, 317 Land shells of the Revillagigedo and Tres Marias islands, Mexico, by William Healey Ball, 467-491 laperousii, Kellia, 244 Laqueus californicus jefifreysi, 427 californicus vancouverensis, 427 californicus vancnuveriensis, 416, 423, 426-427, 450 (pl. 27) jeffreysi, 427 Lark, California Horned, 305 Larus heermanni, 282 occidentalis, 282 Lasaea rubra, 244 l.-.stra, Melanella, 245 lateralis, Uta, 198 latiauritus, Pecten, 244 Pecten (Leptopecten),. 418 Lawrence's Hummingbird, 303 Wren, 317 lawrencei, Cyanthus, 303 lawrenceii tresmariae, Myiarchus, 304 lawrencii, Pheugopedius felix, 317 lecontei, Pecten (Pecten), 417 Leda acuta, 244 oxia, 244 penderi, 244 sp., 211 taphria, 244 lentii, Rhus, 87, 98 (pl. 3) leptaleum. Antirrhinum, 349, 350, 351 Antirrhinum cornutum, 339, 351 Leptinaria, 472 martensi, 468, 472, 488 (pl. 35) martensi inflata, 472 (Leptopecten) bellilamellatus, Pecten, 418 latiauritus, Pecten, 418 praevalidus, Pecten, 418, 435-436, 454 (pi. 29) leptopetalum. Antirrhinum, 349 Leptoplectron, 325 Leptothyra carpenteri, 246 paucicostata, 246 Leptotila fulviventris capitalis, 295 Lepus californicus magdalenae, 322 lessoni, Crepidula, 246 leucacantha, Spondylus, 445 560 CALIFORHIA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Leucochila pellucida, 482 leucochilus, Oxystyla, 474 (Leucochilus) pellucida, Pupa, 482 leucopterus, Minius poIyRlottos, 313 leucohoa kaedinpi, Oceanodroma, 286 leucurus peninsulae, Ammospermophilus, 321 leviathan, Carcharodon, 258, 260 lewisii, Polinices, 246 ligulata, Tegula, 247 lima, Calliostoma, 247 Lima dehiscens, 244 limbata, Stephanopyxis, 171 limbatus, Spondylus, 445 limensis, Agassizia, 378 Galvesia, 378 grandiflora, Galvesia, 379 Linaria, 324, 325 linaria. Antirrhinum, 331 Linaria canadensis, 327-330 canadensis texana, 325, 329 canadensis typica, 325, 328 cymbalaria, 325, 327, 333 dalmatica, 326, 332 elatine, 325, 327, 333 floridana, 324, 325, 330-331 genistifolia, 327, 332 linaria, 331 minor, 325, 327, 333 peloponnesiaca parnassica, 372 pinifolia, 332 purpurea, 326, 332 repens, 326, 331 reticulata, 326, 332 reticulata aureopurpurea, 332 sepium, 326, 331 spartea, 326, 332 spuria, 327, 333 striata, 331 texana, 329 vulgari-repens, 331 vulgaris, 326, 331 supina, 326, 332 lineatus, Coscinodiscus, 139, 180 (pi. IS) lingulata, Crepidula, 246 lithobleta, Placunanomia, 444 Little Golden-crowned Flycatcher, 305 Littorina scutulata, 246 loleta, Melanella, 245, 251, 254 (pi. 25) Long-nosed Porpoise, 322 longa, Navicula, 148, 152, 186 (pi. 18) Pinnularia, 152 Spisula, 244 longirostris, Melanotis caerulescens, 313 Prodelphinus, 322 Lophospermum, 382 atrosanguineum, 396 erubescens, 393 lophospermum, Maurandia, 394 Lophospermum physalodes, 395 rhodochiton, 396 scandens, 393, 394 Lovebird, Tres Marias, 300 Lower California Antelope Ground Squirrel, 321 Flycatcher, 304 lucasanus, Dryobates scalaris, 301 lucida, Siliqua, 244 ludoviciana, Piranga, 310 lugubris, Acanthina, 245 lurida niunda, Tritonalia, 245 Ostrea, 244, 417 luteola, Corbula, 245 Lyonsia californica, 244 lyra, Navicula, 149, 152, 156, 186 (pi. 18) (Lyropecten) ashleyi, Pecten, 432, 433 cerrosensis, Pecten, 418, 432-433, 434, 460 (pi. 32) dilleri, Pecten, 431 gallegosi, Pecten, 418, 434-435, 454 (pi. 29) modulatus, Pecten, 418 subnodosus, Pecten, 212, 418 veatchii, Pecten, 418, 420 M Macandrevia cranium, 426, 427 macilenta, Grammatophora, 146 Macoma acolasta, 244 identata, 244 kelseyi, 417 nasuta, 244 secta, 244 yoldiformis, 244 Macrocallista aurantiaca, 244, 247 Macron sethiops, 247 macroschisma, Pododesmus, 244 Macrotus mexicanus bulleri, 319 niacroura clarionensis, Zenaidura, 294 Mactra californica, 244 dolabriformis, 244 sp., 417 macularia, Actitis, 293 maculata, Actinoptychus vulgaris, 122 maculatum, Antirrhinum, 373 maculatus, Actinoptychus, 122, 172 (pl. 11) madrae, Navicula, 152, 186 (pl. 18) madrensis, Columba flavirostris, 294 Magdalena Island Jack Rabbit, 322 magdalenae, Bembix, 220-221 Lepus californicus, 322 magister, Forreria, 449 magister, Myiarchus, 304 Myiarchus magister, 304 magna, Cryptomya, 245 majus. Antirrhinum, 338, 344 Biddulphia, 133 manca, Navicula hennedyi, 151 Vol. XV] moEx 561 Mangilia arteaga roperi, 24S barbarensis, 245 Mangrove Warbler, 312 maniculatus geronimensis, Peromyscus, 320 Man-'o-war Bird, 291 manni, Arachnoidiscus, 125, 174 (pi. 12) Pleurosigma, 162, 188 (pi. 19), 190 (pi. 20) Marcron sethiops, 245 margaritaceus, Aulacodiscus, 127, 176 (pi. 13) margaritae, Polioptila, 496 PoHoptila melanura, 497-499, SCO marginata, Dictyoneis, 143, 182 (pi. 16) Navicula, 143 typica, Dictyoneis, 143 marginatus, Coscinodiscus, 139, 180 (pl. IS) Marginella californica, 245 jewettii, 245 oldroydae, 245, 250, 254 (pl. 25) regularis, 245 Marginellidae, 251 ■naria. Amphora, 124, 174 (pl. 12) ma.Tiie, Cardinalis cardinalis, 310 mariana, Euglandina, 468, 470-471, 488 (pl. 35) marianum, Cnemidophorus, 199 marina, Andrena (Andrena), 485 marinum, Glyphodesmus, 145 martensi, Bulimus, 472 inflata, Leptinaria, 472 Leptinaria, 468, 472, 488 (pl. 35) Spiraxis, 472 martinensis, Neotoma, 321 Uta, 204 tnarylandica, Asterolampra, 126, 176 (pl. 13) masont, Coscinodiscus, 140, 180 (pl. 15) Matancita Wood Rat, 321 matema, Thysanophora, 468, 477, 488 (pl. 35) Maurendella, 342 Maurandia juncea, 376 lophospermum, 394 scandens, 394 stricta, 370 maurandioides, Antirrhinum, 323, 383 Maurandya, 323, 325 antirrhina, 383 antirrhiniflora, 324, 380, 382, 383- 385 barclaina, 382, 387-388 barclayana, 387 erecta, 382, 394-395 erubescens, 392-393 erubescens glabrata, 382, 383, .394 erubescens purpusii, 391 Maurandya erubescens typica, 383, 393-394 flaviflora, 382, 389 geniculata, 382, 390 personata, 383 purpusii, 383, 391-392 rosei, 382, 390-392 scandens, 382, 385-387, 388 semperflorens, 385 sempervirens, 383 wislizeni, 380 maima, Grammatophora, 146 mazatlanica abbreviata, Glandina, 470 Euglandina, 468, 470 Glandina, 470 McAllister, M. Hall, Report of the Treasurer for the Year 1926, 540 McLellan, M. E., The Birds and Mam- mals. Expeditioin to the Revillagi- gedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, 279- 322 mearnsi, Melopelia asiatica, 295 Megaptera nodosa, 322 Megatebennus bimaculatus, 247 Megerlia jeffreysi, 426, 427 megodon, Ostrea, 212, 244, 247, 417, 420, 427, 428, 452 (pl. 28) Melampus olivaceus, 245 Melanella berryi, 245 draconis, 245 lastra, 245 loleta, 245, 251, 254 (pl. 25) micans, 245 oldroydi, 245 rutila, 245 thersites, 245 melanocheilus, Oxystyla, 474 melanochilus, Oxystyla, 475 Melanotis carulescens longirostris, 313 melanura abbreviata, Polioptila, 497, 498, 500 californica, Polioptila, 498, 499, 500 margaritae, Polioptila, 497-499, 500 melanura, Polioptila, 497, 498, 499 Polioptila, 496 Polioptila melanura, 497, 498, 499 nielanurus, Drymarchon corais, 202 Melasma hispidum, 395 Melopelia asiatica mearnsi, 295 Melosira, 148 sulcata, 1.48, 184 (pl. 17) mendenhalli, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 419, 437, 441. 442 Pecten (Plagioctenium) ccrrosen- sis, 442 mendica, Alectrion, 245 merletta, Grammatophora, 146, 182 (pl. 16) 562 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Metis aha, 244, 417 mexicana. Tornatellides, 469, 484-485, 488 (pi. 35) tnexicanus bulleri, Macrotus, 319 dementis, Carpodacus, 307 Cnemidophorus gularis, 199 ruberrimus, Carpodacus, 307 micans, Coscinodiscus, 119 Melanella, 245 Micranellum crebricinctum, 246 pedroense, 246 Microbembex monodonta, 221 Micropallas graysoni, 298 Minodes graysoni, 313 Mimus polyglottos leucopterus, 313 minima, Myiopagis placens, 305 minor, Actinoptychus griindleri, 121 Linaria, 325, 327, 333 minus, Antirrhinum, 333 Chaenorrhinum, 333 minutissima. Helix, 481 Odostomia (Evalea), 246 minutissimum, Punctum, 481 Miocene marine diatoms from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, by G. Dallas Hanna and William M. Grant, 115- 193 mirabilis, Callistochiton palmulatus, 247 Mitromorpha aspera, 245 filosa, 245 Mockingbird, Tres Marias Blue, 313 Western, 313 modestus, Lamelb.xis, 472 Modiolus modiolus, 244 Modiolus rectus, 244 modulatus, Pecten (Lyropecten), 418 moesta, Pseudomelatoma, 245 MohaTca, 324, 334 brer i flora, 334, 336-338 confertiflora, 334-336, 337, 338 yiscida, 334 Mollusca of the Family Triphoridse, by Fred Baker, 223-239 Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California, by Eric Knight Jordan, 241-255 inonocerata, Cerorhinca, 282 monodonta, Microbembex, 221 montanicola, Guppya, 469, 479, 488 (pi. 35) tnonteretana, Arachnoidiscus omatus, 125 montereianus, Arachnoidiscus omatus, 125 montereyana, Arachnoidiscus ehren- bergii, 12S montereyensis, Cerithiopsis, 246 Seila. 246 montereyi, Biddulphia, 131, 132 morinella, Arenaria interpres, 294 (Mormula) catalinensis, Turbonilla, 246 moronensis, Asteroniphalus, 126 morricei, Carcharodon, 259-260, 261 (pi. 26) morsiana, Coscinodiscus oculus-iridis, 141 Mourning- Dove, Clarion Island, 294 Socorro, 295 Mouse, Ashy-gray White-footed, 320 Cedros Island White-footed, 321 multicostata, Area, 244 Glycymeris, 244, 247 multiplicata, Andrena (Trachandrena), 399 multiscutatus, Cnemidophorus, 205 munda, Tritonalia lurida, 245 Munz, Philip A., The Antirrhinoideae- Antirrhinex of the New World, 323- 397 Murex festivus, 245 gemma, 245 Murrelet, Xantus's, 281 Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens, 304 cinerascens pertinax, 304 lawrenceii tresmariae, 304 magister magister, 304 Myiopagis placens minima, 305 Mytilus californianus, 244 N nasuta, Macoma, 244 Natica sp., 419 Navicula, 143, 150, 155, 158, 169 ardua, 148 aspera, 169 bombus, 150 boinbus densistriata, ISO californica, 148, 157, 184 (pi. 17) campylodiscus, 149, 184 (pi. 17) clavata, 149, 184 (pi. 17) crabro, 154 densistriata, 150, 184 (pi. 17) direcfa, 152 donkini, 155 eastwoodi, ISO, 184 (pi. 17) gemmata fosilis, 153 hennedyi, 149, 151, 156, 186 (pi. 18) hennedyi manca, 151 impressa, 151, 186 (pi. 18) longa, 148, 152, 186 (pi. 18) lyra, 149, 152, 156, 186 (pi. 18) madr«, 152, 186 (pi. 18) marginata, 143 ortolan*, 153, 186 (pi. 18) pandura, 154, 156, 186 (pi. 18) pelagi, 154, 186 (pi. 18) pennata, 148 powellii, 158 prxtexta. 154, 157, 186 (pi. 18) praetexta abundans, 154 Vol. XV] INDEX 563 Navicula prsetexta haytiana, 155 regata, 155, 186 (pi. 18) sideralis, 153 smithii, 154, 155, 188 (pi. 19) spectabilis, 156, 157, 188 (pi. 19) splendida, 156, 188 (pi. 19) •tippi, 156, 184 (pi. 17) 8ubspectabilis, 157, 188 (pi. 19) ▼agabunda, 153 ▼ idovichii, 158, 188 (pi. 19) narisa delmontensis, Odostomia (Ivi- della), 246 nebouxii, Sula, 288 ncbulosa, Oxystyla delphinus, 468, 473- 474 ncbulosa, Anolis, 198 Zebra delphinus, 473 nelsoni, Nitzschia, 159, 192 (pi. 21) Tantilla, 200 neohexagonum, Dentalium, 245 Ncotoma bryanti, 321 intermedia pretiosa, 321 martinensis, 321 nesiotica, Oxystyla delphinus, 468, 474- 475, 488 (pi. 35) nevinianum. Antirrhinum, 351, 356 Antirrhinum coulterianum, 351 New sharks from the Temblor Group in Kern County, California, collected by Charles Morrice, by David Starr Jordan, 257-261 newcombiana, Pitaria, 244 newmani, Surirella, 167, 192 (pi. 21) newsomi, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 438 Nig-ht Heron, Yellow-crowned, 292 nigricauda, Uta, 204 nigripes, Diomedea, 285 nitidulus, Coscinodiscus, 141, 180 (pi. 15) nitidus, Coscinodiscus, 140, 141, 180 (pl. 15) Nitzschia, 159 bilobata, 159 hondoensis, 158, 159 192 (pl. 21) nelsoni, 159, 192 (pl. 21) panduraformis, 159 plana, 160 princeps, 159, 160, 192 (pl. 2!) sigma, 158, 159 Biveut, Hemidiscus, 146, 184 (pl. 17) Noddy, 284 nodosa, Megaptera, 322 Odostomia, 253 Noirisia norrisii, 246 norrisii, Norrisia, 246 notatus, Aulacodiscus, 128 Notes on a collection of reptiles and amphibians from the Tres Marias and Revillagigedo islands, and west coast of Mexico, with description of a new species of Tantilla, by Joseph R. Slevin, 195-207 noTse-seelandix, Biddulphia dobreana, 133 Nucula exigua, 244 Numenius hudsonicus, 293 nummaria, Crepidula, 246 (Nuttallia) orcutti, Sanguinolaria, 249 nuttallianum. Antirrhinum, 339, 356-359 effusum, Antirrhinum, 356, 359 pusillum. Antirrhinum, 359 subsessile. Antirrhinum, 356 nuttallii, Phacoides, 2-)4' Purpura, 245 Sanguinolaria, 2S0 Saxidomus, 244 Schizothaerus, 243, 24S Nyctanassa violacea, 292 Nyctidromus albicollis insularis, 302 oblonga, Xanthiopyxis, 170, 192 (pl. 21) obscura, Polioptila caerulea, 493, 494, 495, 499 obsoletus exul, Salpinctes, 315 guadeloupensis, Salpinctes, 314 proximus, Salpinctes, 314 occidentale, Fartalum, 246 occidentalis, Larus, 282 Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi, 286 oculus-iridis, Coscinodiscus, 141, 142, 180 (pl. IS) morsiana, Coscinodiscus, 141 (Odontella) consimile, Triceratium, 130 Odostomia (Chrysallida) dallasi, 246, 253, 254 (pi. 25) (Evalea) minutissima, 246 (lolsea) eucosmia, 246 (Ividella) navisa delmontensis, 246 (Ividella) pedroana, 246 nodosa, 233 oldroyda, Marginella, 245, 250, 254 (pi. 25) oldroydi, Melanella, 245 olivaceus, Melampus, 245 Olivella biplicata, 245 boetica, 245 pedroana, 245 porteri, 245 Opeas, 471 rarum, 468, 471 ophioderma, Clathrodrillia incisa, 245 opisthomelas, PuiBnus, 285 opuntia, Pecten (Chlamys), 418 oratrix tresmariae, Amazona, 300 Orchard Oriole, 306 orcutti, Sanguinolaria, 244, 249 Sanguinolaria (Nuttallia), 249 I 564 CALIFORKIA ACADEMY OF SCIEKCES [Proc. 4th Ser. orcuttianum, Antirrhinum, 355 Antirrhinum coulterianum, 355 Oriole, Grayson's, 306 Orchard. 306 orizabensis, Pseudosubulina, 473 omata, Porpeia, 164 ornatus, Arachnoidiscus, 125 montereiana, Arachnoidiscus, 125 montereianus, Arachnoidiscus, 125 Orontium, 342 orontium. Antirrhinum, 342 Ortalichus, 473 princeps, 475 Orthalicus princeps, 475 undatus, 54 Orthoneis splendida, 160, 188 (pi. 19) ortolans, Navicula, 153, 186 (pi. 18) Osprey, 298 Ostrea amara, 429 cerrosensis, 420, 428 chilensis, 211, 428 conchaphila, 211 cumingiana 212 gallus, 427 georgiana, 428 haitensis, 429 lurida, 244, 417 megodon, 212, 244, 247, 417, 420, 427, 428, 452 (pi. 28) tayloriana, 417, 428, 462 (pi. 33) titan, 428 veatchii, 420, 429 vespertina, 212, 417, 420, 428-429 Ostrupisti powellii vidovichii, 158 Otocoris alpestris actia, 305 Otostomus trimarianus, 475 uhdeanus tepicensis, 475 oralifolium. Antirrhinum breweri, 364, 365 ovatum. Antirrhinum, 342, 368-369 Oren-bird, 312 ovoidea, Podosira, 163, 190 (pi. 20) oweni, Triphora, 232-233, 238 (pi. 24) Owl, American Barn, 298, 320, 321 Clarion Island Burrowing, 299 Socorro Elf, 298 oxia, Leda, 244 Oxybelis acuminatus, 201 Oxystyla, 468, 473, 474 delphinus, 474 delphinus nebulosa, 468, 473-474 delphinus nesiotica, 468, 474-475, 488 (pi. 35) fulvescens, 474 leucochilus, 474 melanocheilus, 474 melanochilus, 475 princeps, 468, 475 Oyster-catcher, Frazar's, 294 pacificus, Coscinodiscus, 142, 182 (pi. 16) Dendraster, 416, 420 pallescens, Chaemepelia passerina, 296 pallidior, Drymaeus, 475 pallidus, Polyborus cheriway, 298 Palmeria, 147 palmulatus mirabilis, Callistochiton, 2'i7 panamensis, Triphora, 227, 236 Pandion haliaetus carolinensis, 298 Pandora punctata, 244 pandura, Navicula, 154, 156, 186 (pi. 18) panduraformis, Nitzschia, 159 Panope generosa, 245 Paphia staminea, 244 staminea laciniata, 244 tenerrima, 244 parachalybea, Andrena (Parandrena), 400 parallela, Biddulphia, 132 Biddulphia coloniensis, 132 (Parandrena) cuneilabris,- Andrena, 400 parachalybea, Andrena, 400 Parauque, Tres Marias, 302 parnassica, Linaria peloponnesiaca, 372 Paroquet, Socorro, 299 Parrot, Tres Marias, 300 Parula Warbler, Tres Marias, 311 parvula, Rhogeessa, 319 pascoensis, Andrena (Andrena), 402 Passerculus rostratus guttatus, 308 passerina pallescens, Chaemepelia, 296 patens, Surirella, 168, 192 (pi. 21) (Patinopecten) caurinus, Pecten, 212 coosensis, Pecten, 417, 432 dilleri, Pecten, 417, 431-432, 456 (pi. 30) healeyi, Pecten, 417 paucicostata, Leptothyra, 246 Polygyra richardsoni, 468, 476, 490 (pi. 36) paucilirata, Vitrea, 483 pazentic, Triphora johnstoni, 235, 238 (pl. 24) Pecten (Aequipecten) percarus, 418, 435 (Amusium), sp., 419 andersoni, 414 (Pecten) bellus, Pecten, 417, 430-431, 460 (pl. 32), 462 (pl. 33), 464 (pl. 34) Pecten cataractes, 244, 247 cerrosensis, 88 (Chlamys) dallasi, 212, 213-214, 216 (pl. 23) (Chlamys) opuntia, 418 circularis, 244 (Pecten) compactus, Pecten, 438 Pecten deserti, 437 estrellanus, 433 Vol. XV] INDEX 565 (Pecten) heimi, Pecten, 417 hemphilli, Pecten, 430 hemphillii, Pecten, 430, 431 Pecten impostor, 437 latiauritus, 244 (Pecten) lecontei, Pecten, 417 Pecten (Leptopecten) bellilamellatus, Ui (Leptopecten) latiauritus, 418 (Leptopecten) praevalidus, 418, 435-436, 454 (pi. 29) (Lyropecten) ashleyi, 432, 433 (Lyropecten) cerrosensis, 418, 432-433, 434, 460 (pi. 32) (Lyropecten) dilleri, 431 (Lyropecten) gallegosi, 418, 434- 435, 454 (pi. 29) (Lyropecten) modulatus, 418 (Lyropecten) subnodosus, 212, 418 (Lyropecten) veatchii, 418, 420 (Patinopecten) caurinus, 212 (Patinopecten) coosensis, 417, 432 (Patinopecten) dilleri, 417, 431-432, 456 (pi. 30) (Patinopecten) healeyi, 417 (Pecten) bellus, 417, 430-431, 460 (pi. 32), 462 (pi. 33), 464 (pi. 3^) (Pecten) compactus, 438 (Pecten) heimi, 417 (Pecten) hemphilli, 430 (Pecten) hemphillii, 430, 431 (Pecten) lecontei, 417 (Pecten) stearnsii, 212, 417, 431 (Plagioctenium) abietis, 212, 214- 215, 216 (pi. 23) (Plagioctenium) calli, 418, 436-437, 450 (pi. 27) (Plagioctenium) callidus, 418, 433, 437-438, 441, 442, 443 (Plagioctenium) cerrosensis, 420, 432, 438, 440, 442, 443 (Plagioctenium) cerrosensis men- denhalli, 442 (Plagioctenium) circularis, 212, 214, 215, 216 (pi. 23), 418,-^ 433, 438-439, 442 (Plagioctenium) cooperi, 441 (Plagioctenium) cristobalensis, 418, 439 (Plagioctenium) evermanni, 418, 439-440, 4.S0 (pi. 27) (Plagioctenium) hakei, 418, 433, 434, 440-441, 443, 458 (pi. 31) (Plagioctenium) invalidus, 212, 419, 437, 438, 441, 442 (Plagioctenium) mendenhalli, 419, 437, 441, 442 (Plagioctenium) newsomi, 438 (Plagioctenium) purpuratus, 419, 440, 441, 442-443 Pecten (Plagioctenium) subdolus, 419, 433, 437, 442, 443 (Plagioctenium) subventricosus, 433, 438 (Plagioctenium) ventricosus, 438 purisimaensis, 432 (Pecten) stearnsii, Pecten, 212, 417, 431 Pecten tumidus, 438 veatchii, 88 pedroana, Alvania, 246 Odostomia (Ividella), 246 Olivella, 245 phillippiana, Terebra, 245 Terebra, 245 Triphora, 246 pedroense, Micranellum, 246 pelagi, Diploneis fusca, 154 Navicula, 154, 186 (pi. 18) Pelamydrus platurus, 202 Pelecanus californicus, 290 Pelecypoda, 244, 417 Pelican, California Brown, 290 pellucida, Chama, 244 Gastrocopta, 469, 482 hordeacella, Gastrocopta, 469, 483 Leucochila, 482 Pupa, 482 Pupa (Leucochilus), 482 peloponnesiaca parnassica, Linaria, 372 penderi, Leda, 244 penicillatus, Phalacrocorax, 290 peninsulse, Ammospermophilus leucurus, . 321 peninsularis, Triphora, 237 Triphoris, 237 penitens, Biddulphia, 132, 178 (pi. 14) pennata, Navicula, 148 pentagonalis, Dendraster, 416 percarus, Pecten (Aequipecten), 418, 435 perelegans, Forreria, 449 perforata, Guppya, 469, 478, 488 (pi. 35) Periploma planiuscula, 244 sulcata, 244 Peromyscus eremicus cedrosensis, 321 maniculatus geronimensis, 320 perpinguis, Alectrion, 245 perplexus, Actinoptychus, 122, 172 (pi. 11) perrini, Dendraster, 425 personata, Maurandya, 383 pertinax, Myiarchus cinerascens, 304 peruviana, Anomia, 244, 417 Petaloconchus complicatus, 246 petersi, Aulacodiscus, 128 pfitzeri, Actinoptychus, 120 Phacoides annulatus, 244 approximatus, 244 californica, 419 californicus, 244 nuttallii, 244 richthofeni, 244 I 566 CALIFORHIA ACADEMT OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Phaethon acthereus, 287 Phalacrocorax auritus albociliatus, 290 penicillatus, 290 phalaena, Cerchneis sparveria, 298 Phalarope, Red, 293 Phalaropus fulicarius, 293 Phasianella compta, 246 pulloides, 246 substriata, 246 typica, 246 Pheugopedius felix lawrencii, 317 phillippiana, Terebra pedroana, 245 Phoca richardii geronimensis, 320 Phrynosoma coronatum, 204 Phyllodactylus tuberculosus, 198 physalodes, Gastromeria, 395 Lophospermum, 395 piceus. Coluber flagellum, 206 pictorum, Spondylus, 445 Pigeon, Tres Marias, 294 pileolata, Wilsonia pusilla, 312 Pileolated Warbler, 312 pinifolia, Linaria, 332 pinifoliuni, Antirrhiiuini, 332 Pinnularia longa, 152 Pipilo carniani, 309 fuscus, 496 Piranga bidentata flammea, 310 ludoviciana, 310 piscator, Sula, 289 Pitaria newcombiana, 244 pitiayuma insularis, Compsothlypis, 311 Pituophis catenifer annectens, 206 placens minima, Myiopagis, 305 Placuanomia cumingii, 212, 215, 216 (pl. 23) plicata, 215 Placunanomia californica, 444 cumingii, 444 hannibali, 419, 443-444, 452 (pl. 2!^) lithobleta, 444 (Plagioctenium) abietis, Pecten, 212,214- 215, 216 (pl. 23) calli, Pecten, 418, 436-437, 450 (pl. 27) callidus, Pecten, 418, 433, 437-438, 441, 442, 443 cerrosensis mendenhalli, Pecten, 442 cerrosensis, Pecten, 420, 432, 438, 440, 442, 443 circularis, Pecten, 212, 214, 215, 216 (pl. 23), 418, 433, 438-439, 442 cooperi, Pecten, 441 cristobalensis, Pecten, 418, 439 evermanni, Pecten, 418, 439-440, 450 (pl. 27) hakei, Pecten, 418, 433, 434, 440- 441, 443, 458 (pl. 31) (Plagioctenium) invalidus, Pecten, 212, 419, 437, 438, 441, 442 mendenhalli, Pecten, 419, 437, 441, 442 newsomi, Pecten, 438 purpuratus, Pecten, 419, 440, 441, 442-443 subdolus, Pecten, 419, 433, 437, 442, 443 subventricosus, Pecten, 433, 438 ventricosus, Pecten, 438 Plagiogramma, 160 constrictum, 161 fascinatum, 160, 188 (pl. 19) hytnenoptera, 161, 188 (pl. 19) insolito, 161, 188 (pl. 19) tesselatum, 161, 162, 188 (pl. 19) Iilana, Nitzschia, 160 planatum, Punctum, 469, 482, 490 (pl. 36) Planesticus graysoni, 318 planiscula, Periploma, 244 planulata, Spisula, 245 platurus, Pelamydrus, 202 Pleurosigma, 162 manni, 162, 188 (pl. 19), 190 (pl. 20) plicata, Placuanomia, 215 Pliocene (A) fauna from Maria Madre Island, Mexico, by Eric Knight Jordan and Leo George Hertlein, 209-217 plumbea, Polioptila, 318, 496, 497 Plumbeous Black-tailed Gnatcatcher, 499 Gnatcatcher, 318, 496 Pluvialis dominica subsp., 294 Podiscus rogersii, 144 Pododesmus macroschisma, 244 Podosira, 163, 164 adriatica, 163, 190 (pl. 20) clarki, 163, 190 (pl. 20) febigerii, 163 ovoidea, 163, 190 (pl. 20) polita, 164, 190 (pl. 20) subtilis, 164 Polinices lewisii, 246 recluziana, 246 Polioptila, 493 caerulea amoenissima, 494-495, 499 caerulea caerulea, 494 caerulea obscura, 493, 494, 495, 499 californica, 318, 496 margaritae, 496 melanura, 4% melanura abbreviata, 497, 498, 500 melanura californica, 498, 499, 500 melanura margaritae, 497-499, 500 melanura melanura, 497, 498, 499 plumbea, 318. 496, 497 polita, Podosira, 164, 190 (pl. 20) Vol.. XV] IHDEX 567 Polyborus cheriway pallidus, 298 polyglottos leucopterus, Mimus, 313 Polygyra, 468, 476 bicruris, 468, 477 richardsoni, 476 richardsoni paucicostata, 468, 476, 490 (pi. 36) ventrosula, 468, 476 ventrosula hindsi, 476 ponderosa, Dosinia, 244 ponderosum, Forreria, 449 Porpeia inflexa, 164 ornata, 164 quadrata, 164 quadriceps, 164, 190 (pi. 20) robusta, 164 Porpoise, Long-nosed, 322 porteri, Olivella, 245 Posidonia, 267 poulsoni, Tritonalia, 245 powellii, Navicula, 158 vidovichii, Caloneis, 158 vidovichii, Ostrupia, 158 prsetexta abundans, Navicula, 154 haytiana, Navicula, 155 Navicula, 154, 157, 186 (pi. 18) praevalidus, Pecten (Leptopecten), 418, 435-436, 454 (pi. 29) pratincola, Tyto alba, 298 prentissi, Campylodiscus, 134, 178 (pi. 14) pretiosa, Neotoma intermedia, 321 Stephanogonia, 166, 190 (pi. 20) prima, Csecilioides consobrina, 468, 469, 471-472 primus, Karolus, 471 princeps, Bulinus, 475 Nitzschia, 159, 160, 192 (\>\. 21) Ortalichus, 475 Orthalicus, 475 Oxystyla, 468, 475 Spondylus, 445 procerum, Cardium, 244, 247 Prodelphinus longirostris, 322 Proserpinella, 486 berendti, 487 hannae, 469, 486-487, 490 (pi. 36) proximus, Salpinctes obsoletus, 314 pruinosus, Auliscus, 130, 176 (pi. 13) Prunus capuli, 295 psaltria, Astragalinus psaltria, 307 hesperophilus, Astragalinus, SO-*? psaltria, AstraRalinus, 307 Psephidia cymata, 244 Pseudomelatoma moesta, 215 Pseudorontium, 342 Pseudosubulina, 472 evermanni, 468, 469, 472-473, 48'? (pl. 35) orizabensis, 473 Psittacula insularis, 300 pubescens, Galvesia juncea, 373, 377-378 Galvesia speciosa, 377 Publications, List for 1926, 507 Publications by the Museum Staff in 1926, 520 Puffinus auricularis, 285 cuneatus, 286 opisthomelas, 285 pulchra, Semele, 244 puUoides, Phasianella, 246 punctata. Pandora, 244 punctatus, Auliscus, 130 punctocoelata, Acteon, 245 Punctum, 481 punctum, Helix, 480 Punctum minutissimum, 481 planatum, 469, 482, 490 (pl. 36) pygmsum, 469, 481-482, 488 (pl. 35), 490 (pl. 36) pygmaeum albeolum, 469, 481 pygmseum rotundum, 469, 481 Pupa hordeacella, 483 (Leucochilus) pellucida, 482 pellucida, 482 servilis, 482 purisimaensis, Pecten, 432 purplei, Carcharodon, 260 Purple Finch, Cassin's, 306 Purpura nuttallii, 245 purpuratus, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 419, 440, 441, 442-443 Strongylocentrotus, 416 purpurea, Alvania, 246 Linaria, 326, 332 purpureum, Antirrhinum, 332 purpurina, Andrena (Andrena), 407 purpusii, Maurandya, 383, 391-392 Maurandya erubescens, 391 pusilla pileolata, Wilsonia, 312 pusillum. Antirrhinum, 359 Antirrhinum nuttallianum, 359 pygmaea. Achat ina, 471 Helix, 481 pygmseum albeolum, Punctum, 469, 481 Punctum, 469, 481-482, 488 (pl. 35), 490 (pl. 36) rotundum, Punctum, 469, 481 pylea, Dicladia, 142, 182 (pl. 16) (Pyrgiscus) almo, Turbonilla, 246 antestriata, Turbonilla, 246 hertleini, Turbonilla, 246, 252, 254 (pl. 25) tenuicula, Turbonilla, 246 vexativa, Turbonilla, 246 CPyrgolami)ros) gloriosa, Turbonilla, 2'6 gouldi, Turbonilla, 246 pyriformis. Cypraeolina, 245 pyrotechnicus, Actinocyclus, 117, 119, 138, 172 (pl. 11) 568 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Sbr. quadrata, Porpeia, 164 quadriceps, Porpeia, 164, 190 (pi. 20) quadrigenarium, Cardium, 244 quentenensis, Cytharella, 245 quentinensis, Semele, 244 Thracia, 244 Rabbit, Magdalena Island Jack, 322 radiatus, Coscinodiscus, 137, 138, 139, 142, 180 (pi. 15) ralfsi, Actinocyclus, 117, 119 rarum, Opeas, 468, 471 Rat, Black. 321 Cedros Island Wood, 321 Matancita Wood, 321 San Martin Island Wood, 321 Rattus rattus rattus, 321 Raven, Clarion Island, 305 recluziana, Polinices, 246 rectus, Carcharocles, 414 Carcharodon, 260 Modiolus, 244 Red Phalarope, 293 Red-billed Tropic-bird, 287 Red-breasted Chat, Tres Marias, 313 Red-footed Booby, 289 Red-tail, Socorro, 297 Tres Marias, 297 Western, 297 regata. Navicula, 155, 186 (pi. 18) regilla, Hyla, 203 regina, Tegula, 247 regularis, Conus, 419 Marginella, 245 Reichardia scandens, 385 Relation of Foraminifera to the origin of California petroleum, by Thomas F. Stipp, 263-268 rellae, Aulacodiscus, 128, 176 (pi. 13) repens, Antirrhinum, 331 Linaria, 326, 331 Report of the Director for the Year 1926, by Barton Warren Kvermann, 511 Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1926, by C. E. Grunsky, 501 Report of the Treasurer for the Ye.^r 1926, by M. Hall McAllister, 540 Reports, Department, 528 Botany, 528 Entomology, 530 Exhibits, 533 Fishes, 534 Herpetology, 534 Library, 535 Mammalogy, 536 Ornithology, 537 Reports, Paleontology, 538 Steinhart Aquarium, 539 reticulata aureopurpurea, Linaria, 332 Linaria, 326, 332 reticulatum. Antirrhinum, 332 Rhabdonema adriaticum, 165 Rhaphoneis, 165 amphiceros, 165, 190 (pi. 20) cocconeiformis, 165, 190 (pi. 20) Rhinoceros Auklet, 282 Rhodochiton, 325, 396 rhodochiton, Lophospermum, 396 Rhodochiton volubile, 396-397 Rhogeessa parvula, 319 Tres Marias, 319 Rhus lentii, 87, 98 (pi. 3) richardii geronimensis, Phoca, 320 richardsoni paucicostata, Polygyra, 468. 476, 490 (pi. 36) Polygyra, 476 richthofeni, Phacoides, 244 riedyi, Biddulphia, 132, 178 (pi. 14) rimorum. Antirrhinum vagans, 362 riversi, Carcharodon, 260 Robin, Tres Marias, 318 robusta, Porpeia, 164 robustus, Coscinodiscus, 144 Endyctia, 144, 182 (pi. 16) Rochefortia tumida, 244 Rock Wren, Guadalupe, 314 San Benedicto, 315 San Martin, 314 rogersii, Eupodiscus, 134, 144, 182 (pi. 16) Podiscus, 144 roperi, Mangilia arteaga, 245 rosaceus, Solen, 244 rosei, Maurandya, 382, 390-392 rosoleo, Actinocyclus, 119, 172 (pi. 11) rostrata, Speotyto cunicularia, 299 rostratus guttatus, Passerculus, 308 rntundum, Punctum pygmaeum, 469, 481 ruberrimus, Carpodacus mexicanus, 307 rubidus, Cnemidophorus, 205 rubra, Lassea, 244 ruhropicta, Semele, 244 Ruddy Turnstone, 294 rufescens, Haliotis, 419, 449 rufidorsum, Sceloporus, 204 rugatum, Bittium, 246 Russelia alternifolia, 378 rutila, Melanella, 245 s Saccularia veatchii, 376, 377 Salpinctes obsoletus exul, 315 obsoletus guadeloupensis, 314 obsoletus proximus, 314 S'.n Benedicto Rock Wren, 315 San Geronimo Harbor Seal, 320 Vol. XV] moEx 569 San Lucas Cactus Wren, 314 Cardinal, 309 House Finch, 307 Sparrow, 308 Thrasher, 314 Woodpecker, 301 San Martin Island Wood Rat, 321 Rock Wren, 314 Sandpiper, Spotted, 293 Sanguinolaria (Nuttallia) orcutti, 249 nuttallii, 250 orcutti, 244, 249 sp., 419 Santa Margarita Black-tailed Gnat- catcher, 497, 500 Saxicava arctica, 245 Saxidomus nuttallii, 244 scalaris graysoni, Dryobates, 301 lucasanus, Dryobates, 301 scandens, Lophospermum, 393, 394 Maurandia, 394 Maurandya, 382, 385-387, 388 Reichardia, 385 Usteria, 385 Scaphopoda, 24S Sceloporus boulengeri, 199 clarkii, 199 rufidorsum, 204 zosteromus, 204 Schizothaerus nuttallii, 243, 245 schmidti, Verticaria hyperythra, 205 scincicauda webbii, Gerrhonotus, 204 scutulata, Littorina, 246 Sea Lion, California, 320 Seal, San Geronimo Harbor, 320 secta, Macoma, 244 Seila montereyensis, 246 Seiurus aurocapillus, 312 Semele decisa, 244 pulchra, 244 quentinensis, 244 rubropicta, 244 semipolitum, Dentalium, 245 semperflorens, Maurandya, 385 sempervirens, Maurandya, 383 sepium, Linaria, 326, 331 septentrionalis, Cathartes aura, 296 serperastrum, Drymseus, 475 servilis. Pupa, 482 shasta, Andrena (Andrena), 402 Shearwater, Black-vented, 285 Townsend's, 285 Wedge-tailed, 286 sicarius, Solen, 244 sideralis, Navicula, 153 sieboldi, Ballena, 82 signia, Nitzschia, 158, 159 sigmoideus, Glyphodesmus, 145, 182 (pl. 16) signata, Stictia, 219 Siliqua lucida, 244 simplex, Tornatellides, 485 simplicissimus, Hemidiscus, 147, 182 (pl. 16) sinaloa, Andrena (Andrena), 403 Slevin, Joseph R., Notes on a collection of reptiles and amphibians from the Tres Marias and Revillagigedo islands, and west coast of Mexico, with description of a new species of Tantilla. 195-207 slevini, Triphora, 231-232, 238 (pl. 24) smithii, Aetobatus, 414 Navicula, 154, 155, 188 (pl. 19) socorrensis, Bumelia, 295, 299 Socorro Elf Owl, 298 Ground Dove, 296 Mourning Dove, 295 Paroquet, 299 Red-tail, 297 Thrasher, 313 Towhee, 309 Warbler, 311 Wren, 317 socorroana, Guppya, 469, 478-479, 488 (pl. 35) socorroensis, Buteo borealis, 297 Succinea, 469, 486, 488 (pl. 35) Zonitoides, 469, 484, 490 (pl. 36) Solen rosaceus, 244 sicarius, 244 Solenastrea sp., 211 •olisi, Actinoptychus, 123, 174 (pl. 12) Sooty Tern, 283 sordidus, Vireo hypochryseus, 311 Sources of material from which petrol- eum may have been derived, by Junius Henderson, 269-278 Sparrow, Bell's, 309 Desert, 308 San Lucas, 308 Sparrow Hawk, Desert, 298 spartea, Linaria, 326, 332 sparveria phalaena, Cerchneis, 298 speciosa, Galvesia, 373, 374-375 Gambelia, 374 pubescens, Galvesia, 377 speciosum. Antirrhinum, 323, 374 spectabilis, Navicula, 156, 157, 188 (pl. 19) Speotyto cunicularia rostrata, 299 spinosum, Crucibulum, 246 Spiraxis martensi, 472 Spisula camaronis, 244 catilliformis, 244 longa, 244 planulata, 245 splendens, Actinoptychus, 121 570 CAUrOlL\lA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Sea. splendida, Cocconeis, 160 Navicula, 156, 188 (pi. 19) Orthoneis, 160, 188 (pi. 19) Spondylus calcifer, 419, 445 crassisquania, 419, 445 dubius, 445 leucacantha, 445 limbatus, 445 pictorum, 445 princeps, 445 Spotted Sandpiper, 293 spuria, Elatinoides, 333 Kicksia, 333 Linaria, 327, 333 spurium. Antirrhinum, 333 spurius, Icterus, 306 squamigerus, Aletes, 246 squamosa, Eretmochelys, 206 squamulifera, Tritonalia, 245 Squirrel, Lower California Antelope Ground, 321 staminea laciniata, Paphia, 244 Paphia, 244 stansburiana elegans, Uta, 204 stearnsi, Triphora, 246 Triphoris, 225 Vitrinella, 247 stearnsii, Pecten (Pecten), 212, 417, 431 stejnegeri, Cnemidophorus tesselatus, 205 Steniolia duplicata, 219 Stephanogonia, 166 actinoptychus, 166 pretiosa, 166, 190 (pi. 20) Stephanopyxis corona, 166, 190 (pi. 20) limbata, 171 Sterna fuscata, 283 Stictia signata, 219 Stictiella bifurcata albicera, 219 Stictodiscus californicus, 167, 190 (pi. 20) stimpsoni, Truncatella, 246 Turritellopsis acicula, 246 Stipp, Thomas F., Relation of Foram- inifera to the origin of California petroleum, 263-268 Btjppi, Navicula, 156, 184 (pi. 17) stolidus, Anoiis, 284 strebeli. Helix, 480 Strobilops, 469, 480 Strobilops labyrinthica, 480 striata, Linaria, 331 stricta, Maurandia, 370 strictum, Antirrhinum, 342, 370-372, 373 Strigatella catalinae, 245 (Strioturbonilla) asser, Turbonilla, 246 attrita, Turbonilla, 246 stylina, Turbonilla, 246 Strobila, 480 labyrinthica, 480 Strobilops, 480 labyrinthica, 469, 480 labyrinthica strebeli, 480 strebeli, 469, 480 Strongylocentrotus franciscanus, 416 purpuratus, 416 stuUorum, Tivela, 244 stylina, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla), 246 subcordatum. Antirrhinum, 340, 360-361, 363 subdiaphana, Cooperella, 244 subdolus, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 419, 433, 437, 442, 443 subnitidus, Coscinodiscus, 141 subnodosus, Pecten (Lyropecten), 212, 418 subplanatus, Tachyrhynchus lacteolus, 246 subquadrata, Cardita, 244 Diplodonta, 244 subsessile. Antirrhinum, 356, 359 Antirrhinum nuttallianum, 356 subspectabilis, Navicula, 157, 188 (pi. 19) substriata, Phasianella, 246 substriatum, Cardium, 244 subteres, Tagelus, 244 subtilis, Podosira, 164 subtilissima, Grammatophora, 146 subventricosus, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 433, 438 succincta, Chione, 244 Succinea, 468, 485 clarionensis, 469, 485-486, 488 (pi. 35) aocorroensis, 469, 486, 488 (pi. .15) Sula brewsteri, 289 dactylatra, 287 nebouxii, 288 piscator, 289 sulcata, Melosira, 148, 184 (pi. 17) Periploma, 244 supina, Linaria, 326, 332 supinum. Antirrhinum, 332 Surirella comis, 167 newmani, 167, 192 (pi. 21) patens, 168, 192 (pi. 21) Sylvilagus graysoni, 322 Syncera translucens, 246 Synedra duhemi, 168, 192 (pi. 21) ulna, 168, 169 Systephania corona, 166 tabellaria, Biddulphia, 133 diplosticta, Biddulphia, 133 Tach>Thynchus lacteolus subplanatus, 246 Tagelus subteres, 244 Tanager, Tres Marias, 310 Western, 310 Vol. XV] IKDEX 571 tanneri, Troglodytes, 316 Tantilla nelsoni, 200 tantilla, Transella, 244 taphria, Leda, 244 Tatler, Wandering, 293 tayloriana, Ostrea, 417, 428, 462 (pi. 33) tegula, Alectrion, 245 Tegula aureotincta, 246 gallina, 247 ligulata, 247 regina, 247 Tellina bodegensis, 244 buttoni, 244 carpenteri, 244 idae, 244 tembloris, Carcharodon, 258-259, 260, 261 (pi. 26) tenerrima, Paphia, 244 tenuicula, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus), 246 tepicensis, Drymaus uhdeanus, 468, 475 Otostomus uhdeanus, 475 Terebra pedroana, 245 pedroana phillippiana, 245 Terebratalia sp., 211 transTcrsa caurina, 416 teres, Ctenosaura, 200 Tern, Noddy, 284 Sooty, 283 tesselatum, Plagiogramma, 161, 162, 188 (pl. 19) tesselatus stejnegeri, Cnemidophorus, 205 tcxana, Linaria, 329 Linaria canadensis, 325, 329 thersites, Melanella, 245 Thracia quentinensis, 244 Thrasher, San Lucas, 314 Socorro, 313 Thryomanes bewicki charienturus, 316 insularis, 317 Thysanophora, 477 clarionensis, 469, 477-478, 490 (pl. 36) materna, 468, 477, 488 (pl. 35) tinctum, Epitonium, 245 tintinnabulum califomicus, Balanus, 420 coccopoma, Balanus, 420 titan, Ostrea, 428 Tivela stultorum, 244 tolmei, Cadulus, 245 Tornatellides, 484 chathamensis, 485 clarionensis, 469, 485, 488 (pl. 35) mexicana, 469, 484-485, 488 (pl. 35) simplex, 485 Towhee, Brown, 496 Socorro, 309 Toxostoma cinereum cinereum, 314 Townsend's Shearwater, 285 (Trachandrena) coactifera, Andrena, 399 multiplicata, Andrena, 399 Trachyneis, 169 aspera, 169, 192 (pl. 21) Transenella tantilla, 244 translucens, Syncera, 246 transversa caurina, Terebratalia, 416 traski, Acteon, 245 tremperianus, Cryptoconus, 245 Tres Marias Blue Mockingbird, 313 Caracara, 298 Cardinal, 310 Cottontail, 322 Dove, 295 Flycatcher, 304 Lovebird, 300 Parauque, 302 Parrot, 300 Parula Warbler, 311 Pigeon, 294 Red-breasted Chat, 313 Red-tail, 297 Rhogeessa, 319 Robin, 318 Tanager, 310 Vireo, 311 Woodpecker, 301 tresmariae, Amazon oratrLx, 300 Myiarchus lawrenceii, 304 Triceratium antillarum, 131 cbnsimile, 130 (Odontella) consimile, 130 tricolor, Calliostoma, 247 trimarianus, Drymseus, 468, 475-476 Otostomus, 475 Triphora, 225 alternata, 231 catalinensis, 235, 246 chamberlini, 235-236, 238 (pl. 24) chathamensis, 232 contrerasi, 230-231, 238 (pi. 24) escondidensis, 236-237, 238 (pl. 24) evermanni. 227-228, 229, 238 (pl. 24) galapagensis, 228 hannai, 225-227, 238 (pl. 24) hemphilli, 237 inconspicua, 233 inconspicua bicolor, 233 johnstoni, 233-235, 238 (pl. 24) johnstoni pazensis, 235, 238 (pl. 24) oweni, 232-233, 238 (pl. 24) panamensis, 227, 236 pedroana, 246 peninsularis, 237 slevini, 231-232, 238 (pl. 24) stearnsi, 246 vanduzeei, 228-230, 238 (pl. 24) Triphoridae, 223 572 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEHCES [Proc. 4th Ser. Triphoris alternatus, 225 excolpus, 225 inconspicuus, 225 infrequens, 225 peninsularis, 237 stearnsi, 225 Tritonalia foveolata, 245 interfossa, 245 lurida munda, 245 poulsoni, 245 squamulifera, 245 triumphis, Cocconeis, 135, 178 (pi. 14) Trivia californiana, 246 Troglodytes tanneri, 316 Trogon, Goldman's, 301 Trogonurus ambiguus goldmani, 301 Tropic-bird, Red-billed, 287 Truncatella californica, 246 stimpsoni, 246 tuberculosus, Phyllodactylus, 198 tuberosa, Columbella, 245 tumens, Hipponix, 246 tumida, Rochefortia, 244 tumidus, Astrodapsis, 426 Pecten, 438 tuomeyii, Biddulphia, 133, 178 (pi. 14) Zygoceras, 133 Turbonilla (Bartschella) laminata, 246 (Turbonilla) gilli, Turbonilla, 245 Turbonilla (Mormula) catalinensis, 246 (Pyrgiscus) almo, 246 (Pyrgiscus) antestriata, 246 (Pyrgiscus) bertleini, 246, 252, 254 (pi. 25) (Pyrgiscus) tenuicula, 246 (Pyrgiscus) vexativa, 246 (Pyrgolampros) gloriosa, 246 (Pyrgciampros) gouldi, 246 (Strioturbonilla) asser, 246 (Strioturbonilla) attrita, 246 (Strioturbonilla) stylina, 246 (Turbonilla) gilli, 245 Turcica caffea, 247 Turkey Vulture, 296 Turnstone, Ruddy, 294 turris, Euglandina, 471 longuris, Euglandina, 471 Turritella cooperi, 246 jewetti, 246 sp., 419 Turritellopsis acicula stimpsoni, 246 typica, Dictyoneis marginata, 143 Galvesia juncea, 373, 376 Linaria canadensis, 325, 328 Maurandya erubescens, 383, 393- 394 Phasianella, 246 typicum. Antirrhinum comutum, 339, 349-351 Antirrhinum kingii, 341, 366-367 Antirrhinum vexillo-calyculatum, 340, 362-364, 365 Tyrannus vociferans, 303 Tyto alba pratincola, 298 U uhdeanus tepicensis, Drymaeus, 468, 475 tepicensis, Otostomus, 475 ulna, Synedra, 168, 169 umbonata, Xanthiopyxis, 170 undatus, Orthalicus, 54 undosa, Astraea, 246 undulatus, Actinoptychus, 124, 174 (pi. 12) unifasciata. Lacuna, 246 uniflorum. Antirrhinum, 372 uropygialis, Centurus, 302 urubu, Coragyps urubu, 296 urubu, Coragyps, 296 listeria, 382 antirrhiniflora, 383 scandens, 385 Uta auriculata, 196, 197 clarionensis, 196 lateralis, 198 martinensis, 204 nigricauda, 204 stansburiana elegans, 204 vagabunda, Navicula, 153 vagans. Antirrhinum, 362, 363 bolanderi, Antirrhinum, 362, 364 breweri. Antirrhinum, 364 rimorum. Antirrhinum, 362 vancouverensis, Laqueus californicus, 427 vancouveriensis, Laqueus californicus, 416, 423, 426-427, 450 (pi. 27) vanduzeei, Triphora, 228-230, 238 (pi. 24) variegatus, Coleonyx, 203 veatchii, Ostrea, 420, 429 Pecten, 88 Pecten (Lyropecten), 418, 420 SacuUaria, 376, 377 venosum, Antirrhinum cornutum, 349 ventricosus, Pecten (Plagioctenium), 438 ventrosula. Helix, 476 hindsi, Polygyra, 476 Polygyra, 468, 476 veracruzensis, Caecilianella, 471 Verdin, Cape, 317 Vermiculum annellum, 246 versicolor, Amphissa, 245 Verticaria hyperythra beldingi, 205 hyperythra schmidti, 205 vespertina, Ostrea, 212, 417, 420, 428-429 vestitum, Cymatium, 246, 247 vexativa, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus), 246 Vol. XVJ i:kdex 573 vexillo-calyculatum, Antirrhinum, 361- 362, 363 breweri, Antirrhinum, 341, 364-365 typicum, Antirrhinum, 340, 362- 364, 365 vidovichii, Caloneis powellii, 158 Navicula, 158, 188 (pi. 19) Ostrupia powellii, 158 Viereck, Henry L., Descriptions of seven Andrenids in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, 399-408 violacea, Nyctanassa, 292 Vireo hypochryseus sordidus, 311 Vireo, Forrer's, 310 Tres Marias, 311 Vireosylva flavoviridis forreri, 310 virga. Antirrhinum, 338, 345-346 viscida, Mohavea, 334 Vitrea, 483 indentata, 469, 483 paucilirata, 483 Vitrinella eshnauri, 247 stearnsi, 247 vociferans, Tyrannus, 303 volubile, Rhodochiton, 396-397 vulgari-repens, Linaria, 331 vulgaris, Linaria, 326, 331 maculata, Actinoptychus, 122 Vulture, Black, 296 Turkey, 296 W Waldheimia kennedyi, 416, 420 Wandering Tatler, 293 Warbler, Audubon's, 312 California Yellow, 312 Mangrove, 312 Pileolated, 312 Socorro, 311 Tres Marias Parula, 311 watsoni, Antirrhinum kingii, 341, 367-36S webbii, Gerrhonotus scincicauda^ 204 Wedge-tailed Shearwater, 286 Western Blue-gray Gnatcatcher, 494- 496, 499 Flycatcher, 304 Gull, 282 Mockingbird, 313 Red-tail, 297 Tanager, 310 White-winged Dove, 295 Whale, Blue, 82 California Gray, 82 Humpback, 82, 322 White Ibis, 292 White-footed Mouse, Ashy-gray, 320 Cedros Island, 321 White-winged Dove, Western, 295 williamsoni, Glyphodesmus, 145 Wilsonia pusilla pileolata, 312 wislizeni, Epixiphium, 380 Maurandya, 380 wislizenii, Crotaphytus, 203 Wood Rat, Cedros Island, 321 Matancita, 321 San Martin Island, 321 Woodpecker, Gila, 302 San Lucas, 301 Tres Marias, 301 Wren, Clarion Island, 316 Guadalupe Rock, 314 Lawrence's, 317 San Benedicto Rock, 315 San Lucas Cactus, 314 San Martin Rock, 314 Socorro, 317 wrighti, Forreria, 419, 448-449, 460 (pi. 32) Xanthiopyxis, 170 cingulata, 169, 192 (pi. 21) hirsuta, 170, 192 (pi. 21) oblonga, 170, 192 (pL 21) umbonata, 170 Xantus's Jay, 305 Murrelet, 281 ^'ellow Warbler, California, 312 Yellow-crowned Night Heron, 292 yoldiformis, Macoma, 244 yosemitensis, Andrena, 407 Zalophus californianus, 320 Zebra, 473 delphinus nebulosus, 473 Zenaidura graysoni, 295 macroura clarionensis, 294 Zirfsea gabbi, 245 Zonitoides, 484 arboreus, 484 socorroensis, 469, 484, 490 (pi. 36) zosteromus, Sceloporus, 204 Zygoceros tuomeyii, 133 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 1, pp. 1-113, text figs. 1-7, plates 1-10 March 30, 1926 Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925 GENERAL REPORT BY G. Dallas Hanna Curator, Department of Paleontology /CN^' ^li <\^ PRINTED FROM THE JOHN W. HENDRIE PUBLICATION ENDOWMENT SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy 1926 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 2, pp. 115-193, plates 11-21, 1 text figure April 16, 1926 II Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, II MIOCENE MARINE DIATOMS FROM MARIA MADRE ISLAND, MEXICO BY G. Dallas Hanna AND William M. Grant .^ PRINTED FROM THE JOHN W. HENDRIE PUBLICATION ENDOWMENT 0\CAf^ SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy 1926 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 12, pp. 323-397 June 3, 1926 XII The Antirrhinoideae-Antirrhineae of the New World BY Philip A. Munz Professor of Botany, Pomona College Printed from the JOHN W. HENDRIE PUBLICATION ENDOWMENT SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy 1926 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION George C. Edwards, Chairman C. E. Grunsky Barton Warren Evermann, Editor PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 14, pp. 409-464, plates 27-34 July 22, 1926 XIV Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, VII CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY AND PALEON- TOLOGY OF THE TERTIARY OF CEDROS ISLAND AND ADJACENT PARTS OF LOWER CALIFORNIA BY ERIC KNIGHT JORDAN AND LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN Department oj Paleontology PRINTED FROM THE JOHN W. HENDRIE PUBLICATION ENDOWMENT SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy 1926 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION George C. Edwards, Chairman C. E. Grunsky Barton Warren Evermann, Editor PROCEEDINGS OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series Vol. XV, No. 15, pp. 467-491, plates 35, 36 July 22, 1926 XV Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925 LAND SHELLS OF THE REVILLAGIGEDO AIS^D TRES MARIAS ISLANDS, MEXICO BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL PRINTED FROM THE JOHN W. HENDRIE PUBLICATION ENDOWMENT SAN FRANCISCO Published by the Academy 1926 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION George C. Edwards, Chairman C. E. Grunsky Barton Warren Evermann, Editor ' / PROCEEDINGS OP THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourth Series XV Nos. 17 AND 18, pp 501-546 March 31, 1927 XVII Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1926 BY C. E. Grunsky President of the Academy XVIII Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1926 BY Barton Warren Evermann Director of the Museum SAN FRANQSCO PUBUSHED BY THE ACADEMY 1927 COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION George C. Edwards, Chairman C. E. Grunsky Barton Warren Evermann. Editor MBL WHOI UBRARY UH ITHB 1